Full text of "Brooklyn Botanic Garden record."

See other formats

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD

VOL. XXVII JANUARY, 1938 NO. 1

CONTENTS

DELECTUS SEMINUM
BROOKLYN

1937

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY
AT PRINCE AND LEMON STREETS, LANCASTER,
BY THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
BROOKLYN, N, Y.

Entered as second-class matter in the post-office at Lancaster, Pa., under act of August 24, 1912

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN

A | Scientific, Educational, and Administrative Officers

SCIENTIFIC AND EDUCATIONAL

The Staff

C. STUART GAGER, Ph.D., Sc.D., Pd.D., Direc
MONTAGUE FREE, Certificate, Royal Boruc iGardehe , Ke = Ure inateurtsh
ARTHUR HAR MOUNT GRAVES, Ph.D., Curator ae Public Instruction —
ALFRED GUNDERSEN, Docteur de PUniversité (Paris), Curator of Plants
N

ELLEN EDDY SHAW, B.S., Curator of Elementary Instruction
HENRY K. SVENSON, Ph. D., Curator of the Herbarium
MARGARET M. DORWARD, "AB., Assistant Curator of

Elementary Instruction

Other Officers
MARY aaa Honorary Curator of Japanese Gardening and Floral Art
AROLD A. CAPARN, Co onsulting Landscape Architect

RALPH CURTISS BENEDICT, Ph.D., Resident Investigator (Ferns)
RALPH H. CHENEY, Sc.D., Resident Investigator (Economic Plants)

EMILIE PERPALL, ee Library Assistant
CHARLES F. DONEY, M.S., Assistant in Woody Plants
WILLIAM H. DURKIN, Curatorial Assistant
ELSIE TWEMLOW HAMMOND M.A., Instructor
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, A.M., Ph.D., Research ie
CES M. MINER,* A.B., Instr
MARGARET BURDICK PUTZ, Cie Tees
HESTER M. RUSK, A.M., Instruct He

MARGERY H. UDELL, Cu ratorial Ass
L. GORDON UTTER MS. Research ee
HILDA VILKOMERSON, A.B., Ciratotdl ie

Se a LOUIS BUHLE, Photographer
, | MAUD H. PURDY, Artist

ADMINISTRATIVE
DANIEL C. DOWNS, Secretary and arte
MAUDE E. VORIS, Assistant Secretar
NORMA eg BANTA, Office ANS

sage mAs HUBBARD, A.M., Secretary to ws Divetor
GERTRUDE W. MERRILL, AB. Field Secre
ae RANK STORE; Registrar and Custodian

LAURA M. BREWSTER, Stenographer
CONSTANCE PURVES ELSON, B.A., patra ener
N E. BENNETT, Svenouraphe

* On leave of absence, October 1, 1937, to October 1, 1938.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD

VOL. XXVII JANUARY, 1938 No. 1

DPEEeCLOS SeVINUM. BROOK YVING s1937
List OF SEEDS OFFERED IN EXCHANGE
These seeds, collected during 1937, are offered to botanic gardens
and to other regular correspondents : also, in limited quantities, to

3rooklyn Botanic Garden. They are not offered

—

members of the
for sale

Please note that applications for seeds must be received during
MeDisticigy. a oceds, ate se a in March. No
times of the y

January o1
> at other

seeds are availabl

SEEDS OF HERBACEOUS PLANTS

DICOTYLEDONES
Polygonaceae 77 Kochia
~*~ ic] ll:
Eriogonum trichophylla
* Alleni Amarantaceae 79

\marantus

Chenopodiaceae 78 :
Atriplex caudatus
hortensis ras var. albiflorus
latifolia flav .
Beta lividus var. polygonoide
chilensis * Molten Fire
Chenopodium paniculatus var. sanguineus
anthelminticum paniculatus var. speciosus
Bonus-Henricus retroflexus
Botrys * Sunrise ”

* Collected from Wild Plants.
1

Celosia Lychnis
argentea var. plumosa alba
Gomphrena Coronaria

globosa I*los-Jovis
Viscaria
Nyctaginaceae 80 elena
Mirabilis eveniet a
nina caramanica
caucasica
Phytolaccaceae 83 japonica
stellata
Phytolacca Tunica
*decandra prolifera

Aizoaceae 84 Ranunculaceae 91

Tetragonia

expansa Actaca
Kalba
Portulacaceae 85 *rubra
Anemone
Calandrinia *canadensis
grandiflora sibirica
Portulaca *virginiana
grandiflora Aquilegia
marginata *canadensis
susilla Caulophyllum
Talinum *thalictroides
patens Cimicifuga
dahurica
Basellaceae 86 racemosa
Pasaia Clematis
ae ochroleuca
rubra var. alba Delphinium
Boussingaultia _ grandiflorum
baselloides Nigella
damascena
Caryophyllaceae 87 hispanica
; Ranunculus
Arenaria | caucasicus
caroliniana
Dianthus Papaveraceae 104
alpestris
arenarius Argemone
chinensis intermedia
chinensis var. Heddewigii Dicentra
croaticus eximia

* Collected from Wild Plants.

Eschscholtzia Tephrosia
californica virginiana
De -
Papavet ;
aera Geraniaceae 129
a

Erodium
cicutarium

Cappar idaceae 107

(Core Geranium
5 Be os albiflorum
is eae pratense
Gynandropsis fas ae
a pentaphylla pratense forma album
c c
Polanis

Linaceae 132
er eee

Linum
trachysperma ao
2 africanum
Crncculacese das campanulatum
corymbiterum
Sedum perenne
E Hacombianun ;
hybridum Kuphorbiaceae 147
Euphorbia
Rosaceae 126 Darlingtonii
Gan marginata
ce Balsaminaceae 168
molle
ares Impatiens
Gillenia gore .
trifoliata oe
een all a Balsamina
peace *biflora
grandiflora Remuis
I Topwoodiana °
Nuttallii Malvaceae 175
rupestris
H pea: Altheaea
Warrensii taurinensi
~ 2 BTS
Sanguisorba : “
ore ee Gossypium
canadensis
ae ae eum
Leguminosae 128 Hibiscus
Se
Baptisia Moscheutos
australis Moscheutos Hybrids
tinctoria Kitaibelia
Cassiz vitifolia
marilandica .
Dalton Cistaceae 193
Lablab Hehanthemum
Lespedeza Chamaecistus
*virginica euttatum

* Collected from Wild Plants.

Violaceae 198
Viola
tricolor

Loasaceae 206

1] ] 5 ee

POLULLTIOCTD etl iit
Hieronymi
insigiis

Datiscaceae 207

Datisca
cannabina

Begoniaceae 208

Begonia
lumunosa

Lythraceae 216

Cuphea
petiolata
Lythrum
* Salicaria

Melastomaceae 223

Rhexia
*virginica

Onagraceae 224

Iepilobium
angustifolium
Godetia
viminea
Oenothera
Drummondit
fruticosa
speciosa

—_

Umbelliferae 228

Archangelica
atropurpurea

Bupleurum
fruticosum

* Collected from Wild Plants.

Eryngium
aquaticum
Oliverianum
serbicum

Foeniculum

iulgare

Pimpinella
aromaticum

cordata

Primulaceae 237

Anagallis

arvensis

arvensis var. caerulea
Dodecatheon

Meadia
Lysimachia

clethroides
Primula

ste

*americana
Plumbaginaceae 238

Gomolimon
serbicum
Limonium
binervosum
elatum
latifolium
lychnidifolium
speciosum
vulgare
Gentianaceae 246
Nyimphoides
peltatum
Apocynaceae 247

Amsonia
Tabernaemontana

Khazva Scutellaria
orientalis angustifolia
canescens
Asclepiadaceae 248
Asclepias Nolanaceae 255
Halli
*incarnata
tuberosa
Vincetoxicum

Nolana
prostrata

Solanaceae 256

medium
; Nicotiana
Polemoniaceae 250 hae
Gustica
Phlox . Sanderae
Drummondi Tabacum

Drummondii var. gigantea Physalis
Alkekeng1

Borraginaceae 252 Sad
Cermthe Dulcamara
minor sisyinbriifolium
Cynoglossum
Rochelia Scrophulariaceae 257
Verbenaceae 253 Antirrhinum
Verbena ae
bonariensis Linaria
SAE macedonica
Penstemon
Labiatae 254 barbatus
ies barbatus var. Torreyt
*fistulosa diffusus
lasiodonta “digitalis
*punetata diphyllus

*hirsutus

stricta
Rhinanthus

Ocimum

Basilicum Crista-gallt
Perille Scrophularia
frutescens var. nankinensis aestivalis
Salvia luridiflora
elutinosa marilandica
nemerosa nodosa
Sclarea pyrenaica
splendens Verbascum
Satureja songaricum
Acinos Thapsus

* Collected from Wild Plants.

Veronica Anthemis
caucasica es 1a
latifolia A\rctot
longifolia subsessilis cio saat
maritima Aster
Waldsteinii gracilis

novae-angliae
Acanthaceae 266 novae-angliae var. roseus

Acanthus patens
longifolius Brachy chome
nollis iberidifolia

Buphthalmum
Phrymaceae 268 speciosuln

Calendula

Pp ayy e me .
Phryma officinalis

leptostachya en duu
Caprifoliaceae 271 ; erneri
7 C a ea
Sambucus evanus
Ebulus macroce phala
Dipsacaceae 274 ete
Cephalaria Chrysanthemum
ambrosioides Mveonis
graeca Chrysopsis
Scabiosa Talcata
atropurpurea Cichorium
“ndivia
Campanulaceae 276 Cirsium
Campanula Diacantha
bet CONMICAC folic L Cor eopsis
latifolia var. eriocarpa Atkinsoniana
mac rantha grandiflora
Morettiana lanceolata
Downingia palmata
elegans Cosmos
Lobelia “ Karly Orange Flare ”
*eardinalis Cousinia
Cliffortiana microcarpa
Erinus Eupatorium
tenuior coclestinum

hyssoptfolium
*perfolatum
Ageratum *pubescens
mexicanum *purpureum

Compositae 280

* Collected from Wild Plants.

Gaillardia
aristata picta
Helenium
autumnale
Helianthus
dec cae talus

Helops

Henares Wealies

lana
Scalran van
Inula
grandiflora
Helenium
magnifica
salicina
Liatris
py cnostachy a
scariosa
Matricaria
inodora
Mikania

*scandens

Typha
*angustifolia
*latifolia

Gramineae 319

Andr opogon
*scoparius

Uniola
latifoha

Araceae 323

Arisaema
*triphyllum

Pitcher-

zinnaeflora

Onopordon
Acanthium
Rudbeckia
laeiniata
Senecio
Biebersteinii
orientalis
Sericocarpus
*lintfolius
Silphium
perfolhatum
Solidago
canadensis
Sonchus
oleraceus
Tagetes
patula var.
Vernonia
noveboracensis
Zinnia
Haagenana
verticillata

MONOCOTYLEDONES
Typhaceae 308

Alstroemeria

aurantiaca var.

Anthericum
Liliago
Clintonia
sf

Polygonatum
biflorum

/ygadenus
elegans

lutea

Liliaceae 338

ATT Iridaceae 344
fistulosum Iris
Schoenoprasum var. sibiri- *setosa var. canadensis
cum *versicolor

* Collected from Wild Plants.

SEEDS COLLECTED AT BELGRADE LAKES, MAINE

Araha hispida Medeola virginiana
Aralhia nudicaulis Mentha arvensis canadensis
Arisaema triphyllum Nemopanthus mucronata

Clintonia bore:
Coptis trifolia
Cornus ¢: Tene
Crataegus sp.
Cypr ipeditm acaule
Epilobium angustifolium
elas bale procumbens
ravlussacia baccata
oe punctatum

jab

lis Pyrus melanocarpa
Rosa carolina
Sambucus canadensis
Thalictrum polygamum
Trilhum undulatum
Trientalis americana
Vaccinium canadense
Vaccinium corymbosum

—
ar

Hex verticillata Vaccinium pennsylvanicum
Iris prismatica Viburnum acerifolium

Iris versicolor Viburnum alnifolium
Lyonia ligustrina Viburnum cassinoides
Matanthemum canadense Viburnum dentatum

Address requests for seeds before March 1, 1938 to
») EXCHANGE,
B Pe Botanic Garden,
00 Washington Avenue,

3rooklyn, N. Y.,
US

—

THE INTERNATIONAL SEED EXCHANGE

Members of the Garden may be interested in the following
information.

The interchange of seeds between botanic gardens goes back
many years. In our library is an autograph letter from the great
Linnaeus to his friend, Duchesne, dated 1767, asking for seeds of
certain plants, and offering others in exchange.

In our own country, the systematic exchange of seeds with
other nations dates from the very beginning of our national exist-
ence. After Thomas Jefferson returned to America from I*rance,
where he had represented the United States of America, he began
sending his French friends seeds of native plants, receiving from
them seeds of French plants in return. This interchange con-
tinued for some twenty-three vears. “ By his desire, our consuls

)

in every foreign port, collected and transmitted to him seeds of
the finest vegetables and fruits that were grown in the countries
where they resided. These he would distribute among the market-
gardeners in the city (Washington) . .. not sending them, but

jar

giving them himself, and accompanying his gifts with the informa-
tion necessary for their proper culture and management, and
afterwards occasionally calling to watch the progress of their
growth. This excited the emulation of our horticulturists, and
was the means of greatly improving our markets.”

For more than twenty years (since 1914) the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden has published lists of seeds offered in exchange to other
botanic gardens of the world; and also, on request, to members
of the Garden. This interchange of seeds among the world’s
botanic gardens has been called the “ International Seed Ex-
change,’ which, however, is merely a convenient name for this
particular activity, since no formal organization with such a title
exists. The list sent by our Garden is checked, and returned by
the institutions receiving it. Similar lists offered by other botanic
gardens are received annually by our Garden. The names of
desired sorts are checked, and the list mailed back to the garden
concerned, which then sends us seeds. By this exchange many
American plants, raised from seeds supplied by Brooklyn

sotanic
Garden, have enriched the collections of other botanic gardens in
many countries from Siberia to South Africa. Similarly, many
valuable exotic plants, now growing in the conservatories and im

the outdoor plantations of our Garden, have been acquired in the
past.

The seeds are collected by the Garden from various sources:
from plants growing in the Garden, from wild plants of nearby
regions, and through the cooperation of collectors in other parts
of the United States.

Distribution has exceeded 5000 packets «

f ScedSim~one- wear:
more requests are received than can be filled. Seeds are supplied
to gardens in about forty foreign countries.

The seeds are not for sale. Though primarily an interchange
for scientific purposes, they are offered, in limited quantities, to
members of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, after the foreign
correspondents have been supplied.

— ay ba : 20. Pcie nog hs - ory a AIR
- ;

: ;
7
7
7
:

~~ 7

: ‘

ee . |
a

a 7

mae ne

o
——

—

The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences

OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

PRESIDENT
EDWARD C. BLUM

First VicE-PRESIDENT SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN VAN SINDEREN

THIRD VICE-PRESIDENT
SUMNER FORD
TREASURER SECRETARY
EDWIN P. MAYNARD JOHN H. DENBIGH
BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE
MISS HILDA LOINES, Chairman

PHILIP A. BENSON WALTER HAMMITT
EDWARD C. BLUM, Ex officio WILLIAM T. HUNTER
MRS. WILLIAM H. CARY DAVID H. LANMAN
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN EDWIN P. MAYNARD
MRS. LEWIS W. FRANCIS ALFRED E. MUDGE

EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD
Tue FoLLowINnc OFFICIALS OF THE City or New York

HE COMPTROLLER
THE COMMISSIONER OF PARKS

GENERAL INFORMATION

p.—All s who are anette in the objects and maintenance
of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden 4 are eligible t nen rship. Members enjoy spe-
cial privileges. Annual Membership, $10 y: rly; Sustaining Peeper ship, $25

Avenue, Bee N. se ; i ephone, sare

Tue BotaANic GARDEN is open free to ae oe daily from 8 a.m. until dusk;
on Sundays aad ‘Holidays it is open at

ces—On Flatbush Avenue, near Empire Boulevard and near Mt.

Prosnent Ree or on Washington Avenue, south of Eastern Parkway and near
Empire Boulevard; on Eastern Parkway, west of the Museum Buildin

The street eeaice to the Laboratory Building is at 1000 WWocincton Avenue,
opposite ce

Baie, ae and others in studying the collections ae services of a

docent may the abet ed. This service is free of charge to mem the Botanic
Garden; to others there is a charge of 50 cents per person. Rerak eee must
be made by application to the Curator of Public geucion at least one day in

advance. No par of less than six adults will be c
THE Gas RDEN ee Broadway (B. MT.) Su ne way to Prospect Park
Station; Interborough Subway to Eastern Parkway-Brooklyn Museum Station;

Flatbush Avenue tro lley to Bnoire Boulevard ; Franklin Avenue, Lorimer Street,

Sterling Place end Washington venue ;

oo
eal
2o
tS!
WM
ai
rn SB
oO
Gants
5)
Len 9
<
sy
<
)

Flatbush Avenue to Eastern Bee aae turn left following Parkway to Wactcne
Avenue; then turn right,

eae S) eT ar Ue OWT ie Te a eae RSM bie MC iene ges EA a i gue fetus nat ee eae See ee oa
Pi scleral ¥ pista Fa ae abe ne

“Gu ide No.
cents. a mail,

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN

PUBLICATIONS
Established, January, 1912. An cane aa spriosical issued
quarterly a 1912- 1928) ; onthly (1929-1932) ; E guereale 933-). Contains,

fae MMOS: Established, July, 1918. Published ee Circulates in
coun
olume I. Dedication Papers: comprising 33 scientific papers presented at
the dedication of the dere ols building and plant houses, April 19-21, 1917.
521 eae Price $3.50, ey €.
e II. The vegeta ae of Long Island. Part I, The vegetation of
Montauk: A study Gf grassland and forest. By Norman Taylor, June 11, 1923.
108 pages. Price $1.00 ostage.
Volume III. Vege ae of Mount Desert Island, Maine, and its environ-
ment Ph Pareneton, “Moore and Norman Taylor, June 10, 1927. 151 pages.
rice

CONTRIBUTIONS. Established, April 1, 1911. Papers originally published
in periodicals, reissued as “ separates” without change of paging, and numbered
consecutively. Twenty-five numbers constitute one volume. Price 25 cents each,

ieee Circulates in 34 countries
The hoes of ae cays oe y plant: Résumé of the more imporiant
here eos 1901 to 1932, 27 p 193:

No. 75. Inheritance of eins to a loose and covered kernel smuts of
Sorghum: I. Dwarf Yellow Milo hybrids. 20 pages. 1937.

No. 76. Inheritance of resistance to the loose dia covered kernel smuts of
Sorghum: Il. Feterita hybrids. 22 pages. 1937.

No. 77. Monographie studies in the Genus Eleocharis. IV. 63 pages. 1937.

No. 78. Experiments on latent infection of resistant varieties by the loose and
covered smut of oats. 11 pages. 1937.

LEAFLETS. Established, April 10, 1913. Published weekly or biweekly
during April, May, June, Septe mber, and October. The purpose of the Leaflets
is primarily to give announcements concerning flowering and other plant activities
to be seen in the Garden near the date of issue, and to give popular, elementary
information about plant life for teachers and others. Free to members of the

arden. To others, fifty cents a series. Single numbers 5 cents each,
lates in 28 countries. Temporarily discontinued, 1936-37.

GUIDES to the collections, buildings, and grounds. Price based upon cost
of publication. Issued as numbers of the Recorp; see above. .
cade No. 5. The Rock Garden. 28 illustrations. Price, 35 cents. By mail,

6. io aeons potted trees (Hachinoki). 11 illustrations. Price, 35

Guide No. 7. The story of our eG felines geology of ihe Brooklyn
Borne ee 22 illustrations. Price, mail, 40 cen

Guide No. 8. The story of fossil plants. if ieee Price, a cents. By
mail, 40 cents.

SEED LIST. edegs Seminum) Pete piisted December, 1914. Since 1925

‘issued each year in the January number of the sit Circulation includes 160

botanic gardens and sasGtutions located in 40 se etic

COLOGY. Established, J anudtys 1920. Published quarterly in codperation
ars the Eu GICAL SOCIETY ERICA. Subscription, $4.00 a year. Circulates
in 48 countr

GENETICS. eireean Caney 1916. Bimonthly. Subscription, $6.00 a
year. Circulates i in 37 countr

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD

VOL. XXVII APRIL, 1938 No. 2

CONTAINING THE

TWENTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY

AT PRINCE AND LEMON STREETS, LANCASTER, PA.
BY THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
BROOKLYN, N. Y

Entered as second-class matter in the post-office at Lancaster, Pa., under act of August 24, 1912

RROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN

Scientific, Educational, and Administrative Officers

SCIENTIFIC AND EDUCATIONAL

The Staff
wn UAE GAGER, PhD. oc.D). d).. eirec

MONTAGUE FREE, Certificate, Royal Bot otanic Gardens “Kew, ‘Hieesinatiart
OUNT aes ES, Ph.D., Curator of Public Instruction

ARTHUR HARM
ALFRED GUNDERSEN, Docteur de ieee versité (Paris), Curator of Plants
WILLIAM z JORDAN, B.S., Librarian

GE M. REED, Ph.D., ae of Plant Pathology
ELLEN EDDY SHAW, B.S., Curator of Elementary Instruction
HENRY K. SVENSON, Ph.D., Curator of the Herbarium
MARGARET M. DORWARD, A.B., Assistant Curator of
Elementary Instruction

Other Officers
MARY AVERILL, Honorary Curator of Japanese Gardening and Floral Art
HAROLD A, CAPARN, Consulting Landscape Architect

RALPH CURTISS BENEDICT, Ph.D., Resident Investigator (Ferns)
RALPH H. CHENEY, Sc.D., Resident Investigator (Economic Plants)

EMILIE PERPALL, CHICHESTER, Library Assistant
CHARLES F. DONEY, M.S., Assistant in Woody Plants
WILLIAM H. DURKIN, Curatorial Assistant
ELSIE TWEMLOW HAMMOND, M.A., Instructor
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, A.M., Ph.D., Research Assistant

NCES M. MINER #* A.B., Jnstructo)
MARGARET BURDICK PUTZ, Cytori eala
TER M. RUSK, A.M., Instructo
MARGERY H. UDELL, Curatorial Acca
L. GORDON UTTER, M.S., Research Assistant
HILDA VILKOMERSON, AB., Curatorial Assistant

Seen BUALE, ea Hees
AUDeH. PURDY | Are

ADMINISTRATIVE
DANIEL C. DOWNS, Secretary and Accountant
MAUDE E. VORIS, Assistant Secretary
NORMA STOFFEL BANTA, Office Assistant

SS eee HUBBARD, A.M., Secretary to tig. Aaa
GERTRUDE W. MERRILL, AB., Field Sec

SSE SLOLL; Registr ar and Custodian

LAURA M. BREWSTER, Ceca
PON ee PURVES ELSON, B.A., Stenographer
N E. BENNETT, Siemearapher

* On leave of a October 1, 1937, to October 1, 1938,

THE BOTANIC GARDEN AND THE CITY

Tuer BRooKLYN BoTANiIc GARDEN, established in 1910, isa De-
partment of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. It is
supported in part by municipal appropriations, and in part by
private funds, including income from endowment, membership
dues, and special contributions. Its articulation with the City is
through the Department of Parks.

The City owns the land devoted to Garden purposes, builds,
lights, and heats the buildings, and keeps them in repair, and in-

cludes in its annual tax budget an appropriation for other items of
maintenance. One third of the cost of the present buildings
(about $300,000) and of other permanent improvements (about
$253,000) has been met from private funds.

Appointments to all positions are made by the director of the
Garden, with the approval of the Botanic Garden Governing Com-
mittee, and all authorized expenditures for maintenance are made
in the name of the private organization, from funds advanced by
the Institute, which, in turn, is reimbursed from time to time by
the City, within the limits, and according to the terms of the
annual Tax Budget appropriation.

All plants have been purchased with private funds since the
Garden was established. In addition to this, it has been the
practice of the Garden, from its beginning, to purchase all books
for the library, all specimens for the herbarium, all lantern slides
and photographic material, and numerous other items, and to pay
certain salaries, with private funds.

The needs of the Garden for private funds for all purposes,
are more than twice as great as the present income from endowment,
membership dues, and special contributions. The director of the
Garden will be glad to give full information as to possible uses of
such funds to any who may be interested.

INFORMATION CONCERNING MEMBERSHIP

The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences is organized in
three main departments: 1. The Department of Education. 2.
The Museums. 3. The Botanic Garden.

Any of the following seven classes of membership may be taken
out through the Botanic Garden:

Le PA PSM DEL fos en Bede eeeecedewse $ 10
2. DUStAININS MEME? ot wows eae ey cys 25
3. Life member .........c00.0seeeceas 500
4, Permanent member ................. 2,500
De FIOM pct hain oath aca lees eg Ger 10,000
Ge FtCOt papas keane cede secs oe 25,000
f, DONCTACIOR swine oh eb see oy asbad yews 100,000

Sustaining members are annual members with full privileges in
Departments one to three. Membership in classes two to seven
carries full privileges in Departments one to three.

In addition to opportunities afforded to members of the Botanic
Garden for public service through cooperating in its development,
and helping to further its aims to advance and diffuse a knowledge
and love of plants, to help preserve our native wild flowers, and to
afford additional and much needed educational advantages in
Brooklyn and Greater New York, members may also enjoy the
privileges indicated on the following page.

Further information concerning membership may be had by
addressing The Director, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn,
N. Y., or by personal conference by appointment. Telephone,

Prospect 9-6173.

—_

a
ho rR

a
ios)

PRIVIGEGES OF MEMBERS EP

Free admission to the buildings and grounds at all times.

Cards of admission for self and friends to all exhibitions and
openings preceding the admission of the general public, and
to receptions.

Services of docent (by appointment), for self and party (of
not less than six), when visiting the Garden.

Admission of member and one guest to field trips and other
scientific meetings under Garden auspices, at the Garden or
elsewhere.

Free tuition in most courses of instruction; in other courses a
liberal discount from the fee charged to non-members.
Invitations for self and friends to spring and fall “ Flower

Days,” and to the Annual Spring Inspection.

Copies of Garden publications, as follows:

a. Recorp (including the ANNUAL REpoRT).

b. GurpEs (to the Plantations and Collections).

c. LEAFLETS (of popular information).

d, CONTRIBUTIONS (on request. Technical papers).

Announcement Cards (Post Card Bulletins) concerning plants
in flower and other items of interest.

Privileges of the Library and of the Herbarium.

Expert advice on the choice and care of ornamental trees,
shrubs, and herbaceous plants, indoors and out; on plant-
ing the home grounds; the care of lawns; and the treatment
of plants affected by insect and fungous pests.

Determination of botanical specimens.

—

Participation in the periodical distribution of surplus plant
material and seeds, in accordance with special announce-
ments sent to members from time to time.

Membership privileges in other botanic gardens and museums
outside of Greater New York, when visiting other cities,
and on presentation of membership card in Brooklyn Bo-
tanic Garden. (See the following page.)

FORMS OF BEQUEST TO THE BROOKLYN BOTANIC
GARDEN

Form of Bequest for General Purposes

I hereby give, devise, and bequeath to The Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences, Brooklyn, N. Y., the sum of........0..... Dollars, the in-
come from which said sum to be used for the educational and scientific work
of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

Form of Bequest for a Curatorship

I hereby give, ie and ean to The Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences, Brookly Nae SUG Ol on. GG Sates ate ria Dollars, as an
endowment for a eee in ae nae Botanic Garden, the income
rom which sum to be used each year towards the payment of the salary
of a curator in said Botanic Garden, to be known as the (here may be
inserted the name of the donor or other person) curatorship

Form of Bequest for a Fellowship

I hereby give, devise, and bequeath to The ee Institute of Arts
and Sciences, Brooklyn, N. Y., the sum of.............. Yollars, the income
from which sum to be used in the payment of a fel - ship for advanced
botanical investigation in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, to be known as the

Paea ia nae eee ellowship.

Form of Bequest for other particular purposes designated by the testator

I hereby give, devise, and bequeath to The eee Institute of Arts
and Sciences, Brooklyn, N ,t 2 Re eee ree eee Jollars, to be used
(or the income from which to be ee for the ae Botanic Garden *

* The following additional purposes are suggested for which endowment
is needed:

1. Botanical research.

2. Publishing the results of botanical investigations.
3. Popular botanical publication.

sad

The endowment of a lectureship, or a lecture course
. Botanical illustrations for publications anc
The purchase and collecting of plants.
The beautifying of the grounds.
The purchase of publications for the library.
; ee and enriching our work of public education.
The establishing of prizes to be awarded by the Brooklyn Botanic
ed for botanical research, or for superior excellence of botanical workin the
High Schools of the City of New York.

mn
lal

lectures.

ae oS

Pig. Se

planting in 1935 with some 2000 plants in about 30 species and varieties. (942

-ortion of Wall Garden, June 16. The entire length is about 385 feet. Initial
)

Vise.

we a QS ee
7
=
7

i
‘
i
‘

7 = -

a
> 7

a
= af i S . aon
—_ = 7 an y. - f .

$c 5°.

i :
er es

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD

VOL. XXVII APRIL, 1938 No. 2

TWENTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
1937

REPORE OF. THE DIRECTOR

To THE BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE:

I have the honor to present herewith the Twenty-Seventh
Annual oo of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden for the calendar
veal

This year, like others, has been one of both losses and gains.
The losses, in personnel and income, have been serious; the gains
have been substantial and encouraging.

Frances E. White.—The Garden sustained its most serious loss
on March 11 in the passing of Miss Frances E. White, a member of
the Garden in the class of Benefactors, and one of the three
“founders” of the Garden.

In June, 1905, her brother, Alfred T. White, presented a letter
to the Board of Trustees of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and
Sciences stating that two anonymous donors would present to the
Board the sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars for the purpose of
establishing a botanic garden in Brooklyn. This was _ the
amount which the Board of Estimate and Apportionment of the
City required the Trustees to provide as a condition for the City
to assign the present site to be administered by them as a botanic
garden. Miss White was one of the anonymous donors, con-

12
tributing one half the required amount, which became the
initial “‘Endowment Fund” of the Garden.

But the gift was more than a sum of money. There went with
it a personal and understanding interest which was sustained and
deepened through all the more than twenty-six years of the
Garden's history, and has |

een One of Our Most precious posses-
sions. In my address at the twenty-fifth anniversary of the
Garden I stated that what such an institution most needs is
friends who are not merely interested in it, but who are enthusi-
astic about it. It was such a friend that the Garden had in the
person of Miss White.

When the Citizens Endowment Fund of $250,000 was raised as
a condition for receiving a like amount from Mr. John D. Rocke-
feller, Jr., Miss White was one of the largest contributors.
When one of our important research projects, initiated by Mr.
Alfred T. White, was in jeopardy from threatened loss of income
Miss White was one of the group of four persons who sensed the
basic importance of research for such an institution as this, and
took the necessary steps to insure its continuation.

Miss White was born in 1847 at 163 West Street, Brooklyn, but
she had resided continuously at the family home, 2 Pierrepont
Place, since its construction in 1857. In addition to the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden, Miss White was actively interested in the Brook-
lyn Institute of Arts and Sciences (of which the Garden
partment), the Graham Home for Old Ladies (of which she was
president for many years), the Brooklyn Visiting Nurse Associa-
tion, the Children’s Aid Society, the Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Children, the Brooklyn Bureau of Charities, the
Brooklyn Hospital (where she died), and the Church of the
Saviour (Unitarian), of which she was an active member.

isa De-

Her contributions were the expression of a generous and
philanthropic spirit, actively interested in whatever promotes
human well-being and happiness, and in every movement for
the cultural and civic welfare of Brooklyn, most of whose citizens
(including even the beneficiaries of her largesse) were wholly
unaware of the reach and depth of her benefactions, so quietly
and anonymously were they given. Of herself and her resources
she gave from a sense of stewardship and for the gratification of
helping to make the world a better place in which to live. Her

passing is an irreparable loss, not only to the Botanic Garden
but to the entire City.
THE GARDEN AND THE PUBLIC

Attendance.—The appended report of the curator of public
instruction records a total registered attendance for the year of
1,691,835, the largest monthly attendance being 346,871 for May,
and largest week-end attendances approximately 46,000 from
Saturday noon to Sunday closing, May 1—2, and approximately
48,000 the week-end following. The annual attendance was
124,531 greater than that of 1936, and more than 678,500 greater
than ten years ago. These figures mean not only added interest
on the part of the public, but greater usefulness of the Garden,
and increased wear and tear on the walks and lawns, and other-
wise. They also mean the necessity for additional laborers, and
guards, and make more urgent the need for an attendant at each
entrance gate.

Botanic Garden versus Park.—In previous reports I have called
attention to the difference in the purposes to be served by a
botanic garden and a park. A park is a place to be used pri-
marily for recreation. In a park, for example, games may be

—_

played, lunches may be eaten; people may recline on the lawns
within certain limitations. All of these things, desirable in their
proper place, would tend to defeat the primary purpose of the
plantations of a botanic garden, which are intended to be es-
sentia

—

ly an out-doors museum of plant life, and must be ad-
ministered as such. The distinction is not generally understood,
and that explains in part the difficulty in handling the multitudes
who visit the Garden. So many of them do not realize that they
are in a garden and not in a park, and, therefore, cannot do
certain things that are rightly permissi

—

le in a park.

The problem here involved is an old one. Almost exactly one
hundred years ago (in 1835) Dr. Daubeny, director of the botanic
garden of Oxford University, issued a code of ‘ Regulations of the
Botanic Garden.”’ Admittance at the “principal entrance” was
to be obtained only ‘‘on ringing the bell attached to the gateway.”
(The writer has encountered such a regulation, still in force, at
some of the botanic gardens in Europe.) The third regulation at
Oxford read as follows:

‘General orders have been given to exclude Nursery-maids and
Children from the Premises, but every facility will be afforded
for the admission of persons to whom the garden may seem likely
to be a source of interest or improvement.”

Such a regulation has its advantages in more ways than one,
and from time to time we receive letters from persons who fre-
quent this Garden asking if such a regulation could not be en-
forced here.

The need of Suitable Entrance Gates has been stressed in pre-
vious reports, and attention has been called to the fact that,
more than 25 years after it was first opened to the public, the
Garden has only one gate that is more than an opening through
the fence. A gate at the Eastern Parkway entrance and at the
north and south Washington Avenue entrances are specially
needed for the convenience of the public as well as of the Garden.
On November 18, 1936, the City was requested to include in its
Capital Outlay Budget for 1937 the sum of $21,366 ($10,050 for
the north gate; $11,316 for the south gate) to provide for the
two Washington Avenue gates (City Record, Dec. 15, 1936), but
the request was not granted. On November 27, 1937, the Board
of Estimate and Apportionment was requested to include in its
Capital Outlay Budget for 1938 an appropriation of $69,000 for
the construction of a gate or portal at the Eastern Parkway
entrance. This gate would extend across the entire Eastern
Parkway frontage of some 260 feet, and would include two
rooms for public convenience, the storage of garden implements,

the vending of guide books and souvenir postcards, and other
purposes. It is greatly needed in order that we may properly
service the public at this entrance.

The importance of having at our Eastern Parkway frontage a
dignified structure, of architectural value, harmonizing with the
beautiful Museum building on the east, and indicating the en-
trance to an institution, can hardly be over-emphasized. As
stated above, a botanic garden is really an outdoors museum;
a beautiful structure at the main entrance, aside from the utili-
tarian needs which it would supply, would serve to designate an
educational institution and would add to the architectural assets

tay x”

of the City. City parks and ‘‘zoos’’ commonly have beautiful

and dignified structures at their entrances; so do many foreign
botanic gardens; so should the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

Free Admission.—In response to letters soliciting contributions
for the work of the Garden we received in 1937 a number of
replies suggesting that admission fees should be charged, at
least on certain days if not daily. There is much to be said in
favor of such a plan. Some of the semi-public museums of the
City and the Zoological Park have two pay days a week. The
plan would exclude practically all persons who wish merely to
visit a park, and many who would enter either a park or a garden
for asocial or otherwise improper purposes. It would be ap-
preciated by many. But it would greatly reduce the attendance,
and it is unlikely that any ‘‘nominal’’ admission fee would do
more than yield the amount required to collect it and do the

—

necessary accounting. However, our ‘‘Agreement”’ with the
City requires us to keep the Garden open to the public free
every day in the year, and so no fee could be charged unless the
“Agreement”? were amended to provide for it.

The People and the Public—The English poet, Wordsworth,
once wrote to Sir George Beaumont that ‘‘No poem of mine will
ever be popular... . The People would love the Poem of
Peter Bell, but the Public (a very different thing) will never love
it.”’ The distinction is subtle but very real. On any day of
large attendance one may see ‘‘the People’’ enjoying the Garden
in a manner highly gratifying to us, while at the same time
“the Public” is here and there misusing it. Our dual and
difficult problem is to protect the Garden from “the Public
so that it may be enjoyed by “the People” in harmony with the
aims for which it was established.

THE PLANTATIONS

oe ’

The plantations—the ‘Gardens within a Garden’’—become
more beautiful each year and draw an ever-increasing number of
visitors. Since they have not yet become merely a maintenance
project, but are still in process of development, they also require
more attention each year. The trees and shrubs increase in size;
the herbaceous plantings need replenishing and revising; old
labels need renewing as well as new ones to be made; insect and
fungus pests require more and more attention, especially when

new pests like the Japanese beetle and the Dutch Elm-disease
are introduced; new features, such as the Medicinal and Culinary
Herb Garden, the Wall Garden, the Rose Arc, and others demand
additional work from gardeners and laborers. Since the World
War the area under intensive cultivation has increased about
forty per cent and yet, except for the fluctuating and otherwise
inadequate help from WPA labor, the number of gardeners and
laborers has remained substantially the same—actually one man
less, as follows: 1918, three foremen, 21 gardeners and laborers;
1937, three foremen, 20 gardeners and laborers. The number of
WPA men has gradually been diminished at the very time when
the need for them was increasing.

Guards at the Gates.—It was specially unfortunate that the
WPA guards at the gates have been discontinued. They were
removed in the fall for the stated reason that such work is a
“budgetary responsibility’’ (matter of routine maintenance), and
it is the stated policy of the WPA not to assign workers for such
positions. It is quite asimportant to have guards at our entrance
gates as to have them at the entrance to a museum building.
There was a steady decrease of petty vandalism in the Garden
from the time the WPA guards were first assigned until their
removal. Already there are signs of the return of the former
conditions. A man is needed continuously at each of our five
entrances, not only for the reason implied above, but also to
give visitors the information continually asked for; to take charge
of the sale of guide books, souvenir postcards, et cetera; and to
provide for such emergencies as continually occur—lost articles,
lost children, persons suddenly stricken ill, the exclusion of
vendors and lunches, and numerous other items. He could also
be responsible for the maintenance of an area within a definite
radius of the gate.

Local Flora Section.-As stated in preceding reports, this

section is laid out on the basis of ecology (the relation of plants to
their environment)—open woods, brook, wet meadow, sand area,
glacial pool, bog (acid swamp), serpentine area, etc. For some
time we have been unable to secure suitable weathered limestone
rocks for the installation of ‘“‘lime-loving’’ (or lime-tolerant)
plants. In Spetember, 1936, Mrs. Hollis Webster, of Lexington,
Massachusetts, a member of the Herb Society of America, who

had learned on a visit to the Garden of our need of limestone,
brought the matter to the attention of Mr. and Mrs. Bernhard
Hoffmann, of the Berkshire Garden Center, Stockbridge, Mass.,
which is in a limestone area. Mr. and Mrs. Hoffmann at once
became actively interested to assist us in securing limestone
rocks. After unavoidable delays, and through the persistence
of Mr. Hoffmann, we received the stones on September 28.
They will be placed on the low embankment in the southern end
of the Local Flora Section during the winter. The invaluable
service of these three friends of another state has been acknowl-
edged with the thanks of the Governing Committee and the
staff.

Moss Ravine.—Few, if any, botanic gardens have included the
Bryophytes (liverworts and mosses) in their plantations, and
yet these plants are of popular interest and the maintenance of

such a collection is an advantage for school classes. In their
appended reports Mr. Free notes the construction of the Moss
Ravine on the south shore of the Lake, and Dr. Gundersen re-
cords the initial planting and labeling. A re-entrant was ex-
cavated in the northfacing bank, lined with glacial boulders, and
furnished with an irrigation system to keep the surfaces of the
rocks moist. The first year’s experience seems to indicate that a
labeled collection of true Mosses, peat-moss (Sphagnum), and
Liverworts can be successfully maintained under the conditions
here provided. The collection was a center of much public
interest during the year.

Miscellaneous —In this appended report, Mr. Free notes the
installation or first planting of the Medicinal and Culinary Gar-
den, additional planting of the Wall Garden, Rose Garden, and
Rose Arc, and other gardening and maintenance operations in

the plantations.

RESEARCH
Botanical research falls naturally into one of two broad cate-
gories: the study of plants in health, and the study of them in
disease. Just asin human medicine the study of pathology must
be based upon a knowledge of normal physiology and anatomy,
so in botany the study of plant diseases rests upon a thorough
knowledge of plants in health—their structure, physiological

functions, relation to their environment, and classification. Both
lines of research are important, even for their own sakes and
without reference to practical ends, and should be promoted by
such institutions as botanic gardens. Nor should the practical
ends of plant breeding, crop production, and disease control be
minimized.

In an address on Research in Art Museums, delivered before
the American Association of Museums in 1934, Mr. Henry W.
Kent, Secretary of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, divided the
obligations of a museum to provide opportunities for scholarly
study into three classes: “first, those required to satisfy the needs
of its staff; second, those required to satisfy the needs of the
student; third, those essential to its own needs as an _insti-
tution, if it is to occupy the place of an establishment for
education.”

The importance of a program of research at the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden, from these three angles so well stated by Mr.
KXent, has been emphasized in various Annual Reports. The
outstanding perennial need of botanic gardens, considered as
educational institutions and especially as custodians of extensive
and valuable collections of living plants, administered for educa-
tional ends, is more knowledge. To say that this is a public as
well as an institutional need and responsibility is only to state
what everyone should realize. And the necessary new knowl-
edge is, of course, to be obtained only by research.

The annual loss from plant diseases and pests, in the United
States alone, has been estimated at a billion and a half dollars.
Professor Furnas, in his stimulating book, ‘“‘The next hundred
years,” has calculated that this is at the rate of nearly $3000 a
minute. The average salary of the leading and more highly
paid plant pathologists of this country is probably not more than
$5000 a year—or at the rate of one cent a minute. The American
Phytopathological Society has about 800 members. The average
of their salaries is, roughly, not more than $3000. In other
words, to combat an economic loss of $3000 a minute this entire
country is expending for personal service about 800 times $3000,
or $2,400,000—less than $5.00 a minute.

Reports on research projects for 1937 may be found on pages
36-58, following. Special attention is called to the continuing

cooperation with Columbia University, New York University,
Brooklyn College, and Hunter College. Also, for the third year,
with the State Institute of Applied Agriculture on Long Island,
at Farmingdale, in the maintenance of the Test Garden for Iris.
In his appended report (p. 41), Dr. Reed, who has charge of the
Iris project, notes that we have had growing at the Farmingdale
Garden during 1937 as many as 645 varieties of Iris (Japanese,
245; Siberian 50; Bearded, 350).

Nine papers embodying the results of research, including
Contributions Nos. 75-79, have been published by members of
the Garden personnel during 1937.

Special attention is called to the appended report of the Resi-
dent Investigator for Ferns (p. 96) of the meeting held at the
Garden in February for the purpose of increasing the interest of
High School teachers of biology in research and offering the
cooperation of the Garden in every possible way to facilitate
advance studies and research by the teachers.

Pusiic EDUCATION
Adult Education
Science and Sciscitation.—We are all familiar, or think we are,
with the word science and what it connotes; the word sciscitation
is rarely used, yet both words are from the same Latin root.
he latter word, or at least the thing itself, should become more
common, for the word means ‘‘questioning,’’ and without the
mental attitude of interrogation—the inner urge to seek and to
find, to know and explain and understand, there could be no
science. In fact, all efforts at adult education are futile unless
one is dealing with adults who really want to extend their knowl-
edge and who wish it earnestly enough to put forth active effort.
A lecture may serve a useful purpose as a means of stimulating a
spirit of inquiry and in giving information not readily accessible
in books and periodicals, but a program of education which in-
cludes only lectures to more or less passive listeners violates the
fundamental principles of teaching and learning.
The Brooklyn Botanic Garden's educational program for adults
is largely, though not exclusively, of the nature of what is now
technically designated as ‘“‘adult education.” Its appeal is

largely to those whose formal ‘‘schooling”’ is over but who wish

to continue in leisure time and under guidance, to follow some
intellectual interest. It ranges from flower arrangement, which
is essentially an art course, to the more technical aspects of
botanical science. It includes much of a strictly horticultural
nature, for a botanic garden is the common meeting ground of the
correlative sciences of botany and horticulture. In addition,
it includes opportunity for research for candidates for advanced
degrees and for those who have already obtained such degrees.
The appended report of the curator of public instruction indi-
cates a gratifying response to the opportunities offered, especially
when one keeps it in mind that for most of the courses a nominal
fee is asked.

During the year 94 popular and semi-popular papers and re-
views by members of the Garden personnel have been published,
and nearly 50 news releases have been sent to newspapers.

Elementary Education
“In my youth,” says Will Durant, “I rejected astronomy,
botany, and ornithology as effeminate sciences—as_ dismal
catalogs of names. I thought I should be able to enjoy flowers,
birds, and stars as well without as with a knowledge of their
relationships. But now I think that if I knew these

names anc
lustrous forms more intimately, and could call them by their
first names, I should enjoy them more, if only with the half-
conscious pleasure that one derives from the presence of familiar
things. So I think I should have a course in Nature running
through my children’s years, ranging from a recognition of the
Pleiades to the art of making a garden grow.”

This coming year (1938) will be the twenty-fifth anniversary of
our educational work in teaching boys and girls “the art of mak-
and all related information within the range

ing a garden grow,”
of their comprehension. The work has been under the able ad-
ministration of Miss Shaw, who organized and developed it,
blazing a new trail in the educational program of a botanic
garden, and offering an essentially new type of cooperation with
city schools. The attendance figures in her appended report,
large as they are, do not tell a complete story. In the first place,
the figures might have been much larger had attendance not been
made a goal wholly secondary to solid educational results in

Laboratory
Watkin,” )

Plaza with Magnolias

Onl

soulder Hill beyond.

in. bloom.
April 17.

Daffodils
(9425)

e)
~~)

which the controlling conditions, here as elsewhere, are the size
of the staff, laboratory and greenhouse accommodations, and the
adopted plan of working intensively with small groups of fifty or
less in preference to large audiences of many hundreds. In the
second place, the figures do not reflect the intangible results of
awakened interest, encouraged enthusiasms, character building,
and in many cases the revelation to boys and girls of the vocation
they prefer to follow.

THE LIBRARY

‘Plants without books are useless.”’ So wrote Sir William
Hooker, the first director of Kew, to his famous son, Sir Joseph
Hooker, the second director. This reminds one, by contrast,
of the famous apothegm of Louis Agassiz—‘‘Study nature, not
books.” The latter saying, of course, contains an element of
sound advice; it places the emphasis in the right place. If it had

been qualified or expanded it would have lost much of its edu-
cational force. Indeed Agassiz’s advice is the procedure that
must be followed in the very infancy of a science. When Pasteur
discovered bacteria there were no existing books or journals on
“bacteriology.” There was no such thing as bacteriology. One
had to study bacteria, not books. But, as a science develops, a
related literature gradually arises and expands. It then becomes
necessary for investigators, as well as other students, to become
familiar with the existing body of knowledge and methods of
procedure. To paraphrase Hooker, books (and periodical
literature) then become as essential as plants. The library of a
scientific institution, therefore, serves a double constituency
those who wish merely to become informed as to the nature and
results of the science as a matter of general information and
culture, and those who plan to explore the field beyond the
frontiers of what is already known.

The Library of the Botanic Garden is open free, daily, and its
use by the general public is encouraged and steadily increases.
The number of users now averages more than 350 a month.
During the vacation months of July and August, with unusually
hot and humid weather the number of users was 445 (July, 219;
August, 226). As it becomes gradually enriched it becomes a
more efficient adjunct of research, not only for our own staff and

students, but also for investigators elsewhere. Those who can-
not come to the Garden may be served by our system of inter-
library loans. The appended report of the Librarian calls
attention to the wide territory that is being served by this system,
as shown by the map on page 93. It is also interesting to note
that the number of periodicals currently received has now
exceeded 1000.

The need of our Library for increased funds is most urgent—
for the purchase of books, subscriptions to periodicals, comple-
tion of periodical files, repair of binding, new binding, catalog
needs, personnel, and the numerous miscellaneous expenses of
library administration and public service. The Library budget
for 1937 for personal service, publications, and supplies was ap-
proximately $10,000. To meet the present needs it should be
not less than $15,000.

THE HERBARIUM

Dr. Svenson, in his appended report, records the addition of
3,856 specimens to the herbarium by accession, exchange, collec-
tion, and gift; and the distribution of 185 specimens in exchange.
More than 1500 specimens were loaned for study to seven insti-
tutions located in five states, and slightly more than 1900 speci-
mens were borrowed from 16 institutions. We are still greatly
indebted to other herbariums in the matter of exchange of speci-
mens, and special field collecting has been done and is planned
for next year to enable us to pay installments on this indebtedness.

COOPERATION
Board of Education

Our cooperation with the Elementary Public Schools and High
Schools has continued as usual. Each year the number of schools
served in all five Boroughs of the City tends to increase. In her
appended report, Miss Shaw points out that during the year we
have served 92 per cent. of the Elementary Public Schools of
Brooklyn (212 schools out of a total of 228). We have also
served 66 schools in Manhattan, 51 in the Bronx, 89 in Queens,
and 17 in Richmond (Staten Island)—a total of 435 schools.

Of the High Schools, we have served 15 out of 16 (94%) in
Brooklyn, 11 out of 12 (91.6%) in Manhattan (plus two annexes),

9 out of 10 (90%) in Queens, 4 out of 6 (66.6%) in the Bronx, and
3 out of 4 (75%) in Richmond. Also seven Junior High Schools
in Brooklyn and four in the other Boroughs. The service has
included seven parochial schools and eight other private schools.
The above figures do not include evening high schools, nor tech-
nical high schools. Two of the latter were supplied with study
material.

The numerical data of this service are given in the table on
page 62, but special attention is here called to the fact that living
plants and plant parts and other study material have been supplied
to 3762 teachers for the instruction of more than 177,400 pupils;
this does not include 1342 Petri dishes filled with sterile nutrient
agar for the culture of bacteria and molds—an increase of 244 or
22% over 1936. In addition, more than 915,000 penny packets
of seeds have been supplied to some 300,000 pupils for planting in
school and home gardens.

Teachers brought more than 51,200 pupils to the Garden in
classes for instruction, and an increased amount of time has been
given to conferences with teachers concerning various aspects of
their nature study work.

Work for the Blind.—This work, which has been contemplated
for some time, was inaugurated on May 20, when a group of 40
blind and partially blind children came to the Botanic Garden for
instruction. They represented the Blind and Sight Conservation
Classes of P.S. 77, Brooklyn. Miss Michalena Carroll, of Miss
Shaw’s Department, who has had experience along this line,
conducted the class. They studied the forms and texture of
flowers by handling the different parts which had been specially
prepared.

Board of Higher Education

Study material has been provided for teachers in three of the
four colleges under the Board of Higher Education (College of the
City of New York, Hunter College, Brooklyn College), and also to
seven other colleges and universities located in the City

Scholarship.—In April, 1935, the Garden offered to award one
or two scholarships, one each in two of our courses, to students in
Brooklyn College for meritorious work in their Department of
Biology. This offer has been taken advantage of each year since

then. The present scholar, Mr. Lester Levine, enrolled on Oc-
tober 30, 1937. The scholarship was held by Mr. Philip Shapiro
during the spring of 1937.

Brooklyn College Campus.—In early November Dr. Earl A.
Martin, Chairman of the Building Committee of Brooklyn
College, asked if we would make a comparative study of the
Planting Lists for their new campus, submitted by different
landscape architects. Mr. Caparn and Mr. Free have been co-
operating in this, and the present indications are that our services
will save Brooklyn College a considerable sum of money, and will
also save them from including in their planting numerous kinds of
trees and shrubs not likely to do well in that location. Mr.
Caparn has been retained to prepare the landscape plans for
the campus.

The Biology Alumni of Brooklyn College held two evening
meetings at the Garden—on June 22, with an attendance of 65,
and again on September 20, with an attendance of 52.

Department of Parks

1. Repair of the Economic House—In 1936 the Board of Es-
timate was requested to make an appropriation to meet the
estimated cost of repairing the Economic House, the largest of our
conservatory range, and completed in May, 1914. This is built
on filled ground, and for the second time since its construction it
was found to be settling unevenly. Four steel columns were
added in the late fall of 1914 to help support the superstructure.
After the appropriation was granted the Park Department en-
gineers decided that the repairs must be more extensive than was
at first contemplated. We are indebted to the Park Department
for the preparation of the necessary plans and specifications, for
securing the additional appropriation, and for supervising the
work. Bids were advertised in the City Record for December 19,
1936. The time allowed for full performance of the contract
was 80 consecutive working days. The contract was awarded to
the Balaban-Gorden Co., 1457 Broadway, Manhattan, the low
bidder in the sum of $6000. Work began on January 25 and was
completed on April 26. The four steel uprights were replaced
with four on each side. This work necessitated the closing of the
Conservatories to the public from January 1 to about September

15. The damage and loss of plants and the replanting are re-
ported more in detail in the appended report of the horticulturist.

2. Street Number Sign.—Through the Park Commissioner's
office arrangements were made for the making and placing of an
illuminated street number in the stone over our main entrance at
No. 1000 Washington Avenue. This work was completed on
June 28 by WPA men, working under supervision of the Depart-
ment of Parks.

Botanical Society of America

The director served as ex officio member of the Council of the
Botanical Society of America. At the annual meeting of the
Society at Indianapolis, in peecme ‘r, he gave the address as
retiring president, on the subject, “ Pandemic Botany.” At the
close of the address colored lantern slides and motion pictures in
color were shown illustrating the plantations and activities of the
Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

Works Progress Administration
Indoor Workers

During 1937 WPA workers continued substantially the same
projects as during 1936. In the Progress Report signed by the
Garden December 31, 1937, the Project was identified by Official
Project Number 465-97-3-69; Service or Job Number 69. The
number of persons assigned to the project, as of December 31, was
32 as against 55 on December 31, 1936. The average weekly
payroll for the year, met by the WPA, was $1067.14. This is
$338.86 less than the average for 1936.

Outdoor Workers

The number of outdoor WPA men (guards, technicians, and
handymen) as of January 11, 1937, was 15. During the year this
force was gradually reduced, and by December 31 all these men
had been removed for the stated reason that these were ‘‘budge-
tary’’ positions—that is, not a special project but work of
continuing nature that should be provided for in the regular
operating budget of the institution. The guards, who were
stationed at the gates, and filling an urgent need of the Garden,
were all removed between October 27 and November 11.

Ze
Special Projects

DeVries Window Tablet—\Vhen the names of botanists were
chosen (in 1911) for the tablets on the frieze and under the win-
dows of the Laboratory Building one window space was left blank
in the group comprising the plant breeders, Koelreuter, Camer-
arius, and Mendel, and the physiologists, Ingen-Housz and
Sachs. This was to provide for the name of Hugo deVries, the
great Dutch plant physiologist and geneticist. The original plan
provided that no name of a living botanist should be included.
Professor deVries died in 1935, and the tablet bearing his name
was designed and made by the WPA studio at the Brooklyn
Museum, and put in place about December 15, 1937. All the
spaces, under the windows and along the frieze, are now filled.
It may be recalled in this connection that, in 1912, Professor
deVries planted the Sweet Gum tree (Liguidambar Styraciflua) in
the northern part of the Local Flora Section of the Garden.

Acoustic Treatment for Room 330.—\When the Laboratory
Building was completed, in 1917, it was found that several of the
rooms were unsatisfactory acoustically. In 1935, WPA workmen
placed ‘‘Acoustile’’ (of expanded mica) on the walls of the main
auditorium. The Botanic Garden supplied the tile, obtained
from the Johns Manville Company, and the latter company
kindly loaned the services of one of their experts to instruct the

—

WPA men. The result was so satisfactory that arrangements
were made in 1937 to have the tile placed on the ceiling of Room
330. The WPA again supplied the foreman and workmen who
began on March 22, and completed the work in about ten days.
The acoustics of that room are now as satisfactory as could be
desired.

Tlorticulture in the New York World’s Fair, 1939
In December, 1936, the director, attending a lecture on the
New York World’s Fair, 1939, by Mr. Stephen F. Voorhees, chief
designer, learned that the plans did not call for any special
horticultural exhibit, or any recognition of horticulture beyond
the incidental planting of the fair grounds. The matter was

immediately presented to several organizations, including the
Horticultural Society of New York, and the latter organization
appointed a special committee to look into the matter. The

director of the Garden was made chairman of the committee,
being later succeeded by Mrs. Harold I. Pratt.

Conferences were held with Mr. W. Earle Andrews, General
Manager of the Fair, with the ultimate result that plans were
maturing toward the end of 1937 for the assignment of suitable
acreage for a horticultural exhibit commensurate with the impor-
tance of horticultural science and art in our daily lives. On July
8 Mrs. Pratt attended, by invitation, a meeting of the Botanic
Garden Governing Committee in Brooklyn, and presented the

—

importance of having horticulture suitably represented at the
Fair, and outlined the tentative plans being developed, including

the underwriting of guarantees for specified amounts on behalf of

organizations and institutions that will cooperate by taking
exhibition space. The Committee expressed itself as unant-
mously in favor of participation by the Botanic Garden in ac-
cordance with the tentative plan, and the matter of completing

the underwriting for the Garden, and other related matters, were
left with the acting chairman, Mr. Benson, with power.

Miscellaneous Cooperation

Lhe International Flower Show was held at the Grand Central
Palace, Manhattan, March 15-20. Details of our exhibit are
given in the appended report of the horticulturist, Mr. Free, who
planned and installed it. More than 40 clippings of newspaper
notices of the exhibit were received. On the evening of the first
day of the Show, Lowell Thomas, radio speaker, devoted a part of
his period to our exhibit. It was referred to in the papers as one

jon

of the most educational exhibits in the Show. Both Mr. Free anc
Dr. Gager served on the Committee of Judges. The latter com-
pleted his sixth year asa member of the Flower Show Committee,
and served for the third year as a member of the Committee of
the Garden Club of America for the award of the Club’s gold
medal for the outstanding exhibit of the Show. Mr. Hunter, of
the Botanic Garden Governing Committee, loaned us the use of a
truck and driver of his firm, A. Schrader’s Sons, Inc., to take the
main exhibit over to the Grand Central Palace and bring it back
after the Show.

Merchants Association of New York.—The director of the
Garden served for the 17th year as a member, and for the 6th year

as chairman of the Committee on Plant Quarantines and their
Administration.

Kingston Avenue Hospital for Contagious Diseases —In May
the Garden was asked if it could cooperate in any way with this
hospital in the improvement of their grounds. This is a tax-
supported hospital, and the Chairman of the Social Service Board,
Miss Helen C. Wood, is an annual member of the Garden. Mr.
Free conferred with Miss Wood, and we supplied them with 1800
plants for the beautifying of their grounds.

Nurses Training Classes from Four Hospitals came for instruc-
tion throughout the year. As is noted in the appended report of
the curator of public instruction, 1937 marked the eleventh year
of thiswork. It began in 1927 at the suggestion of Miss Margaret
S. Belyea, director of the training school of Prospect Heights
Hospital, primarily for the purpose of giving the nurses-in-training
a profitable hour out of doors—something more than a mere
outing. Gradually, the educational aspect assumed more and
more importance, until now each class period continues for about
two and one-half hours, partly outdoors in the plantations, and
partly in the classroom. This was an innovation in the training
of nurses. The idea spread to other hospitals until, in 1937, the
fourth hospital, St. Mary’s, joined with the other three—
Prospect Heights, King’s County, and St. John’s, making a total
registration of 181.

Radio Garden Club.—This cooperation continued through 1937
for the sixth year with 14 broadcasts over WOR. The fan mail
now comes from 27 states, including Maine and California, and
from Canada. The third largest number of letters come from
California, which is exceeded only by New Jersey and New York.
In addition, members of staff gave 14 | broadcast over WNYC
(the Municipal Station), and one each over WMCA and WHN.

Mr. and Mrs. Suydam Cutting spent a portion of 1937 collecting
plantsin central Tibet. At their request, we arranged in advance
to have Mrs. Cutting act as representative of the Botanic Garden.
Mr. Cutting represented the American Museum of Natural
History. Shipping tags were supplied from the U.S. Department
of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, so
that Mrs. Cutting’s collections for the Garden could be brought
into this country on Brooklyn Botanic Garden permit. Before

—

B10)

the close of the year we received notice of the shipment of the
plants, but they had not arrived as of December 31.

Department of Parks, Victoria, B. C-——In December we received
a letter from this Department appealing to us for information as
to what the best trees and shrubs would be to plant in the
streets of their city, not for shade (which they state is not neces-
sary there), but for ornament. We responded with detailed
suggestions.

Garden Clubs.—Our cooperation with numerous garden clubs
and other organizations ts reflected, in part, by the list of 34 such
organizations that have held meetings at the Garden during the
year (p. 131). Other items of cooperation are also recorded in the
appended reports of heads of departments.

In response to a call from the Brooklyn Edison Club, three
lectures have been given before the Club at the Brooklyn Edison
Building by Miss Dorward (March 9), Mr. Bishop (July 13), and
Mr. Tilley (September 15).

WoMAN’S AUXILIARY

The activities of this indispensable unit of the Botanic Garden
organization are summarized in the appended report of the field
secretary (p. 99). Our thanks are due not only to the officers and
chairmen of the committees, but also to every member.

ASSOCIATED HOsPITAL SERVICE

On May 26 Mr. R. J. Tilstra, representing the Associated
Hospital Service of New York, presented the advantages of en-
rollment in the service in securing hospital accommodations for
one’s self (or for self and family according to the plan chosen)
during illness. During the year 24 members of the Garden
personnel have enrolled to secure the benefits of this service.

PERSONNEL

Mr. David HT. Lanman, who became a member of the Board of
‘Trustees on October 8, 1936, was appointed by President Blum,
on March 19, 1937, asa member of the Botanic Garden Governing
Committee.

Mr. Walter Hammitt, who became a member of the Board of
Trustees on January 14, 1937, was appointed a member of the

Botanic Garden Governing Committee by President Blum on
April 9, 1937.

Miss Frances E. Miner, instructor, was granted a year’s leave
of absence, beginning October 1, 1937, for the purpose of making
a study of children’s gardening for the National Recreation
Association, which is considering the possibility of inaugurating
children’s gardens as a part of their work.

Mr. Montague Free. In March was published Mr. Free’s book,
‘Gardening: A complete guide to garden making,’ 550 pages,
73 halftones and 125 line drawings. Most of the halftone figures
are reproductions of photographs of views in the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden made by Mr. Louis Buhle, staff photographer;
all the line-cut figures are by Miss Maud Purdy, staff artist of the
Garden. A review of this book in the National Horticultural
Magazine (Washington) describes it as ‘“‘the best book ever
published for American gardens.” On July 17 Mr. Free was
elected an Honorary Member of the Men’s Garden Clubs of
America, Inc.

Miss Michalena Carroll, who has been temporarily employed in
the Department of Elementary Instruction in art work and
teaching for more than a year, was made temporary assistant to
take over some of Miss Miner’s duties, beginning as of October 1.
Last August Miss Carroll acted as instructor at the Conference
conducted at Blue Ridge, North Carolina, by the State Depart-
ment of Education, and held at the Blue Ridge Graduate College,
an afhliate of Yale University. Her work was similar to what she
does at the Botanic Garden—teaching children how to use plant
life in decorative ways, making drawings and spatter prints of
plants and plant parts, and interpreting the rdle of plant life in
classic pictures. She has been asked to return for a second season.

Mr. Oswald Thorsen, night engineer since November 9, 1920,
resigned as of May 31, 1937.

——

Mr. Gosta Wernberg was appointed night engineer beginning
June 1, 1937, in place of Oswald Thorsen, resigned.

MEMBERSHIP

The number of memberships representing yearly income is 639
(Annual 553, Sustaining 72, Life 14). Some of the members are

enrolled under one of the last two classes by virtue of gifts or
services rather than by cash payments of the membership fee of
the given class; such memberships, of course, do not represent
annual income. Membership is not only a means of securing
special privileges in addition to those enjoyed by the general
public; it is also an opportunity to participate in a work of great
civic and educational importance.

Girls Commercial High School Memberships.—One of the most
delightful gifts was received on May 28, through the Department
of Elementary Instruction from our valued neighbor, the Girls
Commercial High School, Mrs. Evelyn W. Allan, principal. The
eift consisted of $50 in cash and checks to cover five annual
memberships—one in the name of a teacher, Miss M. Catherine
Devin, and four in the name of the school. This lovely and
neighborly deed was instigated and carried through by another
teacher, Miss Ruth Losee.

BEQUESTS AND GIFTS

Maddock Bequest—Mr. Sidney Maddock, of Brooklyn, de-
ceased December 10, 1936, included the Brooklyn Botanic Garden
among the beneficiaries of his will (probated March 3, 1937) with
a bequest of $10,000. On November 6, 1937, the Treasurer’s
office received from the administrators a remittance of $5000 on
account. At the close of the year the estate was still in process of
being settled. The paragraph in the will relating to the Botanic

Garden reads as follows:

“To Brooklyn Botanic Garden the sum of Ten thousand dollars
($10,000). Said fund to be known as ‘Gift of Sidney Maddock,’
to be used to make some needed improvement in the garden of
said corporation. Said improvement shall be designated and

”

placarded in the manner customary by said corporation.

Anonymous Gift.— Soon after the decease, early last spring, of a
valued friend of the Botanic Garden, who wished to remain
anonymous, and in fulfillment of an expressed wish, the Garden re-
ceived an addition to its endowment of $250,000. In accordance
with instructions, $2,500 of the annual income is to be devoted to
botanical research so long as the present director remains in office.
Interest on this fund began to accrue to the Garden on May 1,
1937.

Bronze Statue for the Rose Garden.—On July 13 Mrs. Walter V.
Cranford, of Greenwich, Conn., presented for the Rose Garden a
bronze statue, ‘‘Roses of Yesterday,’ by Harriet Frishmuth.
The statue, five feet, three and one-half inches in height, repre-
sents a young girl holding a bouquet of roses in her right arm, and
in her left arm asun dial. Mrs. Cranford was co-donor with her
husband, the late Mr. Walter V. Cranford, of the main Rose

sarden, and in 1936 she bequeathed the Rose Arc as an extension

of the Garden and as a memorial to her husband. The statue,
also in memory of Mr. Cranford, has been placed in the main Rose
Garden where it adds much charm. It was approved, together
with the setting, by the Art Commission of the City of New York
at its meeting held July 13, 193

The gifts received during the year are recorded on pages 104-113,
following. These have all been acknowledged with the thanks of
the Botanic Garden Governing Committee of the Trustees. The
large number of friends of the Garden is reflected by the fact that
more than 400 donors have, during the year, made contributions
of money, plants, herbarium specimens, books, and other objects
that have enriched our collections or facilitated our work in some
other way.

FINANCIAL

Diminished Income.—For the first time in the twenty-seven
years of its existence the Garden, in 1937, began a year without
a balanced budget. As of January 1, the budget difference was
$9,592 in a total operating budget of $178,642. The budget was
$5,130 less than for 1936, and $48,055 less than in 1929, when the
total (Tax Budget and Private Funds combined) was $226,697.
To say that the Garden has suffered a serious loss of Private Funds
income from contributions and interest on invested funds states
a fact that every one, of course, must know in view of the eco-
nomic history of the world during the past eight years. The
budget difference was further increased by the fact that the Tax
Budget appropriation was sufficient to meet the minimum weekly
pay roll only until September 15.

A special appeal was made for contributions, rigid economies
were closely adhered to, and the Director of the Budget was asked
to approve a request to the Board of Estimate and Apportionment
for a supplementary appropriation for wages. The deficiency

finally was met as follows:

1. Supplementary Tax Budget appropriation.....................$5,203.75
2. Special contributions of Private Funds........................ 2,152.45
3. Increased economies... 0.000000 eee 2,236.08

PO neg eeepc d eee ee eas ba oe Se ee re $9, 592, 73

We closed the year without a deficit.

except for the supplementary Tax Budget appropriation for
Wages it would have been necessary for us to reduce our per diem
force. The present force is not adequate for maintaining the
plantations at the standard proper for a public botanic garden.
The amount appropriated by the Board of Estimate for Wages for
1938 ($17,500) is $263.75 less than the amount expended for 1937,

Tax Budget and Private Funds

The figures for the past two years are as follows:

1936 1937 Change
Tax ee Ss ehitiacnanss oie a aeahn era S 944.31 $ 89,457.75 S$ 486.56 Dec.
Private Funds.................. 3,157.88 90,066.71 3,091.17 Dec.

$183,102.1 19 $179,524.46 $3,577.73 Dec.

For the past eight years the percentages of the two budgets
have been as follows:
1930 1931 1932 1933 L934 1935 1936 1937

Tax Budget....44% 48% 50% 47.2% 49.2% 48.3% 491% 49.8%
Private Funds—50% 52% 50% 52.8% 50.8% 51.7% 50.9% 50.2%

The 1937 Tax Budget appropriation was $20,453.20 less than
requested, as follows:

Requested Granted Difference
Personal Service................$ 90,611.95 $76,192.75 $14,419.20 Dec.
Other Codes. ..............0.... 19.2 99.00 13,265.00 6,034.00 Dec

$109 910.95 $8945 7.75 $20,453.20 Dec.
The initial Tax Budget appropriation for Personal Service for
1937 was $69,068.92. On July 1 Emergency Salary Cuts, made
January 1, 1933, on all salaries of $2,000 or more, in the total
amount of $3,804.26, were restored. The total amount of the
restoration for the half year, July-December 31, was $1,902.13.
This restoration plus the supplementary appropriation of
$5,203.75 for wages brought the Personal Service appropriation
to the final total amount as shown above.

ys)

Endowment Increment Plan.—As noted in previous reports, the
Governing Committee, on January 11, 1921, approved a recom-
mendation of the director that only four-fifths of the income of
certain permanent funds be expended, the remaining one-fifth to
be invested and the interest income added to the principal
annually, to build up an ‘“Endowment Increment Fund.” The
principal, at the beginning of 1937, amounted to $134,671.65.
Since January 1, 1936, no additions to the principal from the
“contributing funds”’ have been possible. During 1936 a portion
of the interest income had to be used, and during 1937 all of the
interest income has been required. If it had not been for the
income from this fund the budget difference at the beginning of
1937 would have been greater. It is hoped that the Garden's
finances may so improve in the near future that the Endowment
Increment plan may be resumed and continued until the principal
amounts to a more substantial addition to the endowment. As
the life of institutions is measured, it would not take many years
for the principal to amount to one million dollars, and that should
be the first goal for the fund.

The General Situation.—A report to the Financial Advisory
Service of the American Council of Education, concerning endow-
ment income and investments of educational institutions for the
period 1926-1935, states that levels of endowment income for the
last three years of the period were 50 to 75 per cent. below those
for the previous seven years, and ‘‘can be expected to continue so
at least for the near future in the light of the present conditions of
the security market.”

While the endowment principal of forty-five institutions, over
the same ten-year period, increased by 52 per cent., the dollar
income from interest on the invested funds increased only 30.5
per cent.

For the Botanic Garden, during the ten-year period, 1928-1937,
endowment principal increased by approximately 52 per cent.
(from $892,880.89 to $1,354,020.96), while dollar income from
interest has increased by only about 16 per cent. As the above
cited report states, for recovery of income educational institutions
must, for some time to come, look to new gifts and bequests rather
than to a restoration of interest rate.

Recovery and Contributions.—A national journal has recently
published the following information based on United States
Internal Revenue Statistics. Our national income for 1936 was
61 per cent. greater than for 1932. During the same period con-
tributions for social welfare fell off as follows: Churches, 30% de-
crease; general benevolencies, 29% decrease; community chests,
24%, decrease; colleges, 18% decrease. At the same time ex-
penditures for certain purposes increased as follows: Jewelry,
25%; theatres, 41%; cigarettes, 48%; automobiles, 203%:
radio, 302%.

During this period the incomes of those having relatively small

incomes, have slightly increased, while the incomes (especially the
net incomes) of those having relatively large incomes have, on the
whole, greatly decreased. It is the latter group who have had the
tradition and habit (as well as the ability) of contributing to
public institutions; it is on them in particular that scientific and
educational institutions, other than those supported by taxation,
have largely depended for support. For these institutions capital
is a fundamental necessity to insure financial stability; for their
own capital they are dependent on contributions and bequests out
of private capital. Legislation and propaganda calculated to
weaken or destroy private capital is a vital blow not only to trade
and industry, but also to science and art and education.
Respectfully submitted,
C. STUART GAGER,
Director.

REPORTS ON RESEARCH FOR. 1937
PLANT PATHOLOGY

By GEORGE M. REED

Influence of the Growth of the Iost on Smut Development

A final series of experiments on this problem was carried out.
One specialized race of loose smut and two of covered smut were
used to inoculate certain oat varieties. The plants were grown
under different conditions with reference to the supply of nitro-
gen, phosphorus, and potash. The influence of external factors,

such as temperature and moisture, were eliminated, as far as
possible, by germinating the seed under the most favorable con-
ditions for penetration of the smut fungus.

The results confirm those which have been obtained in previous
years. While there were very marked differences in the rate of
growth and development of the oat plants, there appeared to be
no correlated variations in the infection results.

ese investigations have been supported in part by a grant
from the Penrose Fund of the American Philosophical Society.

Studies on the Inheritance of Reststance of Oat Ilybrids to Loose
and Covered Smuts

Additional data were obtained on the third and fourth genera-
tions of Hybrid 83, Canadian X Black Norway, Hybrid 84,
Scottish Chief & Black Mesdag, Hybrid 85, Black Mesdag
< Danish Island, and Hybrid 86, Monarch Selection & Goth-
land. The results supplement the data obtained in previous
years on the behavior of second and third generation plants of
these hybrids.

In collaboration with Mr. T. Rk. Stanton, Senior Agronomist,
Division of Cereal Crops and Diseases, Bureau of Plant Industry,
Washington, D. C., the results for some oat hybrids, obtained
over a number of years, were published. Hybrid 61, Seizure
X Victor, and Hybrid 62, Scottish Chief * Victor, were charac-
terized by both parents being fully susceptible to loose smut,
while one parent, Victor, was susceptible to the covered smut.
A high degree of susceptibility to the loose smut was obtained
in the second and third generations. With the covered smut the
resistant quality appeared to be inherited on the basis of a single
factor difference. Hybrid 63, Gothland & Monarch, Hybrid 64,
Rossman * Monarch, Hybrid 65, Danish & Monarch, Hybrid
67, Seizure X Monarch, and Hybrid 68, Monarch X Scottish
Chief, involved crosses in which one parent was susceptible to
loose smut and the other, Monarch, to the covered smut. The
data indicated that resistance to the two smuts is inherited inde-
pendently. The hybrids gave rather low percentages of infection
with loose smut in the second generation, and there was also a
shortage of resistant third generation families. The evidence,
however, seemed to indicate that the inheritance of resistance to

both smuts in these hybrids is controlled by distinct single fac-
tors. Hybrid 66 involved Danish Island, susceptible to loose
smut and moderately so to the covered, and Monarch, susceptible
to the covered smut. A single factor relationship for resistance
to loose smut, with resistance dominant, was indicated. In the
inheritance of resistance to covered smut, however, susceptibility

appeared to be dominant.

Several new crosses between oat varieties were made in 1936,
the first generation plants being grown last year. The inocu-
ated second generation plants are now growing and, in the
coming year, will furnish data on the mode of inheritance of

resistance in these particular crosses.
Physiologic Races of the Oat Smuts

Additional experiments were carried out with collections of
both loose and covered smuts in order to determine the extent of
their physiologic specialization. A new specialized race on Black
Mesdag was obtained. This variety is noted for its high degree
of resistance to all races of both loose and covered smuts hitherto
known, except the Fulghum races of covered smut. A collection
of covered smut obtained from Prof. H. L. Shands, University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wis., appeared to be quite distinct.

We have continued our cooperation with Mr. T. R. Stanton
on physiologic specialization of the oat smuts. The Division of
Cereal Crops and Diseases is especially interested in the develop-
ment of new varieties of oats which show a high degree of re-

sistance to various diseases, including the smuts. Several of the
new promising strains were forwarded by Mr. Stanton in order
to have them tested with our known specialized races of both
species of smuts. There were sixteen selections of the cross
Victoria X Richland which were tested with 11 collections of
loose smut and 8 of the covered. Twenty promising selections,
involving several different parental varieties, also were tested
with these same collections of smut. Practically all of these
proved to be highly resistant. Another series of thirty-five selec-
tions of a cross between Richland and Fulghum were tested
particularly with the Red Rustproof and Fulghum races of smuts.
These selections have been developed at the Kansas Agricultural

Experiment Station, and some of them showed a high degree of
resistance, while others seemed to be somewhat susceptible to
the Fulghum races of both loose and covered smuts.

Studies on Cultures of the Oat Smuts

Dr. L. Gordon Utter has continued his investigations on the
cultural characteristics of the loose and covered smuts of oats
grown in artificial media in flasks, and also his hybridization
experiments between the two species. The extensive data ob-
tained over a period of years have been prepared for publication
and have been accepted by Columbia University as the basis of
a thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.

Single sporidial, single chlamydospore, and dilution cultures
for eleven physiologic races of the loose smut and seven of the
covered smut of oats have been studied. The size, color, and
topography of the colonies were determined for 274 culture sets
of the former and 307 of the latter. The individual cultures
comprising the different triplicate sets were generally dissimilar.
Approximately 60 per cent. of all the triplicate sets of both smuts
showed dissimilarities.

Successive culture generations failed to remain constant in
characteristics, regardless of the method of isolation. The differ-
ent single chlamydospore and dilution cultures of respective races
were usually distinct from one another, while the single sporidial
cultures could be roughly grouped into four classes.

Similarities or dissimilarities between the races of both the
loose and covered smuts were obtained by proper selection of
cultures. It was concluded that the cultural characteristics did
not offer a definite means for the identification of the races of
loose or covered smuts studied.

Hybridization between a race of loose smut and one of covered
was accomplished. It was first demonstrated that cultures de-
veloped from single sporidia of both smuts would not produce
infection on susceptible varieties. When the proper mixture of
two sporidial cultures was made, infection resulted, and the
mixture of a certain culture of loose smut with one of the covered
smut infected the variety Monarch, while Gothland remained
resistant. The smut which developed had the symptomatic and

morphologic appearance of the loose smut. The spores produced
on Monarch were used to inoculate a series of oat varieties and,
by successive inoculations over a period of years, several new
types of smut were produced which exhibited recombinations of
ogy, and pathogenicity. Some

—

factors for symptoms, morpho
of the new covered types produced infection on Gothland and
not on Monarch and others infected both of these varieties.
There were also several new types of loose smut which infected
Monarch but not Gothland, and one or more types which
infected both of these varieties approximately 100 per cent.
Thus, new specialized types, or races, were produced through
hybridization, since the original race of loose smut infected only
Gothland, and that of covered smut, only Monarch.

Sorghum Smut Investigations

Dr. D. Elizabeth Marcy has published, during the past year,
the extensive data obtained on the inheritance of resistance of
various sorghum hybrids to the loose and covered kernel smuts.
In these particular hybrids two types of resistant varieties,
Feterita and Dwarf Yellow Milo, were crossed with susceptible
varieties. These publications were accepted as a thesis for the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Columbia University.

The experiments on the effect of temperature, moisture, and
sucrose solution on the infection of Black Amber and Red Amber
Sorgo, Dawn Kafir, Shallu, and Feterita, with the covered kernel
smut, were continued. Seeds of these varieties were germinated
in sand with a moisture content of 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 per cent.
of the total water holding capacity. In one series, water was
used to moisten the sand, and in another series a 2 per cent.
sucrose solution. Constant temperatures of 15, 17.5, 22.5, 27.5
and 30° were employed during the germination period. After
the seedlings emerged, they were transplanted to the field, where
they grew to maturity.

It was found that 10 per cent. moisture was most conducive
to high infections at all temperatures and for both the water
and sucrose solution series. At temperatures of 15 and 17.5°,
slightly higher infections were obtained in the water series; the
reverse was true at temperatures of 27.5 and 30°. At tempera-

tures of 20, 22.5 and 25° infections were higher in the sucrose
solution series when the moisture content of the sand was low,
but higher in the water series when the moisture content of the
sand was high.

The resistant variety Dwarf Yellow Milo was used through-
out both the series of experiments, but no infected plants were
observed.

The effect of an unusually heavy inoculation of chlamydospores
of covered kernel smut upon infection was also tested. Three
sets of inoculated seeds were grown, one dusted with the usual
number of spores, somewhat more than would actually cling to
the seeds, the second dusted with sufficient spores to make a
layer of smut over the seeds when planted, and the third set
with the usual number of spores of covered kernel smut, and a
surplus of viable spores of loose smut of oats, Usttlago avenae.
The third set had about the same quantity of spores over the
seed as in the second set. The heavy inoculation with covered
kernel smut lessened the percentages of infection obtained, except
when the moisture content was very low. The addition of the
spores of U. avenae brought about a very marked decrease in the
percentage of infected plants.

The measurement of the height of week old, both inoculated
and uninoculated seedlings, was taken. 16,200 seedlings were
measured, half of which were germinated in water and the rest
in the sucrose solution. It was found that seedlings, whether

inoculated or uninoculated, were somewhat shorter when germi-
nated in sand moistened with the sucrose solution than when
germinated in the water moistened sand.

THe Tris

By GEORGE MM. REED

Farningdale Iris Garden
In the Brooklyn Botanic Garden ReEcorbD for April, 1936, an
account of the Farmingdale Iris Garden was given. This garden
is a cooperative development between the State Institute of
Applied Agriculture on Long Island and the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden. The iris species and varieties have been furnished by

the Garden, and the plantings are being maintained by the Insti-
tute in suitable surroundings, where they are available for study
and inspection by all persons and organizations interested. The
Iris Garden is primarily intended as a display garden for collec-
tions of representative varieties of both bearded and beardless
iris.

Most of the garden was planted in the summer and fall of
1935. Of the beardless iris groups, the Japanese were repre-
sented by 245 varieties and the Siberian by 50. Neither of these
groups produced much bloom in 1936 but, during the past year,
they were in very fine condition, practically all of the varieties
arge flowers on fairly tall stems.

—

blooming abundantly, giving

The bearded iris, represented originally by approximately 350
varieties, gave about 50 per cent. bloom in 1936. Unfortunately,
in July and August, rhizome rot appeared, causing very extensive
damage, which necessitated the complete replanting of these
varieties. In 1937, good flowers dev a on somewhat more
than 50 per cent. of the plants. Again, in July and August |
rhizome rot developed and destroyed a ee proportion of the
plants, making it necessary to lift and reset them.

A large number of Japanese varieties have been planted in
special sections for propagation on the Institute grounds. Some
of the earlier plantings were utilized in connection with iris thrips
control. On practically all of these which had been planted in
1935 or early 1936, excellent bloom was obtained, the flowers
being large, on well developed stalks. The fine material made
it possible to check the varieties for correctness of identification
Some of the earlier propagation sections were abandoned this

—_

year, most of the varieties being reset in a new area in accordance
with changes in identification. In another year or two they
should again provide excellent material for study. Exchanges
of varieties were made with iris growers, thus increasing our own
collection of newer varieties, particularly of the bearded type.

Soft Rot of the Iris Rhizome
During the last two or three years the soft rot of the rhizomes
of the bearded iris has become a very serious matter. Extensive
damage has occurred in the varieties growing in the Farmingdale
Iris Garden, necessitating the lifting and resetting of all these

varieties in both 1936 and 1937. Considerable damage was done
to the planting at the Botanic Garden in 1936, the injury being
greatly increased in 1937.

Many experiments were carried out trying to find a preventive
for this disease, various chemicals being tried. None proved to
be particularly effective. The most successful procedure seemed
to be to lift the plants when the soft rot appears, clean them up,
let them dry for a few days, and then reset in new beds. This
procedure, however, interferes greatly with the successful estab-
lishment of the plants and the production of abundant bloom in
later years. Further experiments are in progress, however, and
perhaps effective methods may be developed. It may be noted
that the iris borer, which is so commonly associated with this
disease, has not appeared in the plantings either at the Institute

- at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
Iris Thrips Control

For some years, experiments on the control of the iris thrips
have been undertaken in cooperation with Dr. C. A. Weigel
and Dr. Floyd F. Smith of the Division of Truck Crop and
Garden Insect Investigations, Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine, Washington, D. C. Most attention has been given
to the beardless iris, especially the Japanese varieties, which
have been severely infested with thrips:in the plantings at the
Brooklyn Botanic Garden. It has been found that immersion
in water at 110° F. for thirty minutes was effective in killing the
thrips. If this is done at the proper time of the year, no serious
set-back to the iris occurs. Most of the treatments have been
carried on at the Botanic Garden and the treated plants, for the
most part, have been taken to the Institute at Farmingdale and
planted. The results have been written up by Dr. Floyd F.
Smith and Dr. L. G. Utter, and published as Circular 445 of the
U.S. Department of Agriculture.

During the past year, interesting results on the control of
these insects by spraying have been obtained, and some of the
promising lines will be followed up the coming season.

We have had the cordial cooperation of Director H. B. Knapp
and his associates of the State Institute in providing the land
and cultivating the iris plantings.

GRADUATE STUDENTS AND INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATORS
ENROLLED DURING 1937
Dr. Harry G. Albaum, Department of Biology, Brooklyn
College, utilized the laboratory facilities for his studies on the
influence of hormones on the outgrowth of adventitious sprouts
from fern prothallia, and on the outgrowth of leaves from young

fern plants. The results of his investigation formed the basis
for a thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Columbia
University.

Mr. Paul F. Brandwein, a graduate student of New York
University, has continued some of his studies on the loose and
covered smuts of oats. His data on the latent infection of re-
sistant oat varieties inoculated with loose and covered smuts have
been published.

Dr. Elva Lawton, Biology Department, Hunter College, has
continued her studies on regeneration and polyploidy in ferns.

FOREST PATHOLOGY
By ARTHUR HARMOUNT GRAVES
Chestnut Breeding Work in 1937

Our original project was the combination, in a new chestnut
stock, of the blight resistance of the oriental chestnuts with the
tall-timber quality of the American chestnut. Now, with in-
creased facilities for hybridization, the scope of our activities
has been enlarged to include qualities of nuts, age and season of
flowering, resistance to cold, drought, and insect attacks, and
other desirable traits.

Outside A ssistance.—It is a pleasure to mention the encouraging
words and offers of material assistance from many friends. In
December, 1936, we received through the Hon. Gifford Pinchot
of Pennsylvania and Dean Henry S. Graves of the Yale School of
Forestry at New Haven, a contribution of funds from Mr.
Godfrey L. Cabot of Boston. In addition, for the second year in
succession, we received through the National Research Council,
Washington, D. C., a grant-in-aid from the National Academy
of Sciences; and during the summer the Division of Forest
Pathology, U.S. D. A., helped us financially.

In response to my appeal, in last year’s report, for more land
on which to plant our trees, several people came forward with
generous offers. Literally hundreds of acres are now available to
us whenever we are ready to plant them.

By the cordial cooperation of the Northeastern Forest Experi-
ment Station at New Haven, through its Director, Mr. C. Ed-
ward Behre, and of Dr. E. J. Schreiner of the same station, the
assistance of several trained technical assistants was given to us
during the flowering season of the chestnuts, in June and July.
Largely as a result of this help, we harvested in October 704
vybrid nuts. When we began our hybridizing work, in 1930, we
were much elated at the result—10 nuts. The results this year
are indeed a contrast, and we must emphasize the fact that with-

—

out the conscientious and enthusiastic assistance of the young
people who joined us for this period, so rich a harvest could not
have been obtained.

Pollen of the chestnut was received at Hamden, Conn., from
the following institutions or persons, whose splendid cooperation
we take pleasure in acknowledging:

June 26. Division of Forest Pathology, Washington, D.C. Pol-
len of C. sativa and ‘‘Boone”’ (C. crenata X C. dentata);
also: © demo (Fr. P. 555}.
June 30. Mr. Alfred J. Frueh, West Cornwall, Conn. C. dentata.
July 1. Mr. J. J. McKenna and Mr. Walter J. Henning, Read-
ing, Pa. C. dentata.
7. Mr. Samuel Eliot Codman, Bolton, Mass. C. dentata.

12. Professor H. M. Jennison, Great Smoky National Park,
Tenn. C. dentata.

13. Mr. Milo N. Wood, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S.
D. A., Sacramento, Calif. C. sativa.

13. Mr. Alfred Rehder, Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain,
Mass. C. sativa, C. pumila, and C. neglecta (C. den-
tata X C. pumila).

Aug. 20. Professor Frederick S. Baker, University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. Castanopsis sempervirens.
If pollen does not reach us before July 4, it is in most cases too
late for us to use it. However, some of the late arriving pollen
we used on C. Seguinit, which blooms all summer.

ic. 3

Japanese-American chestnut hybrid grafted on Japanese. stock.
Note contrast, at right, between growth from stock and that from scion. At
left, graft was made lower down, and scion has grown about 5 feet in one
year. Photo Oct. 3, 1937. (9540)

flybrids of 1937.—The following is a list of the hybrid nuts

secured in 1937 from the cross pollinations at Hamden. 373
of these are Fy’s—i.e. second generation hybrids. As usual, the
name of the female or pistillate parent is given first. Those

which are starred at the left are new to science. The numbers in
parentheses, also at the left, correspond to the numbers of the
notes following the list of hybrids.

1937

Connecticut

HyBRIDS OF
All at Hamden,
No. of Nuts
0 Japanese (crenata) crossed with American (dentata)
40 Japanese (crenata) with Japanese-American
dentatd)
(dentata) crossed with Hairy Chinese (mollisstma)

crossed (crenata

2 American

48 Hairy Chinese (mollisstma) crossed with American (dentata
(1) 172 Hairy Chinese (mollissima) crossed with Japanese- eee ican
(crenata X dentata)
*(2) 3 Chinese chinquapin (Seguwindi) crossed with American (dentata)
*(2) 4 Chinese chinquapin (Seguinii) crossed with chinquapin (pumila)
*(2) 4 Chinese chinquapin (Seguinti) crossed with Spanish (sativa)
: 25 S8 (crenata X pumila) crossed with Spanish (sativa)
: 16 S8 (crenata X pumila) crossed with Chinese chinquapin (Seguiniz)
1 S8 (crenata X pumila) crossed with ‘‘ Boone” (crenata X dentata)
(3) 109 Japanese-American (crenata X dentata) crossed with Japanese
(crenata,
2 Japanese-American (crenata X dentata) crossed with Spanish (sativa)
(4) 219 Japanese-American (crenata X dentata) crossed with Japanese-
merican (crenata X dentata)
*(5) 2 Japanese-S8 [crenata X (crenata ee crossed with Japanese-
S8 [crenata * (crenata * pum
- 2 Japanese- American (crenata X ee, crossed with Hairy Chinese-
“hinese chinquapin (mollissima X Seguinit)
*1 Hairy Chinese-Japanese (mollissima X crenata) crossed with Spanish
(sativa)
*1 Hairy Chinese-Japanese (mollissima X crenata) crossed with
American (dentata)
*(6) 2 Hairy Chinese-Chinese Chinquapin (mollissima X Seguinit) crossed
with Japanese (crenata)
*(6) 5 Hairy Chinese-Chinese Chinquapin (mollissima X Seguinit) crossed
with Spanish (sativa)
*(6) 3 Hairy Chinese-Chinese Chinquapin (mollissima X Seguinit) crossed
with Japanese-American (crenata X dentata)
*(6) 3 Hairy Chinese-Chinese Chinquapin (mollissima X Seguinit) crossed

with Hairy Chinese-Chinese Chinquapin (mollissima X Seguinit)

(Total) 704 hybrid nuts

(1) Most of these are results of a cross with our splendid
Japanese-American (H 86-31), which now at the age of six years
is 19 feet high. Inoculation tests show that this is rather
susceptible to the blight. These crosses, therefore, represent an
effort to combine some of the practically immune Chinese
chestnut stock with this hybrid stock. I believe that they are the
most important crosses we made this year.

(2) These crosses were made merely because various pollens
arrived at Hamden so late that there was nothing but the
’ Seguinit to put them on. It would, however,

4a ’

everblooming
be convenient to have some everblooming hybrids from this

Chinese chinquapin for use in further breeding work.

(3) These represent back crosses of good Japanese-American
hybrids with disease-resistant Japanese stock.

(4) These are all intercrosses of good Japanese-American
hybrids.

(5) These trees, hybrids of the Chugurt nuts (received by Dr.
Reed of this Garden in 1931 from Japan; see notes 11 and 12,
p. 68 of Brooklyn Botanic Garden Record, Vol. 25, 1936) and of
58, bloomed this year in their second year. We crossed them with
each other, and as a result got two fine nuts, these representing,
therefore, a third generation. The original Japanese parent is
vigorous and healthy—not tall (7$ feet high this year—6 yrs.
old)—with two green labels as the result of inoculation tests to
date (see p. 50). It is promising stock for chestnut orchardists.

(6) The last four crosses were made on a hybrid of Hairy
Chinese with Chinese chinquapin (C. Seguinii) froma nut borne in
1934. This hybrid bloomed well for the first time, in this its third
year of growth, was prolific like its chinquapin parent, and, more-
over, continued blooming well into July, thus also showing
Chinese chinquapin characters (Fig. 4).

Summary of New Hvbrids.—Thirty-two hybrids new to science
have resulted from our crosses to date. With three exceptions,
all these new hybrids are represented by living trees. Of course,
none of the new hybrids of 1937, although the nuts were planted
last fall, are as yet set out on the plantations. Three hybrids
(C. mollissima * C. dentata, 1934; C. mollissima * C. Seguinii,
1934; and C. crenata X C. Seguinii, 1935) published as new in
previous reports, are published in the U.S. D. A. Yearbook for

Fic. 4. Chestnut Hybrid, C. mollissima X C. Seguiniit, 3 yrs. old, 4 ft.

6 in. high. See note (6) pages 47, 48. Cloth bags are put on all crosses

about Sept. 15, both to outwit squirrels and to preserve identity of nuts in
case they should fall out of bur before being harvested. Note wooden labels
f burs has been

giving data of each cross. The bag on the top cluster of
temporarily removed to show sample of contents. Oct. 3, 1937. (9449)

1937 (August), indicating that they were made prior to our own
publication.

Table Showing Growth of a Few Best Hybrids

Height
Year When
Nut Was Name Number
P ee 1936 1937
ft il it in
1931 EXT ROE =<chen eee x dentata H&6-31 14 10) | 19*
“ H94-31 9 6 | 11 4
= Winthr op —crenala x dentata W40-31 9 13
“ Sm nit th S170C-31 10 6 | 13 6
os — ‘ - $200B’—31 | 10 11 6
i — . $239-31 10 9 | 14
1932 ue ne = 110-32 9 10 | 13
1933 Minturn — ‘° re M19’-33 8 | 11*
- Hammond “ ~ H118A’-33 |} 6 1 10
1934 S8 X cr 9B-34. 3. OS 5 10
- see stma oS Segutnit 20-34 3. 44 4 8
1935 dentata XS8 L160B-35 2 4 5
S8 X dentata 40- 1 9 5 2

* Year’s growth, more than four feet.

Inoculation Tests for Disease Resistance.—In our last report we
told of inoculating all our trees, both hybrids and species, with
the blight fungus to get a definite idea of the relative resistance
or susceptibility of each individual. We have continued with
this work in 1937 and have developed a system of marking the
trees on their performances as follows:

Immune (100% resistance) —White Label

Shght susceptibility to fungus, i.e. mycelium grows a little in
bark, but no fruiting bodies are formed nor is branch killed
(75% resistance)—Green Label

Susceptibility and resistance about half and half. No fruiting
bodies formed but mycelium grows well in bark. Branch
still alive at end of first year. (50% resistance)— Yellow
Label

Susceptibility more pronounced, fruiting bodies formed in bark.
Branch (to 34 inch diameter) killed by end of first year.
(25% resistance)—Orange Label

Susceptibility at a maximum, fruiting bodies quickly formed,

branch quickly girdled and killed. (no resistance)—

Red Label

As a result of our two years of inoculations we find that, in
general, the results correspond. One more year’s work will
finish the testing for the larger trees; many younger ones will
soon be old enough to inoculate. In 1936 the inoculations were
made during the end of July and the first part of August; this
year about two weeks earlier.

After two years’ testing, we find that the Japanese-American
hybrids on the whole are susceptible to the disease, with a few
In two cases these hybrids have so far shown ab-

exceptions.
Two trees of our Chinese species (C. mollts-

solute resistance.
sima) have also shown absolute resistance and one tree of our
Japanese species (C. crenata). In general, the Chinese are the
most resistant of all the trees, with the Japanese considerably
behind. One of the Folk Japanese has proved 100% resistant
to the inoculations, but the ‘‘ Folks”’ are very variable: some are
fairly susceptible. The Spanish chestnuts (C. sativa) are very
low in resistance. The Americans (C. dentata), as far as we have
tested them, are the poorest of all; and, as a matter of fact,
several of our young Americans died last year as a result of these
inoculations.

Cutting out the Blight.—Since we wish to save some of our
Japanese-American hybrids for further breeding (on account of
such desirable characters as rapid growth rate and erect habit)
I have been cutting out any diseased spots in the bark; and I
have found that healing occurs, and, so far at least, the disease
has not reappeared.* This is a very difficult operation to perform
successfully on American chestnut.

Grafting—We grafted our best Japanese-American hybrid
(H86—-31) on pure Japanese stock with the result shown in Fig. 3
Scions of Chinese chestnut were also successfully grafted on
Quercus montana, the Chestnut Oak, and on Quercus velutina and
C. coccinea, the Black and Scarlet Oaks. The graft on the Black
Oak lived only until September, however.

* Likewise, Gravatt (Farmers’ Bull. 1641, ‘‘Chestnut Blight,” p. 17.
U.S.D.A. 1930) says that ‘‘most of the oriental trees can be saved by system-
atically cutting out any cankers that may appear and then painting the

wounds,

Planting of Nuts from Open Pollinations.—With the help of
young men from the Northeastern Forest Experiment Station at
New Haven, we planted about 750 nuts, mostly of Chinese or
Japanese parents, in the open ground, about six feet apart.
More than 1000 others were planted in cold frames and will be
set out in the spring, when they germinate. These plantings
are being made in order to determine whether we can establish a
forest by this method, and also because some of these nuts may
represent valuable chance crosses.

Vegetative Propagation.._WWe._ continued the layering experi-
ments, but, 1t would be a long process to obtain by such a method
a good supply of young trees for reforestation. If it is possible,
we must propagate the disease-resistant stock from cuttings.
For this purpose we placed in a cold frame a mixture of equal
parts of clean sand and peat moss. Cuttings of chestnut treated
with hormodin of the 20-unit strength were placed in this mixture
during the first week of August and again in the first week of
September. No rooting occurred, although cuttings of tomato
and Jerusalem cherry put in at the same time rooted well. In
1938 we shall try to root cuttings taken earlier in the season.

This problem of vegetative propagation is now the greatest
obstacle to be overcome. There is every indication that we can
develop by continued breeding not only one, but several types of
chestnut that will be blight resistant and superior in other re-
spects to the American species. But, as we said in our last
report, in all probability such types

—

being hybrids) will not
breed true from seed any more than our cultivated apples, pears,
peaches, etc. can be depended upon to breed true from seed.
Therefore the stock must be propagated vegetatively.

Somatic or Bud Variation.—Last summer we found on one of
our Chinese chestnuts a ‘bud sport’’—a small branch bearing
variegated leaves. The explanation of this is that the cells giv-
ing rise to that branch (or to the leaves) had undergone changes
in their protoplasmic material such that these variegated leaves
were produced. In the Eastern United Sates, where the chestnut
once reigned as a forest monarch, we find occasional young
shoots from old stumps. In recent years these seem to live
longer than formerly before they finally succumb to the blight.

Whether this is due to the fact that each year there are fewer
spores of the parasite abroad, or to the decreasing virulence of
"in the direction of more blight-
resistant stock, can not be definitely stated on the basis of the
evidence at hand.

To enable us to study this problem further we particularly de-

the parasite, or to ‘‘ bud sporting

sire to receive nuts borne on these basal shoots of native chestnut.
They should not be allowed to become dry before they are mailed
to us. A few days in a heated room are apt to be fatal. They
should be wrapped in moist cotton, paper napkins, or moss,
immediately after gathering, and mailed to the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden. All such nuts will be carefully planted by us, and the
resulting trees labelled with the name of the finder and the
locality. We already have 76 such trees, from nuts coming from
locations ranging from Asheville, North Carolina, to Portland,
Maine.

A list of nuts, with their senders, which were received in 1937,
follows:

Nuts Received from Outside Sources and Planted
in Cold Frames, Fall of 1937

Sept. 28. Castanea dentata from Mr. Frederick M. Adler, New
Haven, Conn.
*Oct. 1. C. dentata from Mr. Gilbert L. Smith, Wassaic, N. Y.
C. dentata * C. crenata from Mr. Gilbert L. Smith,
Wassaic- Nw ¥.
Oct. 3. C. dentata from Mr. Gilbert L. Smith, Wassaic, N. Y.
Oct. 7. C. dentata from Mrs. Thomas P. Boyd, South Kent,
Conn.
C. dentata from Mr. F. G. Guntner, White Plains, N.Y.
C. dentata from Mrs. F. C. Nicodemus, Smithtown
Branch b.1.

* Mr. Gilbert L. Smith, Farm Supervisor at the Wassaic State School,
Dutchess Co., N. Y., has found two very good, evidently somewhat disease-
resistant, native Americans (not sprouts) in his neighborhood, and during the
summer he intercrossed them, as well as pollinating some females with Japanese
pollen. Most of the resulting nuts he turned over to us for planting and
culture. We shall report on them further next year. Mr. Smith sent us also
many nuts from native sprouts near Wassaic.

34+

C. sativa (?) from Vevey, Switzerland, through D
D. F. Crane, Montclair, N. J.
C. dentata from the Blue Ridge Mts., Va., through
dr. J. Russell Smith, Swarthmore, Pa.
C. dentata from Mrs. C. L. Hyde, Litchfield, Conn.
C. ozarkensis from Garfield, Benton Co., Arkansas,
through Prof. D. M. Moore, Russelville, Aue
Nov. 3. C. crenata from Mr. W. J. Genko, Nanuet, N. Y.
Nov. 17. C. dentata from Cadillac, Michigan, through Dr. John
M. Carter, Detroit, Mich.
Nov. 20. C. crenata from Mr. Christopher M. Gallup, N. Ston-
ington, Conn., through Mr. Austin F. Hawes, Conn.
State Forester.

Oct. 30.

Inventory.—Following is a complete list of the numbers. of
individuals of all the species, varieties, and hybrids now growing
on our Hamden plantations, making a total of 755 trees.

Chestnut Species, Varieties, and Hybrids

Growing at Hamden, Connecticut
October, 1937

Name Number of Trees

Castanea . Ashe Chinquapin.........0..00... id e@ing tts Al
Cc. wat apanese mee Mites hoot een eet. oo . 38
C. crenata (Forest Type)—Japanese Chestnut var. — .. 46
C. dentata—American ae PME oa op eartd nen bon coe 16
C. Henryi—Chinese Timber Chinquapin ... . whe 9 ei ld
C. mollissima—Hairy Chinese Chestnut . . 68
C. mollissima var. Mammoth—Chinese Chactaut var. 2
C. ozarkensis—Ozark Chinquapin..........
C. punnila—Chinquapin.............. 32
. sativa— ahah 6 Chestnut... 0.0.00... ; ere Crate 20

. Seguintti—Chinese Dwarf Chinquapin .... . weee- 20
“38” (C. crenata X C. pumila) (U.S.D.A.). iba em ie 12
“S8” (from close pollination). ............. 3
C. crenata (Minturn) (from close pollination)....000.000.00...... 1
C. crenata X C. dentata......00.00000.00.... . 79

C. crenata (Forest Type) * C. dentata
C. crenata XS

8”

3
eer ae es Ae ae - ae 7
C. crenata (Forest Type) & C. Seguinii.. . nearer 1
C. crenata & (C. crenata & C. dentata)...... 3
C. crenata * C. dentata) * C. crenata. Er ie Peer eae >
(C. crenata X C. dentata) & C. dentata..................... ene We

Sa
in

(Gxcrendia x. Cxdentata) oC Seeuintt vices BN heck ee ees. 1
(C. crenata * C. dentata) XK (C. crenata X C. dentata).. 0.0.0.0... 61
Os dent ata xe Ce MiOllaS SUN er Nor ee oe ons ds ee es Be le
CRC CULALD a0 ee trate Ne Oya ela va OA 3 i a, ge eee a 13
C. mollassima * C. crenata (U.S.D.A.)..0 ee 4
CR INOUMUSSUNLEIXE: CLE EDLG attra the Fat ed 5. oy dl Re OR eee 10
Cs mollissima var. Mammoth SEC entalas. :. o. Pan dole Se Nenene 12
C. mollissi FOL ULI Yep Mere AE ce aca ie Saec Ree ae tal ON a a 4
C ain SRC Grenade xen mC CntGt,) Ss ici wed oR ee 2
C. mollissima X * Ee Ry nde Sn mR MT Rete OUND a3 Bio's 5
Ginolissimar trom Close pollinavion |. 5% %.34. 3446402 ad aes 1
(C. mollissima & C. pumila) X C. dentata o 0... 8
eS OE OM ON EMOL Oe aes cc 8s a, SrlbrteGnurd dei th tte dt 13
HS) OR CORSE TELL nce ioe fo hn ods he Sante Be then w Giese eee ene ep ile
SO 1X, CO INOUUSSUNIG.« bo aso Gaia ea acne S-ay die Wb A 4
eS) Meh (MICE CH OLGIOS C CONLGEG) ince 03.4 Sb oe wh mines 1S
Seedlings from ‘open pollinations”: Hamden (approximately).....100
1FX0) (211 LNG mane eoe atan Ya OT NN | AR Se OR unk ated 755

Respectfully submitted,
ARTHUR H. GRAVES,
Curator of Public Instruction.

SYSTEMATIC BOTANY
The Classification of Dicotyledons
By ALFRED (GUNDERSEN

Flower Structures —During 1937 studies and drawings of
flower structures have been continued. Miss Purdy, staff artist,
also completed a few detailed paintings. A photostat copy of the
illustrations of Payer’s Organogenie compareé de la fleur, pub-
lished in 1857, was made. “These valuable illustrations are now
available in our library. Payer’s illustrations bring out what is
not clearly brought out by his text, namely the change, during
the development of the flower, from parietal to axile placenta-
tion—in other words, a change from separate placentae to united
placentae.

It is now widely accepted that leaves, such as fern fronds and
leaves of flowering plants, represent flattened and fused stems.
Briefly, a clubmoss is a primitive fern. Likewise, it is now
generally considered that from carpels-separate to carpels-

—"

eA),

1. CARPEL open in bu 2 CARPELS more nearly neha
oe in flower. Delkin in mud than in flower elayFoni

ZN Hypericum

Theobroma
(c)

Sasi rue 7 naa in bud,
ted fle

cai ae

Itc. 5. Morphology of flower buds of various species compared with that of
adult flowers, the buc

s showing primitive characteristics.

united has been the course of evolution, thus A/agnolia precedes
Dianthus. Further, it has long been recognized that from petals-
or sepals-separate to petals- or sepals-united is the direction of
change; Polypetalae precede Sympetalae. In other words, the
union of parts is a very important principle in varied aspects of
plant evolution.

Separate placentae (that is, parietal placentation) to united
placentae (that is, axile placentation) is then only a part of a
broad general principle. It has been suggested that the phrase
“ontogeny recapitulates phylogeny’? should be changed to
“ontogeny throws light on phylogeny.” Similarly, understand-
ing the development of placentation throws light on the classi-
fication of flowering plants. Three stages are suggested: (1)
Families having carpels separate or single: Magnolia, Rosa, Protea;
(2) Carpels sy but placentae separate: Papaver, Cistus,
Salix, Betula; (3) Carpels united and placentae united: Geranium,
Hydrangea, Dianthus, and nearly all Sympetalae. In plants, as
in animals, improved placentation means more effective nourish-
ment of the next generation.

The question arises as to what extent is it justifiable to apply
placentation as a main principle in the classification of flowering
plants. A minimum would be the bringing together the Crstus

—

and Papaver groups. This is in fact done in the Bentham and
Hooker, Eichler, Warming, Wettstein, Rendle, and Hutchinson
systems. Their separation in the Engler system must be con-
sidered as a mistake. It is still a question along what different
lines change in placentation may have occurred. Further, to
what extent do these ideas conform with paleobotanical evidence?
I believe they are not contradicted by them.

SYSTEMATIC BOTANY
Eleocharis: Galapagos Islands: Local Flora
By Henry K. SVENSON

In addition to executive work of the department during 1937,
I continued studies in the Cyperaceae, chiefly in the genus
Eleocharis. My visit to European herbaria during the summer

enabled me to see most of the type specimens which I had pre-
viously been unable to interpret, so that I definitely expect to
complete my study of the group, which has extended over a
period of years, in the coming spring months. Material of these
plants has been received in large quantities for identification
from various universities and individuals.

A treatment of the ferns of the Galapagos Islands and Cocos
Islands has been completed. For some time I have been en-
gaged in a study of the plants of Middle Tennessee, an area which
will soon be greatly changed from the wild-life point of view by
the industrial developments now going on in that region. In
addition the vegetation of Long Island and of the vicinity of
New York are being worked on from time to time.

ECONOMIC PLANTS
By Ratrepy H. CHENEY

1. Comparatwe Caffeine and Coffee Pharmacology.—Previous
studies of the effect of the alkaloid and the beverage upon the
small intestine were extended to an investigation of their effects
upon the mammalian colon. The summer work was conducted
at the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts.

2. A taxonomic study and an investigation of the flavor
qualities of the native beverages of North America was begun.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
FOR 1937

Dr. C.. STUART GAGER. DirEcToR:

Sir: I submit herewith the report of the work of this depart-
ment for the year 1937.

ATTENDANCE AT THE GARDEN

Phe figure for the total attendance at the
Garden during 1937—1,691,835 entirely justifies our analysis
in the report for 1936. It will be recalled that there was a

Entrance Gates.

decrease of some 50,000 odd in 1936 below the year 1935. We
believed that in reality the figure for 1936—1,567,304—repre-
sented a slight increase, since the figure for 1935—1,624,865—
was abnormally large on account of publicity resulting from the
celebration of the 25th anniversary of the founding of the Garden.
If there had been a regular increase of about 8% each year since
1934, the figure would stand about as at present.

Week-end Records.—The largest week-end attendance ever
recorded in the history of the Garden, approximately 48,000,
occurred on May 8 and 9, during the height of the Japanese
cherry blossom season.

_—

This number is considerably in excess
of the previous record for week-end attendance, 43,416, in 1935.

Monthly Records.—Record attendances were attained for the
months of February, April, May, June, September, November and
December. How these records compare with the largest pre-
vious figures is shown in the following table.

1937 Attendance Largest an Year
attendance

February . 79,825 71,339 1932

yeyolol rae ars Oe 223,175 205,410 1933

Vices Staak ee 346,871 260,312 1936
UNC Bets 183,765 | 182,916 193

September......... 154,295 154,022 1935
November......... 114,090 96,987 193

57,538 1928

December......... 70,078

Attention is called to the high record of May—the largest
attendance for any month in the history of the Garden. The
figure is much larger than that for the whole year of 1916—
314,990—when attendance records began to be kept. The high
record of December probably reflects the mild temperature
combined with the fair weather of that month.

Attendance at Conservatories —On account of extensive repairs
to the foundations and superstructure, the Conservatories were
closed to the public during the last half of January and up to and
including the first half of September. The total attendance for
the year is therefore small.

Attendance at Classes and Lectures —The combined attendance

at classes and lectures held at the Garden was 129,929, as against
149,942 of last year.

ATTENDANCE AT THE GARDEN DURING 1937

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr M: Ly June July

At regular eee es 1,153 1,240 2,670 4,266 3 18 2,585 14,000
700

At visiting classes. .. ‘978 1,136 2,546 5,733 19,547 6,090
At lectures to

children... 2.0.2... 173 636 ce 3,721 10, a 2,191 630
At lectures to a 0 12 227 70
At conservatorie . 2,436* 0 [ s 0 0
At grounds........ 54, 531 79,825 noe 223, Ge 340,871 183,765 162,462

Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual

Totals
At regular al ISSES. 6... 0,600 = 177 “2,257 2,413 2,075 51,154
At visiting classes... 0... 0 "220 8,943 4,044 1,982 51,214
At lectures to an. ; 0 125 2,402 3,291 891 26,527
At lectures to aaa oe 0 75 168 0 - 1,034
At conservatories — 0 4,0007 12,: 9 582 290 35,815
At PrOundss cara coe coee sy q ee 154,295 93,804 114 ‘090 70 ‘078 1,691,835

‘sm dontle conservatories diese for repairs.

x
t se timate; open about 2 weeks,
ADULT COURSES

New Courses Offered in 1937.—A new course in ‘‘ Flower Ar-
rangement’’ offered in January, was held in 4 sessions, at which
Mrs. Yoneo Arai, Mrs. Ernest Frederick Eidlitz, Mrs. Roy M.
Lincoln, Mrs. Ronald Hart, Mr. Philip H. Pratt and Mrs. Henry
J. Davenport spoke and demonstrated. This course was in
addition to the regular course in Flower Arrangement offered
the previous fall by Mrs. Whitney Merrill.

“Special Horticultural Groups,’ an advanced garden course
designed especially for members, was given on Fridays in May and
June, the object being to acquaint the class with the botanical
and cultural characteristics of various attractive plant displays
in the Garden at the height of their blooming period. Dr. Reed,
Mr. Free, Dr. Gundersen, and Mr. Doney were the instructors

The name of course A32, ‘‘The Structure and Evolution of
Flowers” given by Dr. Gundersen was changed to ‘‘ Herbaceous
Plants.

“ Botany in your Garden” is the title of a new course conducted
by Dr. Svenson in the fall. This course, designed to assist the
amateur gardener, dealt with the more important fundamental
processes which have a role in the life and growth of plants.

Other Courses.—For the eleventh consecutive year I conducted
a course for nurses-in-training. The registration was the largest
on record. Fifty-one young women registered in the spring from
Kings County Hospital and 130 in the fall from Kings County,
Prospect Heights, St. John’s, and St. Mary’s Hospitals. This
was the first year that the last named institution has sent students
to us. The total registration of nurse students—181—shows a
great increase over the number in 1936—118. Beginning in
1927, when we had less than a dozen students, these hospitals,
at their own request, have sent students to us and have come to
regard the course, which deals especially with medicinal plants
and botany in relation to materia medica, as a regular feature of
their curriculum.

As usual, Miss Vilkomerson and I gave the outdoor course in
trees and shrubs of Greater New York in the spring and fall, with
registrations of 55 and 17 people, respectively.

During the first half of the year Miss Rusk continued to have
charge of the classes begun the previous fall: general botany,
flowering plants, and genetics. For six weeks, both in the spring
and in the fall, she conducted a field course on the wild flowers
of the New York region. During the fall she gave also a labora-
tory course in flowering plants.

In all, 802 were enrolled in Botanic Garden courses for adults
during the year. This is a marked decrease from the registration
of the year before—973—and, were it not for our large registra-
tion of nurse students—181—there would have been a much more
spectacular drop. This may be explained in part by changes, of

experimental nature, in our method of circularization of the
courses. It seems clear from the results obtained that drastic
economy in circularization (which was one of the changes) is nota

good policy—not really an economy. A return to our former
system, which had been built up carefully through the years,

is recommended.

STATISTICS OF SCHOOL SERVICE

1937
Loan Lectures (Lantern Slides, etc.)
No. of sets lent. ..0...00.02000.0000.. ae Ewan hee eae 3S 30
No. of teachers involved.......00.... vias 186
No. of pupils attending... ....0..00.00.0000... - sim eeage, 10,046
Material Supplied
Total number of requests from schools.........0000.... ae 690
Number of different institutions... ...0..0.0... 0.0.0... = 214
igh Schools and H. S. Annexes
Brooklyn (Total No. 41)............ eer a 25
Queens (Total No. 25)....... 10
Manhattan (Total No. 34).....0....... oo, 14
Other Boroughs (Total No. 25)......... he eas ; 10
Junior High Schools (Total in Brooklyn 25) ee eee 7
Colleges and Universities (Total in Brockiva n7).. - 11
Elementary Schools
Brooklyn (Total No. 231)........... ee ; 78
Queens (Total No. 155)... . 9
Manhattan (Total No. i41) ; re 2
Other Boroughs (Total No. 148) ees Ga rhs Pave Lat Aa a 4
Private and Parochial Schools............ phate 15
Other Institutions.................0.. ae ; ot 25
Number of potted plants for nature study... re 1,600
Number of Petri dishes filled with sterilized agar........0....., 1,342
Votal number of teachers supphed with eel, ae 3,762
Total number of pupils reached.........0..... coe ee 177,404
Lang Plants Placed in School Roonts
Ol SCHOO)Si.iacects kp hei 3S Sate pane ahead ees eee 30
No. of plants.............. a Seen : 353
No. of teachers involved. ....0........ a 642
No. of pupils reached.......... ea hee ba ees ..... 22,666
Plants Distributed (Raised in Classes)... ....0...... re ee . 36,717
No. of persons taking plants... ... ; 908
Total number of schools bewreueniedi: pee esas So ee eA 164
Seed Packets for Children
No. of schools... 0.20.00. 00000000 eee ee. hoe acu eae 463
No. of teachers................... ee _ 7,663
No. of pupils... re - 305,114
No; of packets: .44.saeadcdow areas eee ee .. 915,343
Exhibits Provided
3

No.of exhibits: ccc00ces APs dee sd ceo tees | nee abate
Wi WE Nin a tu 4 5-4 upg Ge bon tea BAe nd eu pa ea ene eae 138,200

FLOWER Days

The details of the four flower days held in 1937 are presented
herewith:

Tuesday, April 27. Daffodil Day. Leader: Mr. James G.
Esson, Vice-President of the Long Island Horticultural Society.
Topic: Daffodils.

Tuesday, June 8. Tenth Annual Rose Garden Day. Leader:
Mr. S. R. Tilley, Rose Grower, Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
Topic: Through the Year with the Roses.

Wednesday, October 13. Fall Rose Garden Day. Leader:
Mr. S. R. Tilley. Topic: Symposium in the Rose Garden.

Tuesday, October 26. Chrysanthemum Day. Leader: Mr.
G. H. Gillies, Head Gardener for Mr. Marshall Field, Huntington,
L. I. Topic: Chrysanthemums

At the fall Rose Garden Day the usual formal lecture was
omitted. The members of the Garden and their guests were
conducted to the Rose Garden, where Mr. Tilley, using the living
plants as demonstrations, answered questions ‘“‘from the house’

on rose growing.

I am glad to have this opportunity of expressing our apprecia-
tion of the splendid cooperation of the Woman’s Auxiliary in
conducting the teas at these events. The attendance at the
from year to year, and a large

flower days has steadily increasec
share of the credit for their popularity should go to the Woman’s
Auxiliary.

“EXHIBIT OF THE WEEK”

Obviously it is impossible for a visitor to comprehend, or even
to notice, all of the interesting and unusual features of the Garden
in one visit. Especially is this true of the living exhibits, where
changes, such as flowering, fruiting, autumnal coloring, etc., are
occurring from day to day. Therefore, an outdoor movable
bulletin board was constructed, to be temporarily located near
the feature to which attention is being directed. A large placard,
mounted thereon, explains the “ Exhibit of the Week”’ (Fig. 6).
Three of the placards read as follows. The Poinsettias (about

20 ft. high) were in the conservatories.

—

Fic. 6. “ Exhibit of the Week” label at the Smo

ke Tree (Cotinus coggygria), June 16. (9436)

Exhibit of the Week
Poinsettia
Euphorbia pulcherrima
The bright red ‘‘flowers’’ that make poinsettias so popular for
Christmas decorations are not really The flowers are in
the small green and yellow structures
petals, but the showy red leaves make up for this lack.

flowers at al
at the center. They have no

The poinsettia grows wild in Mexico and Central America. It
is also called Lobster Flower, or Mexican Flame-leaf.
Exhibit of the Week
Poet's Narcissus
the difference between a Daffodil, a Narcissus, and

Do you know
a Jonquil?
The DarropiL has a deep crown, or long

ribbon-like leaves.
The Narcissus has a shallow crown, and flat,
The JonourL has a shallow crown, and round, rush-like leave

“trumpet,”’ and flat,

ribbon-like leaves.

Botanically, they all are kinds of Narcissus.
Exhibit of the Week
This Austrian Pine tree is in full bloom.
Here is a cluster of male flowers. (Specimen fastened here.)
Tap a branch lightly, and see the cloud of yellow pollen that is shed
(Specimen fastened here.

These are two female flowers.
which are the ‘‘fruit’’ of the pine

They develop into woody cones,
tree. Each pine cone contains many little winged seeds.
Below this is the following statement:

“The Brooklyn Botanic Garden contains many interesting
plants which might be overlooked in the midst of the more
striking floral displays. In order to bring these to the attention
of visitors, one such exhibit will be featured each week. Items
of general interest will alternate with those of special value to
amateur gardeners.

This latest educational feature of the Garden was under
supervision of Miss Hilda Vilkomerson, who is also responsible
for the original conception of the plan. From the beginning it
was a complete success, if we are to judge by the number of
people—on Sundays or holidays sometimes ten deep—reading or
copying the item or copying the pictures which were often pre

the

sented. The following list of subjects, selected from among
those displayed, gives a fairly comprehensive idea of the exhibits
through the year:

April 14-20. Flowering of the Elms.

April 20-27. An unusual shrub from Japan. (Corylopsis)

April 27-May 1. Poet’s Narcissus. (Explaining the differences
between the Daffodil, the Narcissus, and the Jonquil)

May 11-18. The Trifoliate Orange.

May 18-25. The Japanese Walnut in Flower.

May 25—June 1. The Austrian Pine in Flower.

June 10-20. Poison Ivy, Poison Sumac, Woodbine.

August 17-31. The Royal Water Lily.

September 1-10. The Smoke Tree.

October 12-19. The Hop Vine.

October 26-November 2. The Witch Hazel.

December 7-14. The Poinsettia. (Conservatory exhibit.)

It is recommended that in view of the very evident popularity
and real service that this device is rendering, a small sum be
appropriated for the construction of a more dignified and durable
structure.

PUBLICITY AND Epiror1AL Work

During the year we continued the program we have followed
for more than 16 years, of sending from time to time to the
metropolitan newspapers, various horticultural journals, and
other interested agencies, news releases concerning our courses,
lectures, flower displays, rare plants in bloom, or any item of
general public interest regarding the Garden’s plantations or the
activities of the Garden’s personnel. As evidence of the publicity
thus secured, we have received this year from our clipping bureau
1,082 clippings as against 1,398 in 1936.

Programs of the radio broadcasts to be made by members of
our staff from January to June inclusive, were prepared, printed,
and issued in January, and similar programs for the remainder
of the year were issued in October. Circulars descriptive of our
courses were prepared and sent to garden magazines in March
as well as to the Teaching Biologist, the organ of the New York
Biology Teachers Association. The annual Prospectus of these

courses, which appeared as No. 4 of Volume 26 of the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden Record, was prepared in June and July.

I have continued to serve as Editor of the Plant Section of
General Biology for Biological Abstracts and, as usual, have had
general editorial supervision of the Contributions of the Garden.

ACTIVITIES OF OTHER DEPARTMENT MEMBERS

In July Miss Rusk was a member of the faculty of the Summer
Garden Institute at Rogers Rock, Lake George, giving lectures,
field trips, and informal conferences for and with the 40 or 50
Garden Club members attending from eight or nine states.
From May 15 to November 1 Miss Rusk cooperated with Dr.
Max Harten of the Jewish Hospital, Brooklyn, in his hay fever
studies, by exposing sterile slides each day to catch pollen.

In the early spring Miss Vilkomerson made a study of the
aquatics in our conservatories, and made recommendations as to
arrangement, labelling, substrata, maintenance, and desirable
plant species for culture. During her vacation, in the latter
part of June and the first half of July, she studied flower behavior
in the various species and hybrids of chestnut at the plantations
at Hamden, Conn. A report of this work will be submitted in
January, 1938, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the
degree of Master of Arts at Columbia University.

MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS

Membership Committee.—In November I was appointed the
Botanic Garden representative of a committee for the promotion
of membership in the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.

Boy Scout Examinations.—As in previous years, acting as
special examiner for boy scouts, I held examinations in February
and March for merit badges in forestry and botany.

Research Projects —For a committee of the New York Biology
Teachers Association, I prepared, in May, a list of projects in
botany suitable for research by members of the Association.

Rare Woods Sent to Yale.—As during several years past, 1n
January and February sections of trunks of Pandanus utilis,
Mangifera indica, and Blighta sapida were sent to enrich the
collection of woods of which Professor Samuel J. Record is in
charge, at the Yale School of Forestry.

Exhibits.—Specimens of drug plants were lent in May to Mr.
J. Bik, druggist at Coney Island, for an exhibit in his store
window held in connection with a special project in pharma-
cognosy in the Biology classes of Abraham Lincoln High School.—
Specimens were also furnished for an exhibit at the Queens
County Medical Society during ‘‘Children’s Health Week”’
ginning May 2.

Bird Lists.—The Brooklyn Bird Club, through Mr. Bernard P.
Brennan, has continued to send us lists of birds seen at the
Garden, and these lists have been posted on our bulletin boards
each week in the spring and autumn—more irregularly through
the winter and summer months.

Nominating Committees In December, I served on the nomi-
nating committees of the American Fern Society and of the
Torrey Botanical Club to prepare a list of persons to be voted

—"

Je-

on as officers of these organizations for the ensuing year.

Chestnut Research.—Part of June and September, and all of
July and August, I spent at our chestnut plantations at Hamden,
Conn., where we are raising new types of trees to replace the
now practically defunct American chestnut. A report of this
work will be found on pp. 44-55.

Cooperation with the Department of Education..-On March 3,
the Department of Botany of the Department of Education,
Brooklyn Institute, met at the Laboratory Building of the Gar-
den. Mr. Charles Ericson spoke on ‘‘Ferns and Fern Allies.”
The Department held its annual social meeting at the Garden,
as usual, on October 19.

Bureau of Information. Answering questions about plants by
telephone or letter, or as a result of personal interviews, giving
advice on courses, books, programs of study, sometimes personal
visits to nearby properties, etc., consume an amount of time
much disproportionate to the emphasis apparently indicated by
this brief note.

—

NEEDS
In the annual reports I have submitted since I reported for
duty at the Garden in September, 1921, the question of needs
has rarely been mentioned up to the present, the seventeenth
report. A survey of the reports through these years shows how
our work has increased from year to year, an inevitable result of

increasing publicity and natural growth. And yet, in spite of
this, I regret to say, the funds for some of our activities have
actually decreased. I shall name three of these activities in the
order of their importance from the standpoint of the Garden.

f. Public Lectures —In 1924, nine free public lectures’ were
given at the Garden, but in the 13 years that have followed there
has been none. Their place has been taken by the lectures given
at ‘Flower Days”’ (open only to members and their friends),
and by occasional ‘‘benefit’”’ lectures sponsored by the Woman's
Auxiliary. I believe that with the greatly increased interest not
only in the Botanic Garden itself, but in gardening and plant life
in general, a resumption of popular free lectures would meet with
an enthusiastic public response. From this point of view it would
seem an opportunity for public service that we should no longer
neglect. I recommend, therefore, that a small sum be set aside
annually for such free, public lectures, including motion picture
demonstrations.

2. Loan Lectures.—In 1924 we offered 5 loan lecture sets to
the schools. This number was increased to 6 in 1930-31, as
follows: 1. Plant Lite; 2. Spring Wild Flowers; 3. Common
Trees; 4. Fall Wild Flowers; 5. Forestry; 6. Conservation of
Native Plants.

The collection of slides illustrating each subject is accompanied
by a lecture text, and the series has been much used by school
teachers. I feel, however, that the number of subjects could and
should be greatly increased, in order to use to the fullest extent
our opportunities for service. A small amount should be set
aside each year for the preparation of additional loan sets, dealing
with new subjects.

Leaflets —During this last year the publication of the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden Leaflets was temporarily discontinued. They
had been issued for 24 consecutive years, beginning in 1913.
That these Leaflets, dealing with popular information on plant
life, filled a need, the hundreds of requests we received each year,
not only from New York, but from the country at large, testify.
We are still receiving these requests. In this case again, I feel

eon

strongly that we are losing ground on our public service recorc
by giving up this valuable educational asset. I recommend,

y
co

therefore, the appropriation of a sum for the resumption of the

Leaflets—not in their old form, which had become outmoded,
but in a new, attractive dress, well supplied with illustrations
and figures.

These are by no means the only desiderata in this department,
but the three points outlined represent the most urgent needs
from the standpoint of public service.

Respectfully submitted,
ARTHUR HARMOUNT GRAVES,
Curator of Public Instruction.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF ELEMENTARY
INSTRUCTION FOR 1937

Dr. C. STUART GAGER, DIRECTOR.

Sir: I hereby present the annual report of the Department of
Elementary Instruction for the year 1937.

Personnel.—Early in the spring, Miss Natalie Hettger, a
teacher from Hasbrouck Heights, N. J., studying at Columbia
University, came to us twice a week for experience in greenhouse
work. Edward Johnson was appointed as an assistant in our
outdoor garden for the months of July and August in a regular
teaching position. On October 1, Miss Frances M. Miner was
given a year’s leave of absence to work with the National Recrea-
tion Association on a survey of children’s garden work in this
country. Miss Michalena L. Carroll stayed on as her substitute.
Because of heavy registration in our fall classes, four of our
former students became paid assistants on Saturday mornings.
They were Edward Johnson, Mary McArdle, Patricia Spollen,
and Sidney Wiesner.

The various phases of our work have gone on as usual.

Visiting Classes.—Our visiting classes have increased in the
number of sessions, but the attendance figure has remained prac-
tically the same. ‘This is due to the fact that we have worked
with smaller groups as far as possible. There have been two
unusually interesting features of our visiting class work this year.
One was the W. P. A. educational project of the Staten Island
schools through which classes have been brought over here by
bus. These have been among our most satisfactory groups, in

work accomplished, in behavior, and in appreciation. The sec-
ond was the small group of blind and partially blind children
from P. S. 77, Queens, who spent a full morning here, and under
the guidance of Miss Carroll, were able to come in personal and
close contact with flower and plant forms, and thus acquire some
knowledge of such Gardens as ours. Another interesting feature
to note was the visits of the Garden Club of P.S.9. Delegates
from different groups of the upper grades came once a week to
learn how to take care of their school plants, both those in pots
and those in window boxes. This project has been most satis-
factory to us and to the school.

Adult Classes —There has been added to our regular classes
this year a fall class in Plant Propagation. This was given jointly
by Miss Dorward and myself, but largely by Miss Dorward.
Twenty-six members of our former classes in Fundamentals of
Gardening made up the group. During the spring Miss Carroll
gave a guest class to teachers of art in some of our elementary
schools. This was an invitation class and had the approval of
Miss Edith Nichols, Assistant Director of Art in the Public
Schools.

Children’s Garden.—The children’s garden was conducted as
usual, but with a larger number of children than in former years.
Over 260 children were registered in the garden, the extra num-
ber making up for the attendance drop during the summer.
This change is due to the fact that more children go to camps
and summer homes than in the past.

Equipment.—During the year three cold frames placed be-
tween our greenhouses and the main range of houses have added
to the efficiency with which we can handle and harden off the
spring seedlings. The three instruction greenhouses do not give
us enough space for our work, so Dr. Reed permitted us to place
some of our plants in his greenhouses, where, under better con-
ditions of temperature control, they came to a more successful
flowering. A portion of the potting room set aside for the edu-
cational greenhouses has been partitioned off so that Miss
Sutcliffe may have extra potting space. Three dozen new trowels
have been bought for the children’s greenhouses and the old ones
assigned to the children’s garden. ‘Tampers, floats, and sieves
are being made this winter by P. S. 90. We have received esti-

mates for a small lean-to greenhouse at the end of our range to
be used as a propagating place, but these were too high to be
considered, and hence the project has been set aside until a
future time.

Outside Activities—Many calls have come to us for outside
help in connection with schools and other organizations. Among
the important educational speeches of the year which I made was
a talk on the Schoolmen’s Week Program at the University of
Pennsylvania, in Philadelphia. About three hundred teachers
representing Eastern Pennsylvania attended this. Another talk
was given before the Woman’s College Club of York County, at

York, Pennsylvania. During the spring I was called to a garden
conference of the Federated Garden Clubs of the State of North
Carolina to assist in a Junior Gardening project; in the fall I did
a similar piece of work for the Garden Clubs of South Carolina
and New Jersey. From June 17 through June 20 Miss Ham-
mond conducted the nature work in a Camp Training Course for
Counsellors and Directors given at Cold Spring, N. Y., under
the auspices of the United Neighborhood Houses of New York
City and the Children’s Welfare Association. In August Miss
Carroll attended, as instructor, a conference conducted by the
State Department of Education at Blue Ridge Graduate College,
Blue Ridge, N. C. Her course demonstrated the value of nature
through art expression, and her work was based upon the work
we do with children here at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

We have had a number of visitors from afield. I would men-

tion particularly representatives of the Botanic Garden at Mon-
treal, who came for assistance in planning their educational work
for the future.

Preparation and Distribution of Material.—Besides the regular
classwork with teachers and visiting classes, Miss Hammond has
collected, pressed, mounted, and labelled 1206 specimens of 74
different kinds of flowering plants, having collected and done all
the other work herself. [ would call to your attention the fact
that this Department has not only carried a heavy teaching
schedule with visiting classes and adult classes, but packed over
1,000,000 packets of seed and sold over 915,000 of the same;
managed three greenhouses (and distributed from these 40,000
plants); maintained the children’s garden; distributed nature

"is

material to over 2,000 teachers and over 90,000 pupils; and con-
ducted the Saturday morning school of education for children,
numbering over 700 in registration through the year.

City-wide Service.—It might be of special interest to the Board
of Trustees to know that during this current year 92 per cent. of
all our elementary schools in this Borough have been in touch

—

with us in some phase of our work.

Consultations with Teachers.—Not only have all these regular
avenues of work been followed, but a great deal of mechanical
work that should be done by a staff of aids has been done entirely
by members of the Department. In addition, the time taken
by conferences is enormous. Miss Hammond alone has held
over thirty nature conferences with teachers who came here for
definite assistance on programs to be carried on in school work.

Besides writing the usual articles for The Sun (New York),
I have given a greater number of educational talks than in any
other year. The total number for the year was fifty-six, not
including broadcasts. I still serve as Honorary Secretary of the
National Plant and Flower Guild, as Vice-President of the New
York Chapter of the American Nature Study Society, and as a
member of the National Committee on Nature-Garden Clubs for
the School Garden Association.

This report and accompanying figures may give some idea of
the pyramiding of work during the past year, and should be called
to your attention for future consideration.

Respectfully submitted,
ELLEN Eppy SHAW,
Curator of Elementary Instruction.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF PLANTS FOR 1937
Dr. C. STUART GAGER, DIRECTOR.
Sir: | herewith respectfully submit my report for the year 1937.
CONIFERS

The even, moist climate of the Pacific Coast and of western
Europe make ideal conditions for a large number of conifers.

A smaller number of species thrive under drier, usually northern
climates. In a Report of the Interstate Park Commission it is
stated that conifers in general have not succeeded well in the
Bear Mountain region of New York, hot summers and absence
of snow cover in winter being in general unfavorable to these
plants. Nevertheless a number of collections exist in the New
York region, where many species of conifers have succeeded.
Even under our city conditions a number of species have grown
well, in particular eight or ten species of pine, also Atlas cedar,
Serbian spruce, Nikko fir, junipers, and Japanese yew.

In the spring, with Dr. and Mrs. Reed and Mr. Caparn, I
visited the Montgomery collection of conifers at Coscob, Con-
necticut. What especially interested me was the growing of
conifers between large oaks, giving partial protection from sun
and wind. A gift of conifers was made by the Princeton Nur-
series, and a number of small plants have been assembled in our
nursery. Somewhat revised plans for our conifers have been
made with the expectation that our collection may be consid-
erably increased, even though this may mean occasional replace-
ment of certain species.

LILACS

The identification of our lilacs is now in approximate order.
Carefully prepared maps and records have been made by Mr.
Emil Barens, W. P. A. worker. I have given attention to the
classification of varieties, in particular to making a key to Syringa
vulgaris varieties, of which we now have about one hundred and
fifty. We have about sixteen species of lilacs; about twenty
varieties and hybrids of lilac species other than Syringa vulgaris.
I again visited repeatedly the Havemeyer collections. The size

and shape of clusters, their density, the size of flowers, are char-
acteristics of greater permanence than color. These have been
utilized in the following classification, intended to be an improve-
ment on the one printed here two years ago.

Syringa vulgaris varieties

Singles Doubles
White
Alba virginalis Group Edith Cavell Group
(flowers small) (cluster open)
Vestale Group Jeanne d’Arc Group

(flowers large) (cluster dense)

Pink
ee Group Waldeck-Rousseau Group
(cluster open) (cluster open)
Chr ene eee Group Charles Sargent Group
(cluster dense) (cluster dense)
Emil Liebig Group
(cluster small)
Reddish
Charles X Group Charles Joly Group
(cluster medium) (dark)
Reaumur Group
(cluster large)
Rochambeau Group
(flowers extra large)
Bluish
Bleuatre Group Emil Gentil Group

(dark
Ronsard Group

(light)

Moss RAVINE

During the winter of 1936-37 the construction of the shady
moss ravine was completed. In the spring about twenty-five
species of mosses, liverworts, and lichens were gradually planted
and labeled. During the summer several of these died out.
Among those that have become fairly well established are Mosses:
Polytrichum, Pogonatum, Leucobryum, Dicranum, Anomodon, and
Bartramia. Webera, Climacium, Mnium, Thuidium, and Sphag-
num died. Liverworts: Conocephalum; all others died. Lichens:
Baeonvyces and two species of Cladonia were in good condition
in the fall.

PLANTINGS

Mr. C. F. Doney, assistant in woody plants, reports that about
two hundred plants were moved from the nursery to the grounds.
Of these, seventy were additional new species in the Systematic
Section. Some new genera, as Aphananthe, Fortunearia, and
Ehretia, were added to the grounds. In the north section of the
Garden supplementary groups of Viburnum and Berberis were
made. Collections of horticultural varieties of Philadelphus,
Weigela, and I/ibiscus were started on the reservoir embankment.

About sixty-five photographs of woody plants in flower were
taken by Mr. Buhle; many of these will be used for colored slides.

Progress was made, with the assistance of Mrs. Putz, in ob-
taining a greater variety of herbaceous plants. The absence of

anything like a manual for cultivated herbaceous plants has been
a ‘long felt want.”
LABELS

Numerous new suspended labels were put out. These very
cheap labels have proved fairly satisfactory, and are easily re-
placed when lost.

OUTDOOR CLASSES

In the spring I gave, for a second season, a course of four lessons
on Lilacs, and also a new course, of ten lessons, on Herbaceous
Plants. In the fall I gave eight lessons on Evergreens. Mr.
Doney repeated his course on Ornamental Shrubs, ten lessons in
the spring, ten in the fa

MAP OF THE GARDEN

A map of the Systematic Section of the Garden, from the
Lake and south, was printed ten years ago. During the past
year, with W. P. A. assistance, and with the cooperation of Mr.
Caparn, a combination map and picture map of the entire Garden
has been completed for the first time.

STATISTICS RELATING TO LIVING PLANTS

Species or

Varieties Plants
Living Plants Received:

DV COMECTION s 22 mae neh denser s tas ee er ee 8 9
By exchange... 00.0 0c eee 178 288
Be Olli sage aha bs hee ak hema tau aee ae) 992 3,767
By purchase..........0 0.0.0 e eee een .. 240 335
Ota setae eet Bae aed tees Sreneet 1,418 4,399

Living Plants Distributed:
te SUNS ek oe has ae gatas gy ale kee eek dieser ee as Ge OG Goh o's . 5,462
By gilt (£0 public institutions). . «41445 2oienkade eikenkedeuenys 330
Be a ye a ool Sees 55 se ee a eee area el 2,346
WROGANA: a: vtints thn ete tay 2 aweconeues 8,138

[Ris COLLECTIONS
(Ikeported by Dr. George M. Reed)
Bearded Iris
Recetved by Exchange:
Mrs. Thomas Nesmith, Fairmont Iris Gardens, Lowell, Mass. 25 varieties
Mr. Fred W. Smith, Granogue, Del 38 “

pase aeenein Mit gebs news og seas LNaiae See adie gees cue ant ans on Sarees 61 varieties

Japanese [ris

Received by Exchange:

Miretin@ -Blandisumber-= SC si. ocvatiea a ae Masts veeaae. 1 variety

Flowerfield Bulb Farm, Flowerfield, L. ].................. 15 varieties

John Scheepers, Inc., New York ae Se fe iat Aer ene 11 i
“TRO ere apm ne, eR Porc a .. 27 varieties

Miscellaneous Iris

Received by Exchange:

Mr. Herbert Dole, West Orange, N. J............ 3 species
Dr. R.A. Harper, Ridgewood, N. J........0....445. 2
Mr. ee a AWAM ATA VSIA Lbs Lape rich ae hae ol aed 1 a (9 var.)
Mrs. C. R. Wharton, Houston, Texas. .............. 1 se
SEED EXCHANGE
Seed Packets Received:
I OCC 1G ere see os oslo Uli ais tee kt go nt a ee 111
EN oe eS eet Gi dec aah hs Bi aa ae eee 1,280
LEY etl feat A et aa ee Reena oe ee me eA 5
Bsva UC aS re eet ay aE Seria 8s ba toi of imate eee 1 1,442
GING Caller tite Oe a a Sas not a SO es 1,442
Seed Packets Distributed:
WEEXCNANCED ERM ott, 88 oA Gldehe be kg oe does 1,683
BROAINE MN DELS s.42 So eu Aes Oe ot oth deen Rad me dd 8S Gala eee 511 2,194
NG ficilias 2 ee teed BOs Bia hi as ea lis oe Siar ite ghana, a ach ce 2,194

LABELS AND SIGNS

Labels and signs were made by Mr. John McCallum as follows:

Small galvanized labels for herbaceous beds.................... 81
Lead labels for woody plants. ........... 0... ce ee eee 86
Lead labels for the conservatory plants. ....................000. 92
Small wood labels for roses, iris, etc... 0.0. 597
Large wood labels... 0.00000 46
WOOGEMESIDN Sete wt eel nota aad ag giaca' al atshonl oa y Sp anwicalern xt gen,a& 54
Garb @an Gd aSi Ons eee eee cae se odd ae le Sat Mee ae eed ee ed ed 230
Twelve inch wood labels for special plantings. ................. 180
Wooden hanging labels for woody plants...................... 181

ING trae arr ee ier aout Xn 35, Ubu Wea AEA DE eRe eS ow ee ee 1,547

Also numerous miscellaneous numbers and signs.
Respectfully submitted,
ALFRED GUNDERSEN,
Curator of Plants.

78
REPORT OF THE HORTICULTURIST FOR 1937

Dr. C. STUART GAGER, DIRECTOR.

Sir: | submit herewith my report for the year ending Decem-
ber 31, 1937.
PERSONNEL
The regular force of gardeners was the same as in 1936. The
daily average number of laborers was 13 as compared with 13.25
chalga LOR
Labor paid for by Government Relief Organizations

Works Progress Administration
Outside guards

(gates and patrol)...............0 0.0.00 0050. 2,010 days 12,060 hours
PRATIGVANOM oo desert fd acest Bde ae needs 380 days 2,280 hours
WOGHiNICIANSs $2452 ee teu cee eae eens s 230 days 1,380 hours

SYSTEMATIC SECTION

—

Three beds formerly occupied by Iris were planted with Gladi-
olus—1,025 corms in 41 varieties, the gift of John Scheepers,
Inc., New York, and 625 corms in 25 varieties, the gift of the
Stumpp & Walter Company, New York.

The Canna beds were enriched by a collection of 36 varieties
(20 of each) donated by Henry A. Dreer, Philadelphia.

The Lespedeza hedge was moved south about 20 feet to pro-
vide more room for shrubs in the Leguminosae Family. The
herbaceous beds in the adjacent Order, Geraniales, were adjusted
to correspond with the change.

HORTICULTURAL SECTION

About 1,600 plants (162 obtained by purchase) were added to
the wall garden.

The collection of trees and shrubs was enriched by the addition
of 134 specimens in 84 varieties from our nursery. Forty vibur-
nums in 18 species and 26 barberries in 23 species were planted
in an adjacent area.

ROSE GARDEN

Forty-five new varieties of roses (6 of each) were planted in
March to replace discarded Hybrid Tea varieties. In addition,

97 roses were planted to fill out incomplete rows and to augment
our collection of climbers. For the above roses we are indebted
to Bobbink & Atkins, Rutherford, N. J. (218 plants); Jos. W
Vestal & Son, Little Rock, Arkansas (108 plants); and Jackson &
Perkins, Newark, N. Y. (41 plants).
Rose ARC

The Hybrid Tea beds were extended and 320 new roses were
planted as follows: 80 Alice Harding, 80 Eclipse, 80 Signora,
donated by Jackson & Perkins; 80 President Macia, donated by
Bobbink & Atkins.

CONSERVATORIES

In order to allow space for shoring the roof of the Economic
House, preparatory to installing four additional pillars for its
support, it was necessary to remove almost all the plant material
in its center. Many of the trees and shrubs had been in one
position for twenty or more years. Because of their crowded
condition it was impossible, in the case of some of them, to
remove them with an adequate root system, and they failed to
survive the ordeal of being “heeled in”’ for several months. They
have been replaced in part with other economic plants which
we had growing in pots, and arrangements have been made to
obtain seeds of other utilitarian tropical plants, which will be
raised and planted in the Economic House when they are large
enough.

MEDICINAL AND CULINARY GARDEN

The beds were made and planted in the spring in accordance
with the plans of the consulting landscape architect. More than
60 species and varieties of culinary herbs, and 115 species and
varieties of trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants used in medicine
were planted.

MISCELLANEOUS

The border along the experimental plot fence was planted with
perennial asters, both tall (86 plants, 21 varieties), and the newer
dwarf kinds (1,044 plants, 6 varieties).

The ‘‘moss ravine’? was completed, irrigation pipe laid and six
14-inch spigots installed to keep some sections constantly moist.

Sixty Japanese yews (alternate plants taken from hedge in the
Horticultural Section) were planted around the “ravine.”

A walk was constructed around the south edge of the lake—
280’ x 8 with a cinder fill, and 140’ x 5’ of broken flagstones.
Two flights of steps were constructed connecting this walk with
the Boulder Hill walk.

The Overlook was extended to the west by the construction
of a concrete wall, 62’ 6”

img

—

ong, and of concrete platforms totaling
81’ 6" x 5’ 7". Tron posts and rails were set up and ten addi-
tional seats were installed.

About 300 cubic yards of sand, delivered to a WPA project
on the Museum grounds and not used, were given to us and
hauled into the Garden by our °4-ton truck.

Two new drains were constructed on the Esplanade to take
care of excess surface water.

Three large birch trees infested with the bronze birch borer
were removed and burned.

Much time was occupied in fighting Japanese beetles by spray-
ing and hand picking.

INTERNATIONAL FLOWER SHOW EXHIBITS

For our exhibit of Xerophytes at the twenty-fourth Interna-
tional Flower Show, Grand Central Palace, New York, March
15—20, we were awarded a Gold Medal, a special award; and the
Award of Merit of the Garden Club of America. For an exhibit
of four plants of Devil’s Tongue (Amorphophallus Rivieri) we
received a special award.

SEED AND PLANT DISTRIBUTION

—

In connection with the International Seed Exchange, 1,683
packets of seeds were distributed to foreign and domestic botanic
gardens and other institutions. We distributed 511 packets of
seeds to members of the Botanic Garc

en.
Surplus plants of chrysanthemums and dwarf hardy asters
totaling 5,462 were distributed to 273 members in May.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
I conducted the following ‘‘Courses for Members and the

General Public” at the Botanic Garden:

Special [Horticultural Groups. Two lectures in a course con-
sisting of six lectures, by various members of the staff.

Plants in the Home: How to grow them. Five talks with demon-
strations.

PERSONAL ACTIVITIES

I served on the Advisory Council for the course in Ornamental
Horticulture given at the State Institute of Applied Agriculture,
Farmingdale, Long Island.

I acted as a judge on March 15 at the International Flower
Show for the Federated Garden Clubs of New York State, and
for the Garden Club of America; on September 13 at the Flower
Show of the Consolidated Edison Company; and on September 21
for the Great Neck Garden Club.

I served on the Board of Directors of the American Rock
Garden Society.

I am serving on the Lily Committee of the American Horti-
cultural Society.

Respectfully submitted,
MONTAGUE FREE,
Horticulturist and Head Gardener.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE HERBARIUM
FOR 1937

Dr. C. STUART GAGER, DIRECTOR.

Sir: Due to my absence in Europe during the summer months,
the amount of material collected for the herbarium, and conse-
quently for exchange with other institutions, was less than usual.
The insertion of material into the herbarium has proceeded at the
usual rate, but due to an infestation of insects, to which herbarium
collections seem to have been especially prone during the past
year, much time has been spent in treating specimens with
mercury bichloride and in fumigating them with carbon bisul-
phide. The extent to which material has been received from
other institutions and from individuals may be seen by consulting
the statistics following my report.

EUROPEAN TRIP

In July, I left with Mrs. Svenson for Europe for a visit to vari-
ous botanic gardens and also for the purpose of examining type
material of sedges and other American plants preserved in Euro-
pean herbariums. Arriving in Sweden in the middle of July, a
visit was immediately paid to Dr. Skottsberg and to the remark-
able botanic garden which he has developed within the north-
western limits of the city of Gothenburg. In addition to the
general features which one finds in botanic gardens, a ravine with
century-old native trees has been preserved, together with the
natural herbaceous vegetation. The remarkable rock garden,
partly carved out of granite ledges, has extensive moraines with a
real alpine character. From Gothenburg, the writer proceeded
to Copenhagen, where through the kindness of Dr. Hagerup, he
was allowed to examine the herbarium assembled in the late
eighteenth century by the Danish botanist, Vahl, which contains
many types of sedges that have been greatly misunderstood by
later workers. The Botanic Garden, built around a lake and
among old ramparts which once stood at the edge of the city, has
a unique display of native plants in a setting of miniature sand
dunes and bogs. An ingenious construction of small concrete and
wire compartments jutting out into the lake, provides for the
growth of aquatic plants, such as species of Pofamogeton and
Ranunculus, which are not ordinarily easy to grow. The ex-
tensive rock garden is especially rich in Saxifraga.

En route from Copenhagen to Stockholm, a visit was made to
the birthplace of Linnaeus, which is now easily accessible by
automobile. It is kept in good condition, serving both as a
Linnaean Museum, and as a repository of antiques from the
surrounding country, especially of old wooden household utensils.
As in New England, much of the farm land of a century ago in this
Linnaean countryside has grown up into woodland, and timber is
now the greatest natural resource of the area. The groves of tall
Norway spruce and Scotch pine, innumerable rock-bound lakes of
irregular outline, and bogs whitened with acres of cotton grass
(Eriophorum) make the district most interesting from a botanical
and scenic point of view, and one feels that the landscape could
not have changed greatly since the time of Linnaeus.

At Stockholm, the black-tiled brick buildings of the Natural
History Museum and the Academy of Natural Sciences are
architecturally attractive and the herbarium collections are ex-
ceptionally interesting, since they include an enormous assemblage
of specimens from southern and eastern Brazil and from the
mountains of East Africa, as well as a number of important 18th
Century collections from America. Dr.Samuelsson, an authority
on aquatic plants of northern Europe, was most helpful to me in
locating important specimens of sedges. I also had the pleasure
of meeting Dr. Hultén, of Lund University, who was visiting
Stockholm; he is well known for his work on the plants of Kamt-
chatka, and is now describing the vegetation of Alaska. Just
across the road from the museums is the botanic garden (Hortus
Bergianus), founded in the 18th Century, by Bergius, a pupil of
Linnaeus, and well known for the clipped hedges of ancient beech
trees, and for the towering rock garden, exhibiting primarily the
plants of western China.

North of Stockholm, an hour’s ride by railway, lies the old
university town of Uppsala. Here, in addition to the splendid
cathedral and the completely restored Linnaean Garden, may be
seen the botanic gardens which were started by Rudbeck in 1655,
and which surrounded the botanical buildings of the university.
Some p

—

ants are still present which were probably grown two
hundred years ago by Linnaeus from seeds obtained in eastern
America; among them I especially noted the purple Joe-Pye
Weed (Eupatorium purpureum), which exists here in the type-
form (Eupatorium trifoliatum) characteristic of the southern
Alleghenies.

Proceeding to Berlin by way of the Trelleborg Ferry and the
island of Rugen with its high chalk cliffs, I spent some time at the
Royal Botanic Gardens and in the extensive herbarium which
contains the Willdenow collection, including the types of many
species described from Pennsylvania. Tome the most impressive
things in the Garden were the beautiful Vzctoria regia house, with
its gigantic-leaved water-lilies in full bloom, and the rock garden
with its replicas of geological formations with their associated
plants, illustrating the various botanical regions of the Alps and
Carpathians, a type of exhibition which does not seem to be ap-

proximated elsewhere. The plantations representing American
forests and the pine-barren bogs of New Jersey were most inter-
esting. To Dr. Diels and Dr. Pilger and all the members of the
herbarium staff [ am indebted for the great courtesy which was
shown to me in my examination of the Willdenow and other
herbarium collections.

At Paris I was given access to the interesting collections made
by Michaux, one of the pioneer explorers of eastern America.
These specimens are housed in the new building in the Jardin des
Plantes, constructed by means of funds from the Rockefeller
Foundation. Here I also investigated important collections from
Brazil, Japan, and northern Africa. Outside in the garden, the
ancient cedar trees, the small but interesting assemblage of rock
plants, and the new vivarium are all of worth-while interest.

In London, [I again visited the rooms of the Linnean Society
where, with the help of Mr. Savage, I spent some time in looking
up the original specimens which Linnaeus had obtained from
eastern United States. The Linnaean herbarium is the most
valuable collection of pressed plants in the world, and the utmost
precautions are accordingly taken for its safety. At the British
Museum of Natural History, I had the pleasure of looking through
Walter’s herbarium from South Carolina (circa 1780) and
Plunkenet’s herbarium (still older), and saw also the original
specimens of /leocharis, which Robert Brown described from
Australia in 1810.

I spent a week on the coast of Cornwall, where the planted (and
sometimes escaped) specimens of Veronica (Lebe), Fuchsia,
Cordyline, and Araucaria frequently give an almost tropical aspect
to the scenery, and where the display of heather and gorse is seen
in unusual brilliance on the whitened china-clay moors north of
St. Austell.

Returning to London in late August, I went from there to
Dublin by way of Holy Head and the Irish Sea. The botanic
garden at Glasnevin (Dublin), which it was my privilege to visit
under the guidance of Mr. Besant, is one of the most attractive in
Europe, and dates back to 1794. | Nowhere have I seen such large
redwoods and Araucarias, and nowhere was there a more brilliant
display of Begonias and other colorful border plants. The green-

—

houses with their display of succulents and gourds, the collection
of dwarf evergreens, and the rock garden itself were most fas-
cinating. As in Cornwall, the hart’s-tongue fern grows every-
where on shaded roadside banks and the wall-rue (Asplenium
Ruta-muraria) is abundant on old stone walls around Dublin.
Before catching the boat at Belfast, to arrive in New York about
the middle of September, I had the opportunity of spending a
short time in the small but attractive rock garden at Belfast,
which has an exceptionally good display of Frica.

LocaL FLORA SECTION

This area, containing only native plants of the New York
region, has undergone but little obvious change in the past year,
but the fact should be emphasized that in such developments
much labor is often required to make a place look ‘“‘natural.”’
Such changes, not apparent to the casual visitor, are represented
in the extension of the white-sand area half way to the boundary
fence, giving an additional surface for the growth of //udsonia and
Corema, and providing a more natural background for the previ-
ous plantings. Furthermore, this additional sand will prevent
the run-off of water from garden soil, carrying clay and humus to
the detriment of the sand area below. White sand has also been
placed around the plantings of trailing arbutus (£pigaea repens).
A similar inconspicuous change has been made along the path-
ways surrounding the bog, where sand and peat have replaced
some of the original fill, providing for better growth of conifers
and plants of the heath family. The north side of the Knoll has
been banked with logs to provide a shaded slope for the growth of
native yew (Taxus canadensis) and plants naturally associated
with that shrub. The brook has undergone the greatest change,
the source having been entirely reconstructed with boulders and
eneissic rocks received some years ago from the Brooklyn flower
show. These rocks have been built up into the border mound
directly south of the Hngler memorial tree, the construction to be
backed by Rhododendron plantings. A shaded slope along the
brook will thus be provided for creeping snowberry (Chiogenes)
and bunchberry (Cornus canadensis), which are now growing
successfully in the Local Flora Section, but which have at present

only a very small area adapted to their needs. Other plants of
northern distribution will undoubtedly prosper here. Several
plants of the pink bog orchid (Arethusa) have been given by Mr.
F.C. Seymour, to supplement the single specimen which we have
had in previous years. Most of the plants native to our area are
now established. Some, as for example, many native orchids, the
woodland Lycopodiums, and the species of Polygala, seem to be
practically impossible to grow under city conditions.

HERBARIUM MATERIAL LOANED

Sheets
Correll, Dr. Donovan S., Duke Univ., Durham, N. C............0.... 152
Fassett, Dr. Norman C., University of Wisconsin, Madison.......... 3
Johnston, Dr. I. M. se oe Arborétum; Mass: v.caseasi sa Meee nes ws 526
Maxon, Dr. W. R., U.S. National Herbarium, Washington, D. C..... 1
O'Neill, Rev. Hugh, eer Univ. of America, Washington, D. C.... 847
Perry, Dr. L. M., Gray Herbarium, Harvard University. ............
Staten Island Museum, St. George, Staten Island, N. Yo... .00...... 15
PSOE Wigce teh 2 bene cat Ate oe tote 8 ecco ated oe gg as Goce ee seen es 1,532
HERBARIUM MATERIAL BORROWED FOR STUDY
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa... 2.0.0.0 0 ee 111
Copenhagen, Universitetets Botaniske Have, Denmark.............. 41
Core, Dr. E. L., Dept. Botany, Univ. W. Virginia, Morgantown...... 67
University, eas IN sch Gd fe Loko Se He de en edness 106
“dson, Mrs. ine L. G., Rochester, N. Y.. paityetua ee Speen 1
es Mr. T. A,, ee College, Madeonsile: Tenn. eee 222
Gander, Mr. Frank, Natural History Museum, San EXeEe; Cali: etagius 23
Gray Herbarium, Heese University, Cambridge, Mass............. 397
Grover, Dr. Frederick O., Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio. ....... 284
Howell, Mr. John hore California Academy of Sciences, ip ri ran-

CISCO MC Clee ek cass grace oa, psti oreieee ase Nae ic eeaes as ot refer Ua eotia a eee 54
McVaugh, Dr. Rogers, Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Georgia, Athens. ... 2
Nelson, Dr. Aven, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyo........... 2
New York Botanical Garden, New York, N. Y......0..0....0..0...... 94
O'Neill, Rev. Hugh, Catholic Univ. of America, Washington, D. C.... 472
seas National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France............... 18

J. S. National Museum, Washington, D.C... 0.0.0.0... 02. .0.000.5. 6

Total

HERBARIUM ACCESSIONS AND DISTRIBUTION

Phanerogamic Ilerbarium

Accessions:
y Gift:
BealsweMinsA. Renny Sones aida Aud.Gt Os vs sy dcieeand ah cee ote 1
Bowen, oe TRC OMEN Eee fel Rika chet Wy Reh nd oC 1
TD pu SHe le yet te NA peep ee aS ce a eth leek, Sai 134
Fosbe ae Ree) OS DERO yt tse Sure Pa ckalen den ee aR 12
Gilmore, Mr. Howard . wich Shins yee ccpeed erchtepce OS a ene 1
Itanimerne Mtn: Ghar Csi@e sag. 5 9 28 5 elo au beets eae 49
Jennings] Mrs Do Arthurs soc9 304 94 hs 1 eta eee eae 2
INGA Ky ING r cel ATT ERE: tee nanan POM nOn Ane tripirn), Rats ne 3
STOVOS EMV SS ake Vict Vl ratte ies nc. hossigeg aly 9 a oe eect a ae ee 12
St. John, oe a ard P Bet cn Se ee 2
Tryon, Mr. INV [Rrree terra sears hats ty ata ay tt nee (cae eae eee 6
Wagner, ee W. Relies ight sass re or sas ae, oon 1
Wiley, Miss F*., American Museum of Natural History... . 1

By Exchange:
Anderson, Dr. Edgar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis . 1
5; 1

Blake, Mr. S. T., University of Queensland, Australia..... 10
Deam, Mr. C. C. pees Daily: 235 hic ate ae ee 6
Demaree, Dr. Dele. A. & M. College, Monticello, Ark.... 441
Edson, Miss Josephine, Rochester, N. Y................. 6

Gilbert, Prof. Frank A., Marshall College, Huntington,
VEG) cer a ect es 2y > Sorte. hl 7 Se aie Oa ee eee

Gray Herbarium, Harvard University.................. 327
Grubenwving Gees skcutztow ms: Pa. sf occ a st eee ee 2
Hanes, Mr. C. R., Schoolcraft, Mich.................... 12
Hayden, Dr. Ada, Iowa State College, Ames, Ia.......... 21
Hermann, Dr. F. J., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor . . 30
Holbert, Hon. Geo. Is., Elizabethtown, Ky... : we 25
Hopkins, Dr. Milton, Une Oklahoma, Norman, 201d 2
Kew, Royal Botanic @rdene IKXew, Surrey, England. ea: 43
Muenscher, Dr. W. C., Cornell University.............. )
New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y.......... 247
Purer, Miss Edith, Hoover High School, San Diego, Cal... 83
Tanaka, Prof. T., Taihoku Imperial University, Japan.... 158
Tennessee, Uiawensity of, - <noxville, Tenn... ... 100
ee ey, Mr. Raymond H., Hollis, N. Y............. are 1

. 5. National Gecbstieai, 7 ashington, D.C............ 15
ea 1eeler, Mr. Louis C., La Vergne, Cal.................. 9

By Collection:

Gager, Dr. C. Stuart, Brooklyn Botanic Gara a i 2
Graves, Dr. Arthur Racount Brooklyn Botanic Garden... 3
Svenson, Dr. Henry Kx., Brooklyn Botanic Garden Ae 1,000

1,751

By Purchase:
Harper, Prof. Rk. M., University of Alabama, University,
Ala

Bse tag cies ate Gat Maile waned erates oa es 13
Ikittredge, Miss EF. M., Vergennes, Vt..............0..... 84
Wheeler, Mr. Louis C., Cambridge, Mass..........0.0.... 305 502
Oa) Ase ettes cea ai ee ead Gap ten cas hae as 3490
Distribution:
By Exchange:
Drew, Dr. Wim., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. ..... 1
se cre Dr. Frederick J., Univ. aie ge Ann Arbor... 1
Hultén, Dr. Eric, Botanic Garden, Lund, Sweden. . . .. 180
Nees Dr. W. E., Smith College, ee Waee.. . 3 185
Fungus [lerbarium
Accessions:
Fungi:
B ¥y Gift
Miss Grace A. Petersen, Woodhaven, N. Y............ 34
By Exchange:
New York Botanical Garden, New York Citv......... 132
By Purchase:
Dr. H. Sydow, Berlin, Germany... ........00........ 200
WM OUAY 4c octet bate oe ea ea eee LS ie be ee ae ae 366

Respectfully submitted,
Henry K. SVENSON,
Curator of the Herbarium.

REPORT ON THE LIBRARY FOR 1937

Dr. C. SruarT GAGER, DIRECTOR.

Sir: submit herewith my report for the year ending December
Oly doors

ACCESSIONS

The collections at present comprise 36,195 pieces, of which
number 19,728 are volumes and 16,467 are pamphlets, an increase
of 428 volumes and 537 pamphlets, or 965 pieces during 1937.
Volumes purchased totaled 241. Citts during the year were 163
volumes, 383 pamphlets, and 965 parts. The list of donors ts
included in Appendix I

89
Of periodicals and other serials the library received 797 as
exchanges, 97 as gifts, 150 as purchases, and 5 through publication

by the Garden, making a total of 1,049 titles.

List of some important accessions

Bigelow, Jacob. American medical botany ... Boston, 1817-1820.
Boysen-Jensen, Peter. Growth hormones in plants... New York, 193
Bretschneider, Emil. History of European botanical discoveries in China.

(Facsimile reprint of London 1898 edition.) Leipzig, 1935.

California Geological Survey. Botany. (By W. H. Brewer, Sereno Watson
and Asa Gray.) 2d rev. ed. Bisson, 1880.

Clinton-Baker, H. W. & Jackson, A. B. Illustrations of new conifers. Hert-

d, 1935
Culpeper, Nicholas. The English physitian: or An ee physical dis-
course of the vulgar herbs of this nation... Londot Bye:

Dillenius, J. J. Catalogus plantarum sponte circa Gissam Teceengin :
Francofurti ad Moenum, 1719.
Elwes, H. J. & Henry, A. The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland. Edin-

Evelyn, John. Acetaria. A Discourse of sallets. Brooklyn, Woman's
uxiliary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1937.

Evelyn, John. Fumifugium; or, The ra ees of the aer and smoake
V2:

of London dissipated . . . London,
Free, Montague. Gardening; a complete ee garden making ... New
ork, 1937.
Hales, Stephen. Vegetable staticks ... London, 1727. Ist ed.

Hosack, David. Catalogue of plants contained in the Botanic Garden at
Elgin in the vicinity of New York. = »w York, 1806. Ist ed. (Pres-
itation copy from oe to Saml. L. Mitchill.)
Linnaea; ein journal oe lie botanik in ne ganzen umfange. V. 1-43.
erlin, etc., 1826-—

Linné, Carl von. Bi an botanica ... em 1736. Ist ed.
Pasteur, Louis. Etudes sur le vin... Paris, 1866. Ist ed.
Tansley, A. G. ed. Types of British vegetation ... ae 1911.

Went, F. W. & Thimann, K. V.. Phytohormones. New York,

LIBRARY WORK

In actual library work there were a few changes in technique
which may be worth recording.

On the shelves was much ephemeral material of a descriptive
and historical nature relating to different societies and organiza-
tions. Each item had been cataloged separately with the con-
sequence that there were many envelopes on the shelves and many
entries in the catalog. It was found expedient to group all this

material together as [Descriptive and historical material] under
the name of the organization concerned. This simplifies catalog-
ing and searching for the material. It is now found in one place
instead of scattered under such different titles as, Programs of
annual meetings, Member lists, Constitution and by-laws,
Articles of incorporation, Class schedules, etc. New items
received are simply labeled [Descriptive and historical material]
and filed in the envelope with no need to bring them out indi-

vidually in the catalog.

The publications of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, (excepting
Ecology and Genetics), have been segregated from their alpha-
betical place in the serial collection and located conveniently near
the entrance to the serial stacks. This saves many footsteps and
allows of display to visitors who are shown through the library.

Filed immediately after these publications of the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden are the reprints of articles by members of the
staff. These were formerly filed in the pamphlet collection
together with the sixteen thousand and odd pamphlets by other
authors. Now they form the ‘Brooklyn Botanic Garden Staff
collection” and together with the Garden publications above
mentioned make materially visible the scientific and educational
publications of members of the staff.

In connection with the pamphlet collection an economy was
effected by putting in one pamphlet-cover several titles by the
same author. This is being done with the new reprints as they
are received. A more selective choice of the items to be included
in the pamphlet collection serves to eliminate papers of no special
interest to a botanical library, such as those on zoological, geo-
logical, and other subjects which are contained in publications
which we receive regularly.

It is gratifying to report that during 1937 the library received
1,049 periodicals currently, thus passing the 1,000 mark for the
first time. The importance of this type of literature for work in
science is being constantly stressed by both scientific men and
librarians. S. C. Bradford,! Librarian of the Science Museum,
London, has stated, ‘‘In science, the records of experience are

'The Central Agric ultural and Scientific Bibliography. Science Museum

ee Sie By S. C. Bradford. Agricultural Library Notes. Vv.

1936, 69-57

oO,

made for the most part, in the form of articles contributed to
periodicals. Today, these records are being written at such a
rate, some three quarters of a million times in a year, that we do
not know where to find those of interest to us.”’ He estimates
that there are ‘‘fifteen thousand current scientific periodicals.

The librarian’s task does not end with the acquiring of these
periodicals. They must be protected from wear and loss of parts
by binding. In December 569 volumes were prepared and
sent to the binder. This represents the first binding done since
December 1935 and but a fraction of the binding still needing to
be done.

Revision of the classification scheme has been started. The
present classes are being retained as far as practicable, but where
needed, as in the economic botany section, a more logical division
is being substituted. Grouping in ‘‘form” divisions by putting
works on the history aspect of all subjects together instead of
scattering them among the subjects will make reference easier
and speedier. Definition and delimitation of terms will help to
avoid ambiguity in some classes. It is hoped that by these means
the weaknesses of the classification, which twenty years of use has
exposed, may be corrected and that it may become a better tool
for the arranging of the books in the library.

The library exhibit for Spring Inspection centered on the works
of John Evelyn. This served to draw attention to the reprint of
the first edition of his Acetaria which the Woman’s Auxiliary of
the Garden published this year. In addition to the library’s copy
of this work, used in making the reprint, other works by Evelyn
were displayed as follows:

”

—

Acetaria. 2d edition. London, 1706

Kkalendarium Hortense. London, 1664

Philosophical discourse of earth. 1st edition. London, 1676
Sylva. 1st edition. London, 1664

as well as numerous portraits of Evelyn and translations by
of other authors’ works on gardening.

—

During the year personal contacts with other libraries and
librarians were established. The libraries of the Brooklyn
Museum, the Horticultural Society of New York, the American
Museum of Natural History, the Garden Club of American, and

the New York Botanical Garden were visited. In return, we
were favored with visits from Miss Elizabeth C. Hall, the new
Librarian of the New York Botanical Garden; Miss Katharine
tz, Librarian of the Horticultural Society of New York; Miss
Jessie M. Allen, Librarian of the Bureau of Plant Industry, of the
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.; Miss A. M.
Avakian, Librarian of the California Forest and Range Experi-
ment Station, Berkeley, California.

On May 20th a group of sixty librarians employed in the
Brooklyn Public Library system visited the library under the
direction of Miss Hopkins, of the Brooklyn Public Library. Two
students from the Pratt Institute School of Library Science, Miss
Pearl Spivak and Miss Elizabeth Mills, spent a day of observation
and practice on April 19th and May 24th respectively.

On June 22 the Librarian attended the meeting of the Agri-
cultural Libraries Section of the American Library Association,
held at the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel. He also attended the Fall
meeting of the Special Libraries Association, New York Chapter.
During the year he was a member of the Committee on Libraries
in National Parks, of the American Library Association.

The Librarian had the pleasure on February 3 of addressing the
members of the Woman’s Auxiliary on, ‘‘ Interesting items in the
library collection.” During the year a committee on the library
was formed by the Woman’s Auxiliary. This committee’s func-
tion is essentially that of interesting others in the library’s re-
sources, its use and its needs. It is hoped that an awakened sense
of the importance of the library in the scientific, educational, and
cultural aspect of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden work will be
instilled and that a measure of added support will result. That
its resources are of use and value to the Woman's Auxiliary has
yeen demonstrated by its use of the library’s copy of the first
edition of John Evelyn’s Acetaria in making its 1937 reprint, and
by the use of illustrations from the collection of old Herbals in
designing the cover of the Herb Luncheon invitation. The
library’s books on flower arrangement have been freely used in

”

—"

connection with courses sponsored by the Woman’s Auxiliary.
INTERLIBRARY LOANS

The chart showing the extent of the lending of books to other
libraries by the Brooklyn Botanic Garden Library was brought up

1910 —1937
we fins SS ee
: ne 105"

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
INTER-LIBRAR-Y LOAN SERVICE

e geographical range of the inter-library loan service of
- ?

Bro ) yk

Map showin

9348 )

(

en Library.

Iyvn Botanic Gar«

to date and is reproduced herewith (fig. 7). Each line repre-
sents a helping hand, an extension of the use of the library’s
resources to some distant worker. During the period from 1910
through 1937 loans totaling over 800 volumes have been extended
to over 84 libraries including those of universities, colleges,
horticultural societies, learned societies, research agencies, indus-
trial firms, medical organizations, state and federal agencies,

public libraries, museums, and others.

That such help is of great value is shown by the letter of ap-
preciation recently received from Dr. Philip R. White, of the
Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, Princeton, N. J.
Lately Dr. White has been in the public eye as the winner of the
thousand dollar prize of the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science. His work on root pressure as a cause of
the rise of sap in plants has received extensive newspaper pub-
licity. In his letter he states: “In the past eight years that I have
been working in and near New York, I have repeatedly had oc-
casion to make use of these facilities. No other organization that
I know of, within this area, which does permit its publications to
go out on interlibrary loan has anywhere nearly as complete a
collection of the literature of botany, particularly the older liter-
ature. I think that any aid that can be given to further this
undertaking would surely be well placed. You may quote me to
that effect and I shall be very glad to write to anyone who is
particularly interested.”

During the year the library loaned 52 volumes for use in other
institutions and borrowed 42 volumes for use by staff members of
the Garden.

Books were loaned to: Boyce Thompson Institute, Yonkers,

. Y.; Carnegie Institution of Washington, Dept. of Genetics,
Cold Spring Harbor, L. I.; Columbia University, New York;
Haddon Craftsmen, Camden, N. ].; Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore, Md.; Long Island College of Medicine, Brooklyn;
New York State College of Agriculture, Ithaca; New York State
Library, Albany; New York University, Washington Square; New
York University, College of Medicine; University of Rochester,
Rush Rhees Library, Rochester, N. Y.; Rockefeller Institute for
Medical Research, New York and Princeton, N. J.; Smith College

Library, Northampton, Mass.; University of Tennessee, IXnox-
ville, Tenn.

Books were borrowed from: American Museum of Natural
History, New York; Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University,
Jamaica Plain, Mass.; Brooklyn Public Library; Columbia Uni-
versity, New York; Harvard College Library, Cambridge, Mass. ;
Horticultural Society of New York; New York Botanical Garden;
l Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.; Yale
University, New Haven, Conn.

The statistical report follows

Respectfully submitted,
WILLIAM E. JORDAN,
Librarian.

STATISTICAL REPORT ON THE LIBRARY

ACCESSIONS
Parts
Autograph (Including
Letters Portraits Volumes Pamphlets Periodicals)
Excharigex) spas s..2 0 0 24 141 4,662
GilGe aera ise oat 33 16 163 383 965
Publication........ 0 0 0 0 45
Purchases*a a0 © 5 1 241 13 1,080
By binding........ 0 0 0 0 0
Totaly ts so ce.r. 38 17 428 537 63/92
Total number of volumes in library, pee ember 3 esl 93020..507 ae, 19,300
Number of volumes added during 1937. ........00...00 00 cc ce eee
Total number of volumes in library, December 31, 1937............ 19,728
Total number of pamphlets in library, December 31, 1936.......... 15,930
Numberot pamphietsadded during 1937 «0 4c05% 0s esse saneeee se es 537
Total number of pamphlets in library, December 31, 1937.......... 16,467

Total number of volumes and pamphlets in library, December 31, 1936 35, re
Net increase of volumes and pamphlets during 1937................

Total number of volumes and pamphlets in library, December 31, 1937 36,195

AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY COLLECTION
Number of volumes, December 31, 1936................ 220.0005: 43
Number of volumes added during 1937. ........00 0.000 0

Total number of volumes, December 31, 1937............... 00.04. 43

Number of pamphlets, December 31, 1936......................5. 249
Number of pamphlets added during 1937. ....................005. 7
Total number of pamphlets, December 31, 1937.................0. 256
Number of parts added during 1937. ..2...400c.50s0 e000 eeuacee ves 28

SERIALS AND PERIODICALS

(Including only those of which numbers were received in 1937)

UA Gs. kane eee he ee eee Ley nee ees bua ee aoe eS 150
GSI ss ge aireen ae ands de abv) dado caged os pomeees be ots Wn aah en heen oe ee 97
PUR CIMT Geb didrt got es od tse cape eugene ae Sst tao Cech tee 797
Publication. 2.0... cece ae poise te ae 3
Ota: seas aa ec eee ee sata a bee ea ae Be Ee 1,049
CATALOGING
Books, Pamphlets, and Serials cataloged... 00... ee 1,038
Yotal number of cards typewritten and filed...................... 1,773
PRINTED CARDS
Torrey Botanical Club index cards on file, December 31, 1936...... 51,654
BGG ine VOGT 20 anne oh veers ae cha aioe tee rh tg ba gehen ee 1,640
Total, December 31, 1937... 0.0... ccc eee eee eee ees eee 59,294
MUISCELLANEOUS
Number of users of the library... 0.00.00 eee 4,428
Books lent to members of the staff... 0.0... .00000 00000. .... 1,466
Books lent to other institutions... 0.000000. 0c eee ey eat 52
Books borrowed from other institutions... 2.2.0.0... 0000 0c eee ee 42

REPORT OF THE RESIDENT INVESTIGATOR
(FERNS) FOR 1937

Dr. C. Stuart GAGER, DIRECTOR.

Sir: | submit herewith my report for the year ending December
ol, 1907;

SCHOOL SERVICE

Continuing as Chairman of the Program Committee of the
New York Association of Biology Teachers, the program for the
school year, 1937-1938, has been worked out in conference with
the Executive Committee of that Organization. Besides several

speakers, the 1937 program included a new departure, a sym-
posial discussion by several high school teachers. The topic
of Eugenics was presented in four phases by Mr. Harry Mack, of
Newtown High School, Mr. George Lash, of Bayside, Mr.
Joseph Selkowe, of Boys High School, and Mrs. Hortense Nathan,
of Eastern District High School. This group met as a committee
at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden several times, to plan their
program. Mr. Frederick Osborn aided them in preliminary
meetings and presided at the final discussion in April.

The Botanic Garden was also the headquarters for the organi-
zation of another new activity on the part of high school biology
teachers. Responding to an open letter in the Teaching Biolo-
gist, about twenty teachers met at the Garden during February,
and several times thereafter to formulate plans for stimulating
interest and participation in research among high school teachers.
Conferences were held with members of the Brooklyn Garden
staff, and with the staffs of the New York Botanical Garden and
the American Museum of Natural History by the Resident
Investigator, and many other conferences were held by teacher
members of the group with biologists of local universities, and
other institutions. The net result so far is twofold: (1) A number
of teachers are engaged in research projects; (2) interest in
research and scholarship has been considerably heightened.

I have continued my service as college representative for
Biology on the Science Council.

EDITORIAL WORK

The American Fern Journal has completed its 27th volume.
The American Fern Society has again reached a position where
an increase in the size of the Journal is contemplated. A number
of articles for the Journal have been received, discussed with
their authors, and brought into shape for publication.

FERN WORK
The Nephrolepis collections have been maintained, ‘both asa
basis for exhibition and examples of extreme variation, in prepara-
tion for further study. Mr. Fosburgh, of the University of
Hawaii, who is studying at the University of Pennsylvania this

oe)

year, brought his Hawaiian collection of this genus for identifica-
tion, and contributed a good series of herbarium specimens.

Three graduate students of Columbia, who had used fern
material from the Botanic Garden in research, completed their
degree work and have prepared papers for publication, to appear
in 1938.

PLANT CONSERVATION

There is a never-ending interest in the subject of the conserva-
tion of native plants, as indicated by occasional letters and
requests for information. Another culture of the hart’s-tongue
fern has been raised for distribution. A paper on the raising
of ferns from spores is in the process of printing, through which
interest in the multiplication of native species, it is hoped, may
be fostered.

During 1937, a textbook designed for high school biology has
been put through the press, under the authorship of R. C. Bene-
dict, W. W. Iknox, and G. K. Stone, and will be published early in
1938. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden is well represented in this
text in the form of experimental work carried on here, and in
numerous pictures for which grateful acknowledgment is made.

Respectfully submitted,
Rautpu C. BENEDICT,
Resident Investigator (Ferns).

REPORT OF THE RESIDENT INVESTIGATOR
(ECONOMIC PLANTS) FOR 1937

Dr. C. StTuART GAGER, DIRECTOR.

Sir: I herewith submit a report of the activities of the Resident
Investigator for Economic Plants during 1937. With the consent
of the Garden, the Brooklyn Botanic Garden-Long Island
University Course (B-15, 16) in Economic Plants, was omitted
during the 1937-1938 academic year. Plans for the rearrange-
ment of the plants in the Economic House were determined in
conference with Mr. Montague Free, the Botanic Garden
Horticulturist. A living collection of twenty species of her-

baceous plants used in various beverages was presented to the
horticulturist to be added to the Garden’s economic display.
eports on research, lectures, and publications are given
elsewhere in the Annual Report under their respective headings.
Respectfully submitted,
RALPH H. CHENEY,
Resident Investigator (Economic Plants).

REPORT OF THE FIELD SECRETARY FOR 1937

Dr. C. SruarRT GAGER, DIRECTOR.

Sir: Herewith I present my report for the year ending De-
cember 31, 1937.

Four lectures and demonstrations were scheduled for the
Flower Arrangement course held Wednesday mornings from
January thirteenth to February third. Mrs. Ernest Frederick
Eidlitz, Mrs. Yoneo Arai, Mrs. Roy M. Lincoln, Mrs. Ronald
Hart, Mr. Philip Pratt, of Pratt Institute and Mrs. Henry J.
Davenport were the guest speakers. Ninety-six persons regis-
tered for the course with sixty-three additional attending indi-
vidual lectures. The final session, a demonstration of original
arrangements by members of the class, was followed by the
annual luncheon of the Woman's Auxiliary. One hundred and
seven members and guests were present. Mr. William E. Jordan
spoke on the collection in the Botanic Garden library.

Early in the year one thousand letters were prepared and sent
to Garden members asking them to recommend names of prospec-
tive members. Personal letters were sent to those whose names
were suggested.

Under the Chairmanship of Mr. Philip A. Benson, a Sponsoring
Committee was formed and a letter of appeal was sent to a
selected list in behalf of funds to cover the budget deficiency.
Approximately four hundred letters were prepared and mailed,
signed by members of the committee. In response eighty-five
persons contributed to the fund. Of these thirty-four were
members of the Woman's Auniliary.

During the year I have addressed sixteen gatherings in New

100

York, New Jersey, and on Long Island, as well as at the Garden.
These meetings varied greatly in size with a total of 1048 persons.

Following the decision of the Woman's Auxiliary to publish
a reprint of Acetaria, a Discourse of Sallets, by John Evelyn,
originally published in 1699, a great deal of time was spent look-
ing up the history of the book and its author. A typed copy of
the original was made for the printer, indicating the archaic
type and format; a publisher's notice was prepared and _ the
reprint was publicised by articles to horticultural and gardening
publications and by extensive circularizing. Printed by The
Haddon Craftsmen, under the supervision of Richard Ellis, the
first copies were issued in December.

During the summer plans were made for the Auxiliary benefit
in January. Mrs. Constance Spry, the foremost flower decorator
of England, was engaged to give two lectures. A course on
‘Planning and Planting the Small Place”’ was also arranged for
the first of the year, with Miss Helen Swift Jones, guest speaker,
collaborating with Mr. Free.

On Wednesdays during October, I gave the second series of
lecture-demonstrations on Flower Arrangement for a class of
twenty-three persons. In the fall also, about five hundred
letters were sent to prospective members, and the fall folder of
courses was prepared and mailed to a large list in addition to the
membership. ‘Botany in Your Garden,’ a new course for
members was specially circularized. Personal letters were sent
to all delinquent members urging their continued support. Al-
though the circularizing and membership work has been curtailed
during the year, the volume of letters and mail sent through my
office has been as large as usual because of the activities of the
Auxiliary and the publication of Acetaria.

At the annual meeting held in November, Mrs. Irving L. Cabot
concluded two active years as President of the Woman’s Auxiliary
and was succeeded by Mrs. Henry J. Davenport. Other officers
elected to serve in 1938 were, Mrs. Irving L. Cabot, Vice-Presi-
dent; Mrs. George E. Brower, Secretary; and Miss Jessie H.
Righter, Treasurer.

Respectfully submitted,
GERTRUDE W. MERRILL,
Field Secretary.

FINANCIAL STATEMENT FOR 1937

I. Tax BupGEt AccouUNTS

lance Balance to

Additional Bal
Code No. Account Appropriated Appropriation Expended Dec. 31, 1937 Code Naritee

Personal Sait

1530 Regular Sane ees ois $1,920.08 $58,410.85 $18.15
1531 Temporary Employees 2,560.00 5,203.75 1716305 0.00
Total Personal Servic $09 068. 92 $7,12 13. 83 $76, 174, 60 $18.15
Restoration of E ee Cut 1,920.08
Additional Appropriation 5,203.75
Total Personal Service $76,192.75

Other Than Personal Service

1532 Fuel Supplies *S 3,440. S$ 3,438.4 $
1533 Office Supplies 675. 75.
1534 Laundry, Clear i I 200. 200.
1535 Bot. and Agric. Supplies 2,250. 2,250.
1536 Motor Vehicle Supplies = (5. 88.44 ¢
1537 General Plant Cee 250. 250. ;
1538 eae evar (a: 49, 25),
1539 Gene Plant E meat 1,500. 1,500.
1540 ae " Plant Materials 1,400. 1,400. A
1541 Repairs and Replacements 2,200. 2,200.64 : &78
1542 Te DaOne Service 500. 434.68 65. {$3 eee 41-43
1543 Carfare 50. 64.57 ;
1544 ane Save and Deliveries 200. 169.84 30.1¢€
1545 General Plant Service 400. 400.00 00
1546 Contingencies 50. 50.00 00

Total Other Than Personal Service $13,265.00 $13.17 171. 09 $93.91

Total Expended S89, 345.6

Balance, DEC s3 LOS Te erro tee etek em, cece Whe, ee Rerum Tec Serer Meee A-. Ue ge Re ees $112.06

1532* Transferred to Department of Purchase, General Purchase Fund
1536* i “ 7 = " > =

$3,440.00
75.00

IOT

. E ndow ment Fund
Li

hM.¢

—

. George
. Benjamin Stua Ga
5. Martha W ea Caee:

oOo

TIOAm pe

ee ae

II. PRIVATE

Funps ACCOUNTS

Title of es Funds
: ted)

pee
. Brackett

ary Bates ogee ing

7 Alfred T. Wh
A.

Augustus ile: ily Bequest
Robert B. Wo edward

: eta i ncrement

e Memor ial Tablet

; ealy Trust
Mrs. H. C. Folge

. John W, Frothingh, um

Total

Special Accounts (Restricted)
oe nannies ip
Annual Me rshi
Tuition and Sale es
Collections Fund
Cary Library Al he

Le Research
Special Contributions

Total
Grand Total

Principal
S 50,500.
7,100

10,000.
250,000.

$1,354,020.96

Balance
Jan. 1, 1937

S 0.0
0.0
0.0
7.2

Ne)

27.
1
I

41.00

$5,510.74
$5,961.49

Ex pended Dec. 31 SL; 1937

Income Available
$1,767.48 $ 1,767.48 §$ 1,767.48
ye eet 25000) 29539
17.48 17.48 17.4
469.60 496.85 422.7
350.00 367,00 SAS T.
94.< 311.99 aE Ee
8,510.24 8,510.24 8,510.24
342. 342.9 342.9
875.0 875. 875.
4,707.5 4,707. 4,707.5
136.1 36 136.
1,050.0 1,050. 1,050.
8,750.0 8,750. 8,750.
8,887 5 8,887. 8,887.5
1,618.96 1,624.16 1,540.96
35.00 7.62 50.00
362.69 482.84 482.84
4,375.00 4,375.00 2,350.74
$42,605.36 $43,056.11 $40,568.49
ees 516.46 333.20
4,702.13 4,929.37 17.46
11,866.33 19,220.00 11,880.23
5,547.98 3,179.22 F312
70. fod 45,
12,056.96 13,625.45 252.4
6,500.0 6,583.66 6,583.66
240.00 281.00 44.62

$41,499.86
$84,105.22

$47,010.60
$90,066.71

$35,287.92
$75,856.41

Balance

s 0.00
OC

Omn
ee
I eal y
uN

$11,722.68

$14,210.30

cOL

II]. SumMMArY oF Tota MAINTENANCE BUDGET FOR 1937

Income Ex pended

Other than Other than
een Personal Personal Personal Balance
rvice ere Total Service Service Total Dec. 31, 1937

Tax Budget
Appropriation 49.83% $ 76,192.75 $13,265.00 $ 89,457.75 $ 76,174.60 $13,171.09 $ 89,345.69 § 112.06

Priv: ee ds ie :

Budge 50.17% 56,365.85 33,700.86 90,066.71 56,129.47 = 19,726.94 75,856.41 14,210.30
Totals $132,558. 60 $46,965, 86 pe a $13 2,304. 07 $32 898, 03 Boren Oe $14,322.36

Rae fully sabe
DANIEL C. Downs,
Secretary and Accountant.

Noite: The above ‘‘Financial ee is a Cicer of Brooklyn Botanic Garden accounts in the books o the
Tee of the Brooklyn Institute of 4 and S es. The Treasurer's accounts are audited annually Bye a Public
Accountant, and a separate ance of this ‘ ‘Financia Serene! is not made in order to save unnecessary exper

—

EDWIN P. ne
Treasurer.

eOl

104

APPENDIX 1
GIFTS RECEIVED DURING 1937

Collections Fund and Budget Difference

Leo Aarons, Ine.

Mrs. Frank L. Babbott

Mrs. Robert Bacon

Battle Pass Chapter (D. A. R.)
Philip A. Benson

Miss Dorothy L. Betts
Edward C. Blum

Mrs. Edward C. Blum
Frank D,. Brower

Mrs. Armin E. Brunn

Mrs. Glentworth R. Butler
Miss Mary Butterick

Mrs. Irving L. Cabot

Mrs. S. Parkes Cadman
Miss Mary Campbell

Mrs. Otis S. Carroll

Mrs. Wm. H. Cary

Mrs. Wm. H. Childs

Mrs. Francis ee
WLR,

Mrs. Walter V. Cranford
Walter H. Crittenden
Mrs. John R. Delafield
John H., Denbigh

Miss Anne Dorrance
Otto Ebel

Walter Ebel

Walter D. Ebing

Mrs. Ernest F. Se
Mrs. Wm. Emerson
George W. Felte

Mrs. Lewis 7 Francis
Alexander B. Gale

Mrs. Otto a

Mrs, William H. Good
Mrs. J. Morton Halstead
Mrs. A. A. Healy

Tracy Higgins

Miss Anna Hollwegs
William T. Hunter

Miss C. Julie M. Husson
Mrs. Raymond V. Ingersoll
Edward A. Ingraham
Miss Frances T. Ingraham

qristv

Mrs. Palmer H. Jadwin
William L. James

Miss Jeanetta Jameson
Mrs. P. C. Jameson

Ralph Jonas

James H. Jourdan

A. S. Lamphear

R. C. Leffingwell

Miss Hilda Loines

Mrs. Stephen Loines

Mrs. Wm. W. Marshall
Joseph M. May

Mrs. Frank Melville

Dr. F. G. Merz

Miss Marion S. Morse
Alfred Mudge

Mrs. Alfred Mudge
Henry C. Needham

Mrs. Frederic C. Paffard
Port Washington Garden Club
James HH. Post

Mrs. J. H. Post

Charles E. Potts

Mrs. F. B

Mrs. Benjamin Prince
Mrs. William A. Putnam
Mrs. John S. Roberts
Mrs, J. E. Spingarn

Mrs. Seth Thayer Stewart
Miss Elise W. Stutzer
Mrs. John T. Underwood
Mr. Jeremiah R. Van Brunt
ee i R. Van Brunt

ae fe War

William J. Wasen Jr.
Mrs. R. C. Weithas

Alain White

Mrs. Alexander M. White
Miss Frances E, White
Miss Harrie H. Whit

Women of ’76 Chez oe N.S. D.A.R.

Peter Piper Wright
Miss Abigail Young

105

Chestnut Breeding Project

National Acac

Special Gifts for Children’s Work

CMY, GIP SCLEN COS ie. tty. erat occa. 2 ak Miata eee ne eee reg wena $545.00

GhrarleswIDecenen ses ka were meee cae nN ee nh Nn age eae, 25:0,
KindergartenwViotherssG@lubyee asks aves oe i kteadca ae ieee cll ae naa 100.00
BublictschoolsNiow233" Brooklyne ss varies le oe es ae 5.00
Girls Commercial High School Annex..............0.. 00000 eee 5.75
Children’s Endowment Fund
Gro Mpashirien peer sect se te Patch okt cit ood eeeens wwe eae a ae aaa 100.00
Boys’ and Girls Glube By BEG vesee co. 3 tn ae ee eee 25.00
Milmazandeluthanneraske mnie ce j.cieich bd dork Lah es eae gan ee ee 2.00
Davids Gladston Grassy snc tee tee cee Gin ol + ace Hid Se gk te 1.00
MirssalViaxwelll Kars han meer ethene alackis Fax dhol aen ath Renee abeumbaee meucteas 3.00
NaS aS Hemp ial ie 3 Senet, re Renny hates etnias yea aes aah eateeammeen oe 2.00
Flower Show Exhibit
International-Exposition COiver wea i as ik bean wa we ee 250.00
Completion of Overlook
WOT aiikS SAUL etalon ee ae tens Sekiya abo ce 4 Aha ate oe eeareseseeoameeanenee 600.00
Woman’s Auxiliary Reimbursement Account
Course in Flower Arrangement... ....... 0.0... 103.75
Spring inspectionvee ide ok bale kode dae wonder eeae 22.02
Miscellaneous
Sidney Maddock Bequest (partial payment).................0005 5000.00
MortaGreens@haplen WseAR rR ce hr sf ack Andie aha hacen nee eee 5
Library
Books

Alt-Miiller, Helen IX., Estate of, Brookly I Verano Sea caohtioeet & 4
American Chemical Society, New York, N. Yo... ..........0...05. fe 2
American Museum of Navara! History, oe MOrks Ne Vunteiwn tears. “23
Ames, Professor Oakes, Cambridge, vom CGe a Slee ice anes ee ee 1
Arai, Mrs. Yoneo, Riverside, Conn... .....0.0..00 0000000 eee eee 1
Babbott, Mrs. Frank L., Jr., Brooklyn, N. Y................. 0.00005. 1
Brazil, Ministerio de eee uteita y Obras Publicas, Rio de Janeiro...... 3
Brooklyn Museum, Brooklyni Ne Ves o:.0 2% Lae as Minh ec ae ee 3
Brower, Mr. Ancel J., New York NY eat A a hac gee ee a 1
@aboteMirsslnvingslesBrooklymes Ne Vs cada ee % ie eer ee pee 2
Carnegie Institution Ai Wi een, Washing tome) Gracie tee ones, 3

106

Chilean Nitrate Educational Bureau, Inc., New York, N. Y............ 1
Downs, Mr. Daniel C., Brooklyn, N.Y... 000000000000 000000000. eee 2
Evans, Hon. Viascellne “a New Worle. Nin Via ok cctexues ben daa yeaa 1
Fardelmann, Miss Margaret, Brooklyn, N No ue oe eae ae Ae 1
Francis, Mrs. Lewis W., Brooklyn, N. Yoo... 00000 ee 2
Free, Mr. Montague, Brooklyn, N. V ekidi ae ee be eat 1
Gager, Dr. C. Stuart, Brooklyn, N. Yo... 0.00. ee 15
Gager, Mrs. C. Stuart, Brooklyn, N. Y.....000 000000000 cece eee 2
Hammond, Miss Elsie T., Brooklyn, N. Yoo. 00000000002 eee 1
Japanese Government Pe Board of Tourist Industry, Tokyo..... 4
Levine, Miss Roberta M., Brooklyn, N. ¥..........0 0.0.00. ccc eee eee 1
Lewis, Mr. Clarence McK., New York, N. Yoo... oo ee ee 3
Dilly ie Comnany: Tadianapolis, id coys uy n<daeede He aneesees ves 1
Liu, Mr. J. C., Peking, China... 2.0.0 cece reas 1
Mansfield, Miss Louise, Brooklyn, N. Yoo. 000.0000 ee 1
Mellen, Miss Ida, Brooklyn, N. Yoo... 0000000 ccc eae 1
Myerson, The Misses Amy and Elizabeth, Brooklyn, N. Y............. 1
National Shade Tree Conference, New Brunswick, N. J................ 1
w York Florists’ Club, New York, N. Yi... 0000000 es 1
Parent-Teachers Association, P. S. 117, Queens....................... 1
Peiping (China) Natural History Bulletin................0........0.. 1
Pi Lambda Theta, Rho Chapter, New York University, New York, N.Y. 6
The Pierpont Morgan Library, New York, N. Y.................--0-. 1
nee: ee Robert Wilson, Chestnut Hill, Mass... .......000e cece eee 1
Scott, O. M. & Sons, Marysville, Ohio. 2.00.0 ee 10
Shaw, e. Ellen Eddy, Brooklyn, N. Yo... 000000000000 00 ccc eee 1
Sherwin, The Misses Tea and Gladys, Brooklyn, N. Y................ 1
Smalley, Mr. Melvin A., Brooklyn, N. Y.....0 000000000000 cee eee 2
Svenson, Dr. Henry K., Brooklyn, N. Yo... 0.000 ee eee 2
Wageningen, Institut voor Plantenveredeling, Holland. .............., 5
White, Mr. Alain, Litchfield, Conn................... pee ae aedegtgoe. gets 4
Winston, Mr. Stuart, Brooklyn, N. Yo... 0000.0. ee ees 3
WORE es fica gcse s See ee ete tase esis) aa ber eames Ga a 123
PAMPHLETS

Albaum, Dr. H. G. & Waiser, Mr. Samuel, Brooklyn, N. Y............. 1
American Fern Society... 0.0.00... 00 cece cece eee eens |
Anderson, Clayton & Company, Houston, Texas..................... 1
Asociacion Sudamericana de Botanica, Montevideo, Uruguay.......... 3
Baker, Mr. F. W., Concord, N. H........ 0000000000000. 0c ee 1
Benedict, Dr. Balok Curtiss, Brooklyn, N. Y........00.0000000000 00000. 6
Brierley, Dr. William B., Reading, Eaclead shia tak wate gata finden has 1
Brooklyn Museum.........00.0.00 00000 cece eee ce eect eee eens 4
Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C.........0....., 2
Coconut Research Scheme, Ceylon, India..........0 00.00.0000 cee eee 1
Croizat, Dr. Leon, New York, N. Yv se ay festa rode gage hee a gate deh ee 4

107

Ernst, Dr. aS PAU TIG HAR S WALZ ETL ATU es fe ols pets arnt ny eaten ete ge ee one ee
Everette ire (rls IN We YOGI wIN V8 .5 fo enc REO toy aie nas Sader ils
Fieser, Mr. Bee @amibmid cer lassiits * os 22.2 ite le eae hatte We ca ban ys
Fischer, es George Manlewoods. Ni) one witht aa tele ea ece st iu tks
Hosbera< Vite Hwkaymondalionoluli, Pla wall. seve cee gee oan
Frans a ve aes Holla TGS 2 pamthei diene nae ceo?

Graves, Dm Arthur Harmount, Brooklyn, N.Y acu5 3. ata eae
Greenneld aMiresvdney oe New Or ko IN. Yo) cnais ann nae en hee
Gruenberg, Dr. Benjamin co New. Yorle, Ne Yie i Hote a eee tee
Giissow, Dr. H. T., Ottawa, Cinad le i cetce ge Mages ATs ARR a aa core
Harper, Dr. Roland M., University, ee ees Se
Herbst Bros., New Y ae INNS co. 2s cuocts co ansls is Deathly, he RENS eae eRe oR ee
inser alr Weal lberdeny. FIOUaHe ius danas oie itentoa enemas
Jarcdimecewashazelagelala OCIA io etrd «bak 2 ote Ain ee eae eee
The John Innes Horticultural Institution, ere England: 22 tac:
encencdonclks. Or tes) evan Gent, PeleIUI >is he ve eee ane
Louisiana State Museum, New Orleans, La...................0-020.00.
Marsh, Mrs. Florence Wilder, We chineion: | Dee Correa acre ean it eee

pieeeac cet State College, Dept. of Landscape Architecture, Amherst,

IVI aTS SOR a Pine ee POR ee oo Ya etn Rua a ee er ety
Mellen, Miss Wlare BOO ely INGEN occ: anne neh en gee a or ce
Nilsson#2)rblenibert, lund, Swedeniens nse 15 ee en ee eae ee
Pennimeton Wiebe casantc. INewW..V OF) IN Y xi45.0, eeu anette

Hillips rvs ee eeretoria. SOUEM: ALICA.:..¢ 4c it ciate eats eran
Reed. DreGeorge M:,. Brooklyn, N. Yo. ic. ko ee ee
Rockefeller Institute fon Medical Research, New York, N. Y...........
Russia. Arctic Alpine Botanical Garden, Kirov, Kola Peninsula.......
St oun wViralaroldehanoluilu, THawall. cn tipo aeee Gere te ee
Scat, Os eoeoous Con Vianoville OMG csiek <4 shou earns enn mentee

Simmons, Me Perez, Fresn PACA. cc S ox hs org ee ee ee eee
Sirks, Dr. M. J., we THO atta itt aatanc'4 te oh eo Oe ee ee
Snell, on ey altered Providence; As: Lac 25 4 fc oboe 3s sain eee eo en
Spineaciay Nii eee nia ANY obeyed tha @ ee Ree ae ee ees
Stanley, ra WeelbscerincerontINs Pon coud cs teg- 6 Seu Smyth g deat natematete
Tubbs, Mr. F. R., Tea Resear - basuieuce: SHO, cnc as 5s eae eae
Tucker, Miss Bthely neVisk Jamaica Plain; Mass .5... ue ees eae
United Brewers’ Tadueer ial Foundation, New York, N. Y..............
Witter sien Grond Or LOO shy tle a Moxos oa ie es OR ots ree arg atesnert teen rae
Victorin, Frére Marie-, Menireat Cana Gass x S28 pict ike eee Bee ed
Wehnelt, Dr. Bruno, K6éln Flittard, Germany bh tpl atat nd ache. aes ete
Wilderness Society, Washington, D. C..... 0.6.
Zillig, Dr. Hermann, Berncastel-Cues, Mosel, Germany..............-.

an
Ww
RT OR OD TI Oe Sm ONO RR

bo
[es fleas OS a ey, st eh eas ies le eet ech 5a ot era

108

PARTS OF PUBLICATIONS

(exclusive of Government Documents)

American Fern Society. .... 0.000000 ene n en ens 8
American Horticultural Society, Washington, D. C..........0......0.. 4
American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society, New York, N. Y.. 2
American Tree Association, Washington, D. C.........0.0.0. 0.0.0.0... 2
Ames, Professor Oakes, Cambridge, Mass... 0.0.0.0. 06.00. 00000000 e eee 8
Bailey, Professor Liberty Hyde, Ithaca, N. Y.........00..0.00 0000000005 1
Bartlett Tree Research Laboratories, a COMM. i oh ae cdueisasean 63
Benedict, Dr. Ralph Curtiss, Brooklyn, N. Y.........0.000.00... 2.0000. 5
Botanische Verein der Provinz Brand sae Berlin-Dahlem, Germany. . 1
British Columbia, Provincial Museum of Natural Historia, Victoria... .. 1
Brooklyn-MAalseuins..4. 4 .a.54-9.05y. ghey Babin Gaines eked RG eS age Ae 2
Cambridge University, Botanic Garden Syndicate, Cambridge, Eng... .. 1
igen oa Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C................ Z
Carr, Mr. William H., New York, N. Y.........0.000..00000. 200022005. 1
C aces Botanical Sele 7, Peiping, China..... 0.0... 00. eee eee 4
Cincinnati Museum of chee History, Cincinnati, Ohio.............. 1
Clarkson, Mrs. Rosetta E., New Rochell, N. Y.......00.0.00. 02.00.0005. 10
Colorado Scientific Society, Denver, Col..........000.00 05002 2
Colorado, University of, Boulder, Col..........0 0.000000 00002 eee. 1
Cc enue on the Relation of E jeeteicitse to Agriculture, Chicago, Il. 3
Croizat, Dr. Leon, New York, N.Y... 0.0.0.0... 0000 ccc eee 1
Crum, ae Ethel Ix., (California Botanical Society), Berkeley, Cal... . 1
Darlington, Professor H. T., East Lansing, Mich...............0....00. 1
Diehle, Mr. R., Versailles, ee iin Gate aa ees er re eee tee |
Doney, Mr. Charles F. Brooklyn, Nine Weds petn ace eee ease ain at w Lees 1
DuPont de Nemours & Company, Inc., Wilmington, Del............... TA
Fisher Scientific Company, Pittsb spurge, PAG corn of acd: acne ones «hee eee 1
F ne Garden Club, Flushing, L. [...... 000200000000 2 eee 1
Fosberg, Mr. F. Raymond, Fine Ut FA WaAIl dh ios Bae ata 4S 4
Free, Mr. as a Brooklyn, N. AV ghd ahing a1 ogden ae eso ee 32
Gager, Dr. C. Stuart, Brooklyn, N. ¥.... 0.0.0.0. 002 eee ees 33
Grav a Dr. penne eae Brooklyn Ns Vusisies handetl ded dd dud 65
Hawaiian Academy of Science, Honolulu, Hawan..............0..0... 2
Idaho, University of, Associated Foresters, Moscow, Idaho 1
Illinois Audubon Society, Chicago, Illinois...... 0.0.0.0. .00 00002000005 1
Imperial Bureau of P ne Genetics, Abery stwyth, Walésoc.ccck kad. 3
International Euphorbia Society, Los Angeles, Cal...............0..... 10
Jenkins, Mr. Charles F., Germantown, Philadelphia, Pa............... 4
Tones Mrs. R. W., Brooklyn, N.Y... tees 33
Lafrentz, Miss Olga, Brooklyn, N.Y... 2.000.000.0000 00 cee
McFarland, J. Horace Company, Breeze Hill, mee Pa.. teeaee A
Medical Society of the County of Nin 1gs, Peek chyriy Na Wk dna tina bebe 13

Mellen, Miss Ida, Brookly _N. see pide eat atte ard dooe @ Apedcaearatn © © Gaui a areata 6 2

109

National Research Council, Washington, D. C...........-.-0 2.000525.
National Research Council, Ottawa, Canada.............0-..-.000 +005.
National Research Council of Japan, Tokvo, Japan........-.-.-.-.-5.
New York Association of Biology Teachers, New York, N. Y...........
New: Work Rublic Libary. 25) ee 26s have se Gabo sw aS aa
New Zealand Institute of Horticulture, Wellington, N. Z...............

Pennsylvania, University of, Library, Philadelphia, Pa..............---

Pyle, Mr. Robert, Harrisburg, Pa........-.-. eee cere rete eres
Reed, Dr. George M., Brooklyn, N. Y.........-0- 500 eee eee eee eee eee
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N. Y........--.5--.. 5s ee eeee
Roosevelt Wild Life Forest Experiment Station, Syracues, N. Y........
Rothamsted Experimental Station, co aia Herts, England.

St. John, Dr. Harold, Te GIVOL UN, EV AWA oat ple tees Seg ee er eee ee Re ce
Schmid, Dr.Gunther, Darmstadt, Geran 1 gh ahh ERE cit esl Re
Sc hool ae Association new vork, No Vii. <iGe oo te ates

chool Nature League, New York, N. Y........0. 22-20 b ee eee eee eee
Seni E Eepecdron to Manchoukuo, Waseda University, Tokyo, Japan
Sherff, oh) SUVs he (erey efor 10 Perce: MN eaeeind wenn: aa A, cop nec
Snell, es W alban ls dProwicence, bes bii% 5,4 Ue aehart saturate eraeae enna ets
Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural, oe Spocliys sternice sere atte coker eee
Souther n Met hodist University, Dalla NAS oe eee eae
Taihoku Imperial University, oe Formosa, Japan. «nse:
Téhoku Imperial University, Sendai, Japan......---.+ +++ eee recess
Towson Nurseries, Inc., Towson, Md..........-. 6600s eee eee eee ees
Upsala Botanical Institute, Upsala, Sweden.........--- 0200s eves eee
Washington University, Arboretum Foundation, Seattle, Wash... ......
Wilderness Society, Washington, D. C........... 5.2 e ee eee
Yale University, School of Forestry, New Haven, COND ate eee

TRG late ea eee eee siege ere RRs het ha h Sy dan ieee ase a Rae en res
PorTRAITS AND PHOTOGRAPHS

Gacer Were. ota Brooklyn, IN, Yaw peed reer ernie yaar
Graves, Dr. Arthur Harmount, Brooklyn, ING Voce wait oid, Bases
Hinton, Mr. a H.C. London,; England . . 2045 .< 20358 ete
Nakai Drei. Dokyon apa ntti cece eaatoke snes ote Wendeeae eee
Orto Dee della R. Universita di Pisa, Pisa, Italy.................
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N. Y.....----.+.0 0s sees eee
Weston, Dr. William H., Cambridge, — a oindid Paasche eee
Woodward, Miss Mary B., Brooklyn, N. Y....-.-- 6600 ee steerer eee

Tey Reet ean eR nc, iota toate aula Mata og Gaba ce waned PRU auons rceteg tres

AUTOGRAPH LETTERS

Gager, Dr. C. Stuart, Brooklyn, DNs Wiss cine, apis neta irra cy nde ny ee eee Sa arte

=
Now he bw

No
NOR

ex
ever ois eer eos oN oS See So

un |
pat
[e's]

110

MiscELLANEOUS
Allen, Dr. C. IX., Madison, Wisc. 1 Biblio-film strip
Farriday, Mrs. Henry McKeen, New York, N. Y. 11 flower paintings by
Mrs. Ellis Rowan
Gager, Dr. C. Stuart, Brooklyn, N. Y. Collection of letters and Ms. notes;
and historical material relating to the Brooklyn Botanic Garden (letters,

papers, etc.)
Mellen, Miss Ida, Brooklyn, N.Y. 2 sheets of pictures of New Zealand flowers
Struckmann, Dr, Erick, Kobenhavn, Denmark. 1 Ms. extract of Danish
egislation on Protection of Nature
Tense vane College, Lexington, Ky. 1 copy of Rafinesque letter from
copperplate of original. In this letter Rafinesque accepts his appoint-
ment to the Professorship of Botany and Natural History in Transyl-
vania University.

eo)

For the Department of Plants
Living Plants
Becker, Mr. Herman, Brooklyn Bots anic Garden, 6 species of orchids.
Bernhardt, Dr. A., Brooklyn, N. Y., | Opuntia ramosissima.
Bobbink & Atkins, Rutherford, N. a 225 roses in 78 vars., 80 Pres. Macia.
Crabtree, Mr. J. A.,. Montgomery, N. Y., 10 Polemonium Van Bruntiae.
Craig, Mr. Wm. N., Weymouth, Mass., 4 Anemone LS

=
=
s

Crane, Dr. F. D., Winter Park, Fla., 4 species of i jae Florida.

Currie, Dr. ae N., Brooklyn, N. Y., 7 ae species

Cutting, Mr. C. Suy Aan: New York, N.Y ee Rise Prunus, Syringa.

Davenport, Mr. Charles B., Cold Spring Hacker. L. 1 Ginkgo biloba.

Dearborn, Nes, Frederick, New York, N. Y., earner 166 plants com-
prising twelve genera and _ species, eieolieh the Monadnock Garden
Club of New Hampshire.

Delisle, Dr. Albert L., Harvard University, 4 hybrids of Aster novaeangliae
and A. mutltiflorus.

Dreer, H. A., Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., 720 Canna plants in 36 varieties.

Florida University, Gainesville, Fla., 1 pkg. Tillandsta usneotdes

Free, Mr. Montague, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 12 Zingiber enians.

Gillies, Mr. G. H., Huntington, L. I., 6 Japanese chrysanthemums.

Gilmore, Mr. Howard, Chesham, N. H., 1 Polypodium vulgare var. cambri-

rudes

Hayward, Mr. Wyndham, Winter Park, Fla., 129 plants in 29 species and
varieties.
Ihrig, Mr. Paul P., Brooklyn, N. Y., 27 peony varietie
ey, Mr. G. F. ie kory, N. C., 24 Pinus Taeda, 6 Ny yssa sylvatica.

aaa - Petia Newark, New York, 80 Rosa eo 80 R. Signora,
. Alice Harding and 39 additional plants in 8 varietie

Jones, ia Wallace, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1 Selaginella spidephla.

IXelley, Mrs. H. A., St. Remy, N. Y., 22 herbaceous plant

Hala

La Frentz, Miss Olga, Brooklyn, N. Y., 3 varieties of Bougainvillea.

McCloskey, Miss M., Children’s WMiceuins Brooklyn, 6 cuttings of Cydonia
japonica, ue orl

McGovern, Mrs. J. \ one York, N. Y., 20 varieties of [edera helix.

Morrow, Mrs. Lacey io Hillsdale, N. Y., 1 Angelica atropurpurea,

Orpet, Mr. E. O., Santa Barbara, Cal., 12 species and varieties of succulent

plants
Princeton Nurseries, Princeton, N. J., 17 species of evergreens
Richards, Mrs. F. B., South L eee ee N. H., 1 Botr VEHLP Le IS
Ripley, ig ‘Baillie, New York, N. Y., 59 seal flora plants in five species

varieties, through re L ae field Garden Club.
Ro ae Mrs. Wm., Brooklyn, i Vooden Rose aes a).
Sanders, Mrs. F., Newtown High School, Elmhurst, L. [., 1 Monstera deliciosa.,
Scheepers, John, cao New York, N. Y., 1025 G lndiolas corms in 41 varieties.
Senn, Mr. Harold A., Univ. of Virginia, Boy ce, Va., 3 ulla Eggersit.
Seymour, Rev. Frank C., Quincey, Mass., 9 Arethusa ae
Sloan, Mr. Boyd L., Pasadena, Cal., 4 species of /Toodia a Trichocaulon.
Spaid, Mr. M. J., Martindale, N. Y., 12 plants comprising 5 species of Ama-
rantaceae,
Steckler, Mr. Peter, Tucson, Ariz., 61 cacti and succulents in ten species and
varieties,
Stellwagen, Mr. Fred L. fae N. Y., 4 peony varieties.
Stumpp & Walter Co., New York, N. Y., 625 Gladioli corms in 25 varieties.
Thoma, Mrs., Brooklyn, N. : < . Begonia Verschaffelttana.
Tricker, Wm., Inc., Saddle River, N. J., 57 aquatic plants including 34 vari-
eties of water lilies and species of //ydrocleis and Pontederva.
Vestal, W. & Son, Little Rock, Ark., 108 plants of 18 species and varieties of

—

Zolotorte. te S., Brooklyn, N. Y., 1 Avocado (Persea gratissima).

Seed Packets

Crane, Mr. F. D. (2) Kittredge, Miss E. M. (1)
Cranford, He MAroAreE (2) Logan, Mr. J. Harry (2)
Croizat, Dr. Leon : : Loines, Miss Hilda (10)
Elliott, Rev. E. A. Nally, Mr. Julian (1)
Harrison, Mrs. ee M. (1) Sayles, Miss Harriet E. (1)
Hayward, Mr. Wyndham (1) Spingarn, Mrs. J. E. (9)
Johnson, Mrs. First (3) Steckler, Mr. Peter (1)
Jones, Mrs, Wallace (1) White, Die OVE. 1)

Phanerogamic Herbarium
Beals, Mr. A. T., 1 Arthraxon hispidus var. cryptatherus, representing an
sion ei range.
Bowen, ME Leon W., 1 Equisetum scirpoides from New Jer
Drushel, he a A., 134 specimens collected in eastern aa iene United
Sta

112

osberg, F. R. & V. O., 12 ferns collected in the Hawaiian Islands.
ies Mr. Howard, | Botrychium multifidum var, intermedium.
Hanmer, Mr. Charles C., 49 specimens collected in Nova Scotia.
re Mr. D. Arthur, 4 Pinus excelsa and 2 Cedrus Libani from Long
Island.
Nally, Mr. eee 1 Bambusa multiplex var. and 2 Dendrocalamus strictus
from Florida.
Provost, Miss Eva M., 12 herbarium specimens.
St. John, Mr alee P., 1 Ophioglossum dendroideum, 1 Asplenium subtitle.
Tryon, Mr. R. M., Jr., 6 Dryopterts Goldiana * D, marginalis.
lane i W. ca 1 sre acrostichoides.
Wiley, Miss F., 1 Cyne Obasste

Cryptogamic Herbarium
Peterson, Miss Grace A., Woodhaven, N. Y., 34 Powdery Mildews.

For the Department of Elementary Instruction

A Friend, $100.00 for the Endowment Fund for Children’s Work,

Boys and Girls Club, $25.00 for the Endowment Fund for Children’s Work.

Butler, Mrs. Glentworth R., One prize cup competed for by the girls in the
outdoor garden. One aia to the Nature Magazine for the

ren’s clubroom libra

pesca Mr. Charles, $25.00 for a children’s work.

Fardelmann, Miss Margaret, One pamphlet and one book for the children’s
clubroom library

Gager, Mrs. C. Stuart, ice books for the children’s garden library.

Garden Teachers’ Aseneaton: One prize cup competed for by the boys of
the outdoor garden.

Girls’ Commercial High School, Maxwell Annex Class, $1.00 for the children’s
garden h

Girls’ Commence! High School, St. Mark’s Annex Faculty, $5.75 for the

ork.

Gladstone, Mr. “David, $1.00 for the Endowment Fund for Children’s Work.

Goodman, Mr. and Mrs. Joseph, One cup competed for by the boys in the

r garden, Two anda half dozen calendars for use in children’s
classwork.

Hammond, Miss Elsie, One book for the children’s clubroom library. Two
lides for use in classwork

IXarshan, iis: Maxwell, $3. 00 for the Endowment Fund for Children’s Work.

finer, Miss Frances M., One book for the children’s clubroom libr
Myerson, Misses Amy anid Betty, One book for the children’s cae
libr
See Mise Gertrude M., 175 flower pots for greenhouse work.
Pi Lambda Theta (Rho Chapies of New York University), $15.00 for the

children’s clubroom library.

jar

Or.
°
°

ies)

Prendergast, Master Kevin, $3.00 for the Endowment Fund for Children’s
fork,

Public School Kindergarten Association, $100.00 for the children’s clubroom
library in memory of Miss Jean Amos.

Public School 90, Wooden implements for greenhouse work.

Public School 225 Mothers’ Club, One flower bowl for the Department.

Public School 233 Parents’ Association, $5.00 for the children’s garden.

Raskin, Misses Ruthann and Vilma, $2.00 for the Endowment Func
Children’s Work

Ridgway, Miss Bev ae, $5.00 for the Endowment Fund for Children’s Work.

Shaw, Miss Ellen Eddy, Two gold honor pins fo vice in the outdoor garden.

Seer Master Fale $2.00 for the Endowment t Fund for Children’s Work.

Sherwin, Misses Gladys and Jean, One book for the children’s clubroom
library.

any

for

Miscellaneous
Brooklyn Citizen, Brooklyn, 1 photograph of view in Japanese Garden.
Mrs. Walter - V. Cranford, Greenwich, Conn., 1 bronze statue, “ Roses of

Gilmore, Mr. Howard, Brookline, Mass., 2 photographs of Polypodiwm vir-
gintanum var. cambricotdes.

Mr. Bernhard Hoffman, Stockbridge, Mass., 1 truck load of limestone.

Nally, Mr. Julian, Gotha, Fla., 2 ae showing habit and fruit of
ee strictu

Mr. Frederick kW . Raetz, Nc York City, 3 photographs of views in Brooklyn
Botan as

Miss Helen Tillinghast Vernon, Conn., 1 box of decorative gourds and cere-
monial corr

Mr. V. L. Van Hor ne, Brooklyn, 21 small prints of views in the Japanese
Garden.

Miss Hilda Vilkomerson, Brooklyn, S.

Woman’s Auxiliary of Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1 ladle for punch bow

7 specimens of fossil plant

—

APPENDIX 2

PUBLICATIONS BY THE BOTANIC GARDEN
PERSONNEL DURING 1937
Becker, Herman F.

Xerophyte exhibit of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden at the
Twenty-fourth International Flower Show, March 15-20
Cactus and Succulent Journal 8: 193-195 May.

Benedict, Ralph C.

Visions and Visionaries in Science Education. Teaching

Biologist 6: 50-51, 61. January.

114

Review of Human Genetics and its Social Import. Teaching
Biologist 6: 96-97. March.
Report of the Resident Investigator (Ferns) for 1936. Brook-
lyn Bot. Gard. Record 26: 97-98. April.
Review of A History of Science and Its Relations with Religion
and Philosophy. Teaching Biologist 6: 117-118. April.
Review of Morphology of Vascular Plants: Lower Groups
(Psilophytales to Filicales). Amer. Fern Jour. 27: 62-63.
April-June.
Review of On the Types of Devaux’s American Species of
Ferns. Amer. Fern Jour. 27: 63-64. April-June.
Review of The Philippine Species of Selaginella. Amer. Fern
our. 27: 64. April-June.
Philip Dowell (Dec. 3, 1864—June 25, 1936). Amer. Fern Jour.
7:41. April-June.
A Projected Field Trip for Ferns at Owens, New Jersey.
Amer. Fern Jour. 27: 106. July-September.

Bishop, George R.
Plants of xeric habitat. Gardeners’ Chronicle of America 41:
223-224, 230; 262-263. August-September.

Brandwein, Paul C.
Experiments on latent infection of resistant varieties by the
loose and covered smut of oats. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
64: 433-444. October. (Reprinted as Brooklyn Botanic
Garden Contributions No. 78.)

Caparn, Harold A.
The following articles have appeared in Arts and Decoration:
If you have roses. March.
Garden paths and how to make them. April.
What and why is a cutting garden? May.
A red spring garden. September.

Cheney, R. H.
Capillary blood sugar changes after caffeine. Proc. J. Pharma-
col. and Exper. Therap. 60: 102. June.
New botany text title misleading. (A review of General and
Economic Botany by E. E. Stanford.) Jour. New York
Bot. Gard. 38: 244. October.

els

Myenteric activity modifications induced by caffeine. Proc.
S0Gs Hap. Biol @ Med.37: 572. ‘December:

Dorward, Margaret M.
Planning next year’s garden. The Sun. June 19.
Crocuses, snowdrops, and other little spring beauties. The
Sun. September 11.

Free, Montague

Repotting and dividing house plants. J/orticulture. P. 17.
January.

Plants for rock gardens. JSlorticultural Society of New York.
Monthly Bulletin. Pp. 12-14. January.

Report of the Horticulturist and Head Gardener for 1936.
Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record 26: 81-85. April.

The Rock garden. The Sun (New York). April 10.

Gardening; a complete guide to garden making. Harcourt,
Brace & Company, New York. 550 p.

Clematis man. Country Gentleman 107: 17, 39. June.

Water gardens. The Sun (New York). June 5.

Plants for your parlor. Little Gardens 8: 8-9, 24. Autumn
(September).

Tulips for next spring’s garden. The Sun (New York).
September 25.

Foreword to North American Rock Plants by W. H. A.
Preece. Macmillan Co., New York.

Narcissus. The Sun (New York). October 9.

New plants for your parlor. Garden Digest9:23-26. October.
(Condensed from Little Gardens).

Gager, C. Stuart

Foreword. Your City Garden, by Mclkenny and Seymour.
Pp. v—-vili. Appleton-Century. March.

Reply to Editorial in “The Truth Seeker,’’ March 6, 1937.
(Re Darwin’s teaching on ancestry of man.) The Truth
Seeker 64: 214. April 17.

Botanic gardens in science and education. Science 85:
393-399, April 23.

116

Twenty-sixth annual report of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden,
1936: Report of the director. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record
25: 11-39. Apri

Botanic Gardens of the world: Materials for a history. Brook-
lyn Bot. Gard. Record 26: 149-353. July.

The New York State Museum: One hundred years young.
73rd Convocation, University of the State of New York,
celebrating the 100th anniversary of the Division of
Science and State Museum. Adsiract. The Univ. State
of New York Bull. to the Schools 24: 54-55. Nov. (Pub.
in full, Sccentific Monthly. Pp. 71-79. January, 1938.)

—

Graves, Arthur Harmount

Naturalized daffodils and other narcissus at the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden. The American Daffodil Year Book. Pp.
27, 28. (May).

Common oak trees in winter. School Nature League. (New
York City) Bull. 5 (Series 7). Pp. 1-3. January.

Botany. Revision service (for 1936). Collier's National
Encyclopedia. Pp. 16,17. April.

Chestnut breeding work in 1936. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record

7-50. April.

Report of the Curator of Public Instruction for 1936. Brooklyn
Bot. Gard. Record 26: 62-71. April.

Sunscald of tulip flowers. Phytopathology 27: 731-734. June.

The educational program at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
Bull. of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences 42°:
24, 25. September.

— a new chestnut tree. Radio Garden Club 6 (Digest

: 1-4. September.

pee ee at the botanic garden. Bull. of the Brooklyn
Institute of Arts and Sciences 42°: 81... November.

Cedar and golden larch children. Bull. of the Brooklyn Insti-
tute of Arts and Sciences 42°: 129. December.

39 newspaper articles relating to the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

Gundersen, Alfred

Report of the Curator of Plants for 1936. Brooklyn Bot.
Gard. Rec. 26: 76-80. April.

—

117

Jordan, William E.
Report on the Library for 1936. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record
26: 92-96. April.

Marcy, D. Elizabeth

Inheritance of resistance to the loose and covered kernel smuts
of sorghum. I. Dwarf Yellow Milo hybrids. Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 64: 209-228. April. (Reprinted as
Brooklyn Botantc Garden Contributions No. 75.

Inheritance of resistance to the loose and covered kernel
smuts of sorghum. II. Feterita hybrids. Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club 64: 245-267. May. (Reprinted as Brooklyn
Botanic Garden Contributions No. 70.)

Merrill, Gertrude W.

Report of the Field Secretary for 1936. Brooklyn Bot. Gard.
Record 26: 99-101. April.

Acetaria, a Discourse of Sallets, by John Evelyn IF. R. S.
Bulletin of The Garden Club of America 3: 87. May.

A rare old book reprinted. J//orticulture 15:13. July 1.

A quaint old herb book is reprinted. Pennsylvania Gardens
1:20. September.

Miner, Frances M.

The following articles appeared in the New York Jerald
Tribune on the dates indicated:

Desert gardens for junior gardeners. January 10.

Citrous fruits. January 17.

Potatoes. January 24.

Junior gardeners prepare to plant. March 14.

Plans for an early vegetable garden. April 4.

Tools for junior gardeners. April 11.

Flowers and vegetables from the Mustard Family of p
May 30.

=—

ants.

Reed, George M.
Plant Pathology. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record 26: 39-44.
April.
The Iris. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record 26: 45, 46. April.

11s

Japanese and Siberian Iris. The Sun (New York). April 17

Japanese iris at Swan Lake Gardens, Sumter, S. C.
Tris Soc. Bull. 65: 14,15. May.

Hana-shobu Society of Japan.
16,17: May.

Amer.

Amer. Iris Soc. Bull. 65:

Reed, George M., and T. R. Stanton
Inheritance of resistance to loose and

covered smuts in oat
hybrids.

Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 29: 997-1006. De-
cember.
Shaw, Ellen Eddy
Can gardens help us teach? The Primary Teacher 14: 3-7,
January—March.
Report of the Curator of Elementary Instruction, Brooklyn
Bot. Gard. Record 26: 71-76. April.
Children’s interests in science. Schoolmen’s Week Proceedings,
Univ. of Pennsylvania Bull. 24: 485-490.
The work of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
Guide XVII; No. 2. October.
The following 29 articles appeared in The Sun (New York)
on the dates indicated:
How to make a desert garden.
Some 1937 flower selections.

June.
Nature Garden

January 9,
January 23.
Plants resistant to drought. January 30.
Plants for continuous bloom from March to frost.
ary 13.

Plants that can take it. March 13.

Newer and better cornflowers. March 27.
kor a good lawn. April 3.

Old favorites of the garden—-phlox. April 10.
Our friends, the marigolds. April 17.

The vegetable garden. April 24.
Snapdragons and zinnias. May 1.

Enemies of the garden. May 8.

Don’t forget the fall. May 15.

Our friends, the snapdragons. May 15.
Better buy plants. May 22.
Ground covers. May 29,

Febru-

119

The June garden calendar. June 5.

After blooming—what? June 12.

Window gardens for the city. June 26.
July in the garden. July 3.

Checking on your garden. July 24.
Starting perennials for next year’s garden. July 31.
The propagation of shrubs. August 14.
Evergreens for small plots. August 21.
Junior garden exhibits. August 28.
September in the garden. September 18.
Bulbs for indoor bloom. September 25.
Seeds to buy for winter bloom. October 9.
Fall work in the garden. October 9.

Svenson, Henry K.

Report of the Curator of the Herbarium for 1936. Brooklyn
Bot. Gard. Record 26: 86-91. April.

Monograph of the Genus //feuchera. By Rosendahl, Butters
& Lakela. Book review. Torreya 37: 60-62. May-—
June.

Monographic Studies in the Genus Fleocharis IV. Rhodora 39:
210-231; 236-273. 6 pl., 21 maps. June-July. (Re-
printed as Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Contributions No. 77.

The Wild Garden of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden—Local
Flora Section. Wild Flower 14: 42-45; 64-66. 6 plates.
July-August.

Did Symphoricarpus albus come originally from Canada?
Rhodora 39: 461-462. November.

Tilley, S. R.
Looking ahead in horticulture. Gardeners’ Chronicle of
America 41: 135. May.
Roses inacity garden. American Rose Annual. Pp. 159-160.

Utter, L. Gordon
The iris thrips and its control by hot water, with notes on other
treatments. U. S. D. A. Circ. 445: 1-12. October.
(Authors Floyd F. Smith and L. G. Utter.) Reprinted as
Brooklyn Botanic Garden Contribution No. 79.

120
APPENDIX 3

TALKS, LECTURES, ADDRESSES, AND PAPERS
GIVEN BY THE BOTANIC GARDEN
PERSONNEL DURING 1936

By the Director:

March 25. Economic and cultural aspects of botany. Adelphi
College Assembly. Garden City, L. I

October 15. The New York State Museum: one hundred years
young. The address for botanical science at the Seventy-
third Convocation of the University of the State of New
York, Celebrating the One Hundredth Anniversary of the’
Establishment of the Division of Science and State Mu-
seum. Albany, N. Y.

December 14. Science and religion. Dutch Church Club,
Flatbush.

December 29. Pandemic botany. Address of retiring Presi-
dent. Botanical Society of America. Indianapolis, In-
diana.

By the Curator of Public Instruction:

March 15. Jmproved lawns and yards for Flatbush. South
Midwood Residents’ Association. Church of Nativity.
Brooklyn.

April6. Tree planting in New York City. City Gardens Club.
598 Madison Avenue, New York City.

April 22. Breeding the American chestnut for disease resistance.
Class from Alexander Hamilton H. S. At the Garden.

May 5. The Chestnut problem. Class from Brothers College.
Drew University. Madison, N. J. At the Garden.

May 15. Breeding the chestnut. Nature Study Group led by
Mr. George T. Hastings. At the Garden.

September 14. Chestnut breeding. Paper read at the 28th
annual meeting of the Northern Nut Growers Associa-
tion. Washington, D.C.

October 11. The maples and autumn coloration. Children of
Lawrence Street School. Hartford, Conn.

October 20. Breeding the chestnut. Class from Brooklyn
College. At the Garden.

October 21. Breeding the chestnut. Class from Brooklyn
College. At the Garden.

November 4. Vhe deciduous habit and autumn coloration.
Biology Club of Alexander Hamilton H. S
Garden.

November 22. Breeding the chestnut. Class from Bishop
McLaughlin Memorial H.S. At the Garden.

By the Curator of Elementary Instruction:

January 11. Character training from nature study. Mothers’
Ginbweeos. 41

January 16. Educational work of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
Rho Chapter, Pi Lambda Theta, New York University.

January 18. Children’s work at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
Mothers’ Club, P. S. 193.

January 22. Educational work at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
North End Club of New Haven.

January 26. Graduation address. P.S. 233.

January 28. Graduation address. P. S. 242.

January 29. Plants and their care. Congregational Home for
the Aged.

February 8. Junior gardening. Elmira (N. Y.) Garden Club.

February 16. Spring nature study. Essex Fells (N. J.) Public
School.

February 18.. Gardens. Mothers’ Club, P. 8. 77, Queens.

February 18. Plant study for schools. The Association of
Assistants to Principal, Queens.

February 27. Testimonial speech in honor of Miss Eva C.
Wood, Principal of P. S. 4.

March 1. Vhe value of gardening for children. Vroebel Soci-
ety of Brooklyn.

March 11. Children’s interests in science. Schoolmen’s Week
Program, University of Pennsylvania.

March 12. Nature projects. Faculty of District School,
Raleigh, N. C.

March 13. The work of Junior Garden Clubs. Course for
Gardeners, University Extension Division, University of
North Carolina.

122

March 18. Junior garden work. Federated Garden Clubs of
New York State.

March 20. Gardens for boys and girls. Woman's College
Club of York County, Pa.

March 24. Character qualities. Arista Assembly, Girls’ Com-
mercial High Schoo

March 31. Spring garden operations. \Nanamaker’s

April 6. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Two assemblies,
Poe 107,

April 9. Gardening for juniors. Stamford (Conn.) Garden
Center.

April 12. Gardens for boys and girls. Parent-Teacher Asso-
ciation, Garden City (N. Y.) School.

April 19. The great plant world. P.S. 91.

April 20. Nature work for children. Faculty of Essex Fells
(N. J.) Public School.

April 24. Education. New Paltz State Normal School Re-
union. At the Waldorf-Astoria. .

April 28. Botanizing in your garden. Plainfield (N. J.) Gar-

May 3. Garden flowers for spring and fall bloom. Mothers’
Club of Y. M.C. A. At the Garden.

May 5. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden and the Kindergarten
Association. Brooklyn Section, Public School Kinder-
garten Association. At the Garden.

May 10. Garden work for juniors. Wilton (Conn.) Garden

May 12. Botanizing in your garden. Plainfield (N. J.) Gar-

May 14. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. P.S. 5.
May 18. Gardening tn a _ recreational program. National
Recreation Association Congress, Atlantic City, N. J
June 2. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Girls’ Commercial
High School, Maxwell Annex.

June 24. Graduation address. P.S. 167.

September 14. Plant propagation. Garden Lovers Club of
Middletown, N. Y.

September 30. Gardens for boys and girls. School Garden
Meeting, P. S. 201

123

October 2. Educational values in children’s gardening. Class
in Education from New York University. At the Garden.

October 6. Nature study in the life of a child. Emmanuel
Baptist Church.

October 13. The second discovery of America. Girls’ Com-
mercial High School.

October 18. Plant propagation. Garden Club of Madison
OR EPOR:

October 25. Everyday botany. University High School, Co-
lumbiae Se.

October 26. Junior garden work. State Garden School, Ex-
tension Division, University of South Carolina, and Gar-
den Club of South Carolina.

October 26. Junior garden work in the schools. State Garden
School, Extension Division, University of South Carolina,
and Garden Club of South Carolina.

October 28. Children’s garden work and conservation. Rock-
land County Conservation Association, New City, N. Y.

November 5. Plants we use every day. Sor

November 10. Gardening in education. Rotary Club of Eliza-
beth, a

November 10. The plant world. Thomas Jefferson Senior
and Junior High School, Elizabeth, N. J.

November 20. Classroom nature work. Garden Club of New
Jersey.

November 22. Thanksgiving, and greens for Christmas use.
Mothers’ Club, P. S. 241.

November 24. Thanksgiving. P.S. 155, Queens.

November 24. Thanksgiving, P. S. 96, Queens.

December 4. Address. Tufts College Alumni Meeting.

December 15. Myths and fables about holly and mistletoe.
Resa:

December 20. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Parent Teach-
ers Association, P. S. 208

By the Curator of Plant Pathology:
March 23. Gardens of Japan. JKosmos Club. At the Gar-
den.

124
April 5. Iris of Japan. Trowel Garden Club, Washington,
D

April 26. Gardens of Japan. Second District Meeting, Fed-
erated Garden Clubs of New York State, Inc., Bethpage
Country Club, Long Island, N. Y.

April 27. Iris. Valley Garden Club, Spring Valley, N. Y.

May 8. Japanese gardens. Reconciliation Trips. At the
Garden.

June 5. Beardless Iris. Long Island Horticultural Society,
Rockville Centre, Long Island, N.

October 28. Gardens of Japan. Watiaual Plant, Flower and
Fruit.Guild, Hotel Pennsylvania.

By the Curator of Plants:
Kebruary 8. Plant-animal interdependence in evolution.
Brooklyn Institute. (With charts by Miss Maud H.
Purdy.)

By the Curator of the Herbarium:

January 12. Plant associations of the New York region.
Linnean Society of New York. American Museum of
Natural History.

January 20. Spring flowers of the Cumberland region. Tor-
rey Botanical Club. New York Botanical Garden.

May 4. Plants of the Cumberlands. Winter's Night Club.
At the Garden.

May 5. Geology of the New York area. The Local Flora
Section. Students of Drew University. At the Garden.

May 7. Plants of the Cumberlands. Brooklyn Botanic Garden
staff. At the Garden.

May 27. Brooklyn Botanic Garden—Local Flora Section.
Brooklyn Nature Club. At the Garden.

September 24. cology of the New York region. Brewster
Garden Club, Brewster, New York.

November 20. Life of Linnaeus. American Swedish Histori-
cal Museum, Philadelphia.

December 7. Botanic Gardens of Northern Europe. Torrey
Club, American Museum of Natural History.

125

December 30. Distribution of the Genus Eleocharis. Sys-
tematic Section, Botanical Society of America. Indian-
apolis.

By the Horticulturist:
January 5. Gardens of England. Wilde Open Air School.
Brooklyn.
January 19. Perennials. Pennsylvania Horticultural Soci-
ety. Philadelphia.
February 16. Plant materials. Junior League. New York

April 5. Clematis. Wilmington (Delaware) Garden Club.
April 14. Gardening on two continents. Horticultural Club

April 29. Roses (afternoon lecture); Gardening on two con-
tinents (evening lecture). Akron (Ohio) Garden Club.
July 17. Gardens for men. Men’s Garden Clubs of America.
Lancaster, Pa.

August 4. Autumn planting. Bedford Garden Club. Mt.
Kisco.

August 9. Pruning. Lake Mahopac (N. Y.) Garden Club.

November 1. Clematis. Connecticut Valley Garden Club.
Hartford.

November 9. Romance of plant life. Garden Club of Sche-
nectady.

December 7. Beverages. Wilde Open Air School. Brooklyn.

By the Librarian:
February 3. Interesting items in the library collections. \Wom-
an’s Auxiliary annual luncheon. At the Garden,
May 20. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden library. Members of
the Brooklyn Public Library Staff. At the Garden.

By the Assistant Curator of Elementary Instruction:
March 3. Spring operations in the garden. Mothers’ Club,
P. S. 134, Queens.
March 9. Spring seed sowing. Brooklyn Edison Garden
Club.
March 17. A Shakespeare Garden. \Woman’s Club of Nutley,
N. J

126

April 16. Spring flowers. P.S. 156.
May 25. Window box gardening. Little Garden Club of
Greenwich Village.

By Instructors:
Miss Hammond:

January 14. Aids in nature study teaching. New York
Chapter, American Nature Study Society. At American
Museum of Natural History.

March 22. Nature projects and flower shows. P. S. 82,
Queens.

March 24. Nature study projects. Faculty of Essex Fells

March 31. Conifers for the home grounds. Tioronda and
Cold Spring Garden : i Beacon, N. Y.

April 7. Birds. P.S.

April 20. Along the ‘nulave trawl. Watchung Nature Club,
Plainfield, N. J.

May 7. Trees for use and beauty. P.S. 20.

June 14. A king’s tree. P.S. 142.

October 25. Gardens under glass. Bayside (N. Y.) Garden
Club.

November 19. The terrarium. Nature Study Section, New
York Society for the Experimental Study of Education.

Miss Miner:

January 15. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Old Greenwich
(Conn.) Garden Club.

February 15. Gardening with children. P.S. 82, Queens.

March 18. Awards in junior garden work. Federated Gar-
den Clubs of New York State.

April 26. Spring flowers. P.S. 91,

May 18. Children’s gardens. Mothers’ Club, P. S. 201.

Miss Rusk:

July 20. Native ferns. Summer Garden Institute, Rogers
Rock, Lake George, New York

July 21. Native ferns. Summer Garden Institute, Rogers
Rock, Lake George, New York.

July 22. ud flowers. Summer Garden Institute, Rogers
Rock, Lake George, New York

TZ7.

July 23. Native orchids. Summer Garden Institute, Rogers
Rock, Lake George, New York.

August 16. Native ferns. Garden Club of Jamestown,
Rhode Island.

October 19. Breeding disease-resistant chestnut trees. To
Biology class from Brooklyn College: At the Garden.

By Curatorial Assistant (Miss Vilkomerson):

August 11. The educational work of the Brooklyn Botanic Gar-
den. New York University School of Education. At the
Garden.

October 18. Breeding disease-resistant chestnut trees. Class
from Brooklyn College. At the Garden.

December 7. Chestnut breeding. Hunter College Biology
Club. Hunter College.

By the Field Secretary:

January 27. Flower arrangement. Tourist Club, Towers
Hotel, Brooklyn.

February 3. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Garden Clubs
of the Tenth District, Madison, New Jersey.

February 8. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Monday Culture
Club. At the Garden.

February 17. Japanese flower arrangement for western homes.
Wanamakers, New York.

February 18. Planning a terrarium. Mothers’ Club of Cen-
tral Congregational Church, Brooklyn.

April 20. The Japanese Garden. Classon Avenue Presby-
terian Church, Brooklyn.

April 26. The Reprint of Evelyn's “ Acetaria.”’ Conference of
Long Island Garden Clubs, Farmingdale, N. Y.

May 7. The Activities of Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Contem-
porary Club of Newark. At the Garden.

May 17. The Activities of the Botanic Garden. Passaic Valley
Garden Club. At the Garden.

May 18. Aspects of flower arrangement. Wellesley Club.
At the Garden.

May 20. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Brooklyn Public
Library Grade Conference. At the Garden.

128

May 24. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Bay Ridge Garden
Club. At the Garden.

June 14. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. East Rockaway-
Cedarhurst Garden Club. At the Garden.

September 23. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Beverly Pres-
byterian Church, Brooklyn.

October 25. Aspects of linear flower arrangement. Passaic
Valley Garden Club. Montclair, N. J

November 23. Flowers a home decoration. \Noman’s Guild.
Central Congregational Church, Brooklyn.

By the Resident Investigator (Economic Plants):

March 17. Morphology and chemistry of the coffee fruit in
relation to beverage quality. Torrey Botanical Club, New
York Botanical Garden, New York City.

October 19. North American beverage plants. Brooklyn In-
stitute of Arts and Sciences (Department of Botany),
Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

December 29. Beverage plants of the United States. National
Convention of the Virginia Dare Extract and Syrup Co.,
Inc., Bush Terminal, Brooklyn

By the Foreman Gardener (George R. Bishop):
February 10. Plant propagation. Bedford Park Presbyterian
Church, Brooklyn.
March 29. Plant propagation. \Noodridge (N. J.) Presby-
terian Church.
July 13. Activities in the flower and vegetable garden during the
summer months. Brooklyn Edison Garden Association.

By the Gardener in Charge of the Rose Garden (S. R. Tilley):
June 8. Through the year with the roses. At the Garden.
September 14. Roses. Brooklyn Edison Garden Association.

By the Custodian:
May 27. Brooklyn Nature Club. Local Flora, Brooklyn
Botanic Garden.
June 7. Tree identification. Westfield (N. J.) Bird Club.
August 18. General botany. Camp Rosemartin, Stillwater,

120
APPENDIX 4

RADIO TALKS BY THE BOTANIC GARDEN
PERSONNEL DURING 1937

By the Horticulturist:
From Station WOR:

January 12. House plants for the New Year.

February 9. Carpet plants.

March 19. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden Exhibit at the
International Flower Show, New York City.

March 26. Fussing with grass.

April 13. Gardening on the rocks.

June 8. Roses that survive.

July 23. Barbering climbing roses.

July 27. Introducing Professor Hortus.

August 24. The Conifers are coming.

September 28. Professor Hortus tells all!

November 19, Plants from sticks.

December 31. Professor Hortus keeps New Year’s Eve.

From Station WNYC:

January 29. Winter pruning.

March 5. The story of the tulip.

April 16. Plant trees, shrubs and evergreens.

May 28. Water gardens.

November 26. Berries and shrubs as decorative material.

By the Curator of Public Instruction:
From Station WMCA:
March 17. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden exhibit of xero-
phytes at the International Flower Show, New York City.
From Station WOR:
September 24. Making a new chestnut tree.
From Station WNYC:
March 19. Early spring flowers at the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden.
April 30. Spring flowers at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
June 11. A visit to the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

130

By the Curator of Elementary Instruction:
From Station WNYC:
January 15.

What to do with our Christmas plants.
February 26.

Starting seed for the outdoor garden.
April 2. Gardens for boys and girls.
May 14. The upkeep of the garden.
December 24. Christmas myths and fables in rel
Christmas greens.
From Station WOR:
December 14.

ation to

Filling the gardener’s Christmas stocking.
By Instructor (Miss Miner):
From Station WIN:
March 23. Spring gardening.
From Station WNYC:
June 25. Summer garden work for boys and girls.
By the Assistant in Woody Plants:
From Station WNYC:
February 12.

Early flowering trees and shrubs.
November 12.

Shrubs for border planting.
From Station WOR:

May 11. Oriental beauties.

APPENDIX 5

FIELD TRIPS CONDUCTED,
By the Curator of Public Instruction:
September 12. Torrey Botanical Club.
By the Curator of Plants:
May 16. Torrey Botanical Club.
Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
August 6-8. Gundersen, Alfred & Dr. Lloyd Ryder.
Botanical Club. To Mt. Marcy, Adirondacks.
By Instructor (Hester M. Rusk):

June 5. New York Association of Biology Teachers. Atlantic
Highlands, New Jersey.

1937
Manitou, N. Y.
Lilac collection at the

Torrey

July 21. Summer Garden Institute, Rogers Rock, Lake
George, New York.

July 22. Summer Garden Institute, Rogers Rock, Lake
George, New York.

July 23. Summer Garden Institute, Rogers Rock, Lake
George, New York.

July 24. Summer Garden Institute, Rogers Rock, Lake
George, New York.

By the Assistant in Woody Plants:
May 22. Torrey Botanical Club. Field meeting at the
Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

By the Resident Investigator (Ferns):
September 26. American Fern Society and Torrey Botanical
Club. Owens, New Jersey.

By Curatorial Assistant (Hilda Vilkomerson):
April 24. Torrey Botanical Club. Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
June 5. New York Association of Biology Teachers. Atlantic
Highlands, New Jersey.

By the Custodian:
November 14. Brooklyn Nature Club. Winter botany.
December 12. Brooklyn Nature Club. Trees, their bark,
form, twigs, buds, and habits.

APPENDIX 6
ORGANIZATIONS MEETING AT THE GARDEN, 1937

January 9. Brooklyn College biology class.

January 30. New York High School Biology Teachers.

February 3. Woman's Auxiliary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden,
annual luncheon.

February 8. Monday Culture Charity Club.

February 27. New York High School Biology Teachers.

March 3. Department of Botany, Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences.

March 23. Kosmos Club of Brooklyn.

April 6. Woman's Auxiliary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

132

April 16. Fortnightly Club.
April 21. Torrey Botanical Club.
April 24. Torrey Botanical Club. (Dr. Gundersen on grounds.)
May 3. Mothers’ Club, Flatbush Y. M. C. :
May 4. Winters Night Club.
May 5. Brooklyn Kindergarten Association.
May 5: ° D. A. R. Women of '76 Chapter.
7. Garden Club of New Rochelle.
May 7. Newark (N. J.) Contemporary Garden Club.
May 8. Reconciliation Trips, Inc.
May 13. Contemporary Club of Brooklyn.
May 13. Woman's Auxiliary, New York Botanical Garden.
May 17. American Fern Society.
May 17. Torrey Botanical Clu
May 17. Passaic Valley Garden Club.
May 18. Brooklyn Wellesley Club.
May 20. Brooklyn Public Library Grade Conference.
May 21. Dutch Church Club.
May 24. Bay Ridge Garden Club.
May 24. Brooklyn Nature Club.
June 14. East Rockaway—Linbrook Garden Club.
June 22. Biology Alumni of Brooklyn College.
July 10. Reconciliation Trips, Inc.
October 2. Reconciliation Trips, Inc
October 19. Department of Botany, Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences,
November 14. Brooklyn Nature Club.
34 Organizations. Total attendance, 1268.

patel
A

APPENDIX 7
REPORT OF PHOTOGRAPHIC WORK

Negatives on file December 31, 1936...........0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.. 9,306
Negatives accessioned during 1937.0. 000...00.000.00 000000 eee .. 276

‘Total negatives on file Bape 31, 1937.2... 0........... 9,582
Lantern slides on file December 31, 1936. pee Raoaeewta ates HOMO

Lantern slides accessioned during ee Sagi Sagi pulntncrae ae doreuegn eeeg mn oreo eee = 217

Prints on file December 31, 1936................0 0.200005. een IS2
ae TA Gl EV CUL Is See Siler es teen, Ales en, come a eee ee 7
CORO CI SERN UGC Cate me wine ramet cs Sie WN Pi ages te ere ae aie

= rints filed during 1937. pe Fence eh MR ae ra ae are ecg ee SE a 277
Total prints on file December 31, 1937.............. 7,259

ESTATE CCIE Comite Cle areata, aa tite Rent Son on Ne Bak peeaane non 2 ee ee ae ane ee oS
8 reels

Motion pictiircesamad snes Wateees cere) ke, os, OR Se ee ie RS en

All photographic work is by Mr. Louis Buhle, staff photographer, and all
halftone reproductions in Brooklyn Botanic Garden publications are fri
photographs by Mr. Buhle unless otherwise designated.

APPENDIX 8

REPORT ON BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
PUBLICATIONS, 1937
Ecology
Official Organ of the Ecological Society of America

Quarterly. Volume XVIII comprised 37 papers (besides re-
views, proceedings, and miscellaneous matter), 560 pages and
118 text figures (as against 45 papers, 714 pages and 185 text
figures in 1936). The circulation at the close of the fiscal year
(November 30, 1937) was 1,041 as against 1,086 one year ago.

The annual budget was $4,381.10, the credit balance $215.44,
and assets over liabilities $304.74 (as against $5,773.81, $448.49,
and $601.34 assets over liabilities in 1936), plus the value of back
sets and volumes on hand. Dr. Henry K. Svenson continued
on the editorial board as the Brooklyn Botanic Garden repre-
sentative. Prof. Alfred E. Emerson and Prof. George D. Fuller,
both of the University of Chicago, continued as Editors

Genetics
In Cooperation with the Editorial Board of Genetics
Bimonthly. Volume XXII comprised 46 papers, 663 pages,
5 plates, and 84 text figures (as against 44 papers, 855 pages,
slates, and 152 text figures in 1936). At the close of the fiscal
year (November 30, 1937) the circulation was 770, the annual
budget $8,830.02, and the credit balance $4,118.35 (as against
726, $10,586.16, and $3,647.13 in 1936), plus the value of back

UV
—

134

sets and volumes on hand. Dr. L. C. Dunn, of Columbia Uni-
versity, continued as Managing Editor.
Brooklyn Botanic Garden Record

Quarterly. Volume XXVI comprised 375 pages. The April
number comprised the Annual Report. The circulation of the
Record at the close of the year was 1,499.

Leaflets
No Leaflet was issued during 1937.
Contributions and Memoirs
Numbers 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, and 81 of the Contributions were

published.
No Memoir was published.

135
OFBRICERS-OF THE. BOARD “OF ERUSTEES
PRESIDENT
EDWARD C. BLUM
First Vice-Preswent SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN VAN SINDEREN
Turirp Vice-PRESIDENT
SUMNER FORD
TREASURER SECRETARY
EDWIN P. MAYNARD JOHN H. DENBIGH
BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE
MISS HILDA LOINES, Cuatrman

PHILIP A. BENSON WALTER HAMMITT
EDWARD C. BLUM, Ex officio WILLIAM T. HUNTER
MRS. WILLIAM H. CARY DAVID H. LANMAN
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN EDWIN P. MAYNARD
MRS. LEWIS W. FRANCIS ALFRED E. MUDGE

EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD
THE FoLttowineG Orriciats or tite Crry or NEw York
THE MAYOR

THE sCOMPTROLLER
THE COMMISSIONER OF PARKS

MEMBERS OF THE BOARD

(Trustees are Elected from Membership of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences)

Babbott, Dr. Frank L. Davidson, Sidney W.
ayes, Hon. William R. Denbigh, Dr. John H.

Beers, E. LeGrand Dillon, Miss Mary E.

Benson, Philip A. Draper, Mrs. Mary Childs

Blum, Edward C. Farrell, James A.

Blum, Robert E. Ford, Sumner

Cary, Mrs. William H. Forward, DeWitt A.

Christy, Francis T Francis, Mrs. Lewis W.

Crittenden, Walter H. Frazier, Kenneth

Curtin, John J. Good, Mrs. William H.

136

Hammitt, Walter Murray, Thomas E., Jr.
Healy, Mrs. A. Augustus Osborne, Mrs. Dean C.
Hunter, William T. Parker, John C.

Tees aie Henry A. *Post, James H.

Jonas, Ralph Pratt, Charles

Lanman, David H. Pratt, Mrs. Frederic B.
Lewisohn, Sam A. Shaw, Robert Alfred
Lockwood, Luke Vincent Smith, Dr. Bernard H.
Loines, Miss Hilda *Underwood, John T.
Maynard, Edwin P. Van Sinderen, Adrian
McLaughlin, Hon. George V. Warner, Dr. Edwin G.
Mudge, Alfred E. York, Rt. Rev. Mer. John C,

WOMAN’S AUXILIARY

MRS. GLENTWORTH R. BUTLER, Honorary Presipent
MRS. HENRY J. DAVENPORT, Prestpent

Mrs. Irving L. Cabot, Vice-President

Mrs. George E. Brower, Secretary

Miss Jessie H. Righter, Treasurer

Allen, Mrs, Joseph Dana Cruikshank, Mrs. Russell V.
Arai, Mrs. Rk. Davenport, Mrs. Henry J.
Jabbott, Mrs. Frank L. Delafield, A rs. John R,
3enson, Mrs, Philip A. Draper, Mrs. Mary Cl 1ilds
Betts, Miss Dorothy L. Dreier, ae H. Edward
Blum, Mrs. Edward Charles Eidlitz, Mrs. Ernest Frederick
Boardman, Mrs. George M. Ford, Mrs. Sumner
Braman, Miss Emily L. Irancis, Mrs. Lewis W.,
Braman, Miss Irene M. Frank, Mrs. George S.
Brewster, Mrs. Walter Shaw Gager, Mrs. C. Stuart
Brinsmade, Miss Alice Garvin, Mrs. Edwin L.
Brower, Mrs. George FE. Goetze, Mrs. Ott

Brown, Mrs. G. Stewart Good, Mrs. William iH.
3rown, Mrs. Samuel A. Greenman, Mrs. William B.
Butler, Mrs. Glentworth R. Hammitt, Mrs. Walter
Butterick, Miss Mary E. Harrisson, Mrs. Stephen M.
Cabot, Mrs. Irving L. Healy, Mrs. A. Augustus
Carroll, Mrs. Otis Swan Hill, Mrs. Robert

Carter, Mrs. Oliver Goldsmith Hills, Mrs. James M.

Cary, Mrs. William H. Huff, Mrs. Earle P.

Childs, Mrs. William TF. Hume, Mrs. Russell S.
Christy, Mrs. Francis T. Hyde, Mrs. Clarence R.
Coutts, Miss Frances H. Ingersoll, Mrs. Raymond V.
Cranford, Mrs. Frederick L. Ingraham, Mrs. Henry A.
Cranford, Mrs. Walter V. James, Mrs. Darwin R., Jr.

* Deceased.

Jameson, Miss Jeanetta C. Post, Miss Jessie W.
Jameson, Mrs. P. Chalmers Potts, Mrs. Charles FE.
Jennings, Mrs. John FE. Pratt, Mrs. Frederic B.
Jonas, Mrs. Ralph Pratt, Mrs. Richardson
Jones, Miss Helen Swiit Prince, Mrs. Benjamin
IkXnox, Miss Maria Putnam, Mrs. William A.
Lanman, Mrs. David H. Righter, Miss Jessie H.
Lathrop, Mrs. John HH. Roberts, Mrs. John S.
_ eech, Mrs. John E. Rowe, Mrs. Frederick W.
ester, Mrs. Maxwell Seabury, Mrs. Samuel
ane Mrs. Roy M. Shaw, Mrs. Awbrey N
Lockwood, Mrs. William A. Shaw, Miss Ellen Eddy
Loines, Miss Hilda Sherman, Mrs. Arnold W.
ved vies Henry A. Simmons, Mrs. Frank E.
Marshall, Mrs. William W. Smith, Mrs. B. Herbert
Maynard, Mrs. Edwin P. Southard Miss Edith Brett
Maynard, Mrs. Edwin P., Jr. Stewart, Mrs. Seth Thayer
McMahon, Mrs. Edward W. Stutzer, Miss Elise W
Merrill, Mrs. Whitney W. Thatcher, Mrs. Edwin H.
Mudge, Mrs. Alfred E. Thayer, Mrs. Gordon C,
Noble, Mrs. Francis L. Truslow, Mrs. Walter
O’ Donohue, Mrs. Charles A. Tuttle, Mrs. Winthrop M.
Osborne, Mrs. Dean C. Underwood, Mrs. John T.
Otis, Mrs. Charles H. Van Brunt, Miss Elizabeth R.
Paffard, Mrs. Frederic C. Van Brunt, Mrs. Jeremiah R.
Palmer, Mrs. Carleton H. Van Sinderen, Mrs. Adrian
Parsons, Mrs. Frank H. Warbasse, Mrs. James P.
Pashley, Mrs. Charles L. Wells, Mrs. Walter F.
Peck, Mrs. Bayard L. White, Mrs. Alexander M.
Perkins, Mrs. Charles FE. White, Miss Harriet H
Perry, Mrs. John M. Wilcox, Mrs. T. Ferdinand
Peters, Mrs. Wm. Sterling Wilson, Mrs. Francis A.
Phenix, Mrs. Spencer Woodward, Miss Mary Blackburne

LAS E-OR MEMBERS
(Revised to April 7, 1938)
For information concerning the various classes of membership consult the
pages preceding this Report
BENEFACTORS
By contribution of $100,000 or inore, or by gifts of equivalent value

*Samuel P. Avery *Augustus Graham
*Carl H. De Silver *A. Augustus Healy

138

Miss Harriet H. White (G)
*Robert B. Woodward

*Alfred T. White (G) 1
*Miss Frances E. White (G)

PATRONS
By contribution of $25,000 or more, or by gifts of equivalent value

*Frank L. Babbott * Alfred W. a
*Miss Mary Benson *Frank S
Miss Elisabeth W. Frothingham * Alfred eae Pell
) *Mrs. Caroline H. Polhemus
*William A. Putnam
*Charles A. Schieren
*John T. Underwood

*Mrs. John Hills (G)

DoNorS
By contribution of $10,000 or more, or by gifts of equivalent value

Joseph C. Hoagland
*Samuel N. Hoyt

Mrs. Mary Babbott Ladd
Mrs. Joseph H. Lester
*Frederick Loeser

Mrs. Ian MacDonald
*Henry P. Martin

*Miss Matilda McLean

* Abr aham a aham
Dr L. Babbott
ica y aun man
ie A. H.

rs. Eugene G. Blackford
7 liam Calvy =
*William H. Car
Mrs. William H- ee
*Walter V. Cranford (G) *Joseph T. Perkins
Mrs. Walter V. ee (G) *George D.
Walter H. Crittenden *Henry K. Sh oe
*Mrs, Ella J. Filson Mrs. Lydia Babbott Stokes
*John W. Frothingham *Herman Stutzer (G)
*George A. Hearn *Hon. Richard Young (G)

PERMANENT MEMBERS
By contribution of $2,500 or more, or by gifts of equivalent value

Abraham, Mrs. Abraham , Dr. Nathan

Barclay, Mrs. Reginald
Barnes, Mrs. Richard 5S.
ae I. LeGrand

3eers, Miss M. Elizabeth
*Beers, Mrs. Mary L.

1(G), through the Botanic Garden
gifts were to some other Department of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and

Sciences

ae
ees Henry Harper
Blackford, Eugene G.
Blum, Edwar
Boocock, aoe
*Boody, Hon. David A.

For names not thus designated the

*Brackett, Miss Mary A.
Brown, Mrs. Lilla
Gapbell: Miss Mary

arroll, Mrs. Otis Swan

*Coffin, Mrs. Sturgis

*Cook, Henry F
Day, Prof. Cyrus Lawrence
English, Mrs. J. Radford

*Evans, Miss Mabel Louise
Fahys, George E.

*Fahys, Joseph
First Unitarian Church Society

*Freifeld, Mrs. George
Good, Mrs. John, Sr.

*Gottsberger, Francis

*Healy, Frank

*Hearn, Mrs. George A.

*Hentz, Henr

*Herriman, iss Helen
Higgins, Trac
Hoagland, Mrs. Raymond
Hoagland, Miss S. a
Hodenpyl, Eugene
How, Miss ee W.
Hoyt, Mrs. Mark
Hughes, Miss Celeste
Hughes, Miss Mary

*James, John S.

*Jones, Mrs. Mary L.

*Jones, Townsend

ioe

Joost, Mrs. Martin
Kelso, William G., Jr.
*TLawrence, Henry C.
*Lawrence, Lysander W.
Lawrence, Richard
Lindgrove, Mrs. Matrorie So
*Lord, Mrs. John Bradley
Low, Augustus
*Maxwell, J. Rogers, Jr.
McMahon, eos al
*Morse, Horac
*Oakley, Mrs. Thee Te.

*Peabody, George Foster
Pell, Mrs. Cornelia L.
*Post, James H.
Powell, Mrs. Robert E.
Sanger, William
*Sanger, William Cary
Self, Mrs. Edgar A.
*Sheldon, Mrs. Henry K.
Simonds, Mrs. William R.
Smith, Mrs. Annie Morrill
Smith, Howard C.
*Vander Weyde, Mrs. N. J.
Walsh, Mrs. Anna F.
Webster, Miss Aileen
*White, Alexander M.
*Woodward, Mrs. John B.

Lire MEMBERS

By contribution of $500 or more, or by gifts of equivalent value

Through the Botanic Garden

Bailey, Frank

Bobbink, Lambertus C.

Butler, Mrs. Glentworth R.
memory of Glentworth
Butler.)

Cary, Mrs. William H.

Childs, Eversley

Engelhardt, George P.

Gager, Dr. C. Stuart

Thatcher,

Hicks, Henry
Hunter, William T.
pee Ralph

oines, Miss Hilda
Tae Alfred E.
Osman, Fred D.
Perkins, Mrs. Charles FE.
Potts, Maj. cae E.
Southwick, Dr. E

Edwin H.

140

Through other Departments of the Institute

Abraham, Lawrence FE. Dreier, Theodore
Ager, John Winifred Dykeman, Conrad YV.
Albertson, Rev. Charles Carroll *Eastman, Mrs. William F,
Allan, Mrs. Evelyn W. Elmhirst, Mrs. Dorothy P. Whitney
Allen, Miss Mary W. English, George
Banbury, James J. Evans, Mrs. Gertrude C.
3annister, Miss Eleanor C. Fara Forni, Mme. A. F.
Daedash: Charles H. Farmer, Walter B
Batterman, Henry L. Farrell, James A.
Jatterman, Miss Minnie P. Iarrier, Albert Moses
Baxter, Ff. W. Iarrier, I*rederick B.
Bayes, Hon. William R. Ferrier, Miss Elizabeth A,
Baylis, A. B. ai Miss E. Elizabeth
Bayle Wm., Jr. ‘ish, Mrs. L. W
Benson, Philip A. : oe Mrs. Montague
Bigelow, Edward IF. Flinsch, ean E. F,
Blumenthal, Maurice Foote, Alfred Sherman
Blydenburgh, Frank J. For a Saene
3olwell, Mrs. Sarah A. Francis, Mrs. Lewis W
3o0ody, Alvin IFrancken-Sierstorpff, Countess von
Brasher, Philip Frank, Mrs. George S.
Brasher, Reginald I. Frazier, Kenneth
Brockway, Miss En mma A, Frothingham, Miss Helen I.
*Brown, Miss A. Gardner, William
Brown, John W. Gibb, William T.
Buek, Mrs. Cecilia Gifford, Ira L.
Capel Mrs. Wm. Mitchell Gilbert, Miss A. Louise M.
Chauncey, Rev. E. F. Gilbert, Wilham T.
Chittenden, Miss Alice H. Good, Mrs. John, Jr.
Claflin, John Good, Mrs. William H.
Clarke, Rev. L. Mason Goodnow, David F.
Corlies, Howard Goodnow, oe Frank J.
Cram, Mrs. Howard W. Goodnow, Wes
Crane, Judge Frederick F. Grace Church ae
*C aban Mrs. I. W. Hall, Charles
Curtin, John J. *Halsey, William B,
Curtis, Henry S. Healy, Mrs. A. Augustus
Dalby, Archibald B. Hechecher August
Davis, William T. Hester, Mrs. Ada Gibb
Denbigh, Dr. John FH. Hall, William B
Dixon, Theodore P. Hollenback, Miss Amelia B.
Dougherty, Andrew, Jr. Hooker, Die Davenport
Doyle, Mrs. Allan M. *Hooper, Mrs. Franklin W.
Draper, Ernest G, Huber, Josey "

Draper, Mrs. Mary Childs Hulbert, Mrs. Henry C.

Husson, Miss C. Julie M
Hyde, Henry St. John
Hyde, James H.
Ingraham, Miss Frances
Ingraham, Georg

Jeffrey, Dr. Stewart L.
Johnson, Alvin R.

Jones, Miss Emily W.
Kahn, Mrs. Otto
Kelekian, Dikran G.
Kellogg, Dwight H.
Kennedy, Mrs. Mary A.
Kenyon, Mrs. Irene S.
Kenyon, Whitman W.
Lang, Mrs. Robert
Latimer, Miss Julia W.
Lewisohn, Adolph
Lewisohn, Sam A.
Lincoln, Mrs. Dorothy Chapel
Litchfield, E. Hubert
Lockwood, Luke Vincent
Love, Mrs. Henry D.

Low, Ethelbert Ide
Low, Josiah O.
Ludlum, eee W.

Lyman, Frank

ynde, Mrs. Vente R,
Mac hear Robert W.
MacDonald, Rev. Robert
Mason, William P
Mathews, Mrs. Albert H.
Maxwell, Henry L.

May, Joseph M.
Maynard, Edwin P.

McLaughlin, Hon. George V.
1 H

Morse, Charles L.

141

Mundhenk, Herman
Murray, hens Bie
O’Connor, Mrs. W. B.
Ogilvie, Donald Manson
Osborne, Mrs. Dean C.
Packard, Miss Mary S.
Paige, Clifford E.
Palmer, Henry L.
Parker, Asa W., Jr.
*Parker, Gordon

Parker, John C.

Peet, Mrs. Louis Harman
Pierre
Pierrepont, Seth Low
Polhemus, Miss R. A.
Potts, Maj. Charles FE.
Pratt, Charles

Pratt, Frederic B.
Pratt, Mrs. Frederic B.
Pratt, Harold I.
Prentiss,
, Thomas Harold

pont, John J.

Russell E.

Talter R.

KH
-_
~
nw
nm wm
oO
_

. Harrington
ae William A,
, Mrs. F. Van N.
ie, George C.
Robinson, Dr. Nathaniel

Mrs. £

Ruger,

Miss Eunice M.
Schieren, Harrie Victor
Robert Alfrec
Mrs. Anna B.
eee Henry

Smith,
Smith,
Snow,

Schenck,
Shaw,

Sheldon,

. Foster

Mrs Helen Ward

. Roy G.
Stevens, Suesiend
Stewart, Douglas MacC.

142

Stutzer, Miss Elise W.
Sullivan, Andrew T.

Taylor, Miss Bessie
Taylor, Mrs. Helen S.
Taylor, William H.
Thayer, Mrs. Anna K,

Thursby, Miss Ina

Tucker, Mrs. George S., Jr.
Turner, Mrs. Bertha C.
Tuthill, Miss Isabel H.
Valentine

Van oie: Aiss Susan M,
Van Sinderen, Adrian

SUSTAINING

By payment of

Adams, Charles S. (M)

Anderson, John (G)

“e ee Memorial High
1 (E)

ae ie E. (EF)

Boetticher, Miss E. C. (G)

Bromley, Mrs. Bruce (EF)

Bryant, Miss ue (G)

Christy, Francis T. (E

Conroy, Gardiner og

Cruikshank, Mrs. Russell V. (E)

Davidson, Sidney W. (FE)

Dillon, Miss Mary E. (FE)

Doolittle, Mrs. R. Edson (E)

Doscher, Mrs. A. B. (M)

Pdwards. Mrs. Wm. Seymour (M)

Faber, Lothar W. (M)

Felter, Mrs. Mary Bentley (E)

Fernstrom, Miss Thora M. (E)

i (M)

Froeb, Gees (MM)
Garvin, Mrs. Edwin L.
Goddard, Mrs. A. E.

iraves, Dr. Arthur H, 7
Halstead, Mrs. J. Morton (M)

1(G), Through the Botanic Garden;

Department.

Van Sinderen, Mrs. Adrian
Wagner, Miss Marie
oe Robert R,
Warbasse, Mrs. James P.
Warner, pe Edwin G.
Weber, Mrs. Herman C.
Webster, Mrs. Edward H.
White, Harold T

White, S. V

Whitney, Sumner B.
Wisner, Mrs. Horatio S.
Woodward, Miss Mary Blackburne
York, Rt. Rev. Mgr. John C.

MEMBERs !
$25 annually

Hammitt, Walter (E)

*Hart, Miss Adelaide (M)

Hart, Miss Lauribel (E)

Hincken, Miss Elsie O. (G)

Hollwegs, Miss Anna (G)

Hyatt, Miss Annie (E)

Ingraham, Edward A. (G)

Ingraham, Henry A. (E)

Ingraham, Mrs. Henry C. M. (G)

Jenkins, Mrs. John Sloane (M)

King, Mrs. Warner (M

Kirkman, Mrs. A. S. (M)

Knox, Mrs. David D. (G)

*Lambert, Frank (M)

Langdon, Mrs. Palmer H. (G)

Lanman, David H. (E)

Latimer, Miss Mary (G)

Leech, Mrs. John E. (G)

Logan, Miss Anna A. (E)

Loomis, Guy

Lorence, Louis (E)

ee Dr. Edwin P., Jr. (E)
ad, D. Irvine (M)

Hau Miss Marie M. (M)

Morton, Dr.

Pasternack

Je de EY
, Mrs. Richard (M)

(M), Museum; (E), Educational

143

Perkins, Mrs. Charles E. (E) Southard, Miss Edith Brett (M)
Petrocelli, Mrs. J. (E) Uhrbrock, Mrs. E. F. (G)
Price, Mrs. William H. (M) Underwood, Mrs. John T. (M)
Reimer, Miss Margareth B. (M) Van Vleck, Miss Jane (M)
anise Miss Jessie H. (M) Walmsley, Mrs. Clara E. (E)
Rogers, Mrs. Charles E., Jr. (E) Weber, F. C. (E)

Rossin, Alfred S. (M) Weeth, Dr. Charles R. (E)
Sartori, Joseph J. (G) White, Mrs. Grace (E)

See, Alonzo B. (G) Whitney, Mrs. H. F. (E)
Simmons, Mrs. Frank E. (G) Wood, Miss Emily S. (E)
Smith, Dr. Bernard H. (EF) Zoebisch, Mrs. C, T. (M)

BRooKLYN Botanic GARDEN ANNUAL MEMBERS

By payment of $10 annually

Affeld, F. O. Blum, Mrs. Edward Charles
Allen, Mrs. Joseph Dana Boardman, Mrs. George M.
Andrews, Miss Grace Boehrer, Mrs. Charles A.
Arai, Mrs. Yoneo Bornmann, Dr. Alfred
Arata, Mrs. Florence B. Bourke, Miss Collette
Babbott, Mrs. Frank L. Bowne, Mrs. Frederic
Bacon, Mrs. Robert Braman, Miss Irene M.
Baden, Victor Branagan, Miss Elizabeth A.
Barbanell, Miss Charlotte Brandt, Mrs. Laura L.
Barbarin, Mrs. Gabrielle Brewster, Mrs. Walter Shaw
Barber, Mrs. Robert F. Brierley, John R.
Bassett, Mrs. Hubert M. Brinsmade, Miss Alice
Bay Ridge Garden Club Brockaway, Mrs. Otilia A.
3eck, Mrs. Anna W. Brody, Mrs. Rose Ella
Becker, Frederick W. Brooke n Plant, Flower and Fruit
Becker, Miss Johanna L. Guild
Beckerman, Bernard Brossard, Miss Theodora
Behr, Edward A. Browder, Dr. Jefferson
Behr, Miss Maria O. Brower, Frank Daniel
Benson, Mrs. Philip A. Brower, Mrs. George E.
Berg, Mrs. J. Frederic Brown, Mrs. G. Stewart
Berlind, Mrs. Ruth F. Brown, Roscoe C. E.
Berman, Mrs. Judith H. Brown, Mrs. Samuel A.
Betts, Miss Dorothy L. Brown, Mrs. Samuel T.
Bildersee, a Adele Brown, Mrs. Theodore Burgess
Biren, Mrs. Frances A. Browning, Dr. William
Bittner, Mrs. os Brukenfeld, Morris
Blecenrn Dr. William W. Brunjes, William G.
Blatchford, Miss Edna Léonie Bush, Mrs. Robert W.

Blatchford, Miss Stella Butterick, Miss Mary E.

Cabot, Dr. Irving L.
Cadbury, Mrs. Olive C
Cadman, Mrs. Frederick L.
Camp, Miss Caroline D.
Campbell, Miss Mary
Canis, Prof. Otto P. M.
Carpenter, Mrs. James N
Carter, Mrs. Oliver Goldsmith
Cary, Mrs. William H.
Casamajor, Miss Martha
Casper, Sidney J.
Cass, Miss E rina W.
Cedarhurst Garden Study Group
Chapman, Mrs. A. Wright
Christy, Mrs. Francis T.
City Gar dens. Club
Clark, Mrs. John B.
Clark, Dr. Raymond
fin, Mrs. I. Sherwood
Conkling, Miss Louella B.
Conover, Mrs. pee 5.
Contemporary Club, The
Corcoran, Mrs. ae de
Cornman, Mrs. Tessie
Coutts, Miss Frances H.
Coykendall, Mrs. W. E.
Crane, Mrs. Claude G,
Cranford, Frederick I
Cranford, Miss Margaret
oF Mrs. Walter V.
Crary, Mrs. Miner D,
Gee. William
Cruikshank, Russell V.
Crystal, Mrs. Beatrice
Cummings, Mrs. Tom
Currie, Mrs. James N.
Dana, Mrs. Arnold Guyot
Yana, Mrs. Arthur D
Dann, James E.
Dauernheim, A. M.
Davenport, Mrs. Henry J.

@)
os

deComps, Miss Pauline L.
Delafield, Mrs. John R.
Denbigh, Miss Helen D.

144

Devin, Miss M, Catherine
De Voe, Franklin M.
Dickey, Miss Annie Louise
Dienst, Mrs }

Dillon, ae Mary ‘E.
Dinsmore, Mrs. Laird C.

Paola, Miss Rose M.

Ditmas, Miss Caroline
Dlugatz, Dr. Herman G.
Dobbie, Mrs. Horace B.
Dodge, Mrs. Francis D.
Doherty, Mrs. Philip A.
Doman, Mrs. Samuel H.
Donovan, Miss Loretto V.
Dreier, Mrs. H. Edward
Duhme, Mrs. H. F.
*du Pont, Mrs. T. Coleman
DuVal, Guy

DuVal, Mrs. Guy

Earle, Mrs. Wm. P., Jr.
Eckardt, Mrs. Remick C.
Eckstein, Harry

Edinburg, Mrs. William G
Eidhitz, Mrs. Ernest Frederick
Eilers, Miss Emma

Elbert, Mrs. William
Eldredge, Mrs. O. Stanley
Elkus, Mrs. Abram I
Emerson, Mrs. Wilham
Ericsson, Miss H. Wilhelmina
Etzel, Mrs. Mary M.
Everit, Mrs. Edward A.
Fairbanks, Miss Maria B.
Fairchild, B. T.
*PFairchild, Mrs. F. Kk.

Fardelman, Mrs. A. Von Prief

Far Rockaway Women’s Club:

Garden Group
Faweett, Mrs. Alfred
Faweett, Mrs. James M.
Fawcett, Judge Lewis L.
Fink, Mrs. Elle
Fisher, fice Edna M.
Fiske, Mrs. E. Rodney
Fitzhugh, Mrs. William W., Jr.
Fitz Patrick, Mrs. M. J

Flushing Garden Club, Inc.
‘oote, Mrs. Merrill N.
Ford, Mrs. Sumner
Fortnightly ae Club
Foster, Miss
Fox, ven ee ale
Ifriedman, Mrs. Morris
Frohne, Mrs. Theodore
Fuchs, Mrs. Helen H.
Gaillard, Mrs. William Dawson
Gallup, Miss Anna B
Garden Club of Madison
Gibson, Miss Gertrude L.
Gillingham, Mrs. ears Rk.
Gillingham, James
Girls Commercial =
Girls Commercial H.
Girls Commercial H.
Girls Commercial H.
Girls Commercial H.
Gladding, Walter M.
Gloster, Ceci
Gluckman, Michael
Goetze, Miss ee H.
Goetze, Mrs
Goldfarb, WES —_ M.
Goldstein, Louis G.
Gonnoud

S., Brooklyn
S., Brooklyn
S., Brooklyn
S., Brooklyn

S., Brooklyn

Goodfellow, Mrs. M. P.
Gordon, Dr. Onslow A., Jr

Great Neck Garden Club
Green, Dr. Wyman R.
Greene, Mrs. Everett

Grieff, Victor

Griffen, Mrs. Charles
Griffths, Mrs. Eben
Gustafson, Miss Anna M.
Haas, Miss Edith

Haff, Mrs. Alvah C.
Hagstrom, Mrs. Henry Theodore
Hale, Miss Alfaretta May
Halstead, Mrs. J. Morton
Halstead, Mrs. Kenneth B.
Halsted, Mrs. Henry M.
Hamburger, Mrs. Jerome W.
, Mrs. George S
Hanks, Mee Lenda T.

145

Hargitt, Dr. Chas. A.
Harris, Mrs. Augustus
Harris, Mrs. Earl B.
Harrisson, Mrs. Stephen M.
ee Miss Dorothy
Hav r, Edward S.
Faye ie Edward
Haynes, Miss Mabel
Healy,

Hearns, ies. Frank T.
Hecht, Miss Sadie
Heissenbuttel, Mrs. Henry C.
Heissenbuttel, Mrs. Wm. F.
Held,
Heller, fe See
Helm, Mrs. Gustave A.
Henning, Mrs. George
Hershcovitz, Eli

Hervey, Leon
Hester, Mrs. salle
Hevle, Miss ae M.

Higgins, Dr. Alice Kk.

Hill, Mrs. Robert C.

Hills, Mrs. James M.
Hirschhorn, Herman
Hoag, Mrs. J. Edward
Hobart, Alexander C.
Hoffmann, Mrs. George J.
Holcombe, Mrs. Walter P.
Hollander, Mrs. Lewis E.
Hollenback, Miss Amelia B.
Hollwees, Miss Katherine
Holme, A,

Hoppin, Mise Laurette A,
Horstein, Miss Mina
Howard, Miss Katherine C.
Howard, Miss Laurette
Hume, Mrs. Henry M.
Hume, Mrs. Russell S.
Humpstone, Mrs. O. Paul
Huncke, Mrs. Helen F.
Hutton, Miss Bake De
Tffla, Miss Florence

Mrs. Rennrad V.
Miss Grace

. Dr. Ruth

Ingersoll,
cei
TIngrahan

Trish "William S.

Jackson, Mrs. Edward
Jackson, Mrs. Samuel, Sr.

Jadwin, Mrs. Palmer H.
Jadwin, Mrs. Stanley P.
James, Mrs. John Wells
Mrs. Warner

, William L

Jameson, ie : Chalmers
Jameson, Mrs. P. Chalmers
Jansen, Miss Dora
Jennings, a Annie B.
Jewell, John

Johanns, Mrs. ae L.

Jones, Mrs. Dunham C.
Jones, Miss Helen Swift
Jones, Mrs. Jane Bates
Jones, Mrs. Wallace T.,
Jones, Mrs. Wallace Te ee
Jourdan, James H

Judd, Mrs. Orrin R.
Kahrs, William C.

Kay, Miss Lillian S.
Keating, Miss Margaret R.
Kelley, Mrs. Herman A
Kent, Mrs. Edward H.
Kerr, Mrs. William F.
Ketcham, Miss Clara L

Kindergarten Mother’s Club, P. S.
24

Kirk’s School, Miss
Klempner, Mrs. Ida
Knigin, Miss Sylvia
Kknox, Miss pete
Ikunz, Mrs.

Lafrentz, Miss Old L.
Lancaster, Miss Bertha
Landon, Mrs. Stephen
Lane, Miss Ella M.
Lantry, Mrs. Joseph P.
Lathrop, Mrs. John H.

oo High School,

146

Bi-

Laura S. Stewart Garden Club
Lawrence, Mrs. Herbert
Lawrence School, The
Lee, Mrs. Robert C
*Leininger, Mrs. Ralph
Lester, Mrs. Maxwell
Levine, Mrs. Sarah
Levingson, Isaac
Levy, Mrs. Eleanor kh.
Levy, Harry
Lewis, Clarence McK.
Lewis, Mrs. Florence
Lincoln, Mrs. Roy M.
Litchfield, Miss Cornelia
Lockwood, Mrs. William A.
*Lohman, Miss Helen
Lohman, Mrs. W. H.
Loines, Miss Elma
Loines, Mrs. Stephen
Long, Mrs. Claramae B.
Lott, Mrs. Henry DeWitt
Love, John H
Lupka, Mrs. Lilhan A.
Lysaght, Miss Agnes
MacCauley, Miss Minnie
Mackey, Mrs. J. T.
Mackey, Miss Mary R.
Maguer, Mrs. Thomas I,
Manville, Mrs. H. Edward
Marks, Mrs. Alexander D.
Marrow, Miss Lucille
Marshall, Mrs. William W.
Maynard, Mrs. Edwin P.
Maynard, Mrs. Edwin P., Jr.
McCarthy, Edward Joseph
McCarthy, Miss Mildred H.
McCormick, Mrs. E.
McDermott, Mrs. Arthur V.
Gill, Mrs, Franklin C.
McGill, Mrs. Margaret
McHugh, Mrs. John J.
McLaren, James R.

Mehl, Mrs. Frances
Mehl, Joseph

Mehr, Stanley

Meissner, Mrs. William C.
Mellen, Mrs. Graham Kk.
Merrill, Mrs. Whitney W.
Merritt, Miss Lilla H.
Meserole, Mrs. Walter M.
Meyenborg, Miss Evelyn A.
Michelsen, Mrs. Letitia M.
Miller, Mrs. Joseph B.
Miller, Miss Lizzie K.
Moore, Miss Jane L
Morgan, Miss Charlotte E.
Morse, Mrs. George Perley
Mudge, Mrs. Alfred E.
Muller, Adolf

Mullikin, Mrs. Richard
Myerson, Mrs

Namm, Major Beni ania H,
Napoli, Peter

Natelson, Mrs. L. F.
Nathan, Mrs. Hortense L.
Needham, Henry C.

Nellis, Dr. Frank G.
Neumann, Mrs. Tamar M.
*Newman, Miss Louise M.

Newton, Mrs. Charles E., Jr.

North, Mrs. John H.

Noschkos, Monroe

Oak, Miss Dorothy

O’Brien, Mrs. A. J.

O’Donohue, Mrs. Pai A.

Ohly, Dr. John

Ormsbee, Mrs. eae H.
san C,

Packer, ae ee 0.
Paepcke, Mrs. FE. R.
Paffard, Mrs. Frederic C.
Palmer, Miss Emma J

147

Parent Teachers’ Association, P. S.

241
Parker, Mrs. Saar, B.
Par ahelsleys

Parsons, eae es
Pashley, Mrs. Charles L.

Patterson, Dr. William M.
Peck, Mrs. Bayard L
Peck, eats Ce
Peloubet, Mrs. S. W.
Penny, Mrs. J. H.
Perkins, Mrs. Charles E.
Perry, Mrs. John M.
Peshkin, Jacob
Peters, Mrs. Wm. Sterling
Pieiffer, Miss C. A.
Phenix, Mrs. Spencer
Pierrepont, Miss Anna J.
Pilsbury, Mrs. E. H
Platt, Miss E. EL
Platt, Rutherford
Plumb, Mrs. E. T.
Plump, Miss Julia H.
ond, Miss Pearl F.
Pond, William H.
Popper, Mrs. William C.
Porter, Mrs. E. Pender
Post, Mrs. James H.
Post, Miss Jessie W.
Potter, Mrs. R. Burnside

Pett Miss M

Pratt, Mrs. ee
Price, Frank J

Prince, Mrs. Benjamin
Provost, Miss Eva M

Public School 197, Brooklyn
Public School 241, Brooklyn
Purdy, Miss Maud H.
Queensboro Garden Club
Queens Village Garden Club
Raiman, Mrs. Robert I.
Rathbun, Mrs. Nathaniel P.
Ray, Miss Mabel

Recknagel, Miss Alice

xeed, Mrs. George M.
Remnande Mrs. Charles
Richardson, William C.

Rinschede, Miss Ida EE.
Roberts, Mrs. John 5S.
Roberts, Miss Willa

Roe, Mrs. Clinton T.
Rosati, Dr. Vincent F.
Rowe, Mrs. Frederick W.
Ruckgaber, Mrs. Louis A.
Sanders, Edward I.

Schellhammer, Fred M.
eee Mrs. I. Rk.
Schiller, Miss Ft rances
Scandic David

Schoonhoven, Mrs, John J.

Schrader, Miss M. H.

Schulz, Mrs. Josephine Anna

Schwarz, Mrs. Henry |
Scoville, Mrs. Herbert
Seibert, Mrs. Albert FE.
Seidt, Miss Olive
Seldin, Mrs. Te

Shanahan, Mrs. Thomas FE.
Shaw, Miss Agnes M.
Shaw, Mrs. Awbrey N.

—

Shaw, Isidor

Shepard, Charles S.
Sherman, Mrs. Arnold W.
Sherman, Mrs.

Shevell, Mrs. Catherine
Siebert, Mrs. William
Simpson, Miss Etta

- Simpson, Mrs. T. A.
Slow, Frank

Smith, B. Herbert
Smith, Miss Bertha H.
Smith, Mrs. C. M.
Smith, George W.
Smith, Miss Leona A.
Smith, Mrs. Norman
Smith, Mrs. Townsend J.
Snedeker, Mrs. Edwin L.
Sormanm, Miss Julia A.
Spingarn, J. E.

Spingarn, Mrs. J
Sprackling, Mrs. Nelson
Spring, Miss M. Louise
Staber, Miss Maud J.
Starkweather, Mrs. A. K.
Steele, Roswell H,
Steinberg, Morris
Stellwagen, Fred L.
Sternberg, Martin N.
Stewart, Miss E. ¢
Stewart, Mrs. Seth ae:
Stires, Mrs. Ernest M.

Stout, Mrs. Charles H.
Strahs, Miss Jeanette
Straus, ae Grant

. Milford B.
Strong, i Theron G.,
Struse, Mrs. John-I.
Stuart, Lyall L.

Sullivan, Miss Bessie
Sweedler, Nathan

Taber, Mrs. D. Shearman
Taylor, Mrs. Jeannette
Thacher, Mrs. A. B.
Thatcher, Mrs. Edwin H.
Thatcher, Mrs. John H.
Thiemer, Mrs. E. J. H.
Thirkield, Mrs. Gilbert H.
Three Village Garden Club
Tiernan, Mrs. Bartholomew
Tilley, Dr. R. McFarlane

Tompkins, Miss Elizabeth M

‘Tousey, Miss Elizabs eth
Towbin, _ fe
Towl, Mrs. ce

Treadwell, ee Grace Trufant

Troeck, Miss M. Dorothy
Trull, Mrs. Frank
Turner, Mrs. Henry C.
*Tusch, Mrs. Walter

Tuttle, Mrs. Winthrop M.
Vail, Harry C.

Valentine, Stephen

Van Brunt,
Van Brunt, Jeremiah R.

—]

Miss Elizabeth R.

149

Van Sinderen, Adrian

Van Sinderen, Mrs. Adrian
Van Sinderen, Henry B.
Von Lehn, Mrs. Richard
Walcott, Mrs. Arthur S
Wallace, Mrs. Charles F.
Walton, Mrs. Henry A.
Ward, Mrs. Charles L.
Wark, Charles F.

Warren, William H.

Warshaw, Mrs. Rose

Weeth, Dr. Charles R.
Weinberg, Harry

Wells, Mrs. Walter F.
Wheeler, Mrs. William G.
White, Alain

White, Mrs. Alexander M.
Willard, Miss Dorothy

Zimimerm:

SUMMARY OF

Willard, George N.

Williams, Mrs. John O.

Willams, Mrs. William FE,
Williamson, Miss Marguerite Moli-

Wills, Louis Charles
Wilson, Mrs. Francis A.
Wood, Miss Helen C
Wood, Mrs. Willis D.
Woodmere Garden Club
Woodsburgh Garden Club
Woodward, Miss Mary Blackburne
Woolley, George |
Wrenn, Mrs. Allen Stewart
Yale, Mrs. William T.
Young, Miss Abigail
Zabriskie, Mrs. Elmer T.
Zadde, Mrs. Augusta
Zellner, Mrs. Carl P.
Zimmele, Charles F.

in, Mrs. P. K

MEMBEPRSELLE

Ral 10 SMM Wek Bee cee cate ny ee tsertee sok he ed yo bof a: 2 On eR ee AE a a area
I BYayovexece'< So itlaa 5 ae Bok ain ee EOE? Re Peetu ee tr
iReGimanentamViiein Dense swine. ui th 52 ih) aur ne aee gS cite en meee
Life Members

Mh Eouchmthems Otani Gs Gratdene <5 ok oie Stee ee ese ane ee a 17

eiroucdie© tlret-2 Me parntin ents ofa set oly ced enya ee 207 22
Sustaining Members

hhrouche thestpotanics Garden, oc. getevi0 25 wees ate eae 15

Through Other Departments
Annual Members

Total, as of April 2,

_ 7 =. of fa

The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences
OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

PRESIDENT
EDWARD C. BLUM
First VIcE-PRESIDENT SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN VAN SINDEREN

THirp VICE-PRESIDENT
SUMNER FORD

TREASURE SECRETARY
EDWIN P. MAYNARD JOHN H. DENBIGH
BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE
MISS HILDA LOINES, Chairman

PEI A BENSON WALTER HAMMITT
EDWARD C. BLUM, Ex officio WILLIAM T. HUNTER
MRS. WILLIAM H. CARY DAVID H. LANMAN
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN EDWIN P. MAYNARD
MRS. LEWIS W. FRANCIS ALFRED E. MUDGE

EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD
THe FoLLOoWING OFFICIALS OF THE City oF NEw York
E MAYOR
THE COMPTROLLER
THE COMMISSIONER OF PARKS

GENERAL INFORMATION
MeEMBERSHIP.—AI1 persons who are interested in the objects and maintenance
of the Brooklyn Botanic Garten are eligible to membership. Members enjoy spe-
cial privileges. Annual Membership, $10 yearly; Sustaining Membership, $25
yearly; Life Membership, $500. Full onsen concerning membership may
be had by addressing The Director, Brooklyn Eeiome Garden, 1000 Washington
Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Telephone, gee
Tue Boranic GARDEN is open free to as bua oe from 8 a.m, until dusk;
on Sundays Bnd Holidays it is open at
ES.—On Flatbush Avenue, near Empire Boulevard and near Mt.
Prospect Reon: on Washington Avenue, south of Eastern Parkway and near
Empire Boulevard; on Eastern Parkway, west of the Museum Buildin
he street entrance to the Laboratory Building is at 1000 Washington Avenue,
opposite Crown Street.

To Assist MEMBERS and others in studying the collections the services of a
docent may be obtained. This service is free of charge to members of the nae
Garden, to others there is a charge of 50 cents per person. rrangements must
be made by application to the Curator of Public pasucion at least one day in
advance. No parties of less than six adults will be con

H THE GARDEN a Broadway (B.M.T.) S a ay to Prospect Park

Station; Interborough Subw o Eastern Parkway-Brooklyn Museum Station;
Ses venue trolley to Empire Boulevard; Franklin Avenue, Lorimer Stre et,
or Tom s Avenue trolley to Washi gion Avenue ; St. John’s Place trolley to
Sain Ae and Washi neton Ave Union Street or Vanderbilt Avenue
trolley to pestneet Park Plaza and Unig Street. By pratt: from points
on Long Island take Eastern ‘Parkway west and turn left at Washington Avenue
from Manhattan, take Man n Bridge, follow Peper aeeeue Extension and

Flatbush Avenue to Eastern ee turn left following Parkway to Washington
Avenue; then turn rig

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
PUBLICATIONS

RECORD. Established, January, 1912. An administrative periodical issued
aias terly (1912-1928) ; bimonthly (1929-1932); quarterly (1933-). Contains,
mong other ‘things, the Annual Report of the director and heads of cepakau at
Saeed reports, announcements of courses of instruction, seed list, guides, misce
laneous papers, and notes poncerning eeu rogress and events. Free to mem-
bers of the Garden. Too s $1.00 a year. Circulates in 59 countries.

MOIRS. yah at July, ‘ote Published irregularly. Circulates in
47 countries.

olume I. Dedication Papers: comprising 33 scientific papers presented at
the aang of er Picanol building and plant houses, April 19-21, 1917.
521 pages. Price $3.5
eee 1 a ae a of Long Island. Part I, The vegetation of
Montauk: A study of grassland and forest. By Norman Taylor, June 11, 1923.
108 pages. Price $1.00, plus postage
Volume III. Vegetation of Mount Desert Island, Maine, and its environ-
ment. ee Barticton Moore and Norman Taylor, June 10, 1927. 151 pages.
Price $1.60
CONTRIBUTIONS. Established, April 1, 1911. Papers originally published
n periodicals, reissued as “separates” without change of paging, and numbered
contecitively. Twenty-five numbers Cea: one volume. Price 25 cents each,
volume. Circulates in 34 cou

76. Inheritance of resistance @ the loose and covered kernel smuts of
Sorghum: II. Feteriia hybrids. 22 pages. 1937.
No,

77. Monographic studies in the "Cohs Eleocharis. IV. 63 pages. 1937.

No. 78. Experiments gs det gaecon of resistant varieties by the loose and
covered smut of oats, 11 p

No. 79. The iris tripe ne its control by hot water, with notes on other
treatments. 12 pages. 193

No. 81. ace a resistance to loose and covered smuts in oat hybrids.

10 pages. 1937.

LEAFLETS. Established, see 10, a page weekly or i har ph
during April, May, June, Septem ber, and Oct The purpose of the Leafle Hf
is primarily to give announcements concerning ae a other Hlaat, activities
o be seen in the Garden near the date of issue, and to give popular, elementary
information about plant life for teachers ad others fiat to members of the

To others, fifty cents a series. Sin e numbers 5 cents each. Circu-
lates in 28 countries. Temporarily acoutinuele 19 6-37,

DES to the collections, buildings, and grounds. poe based upon cost
of publication. Issued as numbers of the Recorp; see abov

ad No. 5. The Rock Garden. 28 illustrations. Paes 35 cents. By mail,
40 cen

ap No. 6. Japanese potted trees (Hachinoki). 11 illustrations. Price, 35
cents. By mail, 4

Guide No. 7. The story of our boulders: eee geology of ul Brooklyn
Botanic Cah 22 ‘asteinne Price, 35 cen ail, 40 cen

Guide No. 8. The story of fossil plants. 8 ee Price, EG cents. By
mail, 40 cents.

SEED LIST. (Delectus Sena) Pees December, 1914. Since 1925
issued each year in the January num the krEcorp. Ci rculation includes 160
botanic gardens and institutions Beste a 40 countries.

ECOLOGY. Established, January, 1920. Published quarterly in cooperation
with the pose CAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA. Subscription, $4.00 a year. Circulates
in 48 cou

fo nee eR het 1916. Bimonthly. Subscription, $6.00 a
year. Circulates in 37 countri

BROOKLYN
BOTANIC GARDEN

RECORD

VoL. XXVII JULY, 1938

CONTENTS

BOTANIC GARDENS OF THE WORLD
MATERIALS FOR A HISTORY

SECOND EDITION

The Price of this Issue is $2.50

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY
AT PRINCE AND LEMON STREETS, LANCASTER, PA.
BY THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
BROOKLYN, N. Y¥.

Entered as second-class matter in the post-office at Lancaster, Pa., under act of August 24, 1912

of Japanese Gardening g and Floral Ar :
nsulting 4 ape 4

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD

VOL. XXVII JULY, 1938 No. 3

BOTANIC GARDENS OF THE WORLD
MATERIALS FOR A HISTORY

PREEBACE 1@ FIRST EDITION

Several years ago the writer began to collect data concerning
the history, organization, and work of the botanic gardens of the
world. A blank questionnaire was sent to all gardens of record.
Some of these were returned with full answers to all the ques-
tions, others were given only meagre replies, and still others were
never returned. This accounts in large part for the fact that
the data are much fuller for some gardens than for others.
Pressure of administrative duties makes it increasingly unlikely
that time can be found in the very near future to make the record
fuller and more accurate, and so it is offered as it is because of
knowledge of increasing need of such data in the botanical world.

Botanic gardens fall roughly in one of two categories—those
that are themselves institutions, and those that are only planted
areas, literally “ gardens,” serving as adjuncts to university de-
partments of botany or other institutions. Both kinds are here
included, but the following types of living plant collections, even
though some of them may be loosely designated as “ botanic
gardens,” are not included: Nature preserves or “ Wild flower
sanctuaries,” Memorial groves, Public parks where the trees are
labelled, Flower gardens in public parks, Private collections of
trees and shrubs (with a few exceptions where these collections
are open to the public). For the most part this is a list of insti-
tutions, or of gardens organized primarily for botanical research
or instruction or both.

The choice of “ botanic” vs. “ botanical” appears to be purely
arbitrary, with no distinction in meaning. The use of the plural,

152
“gardens,” vs. “garden,” is also arbitrary, but there appears to
be a strong tendency on the part of the public to use the plural,
especially for public institutions. This convention is a very old
one extending back at least as far as the time of ancient Greece.
Thus we read of the “gardens of Epicurus ” (xjo. "Emvxobpov)
which was really only one “ garden.”

The early dates of establishment of some of these institutions,
still flourishing, emphasize a point the writer has made elsewhere,
namely, the great momentum of botanic gardens—their tendency
to persist through financial and other discouragements, political
and social upheavals, and changes in the place of emphasis in
botanical science. This shows that botanic gardens minister to
fundamental human needs—scientific, educational, recreational,
civic, and economic.

Acknowledgment should here be made of the invaluable biblio-
graphical assistance rendered by the librarian, Mr. William E.
Jordan, and staff of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden Library, and
the able cooperation, especially outside of official hours, by Miss
Marie Louise Hubbard, my secretary. Without these aids this
report would have been much more meager and longer delayed.
Grateful acknowledgment is also made of the cooperation of those
who took the time to fill out and return the questionnaires and
otherwise to supply information.

The writer makes no pretense that he has succeeded in making
a complete list of botanic gardens, even within the limitations of
the definition above implied. Nor could anyone who has com-
piled masses of data ever claim with confidence that there are
no important omissions or inaccuracies.

It is hoped that this record may some day be of use to someone
who will attempt the important and worth-while task of writing
a real history of the botanic gardens of the world.

C. STUART GAGER.

PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION

The necessity for a second edition has afforded an opportunity
to add a few gardens, new since the publication of the first edition,
and older gardens not formerly included; also to give further in-
formation (not made available for the first edition) concerning

153

many gardens, and to correct errors. Numerous gardens that re-
plied not at all or only meagerly or carelessly to our first question-
naire have supplied fuller and more carefully prepared informa-
tion for the second edition. Undoubtedly there are still omissions
—many gardens have made no reply to questionnaires and letters
—and in all likelihood there are errors. It may be stated that all
data follow faithfully the information as supplied by the gardens
themselves, and have been carefully checked against the question-
naires returned. One despairs, however, of attaining accuracy
when, for example, dates supplied by the person concerned are
not the same as the corresponding dates supplied by the same per-
son in American Men of Science. That has been the case in more
than one instance.

In general, botanical “institutes” and institutions for botanical
research are not listed unless they include a botanic garden. In
reply to two or three letters received concerning the first edition,
it may be emphasized that this work is not intended merely as a
guide to existing botanic gardens, as they now are, but as ma-
terials for a history of botanic gardens, existing or no longer
existing, and thus as a contribution to one of the most important
phases of the history of the organization and administration of
botanical science, from the time of Aristotle to the present.

A request for information, with questionnaire blank, has been
sent (in most cases more than once) to every existing garden
listed in the following pages. Meagerness of information means
either that no more was supplied by the institution or that no
reply was received.

In such matters as official names of institutions, mail addresses,
spelling of place names, etc., the author has adhered strictly to the
data as supplied by the institutions, without attempting to edit for
uniformity. Quotations not otherwise credited are from returned
questionnaires.

The original data received from the various gardens are on file
for reference in the Library of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

The author will, as before, be glad to be advised of any errors
or omissions noted by those consulting the work. He is also happy
to acknowledge the continued cooperation of Miss Marie Louise
Hubbard, who did all the work in preparation of the final manu-

154

script, and read all the proof; and Mr. William E. Jordan, li-
brarian of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, and his staff, who have
rendered invaluable bibliographical service. He is under much
obligation to Dr. Leon Croizat, who offered to read the galley and
page proof. Grateful acknowledgment is made for the careful and
helpful information supplied by several directors of gardens, and
for letters from users of the first edition for pointing out inac-
curacies and making other helpful suggestions. Apparently this
work has been eagerly welcomed in many countries and has “ filled
a long-felt want.”
C. Sruart GAGER.

Anglo Egyptian Soudan

KHARTOUM
GOVERNMENT GARDENS

“1. There are no gardens in the Anglo Egyptian Sudan which
might rightly be termed botanic gardens. The gardens organisa-
tion of which I am in charge at Khartoum consists of The Palace
Gardens, Public Gardens and street trees, Government Officials
a mie Fields, e

The Palace ou are the nearest approach to a Botanic
Sie in the real sense of the word, in that they contain a fairly
representative collection of all the decorative plants grown in the
country. They are 13 acres in extent, and were established in

903.
ae Mr. F. S. Sillitoe, M.B.E., A.H.R.H.S., was Superintend-
of these Gardens from 1903 until 1930, ‘when I took o
ea ” (Fide Letter of March 1, 1938, from J. Robbie, In-
spector of Horticulture, Government Gardens
Note: A news item in Nature, Nov. 6, 1919, Pp. 2ZO3etefers to-a
ss Botanic garden” at Khartoum.

Argentina
BUENOS AIRES
JARDIN BotAnico MUNICIPAL
Calle Santa Fé 3951 (Palermo)
Established: 1892. Area: 10 Hectares.
Directors: 1. Carlos Thays; 2. Benito J. Carrasco; 3. Pugonio
Carrasco.

155

Serves as a public park. Open daily, 7 a.m. to sundown. Li-
us ary and Herbarium (17,000 specimens. System of De Can-

dolle). Plantations: Systematic, after De Candolle. 6133 spe-
cies, including trees and shrubs. Publication: Seed List. Lectures
are given to classes, and study collections are loaned to schools.
Living matter is supplied for study to local schools.

EA PEA
JARDIN BoTANIcO DE LA FACULDAD DE AGRONOMIA DE LA
NIVERSIDAD NACIONAL
Llavallol, F. C. S.

Australia

ADELAIDE
Botanic GARDEN
North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia
Established: 1855. Area: 40 acres.

Directors:

1. George Francis (March 10, 1855-1865)

2. R. Schomburgk (1865-1891)

3. M. Holtze (1891-1917)

4. J. F. Bailey (1917-1931)

5. H. Greaves (July 1, 1931-, 40 years service in the Garden)

Public Park: Adjoining the Garden there is a Botanic Park of
60 acres which serves as a public park. Open free daily, 7 a.m. to
sunset. Source of income: Government grant, and rent of Kiosk.
Library: 1000 books in public library ; 400 books in office. Her-
barium: 12,000 sheets. Arboretum. Museum: Open free from
9 am. to 4:30 p.m. Supplies living specimens for the Botany

Department of the University.
BRISBANE (1)
BRISBANE BOTANIC GARDEN
Botanic Gardens, Brisbane, Queensland
Established: 1855. Area: 48 acres.
Directors (Curators):
1. Walter Hill (1855-1881)

156

2. James Pink (1881-1886)

3. A. M. Cowan (1886-1889)

4, Phillip McMahon (1889-1905)
5. J. F. Bailey (1905-1917)

6. E. W. Bick (1917- )

Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily from
sunrise to sunset. Source of Income: Brisbane City Council.

tion solely responsible for the financial support, but kept the
Botanic Museum and the Herbarium in their control, under the
direction (March, 1937) of Mr. C. T. White, Government Bot-
anist, still (1938) in office. Library: (At the Museum) 5000
volumes, plus pamphlets not indexed. Herbarium: 100,000 speci-
mens. Museum: Open free, daily, 9-5 (Saturday, 9-12), except
Sundays and public holidays. Living material for study is sup-
plied chiefly to University of Queensland and Pharmacy College.
Affiliation: The Garden is not affiliated with the University, but
the University is adjacent to the Garden and the Technical Schools,
and professors, lecturers, and students can obtain any specimens
desired. (See Brisbane (2).)

BRISBANE (2)
SHERWOOD ARBORETUM
Director: E. W. Bick (1938). Area: 34 acres.
Located about nine miles from Brisbane, controlled by Brisbane
Botanic Garden, under Brisbane City Council. A growing collec-

tion of Australian trees, many of which have produced seed offered
in exchange. See Brisbane (1).

MELBOURNE
Botanic GARDENS AND NaTIONAL HERBARIUM
South Yarra, Melbourne SE. 1. Victoria

Established: 1846. Area: 100 acres.

1846 fide reply to our questionnaire. Some publications give

1842, This is the date when “ Mr. Hoddle, Surveyor-General,”
selected a site, which was never used.
Directors (Curators):

1. John Arthur (March 1, 1846-January, 1849)

2. John Dallachy (1849-1857)

157

3. Baron Sir Ferdinand von Mueller (1857-1873)

4, William R. Guilfoyle (1873-1909)

5. John Cronin (1909-1923)

6. William Laidlaw (1923-1925)

7. F. J. Rae (1925- )

Serves as a bse park. Open free, daily, 7 a.m. to sunset (6
mos.) ; 7:30 a.m. to sunset (6 mos.). Source of income: Govern-

mental eae ner ce Library: Reference. About 10,000 vol-
umes and 1000 pamphlets. Herbarium: “ Many thousands.”

ctual number unknown; estimated about 1,500,000. The Na-
tional Herbarium with associated Botanical Library has now
(1934) been combined with the Garden’s Herbarium and Library.
The National Herbarium, established by von Mueller, “contains
perhaps the most complete and valuable collection known of Aus-
ad inka an Systematic, with special refer-

e to the use of studen Species under glass: Several thou-
sand. Herbaceous plants A of doors: Several thousand species.
(eres a oe species. ) ee Catalogue of Plants.

ici eset see only). abe Economic botany and
plant products. Destnecy ee days, 9 am— aturdays,
9-12. Study pei: Living material, including ‘wild plants, is
supplied to both public and private schools, i in some cases regularly,
in others occasionally on request. Some classes and colleges de-
pend upon the garden for all their study material.

PERTH
STERLING GARDENS
Perth, Western Australia
Established: 1840. Area: 6 acres.
Director (Head Gardener): John Gates (1929).

Note: The Secretary, State Gardens Board, Premier’s Depart-
ment, Perth, writes: ‘“‘ There is no properly organized Botanic
Garden in Perth; our city gardens more properly come under the
heading of ‘Rest Parks.” This information is recorded here
because this park is sometimes referred to in print as a “ botanic
garden.”

158
ROCKHAMPTON

RocKHAMPTON BOTANIC GARDENS
Queensland

Established: ? Area: About 200 acres.
Diregors: 1}. |, smidear ( -1901); 2. R. Simmons (1901-

1932) ; 3. H. George Simmons (1932-).

Both scientific and commercial. Serves as a public park. Open
free daily, 7 a.m—sunset. Source of income: Rockhampton City
Council and sales of plants. Library: None. Herbarium: “ Some
hundreds ; increasing.” Lectures to school children are given “ by
arrangement.” Supplies living material to schools on request.

SYDNEY
BoTanic GARDENS oF New SoutH WALES
New South Wales

Established: 1816. Area: Garden 62 acres; park 129 additional
acres.
Directors (Curators):
. Charles Frazer (1828-1831)
John McLean (1832-1833)
Richard Cunningham (1833-1835)
James Anderson (1835-1837)
Allan Cunningham (1837-1838)
James Anderson (1838-1842)
William Robertson (1842-1844)
. James Kidd (1844-1847)
John Carne Bidwell (1847-1848)
Charles Moore (1848-1896)
. John Henry Maiden (1896-1924)
. George Percy Darnell Smith (1924-1933)
(The title “ Director” was discontinued on the retire-
ment of Dr. Darnell Smith)
Botanist and Curator, National Herbarium:
13. Edwin Cheel (1933-1936)
Curator of Gardens:
13a. E. N. Ward, Curator of the Gardens (1933-1934)
14. G. F. Hawkey (1934-)

OC RHNAMRANS

SS ee
NR Oo

159

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. in
summer; 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. in winter. Source of income: Annual
appropriations by the State. Library: Reference. About 5000
volumes and 10,000 pamphlets. Herbarium: About 500,000 speci-
mens (phanerogams and cryptogams). Museum: Open free,
Mondays to Fridays, from 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. Students from the
University attend for lectures on Forestry and special studies.
Living material for study, including native plants, is supplied to
botany classes, and a limited number of herbarium specimens for
peal study at High Schools. Exchanges are made with leading
Botanical Institutions eee the world.

Austria (now, 1938, Germany)
GRAZ
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Holteigasse 6, Graz III

Established: 1888-1889. Area: 2 hectares, 30 ares.
Director: Felix J. Widder (1936-
Open weekdays, 7 a.m. to 6 p.m.; Sundays, 7 a.m. to 12 noon.
Source of income: Confederation Ministry for Instruction (Bun-
um fur Unterricht). Library: Reference, about 1000
volumes. ee barium: That of the Institute fur systematische
Botanik of the University. Publication: Samentauschverzeich-

HATZENDORF
Hortus Botanicus ExpERIMENTALIS HATZENDORF
Hatzendorf b. Fehring, Steiermark

Proprietor: Fritz Lemperg (1936).

Area: 3 hectares. Open free daily. baa ce a income: Private
funds. Library: out 300 volum Plantations: Ecologic
Arboretum. Fruticetum. aaa ern. ae Plantarum.

INNSBRUCK
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT INNSBRUCK
Botanikerstr. 7, Innsbruck (Hotting)

Established: Old Garden near the University in the City, 1793.
New Garden, 1909, at Hotting on south side of the Nordkette
(Alps). Area: 20,000 sq. meters.

Directors:

Joseph August Schultes (1808, 1 year)

Johann Friese (1819-1848)

160

Anton Fuchs (1849-1850) Johan Peyritsch (1878-1889)
Anton Kerner Emil Heinricher (1889-1928)
von Marilaun (1860-1878) Adolf Sperlich (1928- )

‘é

Note: Between Friese and Kerner there were five “acting di-
rectors” (Vertreter), fide E. Heinricher (Geschichte des Bot.
Gart. der Univ. Innsbruck. Jena, 1934, p. 6

Serves as a public park, open free daily. Source of income:
Appropriations from the State. Annual budget: 1. The employees
of the Garden and Institute are State employees. Building im-
provements and alterations are made by the University building
administration. Since the economic crisis 0 governmental
appropriations have ea entirely abolished and the Garden is now
supported by the income derived as admission fees and fees o
students. Library: There is no separate library apart from that
of the Botanisches Tae tat, which is in charge of the Director of
the Garden. Plantations: (A) Trees, shrubs and herbaceous
plants are in systematic arrangement. In the Monocotyl section
the arrangement is geographic and ecologic (plant societies).

richer. (C) Aquatic plants. (D) Alpine plants, in two groups
Ips proper; other mountains. (£) Plants of the Caucasus.
(F) Plants of Northeastern America. (G) Poisonous plants.
(7) Scientific experimental garden (not open to the public).
Publication: Samen Tauschkatalog. Museum: A part of the
Botanical Institute. Loan collections: Herbarium is open to all
scientific workers and loans to local schools such material as is
available. Study material: A section of the Garden has been de-
voted to genetical and physiological experiments. The Garden is
devoted primarily to the botanical instruction in the University.
Note: In 1793 Matheus Schépfer maintained a house and garden
of 343 square fathoms (“ Quadratklafter”). This was the oldest
“botanic garden” in Innsbruck. At the Hétting site Heinricher
installed an ecological grouping, which was later imitated at
Munich, Berlin, and elsewhere. There were 12 groups, as fol-
lows: (1) Compass plants, and others whose leaves were alike on
the upper and under sides; (2) “ Night-sleeping plants”; (3)
Parasites; (4) Dissemination of fruits and seeds; (5) Insec-
tivorous plants; (6) Bog-plants; (7) Climbing plants; (8) Hy-
brids; (9) Abnormalities (Teratology) ; (10) Cultivated varie-

161

ties; (11) Thorns and briers; (12) Leafless and nearly leafless
plants. (De Vries. De botanische tuine te Innsbriick, Supple-
ment to E. Heinricher, L.c., p. 36.)

KLAGENFURT
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DES NATURHISTORICHES LANDESMUSEUM
RUDOLFINUM

Museumgasse 4

KREMSMUNSTER
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER OBERGYMNASIUMS DER
BENEDIKTINER IN KREMSMUNSTER
Benediktiner Stift, Kremsmiinster, Upper Austria
Established: 1889. Area: 3187 sq. m. (0.3187 hectare).
Directors (Kustos):

Father Anselm Pfeiffer (1889-1902)

Father Leonhard Hugerer (1902-?)

Source of income: Endowment. Library: Reference, only.
About 1000 volumes, and about 200 pamphlets. Herbarium:
More than 500 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic (bio-
logical groups), Alpine plants, small arboretum and fruticetum.

LINZ
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STADTGEMEINDE LINz
(Variant: Botanischer Garten der Landeshauptstadt)
Dinghoferstrasse, Linz, an der Donau (Oberdsterreich)

(The garden is still at the same location where it has always been.
However, Gemeindestrasse has been changed to Dinghofer-
strasse. A letter of March 8, 1938, from Der Baudirekctor,
Stadtbauamt Linz, states that the Garden is to be moved to a
new location, and revision of the following statement was re-
served until the transfer is completed. The statement is re-
tained for its historical value.)

Directors: Franz Zischka, Franz Wule.

Open free, daily, 8-12 a.m., 2-6 p.m. on week-days; 8-12 a.m. on
Sundays and holidays.

162

ows ter

Pannonic and Pontic Flora awl eh over 6000 species).
tae with a particular reference to local flora (about 1000
species Conservatories: More than 1200 species, especially
Cacti and Succulents. Publication: Samentauschliste

Garden is visited by more than 130 school classes ae the year.
Legally protected plants are shown three times a year to gov-
ernment officials. Plants are supplied to schools for study.

The former owner of the Botanic Garden was the “ Verein fiir
Naturkunde in Linz.” On account of conditions after the
World War this organization was discontinued in 1922 and
since then the City of Linz administers the Botanic Garden.

The members of the “Verein fiir Naturkunde” joined the
Oberosterreichischen Museumverein in Linz, which was founded
in 1833. This scientific society of Upper Austria, with more
than 1000 members, supports the Landesmuseum (since 1920 in
the possession of Upper Austria) through publishing a “ Jahr-
buch,” and by exchange of journals and scientific cooperation.

SALZBURG
BoTANISCHER GARTEN

Established: 1835. Area: 3000 sq. meters.
Directors:

George Hinterhuber, Apothecker (1835)
Franz Schuh (1836-1837)

Josef Karl Holfstein (1837-1842)
Gustav Wolf (1842-1849)

Johan Biatzovsky (1850-1863)

. Karl Aberle (1863-1880)

. Eberhard Fugger (1881-?)

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, April 1 to October 1,
8-10 a.m. and 2-6 p.m. Sundays and holidays, 8-10 am. Li-
brary: Reference. Herbarium: oe than 3000 specimens. Plan-
tations: Local flora of Salzburg and economic plants. Publica-
tion: Seed List. Study material: Living material, Hees wild
plants, supplied when requested to local public schools

SO) Se et

163

SCHONBRUNN (VIENNA)
BUNDESGARTEN SCHONBRUNN
Schlosshauptmannschaft Schonbrunn, Gartenreferat

Established: 1740. Area: 199 acres of park and garden.

Open to the public daily, sunrise to sunset, except the “ Reserve
Garden” and the cultivated areas. Source of income: Entrance
fees to the Palmhouse and Foe er shows, rentals, etc. The garden
is owned by the state, and is in the palace rounds in the south-
western outskirts of Vienna. Library: Small working library for
reference. Laid out in the French style of 200 years ago, with
espalier work and formal planting; a small Te an School

s are conducted through the Palmhouse on request, and
small plants, twigs, and flowers are supplied for study to schools.

VIENNA (1)

BoTANISCHER GARTEN UND BoTANISCHES INSTITUT DER
UNIVERSITAT WIEN
Rennweg 14, Wien III

Founded: 1754. Area: Almost 8 hectares (19.76 acres).
Directors:
Robert Laugier (1754-1768 )
Nicolaus Josef Freiherr von Jacquin (1768-1796)
Josef Franz Freiherr von Jacquin (1796-1839)
Stephan Ladislaus Endlicher (1839-1849)
Eduard Fenzl (1849-1878)
Anton Kerner Ritter von Marilaun (1878-1898 )
Richard Wettstein Ritter von Westersheim (1899-1931)
. Friedrich Knoll (April 1933-

General admission free. Open from 7 a.m. until sunset, April
Ist to October 31st.

Source of income: Part of lecture fees from a University of
Vienna (Philosophical faculty). ages for garden workers are
paid by the Government (Ministry of Instruction). Library:
(1934) about 10,000 volumes and 10,000 pamphlets. Periodicals,
about 80. Herbarium: About 1,000,000 pees from all depart-
ments (Thallophyta, Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, Anthophyta). De-
partments of the Garden: Systematic, geographic, ecologic, eco-
nomic. Greenhouses (7 hothouses, 6 coldhouses). Experimental
Garden for special cultures and research. Greenhouse plants

eh BAT ON ge eek IO) le

164

About 5000 species. Out-door plants: (Woody plants and herbs
together) about 2000 species. Botanic Museum: Open free to pub-
lic every Saturday from 9 a.m. to 12 noon. To Scientists, open at
all times upon application to the Director’s office. Contains about
3000 objects, partly dry and partly preserved in liquid. Picture
collection: About 6000 pictures (incl. portraits) ; 2000 photographic
negatives. All aforesaid collections are for use only in connection
with the University lectures and for scientific research of the Uni-
versity, and are not loaned for other purposes nor to other persons.
Publication: Samen-Tauschlist.

VIENNA (2)
BOTANISCHER GARTEN IM BELVEDERE
Prinz Eugenstrasse 27, Belvedere, Wien III/40
Director: Franz Metschkal (1936). Samentauschliste.

Belgian Congo

EALA

JarpIN BoTANIQUE D’EALA

Eala, Congo Belge, Africa
Established: 1900. Area: Jardin Botanique 20 hectares; Champs

d’essais, 200 hectares.
Directors:
Leén Pynaert (1900-1908)
Moreel Laurent, acting (1903-1904, 1906-1907)
Félix Séret (1908-1910)
Acting Directors (1911-1914); Brown (1911); Lefévre;
Vendelmans; Dauvrin; Bonnivair; Nannan

Vermoesen (1914-1915)
Acting Directors (1915-1917) : Danorin; Lamboray
Risch (1917-1919)
Bogemans (1919-1920)
Groossens (1920-1928)
10. Cerbissier-Baland (1928-1933)
11. G. Gilbert, acting (1933-1934)
12, J. Leemans, acting (October, 1934-June, 1936)
13. G. Cuteaux, Conservateur (July, 1936-

eae

Co Oa

165

Source of income: Appropriations from the Colonial Govern-
ment through the Institut National Pour l’Etude Agronomique du
Congo Belge. Library: Reference. 1000 volumes, 2000 pam-
phlets. Current periodicals received, 75. Herbarium: 3000 speci-
mens. Plantations: Systematic; Arbor etum; Fruticetum. Her-
baceous plants outdoors: 2200. Publications: Catalogue des végé-
taux (1924). “ Communications” (in Bull. Agricole du eee
Belge). Small museum. This Garden is administered b
Section des Reece Scientifiques, of which J. Louis is Chief.

ELISABETHVILLE

ARBORETUM DU COMITE SPECIAL DU KATANGA
Route de l’Etoile

Belgium
ANTWERP
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE D’ANVERS
Rue Léopold 24, Antwerp, Belgium
Established: 1809. Area: About one hectare.

Directors: ;
Werhenta (Gg) Henri de Beukelaer (1909-)
Sommeé (?) BH. J. B: Verleyensali, (1936)

Henri Van Heurck (1874-1909)

Serves as a Aone park. Open free daily, 6 a.m. o 7 p.m. in
summer ; 7 a.m. p.m. in winter. Source of income: Bvt icipal
appropriations. Libra ry: Reference only. Her barium: 300,000

Candolle) ; morphologies biological. Publications SN Ra re-
port, Seed List. Mus : Open to the public free, ieee and
holidays, 9 a.m. to 5 = m. Lectures to school children at the gar-
den about 35 annually, in addition to other public lectures. Study
collections are loaned to schools as follows: herbarium specimens,
dried seeds, alcoholic material, microscopic slides, lantern slides,
economic plant products. Living material for study is supplied to

schools. Both public and private schools are supplied on request.
Local schools depend upon the garden for all their study material.
Courses of instruction in botany and microscopy.

166

AUDERGHEM
JARDIN EXPERIMENTAL JEAN MASSART
Chaussée de Wavre, 1850

Established: 1928. Area: More than 4 hectares.
Director: Alexandre Conard (1937).

This Garden was begun in 1922 by Jean Massart, who died Au-
gust 16, 1925. His colleagues, students, and other friends formed
an association to continue his work at the same place (Rouge-
Cloitre, Auderghem, southeast of Brussels). The association has
the same name as the Garden, which has six departments: 1.
Jardin expérimental; 2. Jardin botanique; 3. Arboretum; 4. Col-
lection of roses; 5. Large pond; 6. Laboratory.

The Jardin Botanique is arranged on the basis of ‘“ Ethology,”
which was Massart’s main botanical interest. The Garden, we
are told, is laid out like a beautiful park, the dominating idea being
ecology. The plants are grouped according to the principal eco-
logical associations which are found in Belgium—Les Naturalistes
Belges (Bull. Mensuel). No. 7. July, 1928.

Publication: Liste de Graines Récoltées. Affiliation: Université
Libre de Bruxelles

BRU SoS
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’ETAT
(RIJKSPLANTENTUIN )
236 Rue Royale, Bruxelles, Belgium

Established: July 1, 1870. Area: 16 acres.
Directors:

1. Francois Crépin (1876-1901)

2. Théophile Durand (1902-1912)

3. Emile De Wildeman (1912-1931)

4. Walter Robyns (1931-?)

5. Alexandre Conard (1934)

Open free, daily. Source of income: Ministére de l’Agriculture.
Forestry Museum: Open daily 2 to 5 pm. Library: 85,000 vol-
umes and pamphlets. Herbarium: 1,100, specimens. Planta-
tions: Systematic, Engler and Prantl system, ecm) succulents ;
Geographic (plants of Belgian Congo). Conservatory: About

one acre under glass. Publications: Bulletin du feet Botanique
de l’Etat (2 numbers a year). Seed List

167

GENT (GAND)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE DE L’ETAT
Rue Ledeganck 31
Director: Couret de Villaneuve (1800 or 1801—?).

LAEKEN
JARDIN CoLONIAL DE LAEKEN
No. I, Avenue Jean Sobieski, Brussels II

Established: eae Area: About 3 hectares (of which 16 ares
are under glas
Directors: René Kinds (1900-1934) ; Léon Pynaert (1934— )

Open, free, daily as authorized. Source of income: Appropria-
tions by the Congo Government. Library: A library of Soe
Agriculture is developed by the Ministry of Colonies, lac
Royale, Brussels. The Jardin Colonial de Laeken uses re source
of documentation as well as the library of the Government Botanic
Garden, 236, rue Royale, Brussels. Herbarium: The herbarium

of the Congo plants is kept at the Government Botanic Garden,
Brussels. Plantations: Plants are arranged according to origin,
use and mode of culture. Species under glass: 900-1000. Lab-
oratories: Some crops of economic and medicinal products are
studied and analyzed by the Laboratoire de Recherches Chimiques
et Onialogiques of the mere of Colonies, rue de Moulin, No. 1
Tervueren, and by other Laboratories. Publications: Seed list.
Bulletin Agricole du Congo Belge, edited by the Ministry of
Colonies. Instruction: Agriculturists wishing employment in the
colonial service fulfill a term of probation. School children are
guided in the garden by their teachers who find opportunity to
speak with interest about the origin of colonial and various eco-
nomic products. A small museum aids in the teaching. Living
material of colonial economic plants is supplied to both public a
private schools when requeste

The Jardin Colonial de Laeken belongs to the Direction of Agri-
culture of the Ministry of Colonies and was organized by a decree
of the 3rd of February, 1900. The object is: To obtain plants
and seeds of useful ae from tropical origin; to cultivate and
propagate them; to forward these to the government probation
gardens in Belgian Congo and to similar establishments from for-

to purchase, pack, and forward to the Congo the seeds and plants
which they wish to grow in the Colony.

168

LIEGE
JarDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’INSTITUT BOTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE
D'ETAT
3 rue Fuchs
Established: 1835. Area: 4 hectares.

Directors:

1. Charles Morren (1835-1856)

2. Edouard Morren (1857-1887)

3. Auguste Gravis (1887-1927)

4, Raymond Bouillenne (1927— )

Serves as a public park. Open, free, daily at all hours. Source
of income: State (University) governmental appropriations. Lz-
brary: Bibliotheque de l'Institut, 2000 volumes, 10,000 separata,
250 Revues and Periodicals. Herbarium: 10,000 specimens. Ar-
boretum and Fruticetum. Plantations: Systematic. Publications:
Archives de I’Institut de Botanique de l'Université de Liége. Lec-
tures: Special lectures are given to school children at the Garden,
and the Garden supplies living matter to the schools for study.
Garden devoted to systematic, physiological and ecological stud-
ies for University workers, students, and professors. 17 green-
houses, of which two are devoted to the famous eileen of
Bromeliaceae started by Prof. Dr. Edouard Morren in 1856.

LOUVAIN
JarpDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE
Voer des Capucins

TERVUEREN
ARBORETUM GEOGRAPHIQUE
Director: C. Bommer (1937).
Bermuda
PAGET EAST
THE PusBLic GARDEN
Agricultural Station, Paget East, Bermuda

Established: 1898 (1897?). Area: 20 acres.

Directors: G. A. Bishop (1897-1904) ; T. J. Harris (1904-1910) ;
W. R. Winter (1910-1914) ; E. J. Wortley (1914-1920) ; E. A.
McCallan (1920-1934); T. A. Russell (1935- y

169

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, Be

ource e of mcome: Governmental appropriations. Lib ae Small
reference only. Herbarium: About sheets. Plantations:

“Contains a small quantity of economic and ornamental plants
from many parts of the world,” arranged in economic groups and
ecologically. Publications: Annual Report and scientific bulletins,
published by the Peer of pees A Guide Book to
the plants in the Garden is in course of ee (Feb. 1938).
Lectures to school chee eer ee cane arrangement.

ng
263, there was an earlier garden, established 1871.

Brazil
PARA
Horto BoTanico
Director: Jacques Huber (Died, 1914).

RIO DE JANEIRO (1)
JarpIM Boranico po Rio DE JANEIRO

Established: 1808. Area: 54 hectares.

Directors: Joao Barbosa Rodrigues (1896, 1909); John Chris-
topher Willis (1912) ; Alexandre Curt Boade (?); P. Campos
Porto (May, 1934— Ve

ee to the public “as an educational park,” daily, 7 am. to

pm. Source of imcome: Governmental appropriations.
brary: ‘About 300 volumes, “2219 periodicals.” Herbarium:
100,000 sheets. Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic,
ecologic. Arboretum. Publications: Archivos do Instituto de
Biologia Vegetal; Rodriguezia (issued by the Instituto). Mu-
seum of Carpology, open free, 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. Supplies study
material and loan collections to schools. See Sao Paulo (2).

RIO DE JANEIRO (2)

RESERVA FLORESTAL DE ITATIAYA

The “ Reserva aint de Itatiaya ”’ (formerly * ‘ Estagao Bio-
ace de Tee is a nature preserve (“ wild life sanctuary ”

Sed Bae t half way between these two cities (Station
Homem de Mello) ; altitude, 800 meters, on the slopes of the 3000
m. high Itatiaya Mts. There are numerous resting points at vari-
ous elevations.

170

SAO PAULO (1)
Horto OswaLpo Cruz
Instituto Butantan, Caixa postal, 65
Established: 1917.
Director: Afranio do Amaral (1938).

Source of income: Governmental appropriations. Herbarium:
About 300 specimens. Museum: Open daily, 8 a.m.—4 p.m.

SAO PAULO (2)
PARQUE E JARDIM BoTanico po Estrapo
Caixa Postal 2.164, S. Paulo (Orquidario)

Established: November, 1929. Area: 100 alqueires.
Director; F. C. Hoehne (1929-

Serves as a public park. Open free on holidays and Sundays.
Source of imcome: Governmental appropriations. Her barium:
40,000 numbers. Plantations: Ecologic. “It is a nature park;
most of the plants are in natural formations.” Arboretum. Fruti-
cetum. Publication: Arquivos de Botanica de Sao Paulo. Study
material supplied to local schools. Exhibitions of orchids are
held in March-April and October-November. Affiliation: Secre-
taria de Agricultura, Industria e Commercio de Sao Paulo. The
Servico de Botanica e Agronomia also administers the Estacao
Biologica at Alto da Serra with more than 5,000,000 square meters

of “ virgin woods and camps.’

British Guiana
GEORGETOWN
GrorGetown Botanic GARDENS
Established: 1879. Area: 184 acres.
Directors: George Samuel Jenman (1879-1902) ; John Burchmore
Harrison (1909-1925) ; J. Sydney Dash (1927-
Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily from

7am. to 6 p.m. Source of income: Supported by Government.
Library: Small. Herbarium: Approximately 20,000 specimens.
i i oted

to ornamental and experimental horticulture. A few lectures are
given to teachers and school children at the Garden, Supplies liv-

171

ing material for study to local schools. This is the largest botanic
garden in any British colony of the Western Hemisphere.
NEW AMSTERDAM
New AMSTERDAM BoTANIC GARDEN
c/o Agricultural Superintendent, New Amsterdam, Berbice

Established: 1885. Area: About 2 acres.

Direction: In immediate charge of the Superintendent of the De-
partment of Agriculture. Keepers: Richard Hunt (1896,
1902) ; J. Nordamoonie (1909)

his garden is merely ‘a small public park for the benefit of
the residents of New Amsterdam. ... Supported by a small
grant from Government.”
British New Guinea
RABAUL
(DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE BOTANIC GARDENS)
On New Britain Island. See page 310

BRITISH WEST INDIES

Antigua
Sl JOEINS
BoTANICAL GARDENS
Dominica
ROSEAU (formerly Charlotte Town)
4 Botanic GARDENS OF DOMINICA

Roseau, Dominica, Leeward Islands, B. W. I.
Established: 1889. (Site purchased, Jan. 1891.) Area: 44 acres.
Directors (Superintendents) :

1. Charles Murray (1889-1890)
2. Henry F. Green (1890-1892)
3. Joseph Jones (1892-1923 )

4. F. G. Harcourt (1924— )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:
Government grant. Librar ap ee 300 volumes ; numerous pam-
phlets. Plantations: Decorative and econ omic. rboretum.
Fruticetum. Publication: ere econ Special eee: are
given to school classes at the Garc

172

Affiliation: Imperial College of Tropical Agriculture, Trinidad.
Botanical investigation 1s carried on at the College, but the
Garden is maintained for agricultural experimentation.

Grenada

DEVGRORGE (ST. GEORGES)
BoTANIc GARDENS
Windward Islands, B. W. I.

Established: 1886. Area: 26 acres.

Directors: (Present title, Superintendent of Agriculture)
1. William R. Elliott (1886-1889)

Charles M. Murray (1890)

George Whitfield Smith (1890-1894)

Walter E. Broadway (1894-1904)

R. D. Anstead (1904-1909)

Gilbert Auchinleck (1909-1914)

John Chisnall Moore (1914-1919)

R. O. Williams (1919-1921)

9. W. O’Brien Donovan (1921-1929)

10. K. T. Rae (1929-1931)

11. W. O’Brien Donovan (1931- )

Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily, from
6 am. to 6 pm. Source of mcome: Annual appropriations by
the Island Government. Library: Reference, a section of the gen-
eral library of the Department of Agriculture. 1500 volumes.
igh A biniuin: 400 specimens. Arboretum. Note: “ Until 1906 this

arden was conducted by a Curator from Kew, but that.year an
Agricultural Department was created, with a qualified and expe-

rienced agriculturist at the head. At present the gardens are
hardly botanic in a scientific sense, but are chiefly ornamental and
used for the propagation of economic plants. The Department
uses spare corners for minor economic experiments.”

CoN OOS Corks

Jamaica
KINGSTON
GOVERNMENT Botanic GARDENS
Established: 1857. Abandoned for lack of Legislative appropria-
tions, Re-established 1871.

173

Note: The Government Gardens comprise: 1. Hope Gardens
(near Kingston) ; 2. Castleton Gardens; 3. Public Gardens, Kings-
ton; 4. Hill Gardens, Cinchona; 5. King’s House Gardens and
Grounds; 6. Gordon Town Garden; 7. Bath Garden and Nursery,
St. Thomas.

Directors: William Fawcett (1886-1908) Director, Botanic Gar-
dens and Plantations. William Harris (1908-1920) Superin-
tendent, Public Gardens and Plantations. M. S. Goodman
(1920- ), Superintendent of Public Gardens.

Hill Gardens, or “ Government Cinchona,” is a reservation of
several thousand acres, where the Cinchona tree (source of Peru-
vian bark and quinine) was introduced into cultivation about 1870.
Sir Basil Keith first conceived the idea of this Garden in 1774.
The plan was first realized in 1869 under Gov. Sir John Peter
Grant. In August, 1903, the Jamaican Government leased the
property to the New York Botanical Garden by whom it was main-
tained as a laboratory and sub-station for the propagation of trop-
ical plants for about ten years, when the lease was terminated and
the Gardens were taken over again for administration by the
Government.

St. Lucia
CASTRIES

BoTANIC GARDENS
Windward Islands, B. W. I.

Established: 1887. Area: 7.5 acres.
Directors (Agricultural Superintendents) :
1, John Gray (1887-1895)
2. John Chisnall Moore (1895-1914)
3. Archibald Joseph Brooks (1914-1922)
4, Ernest Alfred Walters (1922-1937)
5. Gerald Barnard Gregory, Acting (1937-1938)

Serves as a ie park. Open free, daily, 6 a.m. to sunset.
Source of in : Annual votes by the local government. Li-
brary: Ree About 420 volumes. Plantations: Decorative
only. Publications: Annual Report, Pamphlets. Lectures: Oc-

174

casional lectures to school teachers. Note: Under the same ad-
ministration is the Union Experimental Station, of about 150
acres, sources in 1929; plantations economic and ornamental.

“The the agricultural department directs agricultural
training in ihe primary schools, gives occasional lectures to school
teachers, visits and advises planters and peasants on practical agri-
cultural matters, conducts experiments in cultural methods on
estates and at the experiment station, and raises and distributes at
nominal charges such economic plants as are ue for estate
planting, besides introducing and trying new plants.” A few
native pupils are trained in practical agri-horticulture.

St. Vincent

KINGSTOWN
St. VINCENT BoTANIC GARDENS
Windward Islands, B. W. I.
Established: 1764. Area: 62 acres.

Directors:

George Young (1766-1785)
Alex Anderson (1785-1811)
William Lochead (1812-1815)
George Caley (1816-1822)
Garden abandoned (1822-1890)
Henry Powell (1890-1904)
William N. Sands (1904-1919)
Thomas P. Jackson (1919-

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from sunrise to sun-
set. Source of income: Annual as eae ce Colonial
Government. Library: Reference only. Plantations: A general
collection of tropical trees and plants. Pubichiene Annual Re-
port. Established 1890. Published by Imperial Department of
Agriculture for the West Indies. Affiliation: The Imperial De-
partment of Agriculture for the West Indies.

POLS iy are cr

Tobago
In the ea of Trinidad and pee Ce) a following
statement appears: “ There is a Botanic Station . n Tobago,
with similar ane to those of ne Beenie Gurae emai
Trinidad, and administered in close connection with them.” (P.

147.) This Garden has an important colleetion of economic plants.

175

Trinidad

PORT OF SPAIN
RoyaL Botanic GARDENS
St. Clair, Port of Spain, Trinidad, B. W. I.

Established: 1818. Area: 67 acres in garden proper. A large
area is held in wild vegetation.

Superintendents:
1. D. Lockart (1818-1846) 5. John H. Hart (1887-1908)
2. T. Purdie (1846-1854) 6. J.B. Carruthers (1909-1910)
3. H. Crueger (1854-1864) 7. W.G. Freeman (1911-1922)
4. H. Prestoe (1864-1886) 8. R. O. Williams (1922-1934)

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from sunrise to sun-
set. Source of income: Annual appropriation by the national
government. Library: Reference. About 1000 volumes.
barium: About 15,000 specimens. ee Economic, pn
tum, fruticetum. Species under glass: Glass used very little, but
Adiantums and other ferns are na under partially glazed pout
with open sides. Publications: Flora of Trinidad and Tobago.

Book of the Royal Botanic Gardens. Seed List. Supplies study
material to schools.
Bulgaria
SLO Ve Gh)
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
Established: 1921. Area: 1.5 hectare.
Directors: N. Stojanoff (1921-1936) ; M. Christoff (1936- yi
Source of income: Governmental appropriations. Library: 600
volumes. Herbarium: -About 50,000 specimens. Plantations:

Systematic. Publications are issued periodically in the Yearbook
of the University of Sofia, Faculty of Agriculture. Seed List.

SOFIA (2)
Tue Kinc’s BoTaNnicAL GARDEN IN SOFIA
Royal Palace
Established: 1887. Area: About 2 square kilometers.

Directors:

1. Lauchot (1899-1912)

176

2. A. Delmard (1912-1919)
3. J. Kellerer (1919- )

Open free to scientists only. Source of income: H. M. The
King of Bulgaria. Library (the botanical division of the library
of the King’s Natural geld Museum): About 600 volumes.
Herbarium: About 100,000 sheets. Plantations: Ecologic, orna-
mental. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publications: Included in
“ Mitteilungen der Koniglichen Naturwissenschaftlichen Institut.”
10 volumes since 1928.

SOFIA (3)
INSTITUTUM EXPERIENTE AGRARIUM

Institut Central de Recherches Agronomiques d’Etat, Sofia,
Bulgaria

Note: Not a botanic garden, but publishes a Seed List (Delectus
Seminum),

SOFIA (4)
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE Soria UNIVERSITY
Faculty of Sciences, Sofia University
Established: 1892. Area: About 2 hectares.
Directors:
1. St. Gheorghieff (1891-1902) 3. N. Arnudoff (1936-)
2. St. Pethoff (1901-1936)

Note: “Every year one of the botany professors would be
elected a director for cne year only. Prof. N. Arnaudoff since
1922, Prof. N. Stoyanoff since 1936.” The information under
“Directors” follows exactly the data given on the returned ques-
tionnaire. The quotation is from the same questionnaire.

Serves as a tees park. Open free daily. Source of income:
The budget of the University. Library: That of the Botanical
Institute of the University. Herbarium: That of the Botanical
Institute eaout ee sheets). Plantations: Systematic, eco-
logic. Arboretum. Publication: Index Seminum. Supplies liv-
ing plant pat te irregularly to local schools for study.

177

Burma

MAYMYO
GOVERNMENT BoTANIC GARDENS

Established: 1917, Area: 170 acres.
Directors (Superintendents) :

1. Lady Cuffe (1917-1920)

2. ©, Re PY Cooper (1920-1922)

3. C. T. Bogg (October, 1922- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:
Government grants. The Garden has the use of the Forest De-
ey Library and Herbarium. Plantations: Systematic. Ar-
bor ruticetum: “ Very small.” Publications: Reports are
ieeratied in the Forest Department Reports. Special lectures oc-
casionally to Forestry students and school children. Study mate-
rial supplied on request for classes in Rangoon University.

Cameroons
VICTORIA
VICTORIA BOTANIC GARDENS
Cameroons, West Africa
Established: 1892. Area: 60 hectares.
Directors:
Paul Preuss (1892-1902)
H. S. Strunk (1902-1904)
. August Weberbauer (1904-1906)
Hermann Butcher (1906-1911)
Ernst Fickendey (1911-?)
Preuss (?)

AnRONH

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income
Allocation voted by Nigerian Sea Library: 60 Sumnes
Herbarium: out 3000 specimens. Arboretum. Fruticetum.
Plantations: Geographic and economic. Publication: Annual Re-
port incorporated in that of Nigerian Forestry Department. Note:

e Victoria Botanic Gardens, the chief center of acclimation of
the former German colonies, in West Africa, became Crown prop-
erty when the German Kamerun was placed under a British
mandate at the close of the World War.

178
Canada

MONTREAL
MonTREAL BOTANICAL GARDEN
(JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE MontTRmAL)
4101 Sherbrooke Street East, Montreal, Canada

Established: 1936. Area: Nearly 600 acres.

Director: Frere Marie-Victorin (1936-

Publication: List of Seeds, offered in exchange (specializing in
interesting and little known Canadian plants).

Note 1: Construction work began in the spring of 1936. The
Garden is administered by the Commission du Jardin Botanique
de Montréal of five members, including the heads of the botanical
departments of the University of Montreal and McGill University
(Montreal). There is an administration building (erected by the
City of Montreal), two greenhouses, and a nursery (Science, 84:
10, July 3, 1936). According to the article in Science, the first
display unit to be laid out is an economic garden for school chil-
dren and which in 1936, exhibited 124 varieties of fodder plants,
grain crops, vegetables, oil-plants, ete.

Note 2: In the spring of 1937 a multigraphed memorandum was
circulated among Dominion botanists by the Canadian Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Experimental Farms Branch, Division of
Botany, entitled: “ Suggestions for the consideration of the mem-
bers of the Botanical Committee of the National Research Council
in relation to the establishment of adequate botanical services for
the Dominion.”

Topic No. 6 of this memorandum (pp. 10-16) is entitled, “ Na-
tional (Royal?) Botanical Garden or Gardens.” Appendix “ A”
is entitled, “ Suggestions for the establishment of a Canadian
Botanical Service,” signed by H. T. Giissow, Dominion Botanist.

Note 3: As of March, 1938, there was a bill pending in the
provincial legislature to give the Garden a charter. The Montreal
School Commission has assigned a teacher to give lectures to
school children at the garden during the summer, in the schools
in winter. A children’s garden, for giving elementary instruction
in gardening is being established (1938).

179

“We have started (March, 1938) the development of the first
250 acres of our garden; by the end of this coming summer we
expect to have a large part of it finished. Six of our service
greenhouses are finished; twelve more are now under construction.
A new administration building which will include a large amphi-
theater, a special wing for the herbarium and another for the
library, various laboratories, and offices is also under construction.
We have constructed two large lakes and have made considerable
progress with the construction of a very ambitious alpinum which
on a series of small mountains will display the alpine flora of the
world.” (Letter of March 9, 1938, from H. Teuscher, Super-
intendent. )

Historical Note: In 1885 there was a movement to establish a
botanic garden in Montreal. It was the announced intention of
the promoters to make ample provision there for instruction in
pure and applied botany. The institution was under municipal
control and is stated to have been “killed by political differences
in the City Council.” The project failed in the same year in
which it was started.

OTTAWA
BoTANIC GARDEN AND ARBORETUM
Division of Botany, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ontario,
anada

Established: 1886. Area: 65 acres.
Directors: Wm. Saunders (1886-1911). Then transferred to The
Dominion Botanist (Hans Theodor Gussow, 1911-

Serves asa public park. Open free daily, from 7 a.m. to sunset.
Source of income: Annual appropriations by the Dominion Gov-
ernment. Library: 1500 books, 15,000 pamphlets. Herbarium:
About 22,600 specimens (Canadian flora only). Arboretum:
About 2416 species and varieties of shrubs and trees. Plantations:
Systematic mainly. erbaceous plants out of doors: 2982 species
and varieties. Publications: Seed Exchange List. The annual
account of the work of the garden is contained in the Annual Re-
port of the Experimental Farms Branch. Material for study is
supplied to public institutions on request, so far as available.

180

TORONTO

There is a news item in Science, Vol. 82, p. 568, December 13,
1935, referring to a proposal then being considered to establish
a botanic garden in Toronto. Sir Robert Falconer was reported
to be Chairman of the Committee in charge of the project. It
was stated that, ‘ A ravine area in which the development of the
native flora as well as plants from abroad could be effected’ was
favored by the Committee. Note: “ Nothing new to report”
(letter of Feb. 15, 1938).

VANCOUVER
UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA BOTANICAL GARDENS
University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia

Established: 1912 as Government Botanical Garden (at Essondale,
(GS 1916, transferred to University of B. C., at Vancouver.
Area: 5 acres.
Directors: John Davidson, Associate Professor of Botany,
Founder, and Botanist in Charge (1912- Ne

Open free daily. Source zu income: Budget of the University.
Library: About 1200 volumes. Herbarium: About 2 s
cimens. Plantations: oan s economic, morphologic. Clas-
sified in beds according to Engler & Prantl. Medicinal, Rock,
Aquatic, ea and Local Flora gardens. Arboretum of na-
tive trees. Salicetum. Publications: Annual Reports (of the
Botanical Office, Province of B. C.). Seed List. Lectures are
arranged for visits of Societies, etc. Supplies living material for
study to local schools occasionally.

Canary Islands
LA OROTAVA

JARDIN DE ACLIMATACION DE LA OROTAVA

Puerto de la Cruz, Teneriffe, Canary Islands, Spain

Established: August 17, 1788. Area: 2 hectares.

181

Directors:

1. Marquis de Villaneuva del Prado (1788-1832)
Vincente Fernandez
uan Cologan
. Real Sociedad Econo-4 Alfredo Diston (1832-1851)
mica de Amigos del| José Quintero
1S Pageetartinesy scseestataes arlos Benavides
Manuel Suarez
Bernardo Benitez de Lugo
Nicolas Benitez de Lugo
Utaldo Pimienta
Juan Pascuau Cerquella
Bernardo Jiménez
Francisco Ullastres
Pedro Gordon
rancisco Menéndez Martin (1899-
nia de Agricul-| 1929)
Brin Ono om Reena Rodolfo Godinez (1929-1931)
Carlos Solana (1931-1933)
Jorge Menéndez Rodriguez
1933-

. Gobierno Civil .

(1851-1888)

(1888-1899)

Andrés Garcia Cabezon, Subdirector
since 1934; fully in charge since
1937 due to temporary absence of
Dr. Rodriguez.

Serves as a public park. Open, Sunes (6 months), 8 a.m. to

p.m., Sundays and holidays, 12 m. to 6 p.m.; winter, 8 a.m. to
9 p.m: ; See and holidays, 12 m. os 9 pn Admission, one
peseta ‘for non-residents. Source of imcome: ‘Mainly by appro-
priations from the Department of Agriculture of Spain. Library:
10,000 volumes. Herbarium: 7000 specimens. Plantations: Not
classified. Publications: Official Catalog (1889, 1923) ; Descrip-
tive Guide, in Spanish, English, and German (1938). Supplies
living material for study to local schools.

Ceylon
GAMPAHA

HENERATGODA BoTANIC GARDENS
Established: 1876. Area: 36 acres.
Direction: Under the director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Pera-

deniya, and managed by successive curators. (Curator 1938,
E. Perera.)

182

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 6 a.m. to 6
Source of income: Governmental appropriations, and sale of ie
of Para rubber plants, Budweed, and ornamental and fruit plants
and seeds. Library: Office reference only. antations: Syste-
matic, economic. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Special lectures are
given to school children and living material is supplied to schools
for study.

Historical Note: “ The land for these Gardens was opened in
1876 for the reception of the Para rubber plants sent, at the
charge of the Indian Government, through the Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew. The site was selected because it was thought that
the warmer and moister climate of a low-country station would be
more suitable for the growth of Hevea brasiliensis than at Pera-
deniya. Trees of the original plantation are still to be seen, and
No. 2 tree has a world wide reputation, as it yielded 392 lbs. of
dry rubber in 4 years and 9 months. The seeds were obtained by
Sir Henry Wickham from the forests of the Tapajoz Plateau in
the valley of the Amazon.”

HAKGALA
Botanic GARDENS (See Peradeniya)
Curator: J. J. Nock

PERADENIYA
Royat Botanic GARDENS

Established: 1810, Transferred from Slave Island to Peradeniya

in 1821. Area: 146 acres.
Superintendents (Title abolished, 1857):

1. W. Kerr (1810-1814)

2. Alexander Moon (1817-1825)

3. Andrew Walker (Acting) (1825-1827)

4. James Macrae (1827-1830)

5. G. Bird (Acting) (1830-1832)

6. James George Watson (1832-1838)

7. J. G. Lear (Acting) (1838-1840)

8. H. T. Normansell (1840-1843)

9. W. C. Ondaatje (Acting) (1843-1844)

10. George Gardner (1844-1849)

183

11. G. Fraser (Acting) (March-December, 1849)
12. George Henry Kendrick Thwaites (1850-1857)
Directors (Curators):
13. George Henry Kendrick Thwaites (1857-1880)
14. Henry Trimen (1880-1896)
15. J. C. Willis (1896-1912)
16. H. F. Macmillan (1912-1913)
Vacant, Spring 1913-1914
17. T. H. Parsons (1914— )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of Income:
Government appropriations. Library: The old Royal Botanic
Gardens Library was merged with the Department of Agriculture
General Library in 1912. Museum: Contains a collection of eco-
nomic plants of Ceylon. Herbarium: A general Herbarium in
which the Ceylon indigenous, Ceylon cultivated, and foreign speci-
mens are in separate covers. Arboretum: 55 acres established in
1914, a Palmetum of 5 acres in 1916, a Pinetum o acres in
1921. Research Laboratory. Publications: Trimen has published
a Catalogue of plants growing in the Gardens, also a “ Hand-
Guide to Peradeniya Gardens,” which has passed through five
editions. An “ Alphabetical List of Plants Growing in the Gar-
dens” was published in 1926, and a revision of the “‘ Hand-Guide
to Peradeniya Gardens” in 1927, Parsons. “ Annals of the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya,” established in 1901.
“Journal of Pure and Applied Botany,” containing chiefly the
results of work done wholly or in part in the laboratories and
herbarium of the Ceylon Garden, or upon materials supplied by
the Garden. Also a “ Circular,” published at intervals. Branch
gardens: There is a branch garden on the mountain at Hakgala,
containing a large reserved area of both jungle and grass, and a
collection of plants from Europe, Australia, South Africa, the
Himalayas, and other tropical mountains. It also contains a small
laboratory with living accommodations, and a small herbarium of
the local flora and plants cultivated in the garden. There is also
a Branch Garden at Heneratgoda, three hours ride from Pera-
deniya, and lying nearly at sea level. (See Gampaha.) Branch
Gardens at Badulla, on the eastern side of the mountains, estab-
lished, 1886; and a fourth at Anuradhapura, on the north side of
the Island, established in 1883, were closed in 1906 when it was
decided that the Department should devote greater attention to
economic work and to agriculture.

184

Chile
CONCEPCION
JARDIN BoTtANnico
This Garden, in process of formation, announces that it will
offer, in exchange, seeds of species indigenous to Chile.

SANTIAGO
Jarpin BotrAnico

China
AMOY
HERBARIUM, BoTanicaL Museum, AND GARDENS OF THE COLLEGE
OF SCIENCE oF Amoy UNIVERSITY

CANTON

It has been reported that there is a botanic garden at Sun
Yatsen University, Canton. No reply has been’ received to our
questionnaire sent to this University, and two Chinese graduate
students of botany assured the author in June, 1937, that there
was then no botanic garden as yet at Sun Yatsen University,
although plans were under way for establishing one. (See Nan-
king. )

HONG KONG (See Hong Kong)

KIUKIANG
Lu-SHAN ARBORETUM AND BoTANICAL GARDEN
Kuling, P. O. Box 4, Kiukiang, Kwangsi Province
Established: About 1933. Area: About 50 acres.
Director: R. C. Ching (1937).

Plantations: A systematic Herbaceous Garden was inaugurated,
April, 1936. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publications: Annual Re-
port (in Chinese and English) ; Seed List. Affiliation: Fan Me-
morial Institute of Biology, and Kuangsi Provincial Agricultural
Institute. Note: The Garden aims to study plants, especially
Chinese, in relation to forestry and Sade cae Special atten-
tion is being given to the vegetation of Mt han, where the
Garden is situated. Most of the local flora pines are being cul-
tivated in the Garden. Special study of the ferns of China and
Sikkim-Himalaya.

185

NANKING

BoTANIc GARDEN OF THE SUN YAT-SEN TOMB AND MEMORIAL
ParK COMMISSION
68 Ching Hsien Street

Director: H. K. Fu (1936). Seed List.

PEIPING

Botanic GARDEN, NATIONAL MusEuM oF NATURAL HISTORY OF
PEIPING

The Director, Institute of Botany, National Academy of
Peiping, Hsi Chih Men Wai, Peiping, China

Established: April, 1930. Area: About 6 acres.
Director: Liou Tchen-Ngo (1930-?).

Serves as a public park. Admission free, daily. Source of in-
come: From the Museum budget. Library: About 1157 volumes
in the Library of the Institute of Botany, National Academy,
Peiping. Plantations: Systematic. Publications: 1. Contra
tions from the Institute of Botany. 2. Flore Illustrée du Nord
la Chine. 3. Index Seminum, 1930, 1933. 1 and 2 are issuetDy
the Institute of Botany, National Academy of Peiping. Museum:
Open daily from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. Admission, 10 cents. Study
collections to loan to schools.

WUCHOW

“ A Botanical Research Institute has been established in the
University of Kwangsi, and the former British Consulate in
Wuchow and the Riverside Park in which it is situated have been
allotted to the new Institute. The Park will be remodeled into
a Botanic Garden, and 6000-7000 mounted specimens have been
transferred from the Botanical Institute of Sun Yatsen University
to form a nucleus for the new herbarium.” (Fide, Chronica
Botanica, 1936, p. 101.)

Cochinchina (See Indochina)

186

Cuba
HAVANA (1)

Ex JArDiN BorAnico DEL INSTITUTO DE SEGUNDA ENSENANZA DE
LA HABANA
Calzada de Carlos III

Established: 1901. Area: 4 hectares.
Director: Filipe Garcia Cafiizares (1905- ;
Open free on all “ work days,” 6-10 a.m., 2-5 p.m.

Note: Cafiizares (El Jardin Botanico del Instituto de Segunda
Ensefianza de la Habana. Habana, 1918, p. 11) states that the
history of the Botanic Garden of the Institute is, in its beginning,
intimately associated with that of the Jardin Botanico de la Uni-
versidad Nacional. The two represent the continuation of the
garden that, under the auspices of the Patriotic Society of Friends
of the Country was inaugurated May 30, 1817 on the site of the
station of the Villanueva Railway, and which later, “by action of
the Cuban Congress,” was successively the site of the Presidential

Cy and of the Capitol of Cuba.

HAVANA (2)
JArDiN BoTANICO DE LA UNIVERSIDAD

Established: May 30, 1817.
Directors:
1. José Antonio de la Ossa (1817-1827)
2. Ramon de la Sagra (1827-1831)
3. Temporarily discontinued (1831-
4. Pedro Alejandro Auber (acting) (1831-1843)

Note: The period 1864-1897 (called the “ Second Epoch” oi
the Garden by its historian, Felipe Garcia Cafiizares) was char-
acterized by scientific and administrative disorganization. The
period, 1897-1914, is called the “ Third Epoch.” During the
academic year 1904-1905 a fence was erected separating the
Jardin del Instituto de Segunda Ensefianza from the Jardin de
la Universidad.

187

SOLEDAD
ATKINS INSTITUTION OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD
UNIVERSITY
Soledad, Cienfuegos, Cuba
Established: 1901. Area: About 300 acres.
Directors (Superintendents) :

1. Robert M. Grey (1901—June, 1936)

2. David Sturrock (July, 1936-

Note: Established under the name “ Harvard Botanic Station
for Tropical Research and Cane Sugar Investigation.” The title
has varied. In 1927 it was “ Harvard Botanical Gardens, Soledad
Estate, Cienfuegos, Cuba (Atkins Foundation).” The official
one given above was adopted in 1932. The Administrator of
Botanical Collections, Harvard University (address Arnold Ar-
boretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass.), has general supervision over
this Institution as one of the nine separately endowed botanical
units of Harvard. About one half the 300 acres has been devel-
oped as a tropical botanic garden. The remaining part will be
developed as funds become available. The land and its endowment
were given by Mr. Edwin F. Atkins, who established the Soledad
Sugar Estate. Source of income: Endowment ($212,348.15) and

ifts.

Laboratory space and equipment and living quarters are avail-
able for visiting scientists at Harvard House (Casa Harvard),
constructed by Mr. Atkins. Those wishing to use the facilities
should (1938) communicate with Dr. Thomas Barbour, custodian
of the Atkins Institution, University Museum, Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts.

Czechoslovakia (C.S.R.)
BRNO (1)

BoTANIC GARDEN OF MasAryYK UNIVERSITY
(BotanicKA ZAHRADA Masarykovy UNIVERSITY)
Kounicova 63

Established: 1921.
Director: Jos. Podpéra (1921—?); August Bayer (1938).

Open free, daily, 7-12 am.; 2-7 p.m. Source of income: Gov-
ernmental appropriations. ae 983 volumes. Herbarium:

188

298,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, geographic. Lec-
tures are given to school children at the Garden. Study material
loaned to schools
BRNO (2)
Botanic GARDEN OF THE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE
(Vysoka Skola Zemédélska )
Cema Pole 102
MOR. OSTRAVA (MORAVIAN OSTRAU)
Botanic GARDEN (BoTANIcKA ZAHRADA)
OLOMOUC (OLMUTZ)
BoTaNIcC GARDEN IN OLMUTZ

(BoTANICKA ZAHRADA V OLOMOUCI)
Established: 1901. Area: 6000 square meters.

Directors:
1. Leopold Frank (1901-1910) 3. Anton Heske (1911-1919)
2. Konrad Zelenka (1910) 4. Josef Otruba (1919- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily at all hours. Source
of income: “ Annual appropriations by city, state, ey private -
subscriptions, membership dues.” Membership: Hono mem-
bers: No payment. Founders: Ké 100. COHEbERES. Kies.
Library: Reference only. About 540 volumes and 160 pam-
phlets. Plantations: Systematic, morphologic, ecologic, local flora,
alpine plants, water plants, economic section, medicinal section.
Special section for growing plants with which to supply schools.
Arboretum: About 200 species. Fruticetum: About 100 species.
Species under glass: About 500 pieces. Plants By of dobes:
About 3000 pieces. Publications: Ueber die Bedeutung und
Einrichtung eee iche Garten und die Anlage des oe
schen Garten Imutz. By Prof. Hugo Lanner. Seed L
yearly. 1. Becht der Naturwissenschaft. Sektion des Vaens
Botanischer Garten in Olmttz, Olmtitz 1905. 2. Bericht der
Naturwissenschaft. Sektion des Vereins Botanischer Garten in
Olmutz, Olmutz 1910. 3. Bericht der Naturwissenschaft. Sektion
des Vereins Botanischer Garten in Olmutz, Olmtitz 1913, ent-
haltend den “ Fuhrer durch den Botanischen Garten in Olmutz ”
(By Prof. Heinrich Laus and K. Zelenka.) Study Collections:
Herbarium specimens and dried seeds are loaned to both public
and private schools, and living material (not including wild plants)
is supplied to local schools, both for botanical study and for classes
in drawing.

189
PRAHA (PRAG) (1)

BoTANIC GARDENS OF THE CHARLES UNIVERSITY
(BoranicKA ZAHRADA KarLovy UNIVERSITY)
Na Slupi 433, Praha II, C.S.R.

Established: 1891. Area: 5 acres (2 hectares).
Directors:

1. Josef Velenovsky (1900-1927)

2. Karel Domin (1927- )

Open free daily to the public, 8a.m—6 p.m. Source of income:
Governmental appropriations. Library: That of the Botanic In-
stitute. Herbariunt: Over 500,000 specimens. Plantations: Sys-
tematic, geographic, economic, medicinal, ecologic. Publication:
Index Seminum (Seznam Semen). Museum 1G. the Botanic
Institute) open free to the public, 8 am—6 p.m. Supplies living
material free to local schools.

PRAHA (PRAG) (2)
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER DEUTSCHEN UNIVERSITAT PRAG
Viniéna 3a, Praha II, C.S.R.

Established: 1892 (as continuation of an older garden).
Area: About 15,000 square meters.
Directors (of the new garden) :

1. Richard Wettstein Ritter von Westersheim (1892-1899)

2. Gunther Beck Ritter von Mannagetta und Lerchenau (1899-

1920)

3. Fritz Knoll (1923-1933)
4, Adolf Pascher (1933- )

Open free daily, 7 am. to 7 p.m. Source of come: Govern-
mental appropriations. Library (of the Botanical Institute) :
About 4500 volumes. Herbarium: About 500,000 specimens.
Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic, morphologic, eco-
logic, pharmaceutical, experimental. A small Arboretum. Sup-
plies living plant material for study to schools.

PRUHONICE
DENDROLOGICAL GARDEN

(DEeNpDROLOGICKA ZAHRADA V PRUHONICiCH)
Prtthonice u Prahy (near, Prag)
Director: Karel Domin (1937). Index Seminum.

190

ROUDNICE (RAUDPITZ)
Boranic GARDEN (BoTANICKA ZAHRADA). Seed List

TABOR
Hortus Boranicus (BoranicKA ZAHRADA)
Zemska Vissi Skola Hospodaiska, Tabor, C.S.R.
Director: Prof. Adolf Kutin (1938). Delectus Seminum.

Denmark

CHARLOTTENLUND (North of Copenhagen)
Hortus DenproLocicus (ARBORETUM)
See also Copenhagen (1).

COPENHAGEN (1)
Universitets Boraniske Have, KgspENHAVN

Established: 1871-74. Area: About 25 acres.
Directors:
1. Christen Friis Rottboll (1778-1797)
2. Erik Nissen Viborg (1797-1801)
3. Martin Vahl (1801-1804)
4, Jens Wilken Hornemann (1804-1841)
5. Joakim Frederik Schouw (1841-1852)
6. Frederik Michael Liebmann (1852-1856)
7. Johan Lange (1856-1876)
8. Didrik Ferdinand Didrichsen (1876-1885)
9. Johannes Eugenius Bitlow Warming (1885-1911)
10. Christen Raunkiar (Nov. 1, 1911—-Aug. 8, 1923)
11. Carl Hansen Ostenfeld (Sept. 1, 1923—-Jan. 16, 1931)
12. Knud Jessen (July 1, 1931- )

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 1 p.m. to sunset; to
students throughout the day. Sourc e of income: As an institution

of the University of Copenhagen a garden has an annual appro-
priation by national government. Library: More than 20,000 vol-
umes and pamphlets. Herbarium: More than 400,000 specimens,
not counting Cryptogams. Arboretum: About 650 species. Fru-
ticetum: About 1200 species. Plantations: Systematic, Ecologic,

191

Local Flora, Rock Garden. Arboretum and Fruticetum system-
atic; Local flora partly systematic, partly ecologic. Herbaceous
plants systematic. Publications: Arbejder fra den botaniske Have
i Kgbenhavn; ame Botanisk Have (Guide for the Botanic
Garden). In Hi ante includes also seeds collected in the
Botanic Canc a: the Agricultural College of Denmark, in the
pote at Charlottenlund, and the Ga of Dr. F. Bor esen,
at Helle useum 1s open to students and botanists only,
from 12 S 4 p.m. es aes ial for study and seeds are fur-
nished when requested to every school in Denmark. For many
years the average aero reached 10,000-14,000 cables per
year. Note: The first garden was started in 1600 near the Uni-
versity. The second was laid out by the botanist Oita The
third, and present, was laid out in 1871-74 on the site of the old
fortifications of the City—i.e., on the outskirts, near Charlotten-
borg. It now lies in the center of the City, so greatly has the
City grown.

COPENHAGEN (2)

BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE
See also Copenhagen (1)

GODHAVN (Island of Disko)
(Boranic GARDEN)
Den Dansk Arktiske Station Paa Disko N. 12, K¢benhavn,
Denmar
Established and endowed, 1906 by A. Holck as Den Danske Ark-
tiske Station Paa Disko. (On the island of Disko off the west
coast of Greenland, Latitude 69°15’. The station has been
taken over by the Danish government. )
Director: Morten Pedersen Porsild (1906-
Cultivates some of the plants of the Arctic regions, and is open
to visiting investigators. Not really a botanic garden.

Dutch East Indies
See Netherlands East Indies

England
See Great Britain

192

Estonia
PAR (JURE, “DORP AM)

BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY

(Tartu Uxrxoort BoTAANIKAAED)
Established: 1803. Area: 3.27 hectares.
Directors:
G. A. German (1803-1809)
C. F. Ledebour (1811-1835)
A. Bunge (1836-1867)
M
E

—_

. Willkomm (1868-1874)
. Russow (1874-1895)
N. J. Kusnetzow (1896-1916)
F. Bucholtz (1919-1923)
E. Spohr (1924-1930)
T. Lippmaa (1930- )

Open daily. Summer, 9 a.m. to 12 noon; 2 to 6 p.m. Winter,
the greenhouses only, Sunday and Wednesday, 12 noon to 2 p.m.
Admission, 10 eston. cents. Source of income: Governmental ap-
propriations. Library: 3940 volumes, 3957 pamphlets. Her-
barium: 146,700 specimens. Plantations: Morphologic-biologic,
systematic, eeographic (Estonian, Subarctic, Alpine, Caucasian,
Siberian, East Asiatic, North American). Arboretum and Fruti-
cetum of 2471 species. Publications: Acta Instituti et Horti Bo-
tanici Universitatis Tartuensis; Index Seminum. Museum: Small,
for students.

Federated Malay States
KUALA LUMPUR

PuBLIC GARDENS
Kuala Lumpur, Selangor, Federated Malay States
Though often referred to as a “ botanic garden,” the Director

of Agriculture, as Chairman of the Gardens, states that it is a
pleasure garden, and not a scientific institution.

193

Finland

BORGA
BoTANIC GARDEN

HELSINKI (HELSINGFORS)
HELSINGIN YLIOPISTON KASVITIETEELLINEN PUUTARHA
(BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF HELSINKI)

Unioninkatu 44

Established: 1828. Area: 5.3 hectares.
Directors:

. Carl Reinhold Sahlberg (1828-1840)
Johannes Magnus von Tengstrom (1840-1849)
Alexander von Nordmann (1849-1857)
Wilhelm Nylander (1857-1863)

Alexander von Nordmann (1863-1865)
Sextus Otto Lindberg (1865-1889)

Johan Peter Norrlin (1889-1892

Fredrik Emil Volmar Elfving (1892-1926)
Kaarlo Linkola (1926—

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, gone daylight.
Sources of income: Annual appropriations by the state. Pla Be
tions: Systematic, economic, ecologic, a um, fruticetut
Study material (flowers, leaves, and cultivated sees hic
plants) is supplied to both public and private schools occasionally
when requested. Note: In the Garden is also the Botanical Mu-
seum and the Botanical Laboratory of the University, quite inde-
pendent from the Garden, but with the same director. They are
not open to the public. In connection with them there is a library.

—

ROC SEY SB gee ES)

TURKU (ABO)
TuRKU YLIOPISTON KASVITIETEELLINEN PUUTARHA
(THE Botanic GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TURKU)
Established: 1924. Area: 2 hectares.
Directors: 1. Kaarlo Linkola (1924-1925); 2. H. I. Waris
(Warén) (1925- NE

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 9 am—8 p.m.
Source of income: Budget of the University. Library and Her-

194

barium are those of the University. Arboretum: Small. Fruti-
cetum: Small. Plantations: Systematic, economic, rock garden.
Lectures are given to school children at the Garden. S$ tudy ma-
terial loaned to schools

France

ALFORT (SUBURB SOUTHEAST OF PARIS) (1)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE

According to Loudon (Encycl. Gard. Loudon, 1865, p. 102)
this Garden, in 1865, contained ‘“‘ the remains of what has been a
tolerably complete arboretum,” including an extensive collection
of hedge plants and hedges, “a grass ground containing patches
of several yards square of all the principal grasses [a ‘ Gra-
minetum’”’], including the cultivated corns,” and other economic
plants. “ Close to the college . . . is [1865] a small systematic bo-
tanic garden, representing, perhaps, fifty of the Jussieuean orders.”

ALFORT (SEINE) (2)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’ECOLE VETERINAIRE

Director: H. Simmonet. Under the Ministry of Agriculture.

ANGERS (MAINE-ET-LOIRE)
JARDIN DES PLANTES
Butte du Pélican et Rue Boreau

ARBORETUM DE LA MAULEVRIE
Route des Ponts de Cé

ANTIBES (ALPES-MARITIMES)
VILLA THURET
Route du Cap d’Antibes

Established: 1858. Area: 5.5 hectares.
Directors:

. Gustave Adolphe Thuret (1858-1875)
. Edouard Bornet (1875-1878)

. Charles Naudin (1878-1899)

. Georges Poirault (1899-1936)

. Mare Simonet (1936- )

meeWDNH Re

195

Serves as a public park. Open daily, 9-12 and 2-6. Admis-
sion 2 francs. Source of Income: Ministére de l’Agriculture. Lz-
brary: 3500 volumes. Herbarium: 600 cartons. Arboretum of
3.5 hectares. Classes from schools of the Department visit the
Garden by appointment. Affiliation: “ Numerous nae with
the University and Natural History Museum of Pari

AURILLAC (CANTAL)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’EcoLE NORMALE D’AURILLAC
22 rue Jules Ferry

Established: Abandoned during the World War, but re-established

January 1, 1935. Area: 30 acres.
Director: Georges Aufrére (Jan. 1, 1935- Ne

Source of income: Small subvention from the Département du
Cantal, to which the property belongs. Herbarium: About 3000
specimens. Plantation: Systematic. Sente son: Carte botanique
du Cantal; La Prairie d’Auvergne. Affiliation: Académie de Cler-
mont Ferrand. Note: This garden is devoted exclusively to alpine
plants.

BAGNERES DE BIGORRE (HAUTES PYRENEES)
JarpIn ALPIN ET LABORATOIRE BOTANIQUE
Director: J. Bouget (1937).

BELFORT (ALSACE)
Jarpin ALPIN DU BALLON D’ALSACE
5 Avenue de la Gare, Belfort
(Discontinued, 1936? Mail not delivered)
Established: 1887. Area: 120 square meters.
Director: C. Brunotte (1902) ; Dubail-Roy (1912).
Source of alta Maintained by the committee of the Belfort

section of the Club Alpin Frangais. Plantations devoted to Al-
pine plants.

BESANCON (DOUBS) (1)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE DE BESANCON
Rue Girod de Chantrans
Established: 1890.
Directors: Antoine Magnin (1890-1919); P. Eberhardt (?).

196

BIEVRE (SEINE-ET-OISE)
JarpIn ALPIN

Director: Société National d’Acclimation, and the local Museum.

BLOIS (LOIR-ET-CHER)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE Roya.

Curator: Robert Morison, about 1651. Discontinued.

BORDEAUX (GIRONDE) (1)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA FacuLTE DE MEDECINE
ET DE PHARMACIE
356 Cours Gambetta, Talence (prés Bordeaux)
Director: J. Golse (1937). Publication: Graines Récoltées.

BORDEAUX (GIRONDE) (2)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE BORDEAUX
Director:
L. Beille (1936)

erbarium: Specially rich in flora of the southwest of France.
Library: About 4000 vols. Publication: Liste des Graines.

CAEN (CALVADOS)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE CAEN

Established: 1736. Area: 5 hectares.
Directors:

Marescot (1736-1747)

Sébastien Blot (1747-1758)

Goubin et Desmoueux (1758-1759)
Desmoueux (1759-1786)

de Roussel (1786-1797)

Desmoueux, returned (1797-1801)

de Roussel, returned (1801-1812)
Jean Vincent Felix Lamouroux (1812-1825)
Eudes Deslongchamps (1825-1839)
Francois Joseph Chauvin (1839-1859)

COR NOG Oo hoa

—

197

11. Pierre-Gilles Moriére (1859-1871)
12. Eugéne Vieillard (1871-1895)

13. Octave Lignier (1896-1916)

14. Clodimir Houard (1916-1919)

15. René Viguier (1919-1931)

16. Pierre Choux (1932-1936)

17. Fernand Moreau (1936— )

This is a municipal garden, although the Botanical Institute, and
the School and Museum of Botany are affiliated with the Uni-
versity, and are conducted under the exclusive direction of the
Professor of botany of the Faculty of Sciences and the Keeper
(Conservateur). All the plants of the Garden are at the service
of the investigators in the Botanical Institute.

The Garden was founded in 1736 by Marescot, Professor in
the University of Normandy, and belonged to that University until
1791. From 1791 to 1803 it was administered by the Department
of Calvados. On the latter date it was given to the city. In 1829
it was considerably enlarged. The large conservatory was built
in 1850, and rebuilt and enlarged in 1894 and 1901. The Botanical
Institute began in 1891.

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Library: 6000 vol-
umes and numerous periodicals (in the Botanical Institute of the
Faculty of Sciences). Herbarium: Several important herbaria,
one of them (Herbier Le Normand) includes more than 1000
books and 60,000 species. Seca ns: Systematic. Publication:
Catalogue des Graines Récolté

Note: The faculty of She was established in 1448, but it
was not until about 1688 that Prof. Callard de la Ducquerie pur-
chased a garden which he filled with plants for use in teaching.
Later the University provided modest funds for maintenance of
the Garden. The garden called, “ Hortus botanicus agrt Codo-
mensis,” contained 559 species, arranged according to their medic-
inal properties. Marescot succeeded Callard in 1718 (fide per-
sonal letter from René Viguier). Thanks to the devotion of
Maréchal de Coigny, additional land was acquired in 1734 and
actually occupied in 1736.

198

CHAMROUSSE (ISERE)
JARDIN ALPIN DE CHAMROUSSE
Discontinued
Established: 1893, at a place called Roche-Béranger, altitude 1850
meters, by the Société des Touristes du Dauphine. La Société
Horticole dauphinoise also gave moral and financial support.
In 1898 the Société des Touristes ceded the Garden to the
Faculty of Grenoble.
Director: P. Lachmann (1899-1908) ; Marcel Mirande (1908-).

CLERMONT-FERRAND (PUY-DE-DOME)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’EcoLE NORMALE DES INSTITUTEURS

DIJON (COTE-D’OR)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE DIJON
Avenue Albert 1°

Established: (1772) 1833. Area: About 4 hectares.
Directors:

1. Pierre Fleurot (1833-?) 3. Alphonse Lagrasse (?—?)

2. M. Lavalle (?-?) 4. Paul A. Genty (1898- )

Serves as a public park. rk free daily. Source of income:
Municipal appropriations. Library: About 3000 books and pam-
phlets. Herbarium: About 50,000 specimens. Arboretum and
Fruticetum combined. Plantations: Herbaceous plants systematic,
after De Candolle’s “ Prodromus.” Publication: Catalogue annuel
des graines récoltées et offertes en échange. he Director, during
spring, conducts free public ‘ Herborizations” (field trips).
Study material is puipplicd to students in the University of Dijon,
the Lycées, and schoo

DOUAI (NORD)

JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA Société NATIONALE D’AGRICULTURE,
SCIENCES, ET ARTS
Rue d’Arras 8 bis

ECULLY (RHONE)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE ET D’ESSAIS
Affiliated with L’Ecole d’Agriculture Pratique du Rhéne

199

EVREUX (EURE)

JARDIN BoraNIQUE

GRENOBLE (ISERE) (1)
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE GRENOBLE

Established: 1845(?). Area: About 10 acres.
Directors: 1. J.-B. Verlot (1845-1886); 2. Joseph Allemand
(1886-1921) ; 3. G. Seguin (1922- )p

Publication: Seed List.

GRENOBLE (ISERE) (2)

JARDIN DE L’INSTITUT BoTANIQUE ALPIN DU LAUTARET
(Hautes-ALPEs)

Prof. R. de Litardiére, L’ Université de Grenoble

Established: 1919. Area: 10,000 square meters. Altitude: 2150
meters.

Directors: Marcel Mirande (1919-1930); R. de Litardiére
(1930- )

Serves as a public park, open free to the public. Source of in-
come: City of Grenoble. Herbarium: Devoted to the plants
of the western Alps. Plantations: Systematic, geographic. The
garden is divided into the following sections: 1. A large area, scat-
tered with rocks, simulating a small valley, traversed by a rivulet
which empties into a small pond. This section is devoted specially
to the flora of the Lautaret. 2. A large area, comprising the syste-
matic collection, is devoted to the flora of the western Alps in
general. 3. All the rest of the garden is divided into 8 regions,
each built up of a collection of rocks, and devoted, respectively,
to the following botanical regions: 1. Tura aban rocks), 2.
Pyrenees, 3. Mountains of the Mediterranean region, 4. Caucasus

Altai, Siberia, 7. Arctic regions, 8. Miscellaneous mountain regions.
Publication. Seed list.

This Garden has replaced the former Garden of Lautaret, estab-
lished by P. Lachmann in 1899 (page 200), now discontinued.

200

GRIGNON (SEINE-ET-OISE)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’ECOLE NATIONALE D’AGRICULTURE DE
GRIGNON
Established: 1873. Area: 2 hectares.
Directors:
1. Emile Victor Mussat (1873-1902)
2. Edouard Griffon (1902-1912)
3. Fernand Pierre Guéguen (1912-1915)
4. Vital Ducomet (1915-1931) et G. Viennot Bourgin (1926-
SI)
5. A. L. Guyot (1932- +) et G. Viennot Bourgin (1932- _)
Open to visitors daily, 8-11 am. and 1-6 pm. Source of in-
come: ees BebscpiatiGas through the Minister of Agri-
culture. Library: 15,000 volumes. 20 current periodicals re-
ceived. H Eine 30, 000 ucotier, Arboretum and Frutt-
cetum: Both together comprise 2200 species. Plantations: Sys-
tematic. Species under glass: “ Several thousand.” Publication:
Annales de Grignon.

LA ROCHELLE (CHARENTE-INFERIEURE)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DEPARTEMENTAL DE LA CHARENTE-
INFERIEURE (Discontinued )

Established: 1871. Area: one-half hectare.
Directors: 1, Edouard Beltzemieux (1871-1894) ; 2. J. Foucaud
(1894-1906).
Served as a public park; open free, daily from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.
Note: The president of the Society of Natural Sciences of the
Charente Inférieure reports that the Botanic Garden of La Ro-
chelle was discontinued after the death of the last director in
1906, and transformed to an ordinary public garden belonging to
the city and maintained by it.

LAUTARET (HAUTES-ALPES)
JARDIN ALPIN
L’Université de Grenoble
Discontinued: See Grenoble (Isére) (2)
Established: 1896. Area: 3000 sq. meters. Altitude: 2075
meters. Director (and Founder): Paul Lachmann (1899-
1908) ; Marcel Mirande (1908-?). See bottom of page 199.

201

Directors: 1. P. Lachmann (1896-1908); 2. Marcel Mirande

(1908-1919). ;

The Ministry of Works having declined to finance the Garden,
M. Bonnabel, proprietor of the local hotel provided the funds for
its grading and terracing (1896-1897), and the planting was done
in 1899, The most noteworthy feature was a collection of 532
species characteristic of the flora of the western Alps. In 1908
the Garden contained typical representatives of the principal moun-
tain massives of the world.

LAVOINE (ALLIER)

JARDIN BoTANIQUE

LE PUY (HAUTE-LOIRE)

JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’ECOLE NORMALE DES INSTITUTEURS

LEVALLOIS-PERRET (SEINE)
Mus&E ET JARDIN BOTANIQUE
Rue Lannois 37 Bis

LILLE (NORD)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE CATHOLIQUE
Rue du Port

LEZOUX (PUY-DE-DOME)
JARDIN ET HERBIER CLASSAGNE

Willow Garden. About 10,000 living species, hybrids, and
forms.

LYON (RHONE) (1)
JarpIn BoTANIQUE A CHATILLON-LES-DOMBES
Established: 1758, by Philibert Commerson. Discontinued.
Note: Antoine Magnin (Prodrome d’une Histoire des Botanistes
Lyonnais. Mém. Soc. Bot. de Lyon 31-32: 1-140; 1-39. 1906)
says that the remnants of this Garden were still at Lyons in 1832.

202

LYON (RHONE) (2)

JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’EcOLE VETERINAIRE
Established: 1763, by La Tourrette at the Guillotiére.
Dwectors:

1. L’Abbé Frangois Rozier (1765-1766) -

2. Jean-Baptiste-Antoine Rest-Maupas (?)

3. Jacques-Marie Hénon (1780-1809)

Plantations: Systematic after Tournefort. Note: Transferred
in November 1796 to the Claustral des Deux-Amants, quai Pierre-
Seize. Enlarged in 1802 by the neighboring Claustral des Corde-
liers de ?Observance.

LYON (RHONE) (3)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DU PaRCc DE LA TETE D’OR
Established: 1773. Area: The Park, 114 hectares; the Garden,
hectares.

Note: This garden was successively located (1) at Brotteaux
near the Loge de la Parfaite-Harmonie (1773-1774), but was not
completed there; (2) Clos de la Déserte, below la place Sathonay
(1795-1857) ; (3) Pare de la Téte d’Or since 1857. (For further
data on its organization consult Soc. Bot. Fr. 1876 session. Pages
c and ci.) The Garden was devastated by a terrible hurricane
on August 4, 1853.

Directors:

1. Jean-Emmanuel Gilibert (1795-1799, 1804-1808). Founder

of the Garden at the Clos de la Déserte.

2. Gaetano Nicodémi or Nicodémo (Dec. 27, 1799-1804)

3. Gaspard Dejean, or de Jean de Saint-Marcel (March 21,

1808-1819)

4, Jean-Baptiste Balbis (1819-August 20, 1830)
5. Louis-Henry Latil de Thimécourt (July 26-August 18,
1830). Roffavier (August 19-21, 1830). Three days,
only, in office. The Preface of the Flora of Balbis is
signed “ Roffavier ”

. Nicolas-Charles Seringe (August 24, 1830-September 29,

1858)

Gustave Bonnet (Director-General of the Parc de la Téte-

d’Or, including the Jardin Botanique), (December 1858—

1870)

203

(,¢)

. Jean-Joseph-Augustin-Ernest Faivre (Actual successor of
Seringe as Director of the Jardin Botanique (March 27,
1871-June 24, 1879). First Director at la Téte-d’Or.

Louis Cusin, Assistant naturalist, was placed in temporary
charge of various activities of the Garden, June 30, 1879-
March 15, 1880. He continued as assistant naturalist
from November 6, 1857 until October 1, 1884.

Gustave Dutailly (March 15, 1880-April 5, 1880). He
began the Arboretum, the Conservatories, and the labeling
of the botanical collections of the City.

11. Antoine Magnin (November 21, 1881—April 30, 1884)

12. Léon Guignard (April 30, 1884-March 1, 1887)

13. René Gérard (March 1, 1887-1926)

14. Louis Faucheron (1926-1937)

15. Robert Douin (1937- )

Open free, daily, from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. Source of income: An-
seus appropriation by the city. Library: Reference. 4500 vol-
umes. Herbarium: 1140 cartons of plants. Plantations: Syste-
matic (after Bentham and Hook er); Arboretum, Fruticetum
(about 1000 species), a small section of medical plants, and one of
horticultural perennials and annuals. Under glass: 7000 square
meters. Herbaceous plants out of doors: 4211 species. Publi-
cation: Index Fructuum et Ran tinum. Museum: Rudimentary.
The garden supplies art schools regularly with living material.
A Bees The University, the Veterinary school, aie l’Ecole des

rts. The director of the Garden is Professor of Botany
in ie Warversity: Note: Le Jardin Botanique et Senne des Cul-
tures de la Ville de Lyon i is situated in the Parc de la Tete d’Or,
which contains also a zoological collection, a pharmaceutical gar-
d a conservatory which has been described as “ the finest
* containing “a unique collection” of

orchids, palms, and cycads.

—
2S

MALMAISON (SUBURB NORTHWEST OF PARIS)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE |
Loudon * states that, at the time of Josephine (about 1813), this
garden “was among the richest in Europe. Various botanical
collectors were patronised. . . . The seeds brought home by the
navigator Baudin were here first raised, and described by Ventenat

* Encyclopaedia of Gardening. New Ed. London. 1865. p. 101.

204

in the Jardin de la Malmaison, in 1803... . In 1813 Bonpland
published the first volume of Plantes rares cultivées @ Malmaison
et a Navarre.”
MARSEILLES (BOUCHES-DU-RHONE) ly
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE MARSEILLES
Pare Borély
Established: 1880. Area: 1 hectare.
Directors: 1. Edouard Heckel, Founder (1890-1897) ; 2. Henri
Jumelle (1897-1935; 3. Elie Decrock (1936- Ne
Serves as a public park, open daily at all hours. Source of in-
come: Municipal appropriations. Library: Reference. 700 vol-
umes. 200 pamphlets. Herbarium: 10,000 specimens, in the gen-
eral herbarium, and “the herbaria left by deceased botanists.”
Plantations: Systematic. Arboretum (300 species well labelled)
in the Parc Borely (50 acres), which surrounds the Garden. Spe-
cles under glass . Herbaceous plants out of doors, 1,850.
Publication: Catalogue des graines, récoltées au Jardin. Study
material is supplied to the Faculty of Science and to the Colonial
Museum of the University, with which the Garden is affiliated.

MARSEILLES (BOUCHES-DU-RHONE) (2)

JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA FacuLtTfi pes SCIENCES

MARSEILLES (BOUCHES-DU-RHONE) (3)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA FacuLt&é DE ME&DECINE ET DE
PHARMACIE
92 Rue A. Blanqui
Director: Cyprien Gabriel (1936). Liste des Graines.

METZ (MOSELLE)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE
Director: C. H. Navel (1935). Catalogue des Graines.

MONT DORE (PUY-DE-DOME)

MusE£E ET JARDIN BoTANIQUE ET D’EssaIs

205

MONTPELLIER (HERAULT)
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE L’UNIVERSITE DE MONTPELLIER
Boulevard Henry IV
Established: 1593. Area: 5 hectares.
Director: Prof. Galavielle (1928), Faculté de Médecine.

Open daily, 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Source of income: Governmental
appropriations. Library: Numerous works and_ publications.
Herbaria: “18 different herbaria.” Plantations: Systematic, ac-
cording to de Candolle. Museum: Open from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m
Admission by permit from the Director. Affiliation: With the
University of Montpellier and is attached to the Chair of Botany
of the Faculty of Medicine.

NANCY (MEURTHE-ET-MOSELLE)
JarDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE NANCY
30 bis Rue Ste. Catherine
Established: 1758. Area: 1% hectares.

Directors:
1. Dominique Alexandre 3. Edmond Gain (1913-1937)
Godron (1854-1872) 4. R. Cerighelli (1938- )

2. Georges Le Monnier (1872-1912)

Serves as a public park, Open daily, except mornings on Sun-
days and holidays. Source of income: Municipal appropriations.
Herbarium: 800 cartons at the Institut Botanique. Plantations:
Systematic (2500 species). Morphologic and ecologic sections
are being organized. Publication: Catalogue annuel des semences
récoltées. Lectures to school children are given at the Gardens.
Study material is loaned to schools. Affiliation: Institut Botanique
de la Faculté des Sciences de Nancy.

NANTES (LOIRE INFERIEURE) (1)
LE JARDIN DES APOTHICAIRES

Established: 1687-1688. In the archives of the City of Nantes

there is a “Mémoire pour le Jardin Royal et Botanique de

ices créé de 1687-1688 (Archives Municipales de Nantes,
supt.-D.D. 339.)

Promenades Publiques: Jardin des Apothecaires. This was

the ancestor of the present Garden. The letters patent were

signed by Louis XIV, February, 1688. This Garden existed

206 —

for 186 years in the same place. In 1807 the Garden came
under the direction of the Société des Pharmaciens. In 1806
the first Jardin Botanique Municipal was established by Hectot.
In 1840 the Library was established, and in 1844 the plantations
were arranged according to the system of Jussieu.

Old documents have been found in the Archives of Nantes
proving that the City was proprietor of an ancient Apothecaries
Garden as early as 1473.

Directors:
First Garden
Le sieur Cigogne (Maitre Apothicaire) (1687—?)
Lefebvre de Ferronniére
Duplessis Richard
Under the Revolution
Second (present) Garden
Citoyen Hectot (1810-1836). In 1806 he created
the nucleus for the present Jardin des Plantes. He
qualified as director March 13, 1810.
Under the Municipal Regime (from August, 1820):
See Nantes (2)

NANTES (LOIRE INFERIEURE) (2)
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE NANTES
Rue Stanislas Baudry
Established: The present Garden, 1858. (See Nantes (1))
Area: 7 hectares, 15 ares, 60 centares.
Directors:

1. Dr. Ecorchard (Professor 1836. Director 1840-1882. He
died December 17, 1882).

In April, 1853, the Garden was closed and renovated and again
opened to the public. From 1882-1893, there was no
director. The Head Gardener, M. Rochay, was in charge.

2. Paul Marmy (April 28, 1893-1897)

3. Théophile Pierre Pellerin (December 20, 1897-1899)

4. Dr. Citerne (November 10, 1899-1908)

In 1909 a bill did away with the scientific directorship, and M.
Etienne Contan, an architect, was the head with title of
“ Directeur des Services d’Architecture et des Plantations.”

207

5. Georges P. L. Durivault, “Jardinier en Chef de la Ville”
(1921-1935). Conservateur du Jardin des Plantes, Parcs,
et Promenade (Dec. 31, 1935- Ne

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily in summer, 6 a.m—
8 :30 p.m.; in winter, 7 a.m—to sunset. The greenhouses are open
to the public twice a week and at the time of flower shows. Source
of income: Municipal Budget. Library: More than 500 volumes,
plus the library of the Director (1000 volumes). Herbarium:
Local Flora: 1800 species (total 2368 specimens). Arboretum:
361 species. Fruticetum: 300 shrubs. They are classified system-
atically (De Candolle system). Publication: Seed List. Mu-
seum: Small collection of wax fruits, herbaria of Dr. Ecorchard and
of a local nurseryman. Open free.

NOGENT-SUR-VERNISSON (LOIRET)
ARBORETUM DES BARRES ET FRUTICETUM VILMORINIANUM
Established: 1866 (Arboretum), 1894 (Fruticetum). Arca: 170

acres.

This institution is said to have the most complete collection of
trees and shrubs in France,

ORLEANS (LOIRET)
JARDIN DES PLANTES

Established: 1640, by the Société des Apothicaires on the site
of the fortifications of Saint-Laurent. It was flourishing in 1680.
Subsequently the physicians and surgeons of Orléans established
another garden on the Rue du Four-a-Chaux. In 1720 Lambert
de Cambray described a large number of plants of the environs of
Orléans; his manuscript is still in the library of the Garden.

In 1760 the “ Jardin botanique des Apothécaires,”’ which had
been neglected, was renovated and greenhouses were built. In
1781 after the foundation of the ‘“‘ Académie des Sciences phy-
siques et naturelles” at Orléans, the botanic garden was placed
under the direction of the Academy, which held its meetings at
the Garden. At this time the “ principal director was Couret de
Villeneuve (b. at Orléans, 29 June, 1749, d. at Gent, 20 January,
1806). He left Orléans about 1800 or 1801 to become director
of the Garden at Gent, Belgium (q.v.). His “ collaborator’ was

208

Prozet, a pharmacist of Orléans. During the Revolution (in
1793) the garden and conservatories were transformed into clubs.
Subsequently (date not determined) the Abbé Frangois-Noél-
Alexandre Dubois (b. 1752; d. 1824) became demonstrator at
the Garden.

In 1806 the Garden became the property of the City, under a
head gardener named Gaucherot. Director 1808-1826, a “ gar-
dener-botanist,” named Gaillard (from Paris). Auguste de Saint-
Hilaire became a member of the Société des Sciences of Orléans,
but his relation to the Botanic Garden is not known. From 1816
the Garden was for some time under a board of “ Conservators ”
appointed by the mayor. From 1826-1831, and later, a course of
instruction in botany was given by Pelletier. In 1835 the Garden
was moved to a new site of 3 hectares, 41 ares, 40 centiares, at
the junction of the Route de Saint-Mesmin and the Rue Guigne-
gault, where it still was in 1873. In 1847 Al. Jullien-Crosnier, a
botanist, was made Conservator. He completed the nursery and
conservatories. From 1866 the Garden was administered by a
commission of five members appointed by the City Council.

bove based on Rossignol-Louis. Notice Historique sur le
Jardin des Plantes d’Orleans. Orléans, 1874. No reply to our
questionnaire. )

PARIS (1)
Muséum NatTIoNaL D’HistTorrE NATURELLE
(JARDIN DES PLANTES)
57 Rue Cuvier, Paris (V°)

Established: 1635 (See Note 1). Area: 30 hectares.

Note 1: In 1597, or earlier, Jean Robin had a garden of medici-
nal plants of his own at Paris, containing 1300 plants of which he
published a catalogue in 1601. His son, Vespasien, published a
new catalogue in 1624, listing more than 1800 plants. In January,
1626, Louis XIII (by letters patent registered at Parlement July
6, 1626), at the solicitation of “le sieur Hérouard,” his chief phy-
sician, and Guy de la Brosse, his physician in ordinary, authorized
the establishment of “ un Jardin royal” in one of the faubourgs of
Paris, “to contain all kinds of medicinal herbs . . . for the in-
struction of the students of the University of Medicine.” An

209

edict of 1635 confirmed the purchase of the site (Le clos Coypeau)
and the appointments of Bouvard (successor to Héroard (He-
rouard) d. 1628) and Guy de la Brosse. Opened to the public in
1640, it was generally called “ Jardin du Roy,” but over the en-
trance at 38, rue Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire was inscribed, “ Jardin
Royal des Herbes Médicinales.” The tercentenary of the edict of
1635 was celebrated by the Muséum in 1935. (Archives du Mus.
Nat. d’ Hist. Nat. Volume du Tricentenaire. Sixiéme Série. Tome
Douziéme. Paris. 1935.) The “ Jardin du Roy,” as such, ter-
minated with the administration of Bernardin de Saint-Pierre
(1793). “The National Museum of Natural History, known
under the popular name of Jardin des Plantes, is an Institution of
Higher Education comprising nineteen chairs for instruction in
the natural sciences.”

Note 2: During the Consulate (1799-1804) André Thouin or-
ganized the scientific and educational work of this Garden to in-
clude the collecting of plants of economic interest, propagating
them, and distributing them to the botanic gardens of all the De-
partments of France. There was then a botanic garden in the
capital city of each Department. So far as the supply lasted,
plants and seeds were sent next to gardens in French colonies,
and then to foreign countries. The gardens were enlarged and
improved in 1840.

Administration (1626-1793): The following two paragraphs are
the data supplied by the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle
in their questionnaire returned July, 1938:

Superintendants du Jardin du Roy: 1. Jean Herouard (1626-
1627); Charles Bouvard (1627-1646); 3. Francois Vautier
(1646-1652) ; 4. Antoine Vallot (1652-1671) ; “ Employ sup-
primé” (1671-1699) ; 5. Guy-Crescent Fagon (1699-1718) ; 6.
Poirier (1718).

Intendants du Jardin du Roy: 1. Guy de la Brosse (1626-
1641); 2. Mich. Bouvard de Fourcreux (1641-1646); 3. W.
Dawisson (1646-1651); “Employ supprimé” (1651-1672) ;
4, Pierre D’Aquin (1672-1673) ; 5. Guy-Crescent Fagon (1673-
1718) ; 6. Pierre Chirac (1718-1732) ; 7. De Cisternay du Fay
(1732-1739) ; 8. Georges-Louis de Buffon (1739-1788) ; 9. Fla-

210

hault de la Billarderie (1788-Jan. 1, 1792); 10. Bernardin de
Saint-Pierre (July 1, 1792-1793). From 1793 to 1863 direct-
ors were appointed for one year. Beginning with 1863, direct-
ors were elected for five years, and were eligible for re-election.

Directors:

Michel Eugéne Chevreul (1863-1879)

Edmond Frémy (1879-1891)

Alphonse Milne-Edwards (1891-1900)

Edmond Perrier (1900-1919

. Louis Mangin (1920-1931)

Paul Lemoine (1931-1936)

Louis Germain (1936— )

—"

NED UR ON

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, but admission i:
charged to the menagerie, galleries, vivarium, museum of the
d’Orléans, Musée Pompon and conservatories. Source of income:
Governmental HeRanons (about one tenth) and above men-

oned admis ees. Plantations: eye (Bentham and
Hooker <CE Tee of Durand). About 11,000 species of her-
baceous plants (Guide Book, 1922). a ee (Jardin de
Jussieu) : Occupies the domain of Ché vreloup, near Versailles,
acquired December 28, 1927; 40 hectares, 5000 species. Her-
barium: 30,000 bundles, each containing 50 to 100 aes oe
plus riche du monde”). Includes the collections of A.-L
Jussieu, of his son Adrien, and of Auguste de Saint iiilaive
Library: The botanical library is comprised in the ha library
of the Museum, erie has 300,000 ales! 50,000 pamphlets,
4000 current periodicals (botany and other sciences). Lanes:
tories (phanerogams, cryptogams, and ‘“‘ Culture’) for research
and instruction, each presided over by a sore and assistants.

ee At (est. 1802); Bulletin (est. 1895); Mé-
moires (est. 1935) ; Publications (est. 1933) ; and fifteen periodi-
cals, ate: the following on botany or of botanical interest :
1. Notulae Systematicae (pub by Phanerogamic Laboratory) ; 2.
Index Seminum in Hortis Musaei Parisiensis collectorum (pub.
by Le Laboratoire de Culture) ; 3. Recueil des Travaux du Labora-
toire de Physique Végétale; 4. Revue de Botanique Appliquée et
d’ Agriculture Coloniale; 5. Bulletin du Laboratoire d’Agronomie
Coloniale; 6. Publications du Laboratoire d’Agronomie Coloniale ;
7. Revue ’Algologique ; & Revue Bryologique et Lichenologique;
9. Revue de Mycologie; 10. La Terre et la Vie (pub. by La
Société des Amis du Muséum et la Société Nationale d’Acclimata-
tion. See, also, Samoéns, p. 213).

211

Jee aclhs) (C3)
JarDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA FAcuLTé DE PHARMACIE DE Parts
4 Avenue de l’Observatoire, Paris VI

Established: 1882. Area: 8000 square meters.
Directors:

1, Gaspard Adolphe Chatin (1882-1887 )

2. Jean Louis Léon Guignard (1887-1927)

3. Paul Guérin (1927- )

Open daily to students only. Herbar rium of officinal plants.
Plantations: Systematic, and an “ Alpinum.” Museum of drugs
of vegetable origin

Publication: Résumé des caractéres des Familles végétales, avec
la liste des plantes cultivées en pleine terre et dans les serres et un
plan du Jardin. Par Léon Guignard. 5° éd. Paris (1929).

POITIERS (VIENNE)

JarDIN BoTANIQUE

RENNES (ILLE-ET-VILAINE)
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE LA VILLE DE RENNES
4, Rue de la Palestine
Area about 7 hectares.
Directors:
1. M. Coleu ( ?-1906) 3. Emile Moriceau (1913-1935)
2. M. Marc (1906-1910) 4. L. Winter (1935- )

Serves as a public park. Source of income: uN Eas Baty
Herbarium: 5000 specimens. Plantations: Systen Arbore-
tum. Fruticetum. Publication: Catalogue des suas récoltées.
Loan eae and study material supplied to schools. A ffilia-
tion: La Faculté des Sciences, de Médecine, Pharmacie, Herbo-
risterie. N aN “The Garden was established by M. Martonneau.
Unfortunately it is impossible to give you data previous to 1906
as the documents have been destroyed. ” (Personal letter from
the present Director.)

RODEZ (AVEYRON)

JARDIN BoOTANIQUE ET D’ESSAIS DE L’EcOLE NORMALE DES
INSTITUTEURS

212

ROUEN (SEINE-INFERIEURE) (1)
JarDIN BoraNIQue DE RovEN
114, Rue d’Elbeuf

Established: 1756. Area: One hectare.
Ist Jardin Botanique (Quartier Bouvreuil), 1735-1756.
2nd Jardin Botanique (Cours Dauphin), 1756-1838.

Professors of Botany:

1. Aimable Pinard (1756-1793)

2. Louis Guersent (1804-1810)

3. Alexandre Marquis (1811-1828)

4. Felix Archimede Pouchet (1829-1851)

?, Eugene Le Graverend, Directeur, Promenades et Jardins

Publics (1926- )

Serves as a public park. Open ee to Lng ae at all He
Source of income: The city of Rov rium: Flore nor-
mande (1600 species and ETE: ee “daltaire: Flore a
logique. Plantations: Flore normande, classification of M. Cor-
biere (a Normandy botanist). Arboretum: “In the Park.”
“Feole fruitiére indépendante.” Classes from schools frequently
visit the Garden. Study material supplied to Ecole des ie
and Ecole de Médecine. Publication: Catalogue des Gra

Note: The above information follows our Bae Menai re-
turned July, 1938 by Eugene Le Graverend. Loudon (History
of Gardening) mentions a botanic garden in Rouen of two acres
when first laid out; in 1840 removed to a new site of 20 acres,
with plants arranged systematically according to Jussieu “as
modified by Marquis,” and including a collection of fruit trees,
an arboretum, and a fruticetum. See Rouen (2).

ROUEN (SEINE-INFERIEURE) (2)
JARDIN DES PLANTES DANS LE Parc DE TRIANON
Address: Jardin Botanique de Rouen

Established: 1837.

Planned and laid out by Désiré Lejeune.
Professors of Botany:

1. F. A. Pouchet (1837-1851); 2. Emmanuel Blanche (1883-
1896); 3. Eugéne Mesnard (1897-1922); 4. Albert Guillaume
(1923-1936) ; 5. René Boitteux (1937- ).

213

Professors of Arboriculture:

1. Alphonse du Breuil, fils (1841-1848); 2. Prevost (1849-
1855); 3. Beaucantin (1856-1879); 4. Lucet (1880-1895) ;
5. Eugéne Vilaire (1896-1926); 6. Eugéne Le Graverend
(1926-

SAMOENS (HAUTE-SAVOIE)
JARDIN ALPIN DE LA JAYSINIA

Established by the physician, M. Cognacq-Jay, this “ remarkable
garden ” was preserved by the Forest Service and then committed
to the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle.

SAVERNE (BAS-RHIN)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DU COL DE SAVERNE
16 Rue de la Gare, Saverne

Established: 1931. Area: 1 hectare.

Director (President-Founder): Emile Walter (1931- )
Open to the public on pondsye and holidays, 10 am.—12 m
3-6 p.m. Admission: 50 nch centimes. Source of imcome:
The Society: “ Les Amis du Terdin Botanique du Col de Saverne.’
Library: About 1000 volumes. Herbarium: About 6000 ae
mens. Plantations: Economic. Lectures are given to school chil-
dren and study material is supplied to schools. Specializes in

rock plants and alpines, and European ferns, especially hybrids.

STRASBOURG (BAS-RHIN)
JarpIn BoTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE
7, Rue de l’Université

Established: Old Garden, 1619. New Garden, 1882 (18837).
Area: 5 hectares.
Directors:
1. Heinrich Anton de Bary (1882-1888). Professor from 1872.
2. Hermann Graf zu Solms-Laubach (1888-1908)
3. Ludwig Jost (1908-1918)
4, Ch. Flahault (1919)
5. C. Houard (1919-1933)
6. H. Chermezon (1934— )

214

Open free, daily, 7 to 12 (noon); 2 to 5 Le Source of in-

me: Governmental appropriations. Library: 20,000 volumes
(Institut Botanique). Herbarium: 2500 bundles (Institut Botani-

que). Arboretum and Fruticetum. Plantations: Systematic, geo-
aeeshic economic, ecologic. Publication: Seed List. Affiliation:
The Garden is affiliated with the Faculty of Sciences of the
University of Strasbourg.

TALENCE
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE TALENCE
See Bordeaux (1)

TARBES (HAUTES-PYRENEES)
JARDIN DE LA VILLE DE TARBES

Director; Emile Moriceau (1911-1913).

TOULOUSE (HAUTE-GARONNE)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE TOULOUSE

Established: 1730. Area: 1.5 hectares.

Directors: |

. Antoine Sage (1730-1756)

. Guillaume Dubernard (1756-1784)

. Phillipe Picot, co-director (1778-1784)

(Fide Gerber, l.c., p. 796.

Phillipe Picot de esau director (1784-1793)
“ Citoyen” Limes (1793-1794)

Guillaume Dubernard (1795-1796)

Phillipe Picot de Lapeyrouse (Lapérouse) (1796-1816)
Isidore Picot, Baron de Lapérouse (1816-1834)
Christian Horace Bénédict Alfred
Moquin-Tandon (1834-1853)

Dominique Clos (1853-1907)

10. Adolphe Prunet (1907-1929)

11. Gabriel Nicolas (1929- )

Open daily, 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Source of income: Budget of the
City of Toulouse. Library: 1500 volumes. Herbarium: Herbier
Lapérouse. Plantations: Systematic. Publication: Catalogue des
Graines.

)
S hye

CON an

Pall)

The following notes are based on Gerber, C. Les jardins
botaniques toulousains, etc. Bull. Soc. Bot. France. 4me Ser.

The early history of the botanic garden of Toulouse falls into
three periods: 1. (1728-1778), when the emphasis, in plantations
and instruction, was on medicinal plants; 2. (1778-1793), when
the emphasis was on the plants of the Pyrenees; 3. (1793-1796),
when the main emphasis was again on medicinal plants. The
first garden of simples dates from 1728 when the apothecary,
Antoine Sage, and others petitioned the Conseil de bourgeoisie
(December 7) to provide a house and garden to be occupied and
conducted by an Académie de botanique pour y faire des démon-
strations de plantes. On February 14, 1729, the Council voted
to establish, not an Académie de botanique, but a Société des Arts
et des Sciences. This was organized at the home of Sage and
stated, as its chief object, the main purpose of an Academy of
Botany, namely, the establishment and administration of a garden.
The above mentioned “ garden of simples” of Sage was located
near the Tiercerettes. On September 9, 1730 he presented to the
Council, on behalf of the Société des Sciences, a petition, which
was approved, to establish a garden in the Saint-Sernin quarter,
_to replace the small one near the Tiercerettes, which had been
ceeded in 1729 to the Société Tiercerettes. The third aim of the
Société was stated as “ The demonstration, by the botanists of the
Society, of medicinal plants to medical students.” The Garden
contained more than 1300 species—‘‘ more than any other garden
in France excepting, only, the Jardin du Roy at Paris.”

In 1746 the Société des Arts et des Sciences was merged in the
Académie des Sciences de Toulouse. In 1756 a new Garden of
the Academy, situated on the Rue des Fleurs, near the ramparts
of St. Michel, replaced the former Garden of the Society in the
Saint-Sernin quarter. Dubernard, professor in the Faculty of
Medicine, became the first director of this new Garden of me-
dicinal plants, and was sole director until 1778, when Phillipe
Picot became associated with him in the directorship. Picot was
chiefly interested in the Garden as a place to grow the plants which
he collected in his numerous field trips to the Pyrenees, “so that
he might study them at his ease.” Gradually medicinal plants,

216

medical students, and their professor were, by 1793, completely
eliminated. Dubernard resigned in 1784, being succeeded by
Lapérouse (in prison in 1793), and in that year (1784) the
Jardin Botanique de l Académie became a Jardin des Plantes
Pyrénéenes de lV Académie. Lapérouse was followed by “ Ci-
toyen”’ Limes (1793-1794), and Dubernard was made the second
professor of botany, in succession to Limes, holding the chair for
five and one-half months. Limes established the herbarium of
Pyrenees plants, and in 1793 (23 ventose an Il) the Garden be-
came again the Jardin des Plantes Médicinales. Subsequently,
while Limes was still director, the Council of the departmental
directory, in order to secure a larger area and for other reasons,
abandoned the Garden of the Academy and established another
in the grounds of the monastery of the barefooted Carmelites,
called Frescati. This was the Jardin des Plantes National, of
which, in’ 1795, Dubernard became director for one year (22
frimaire an III—3 germinal an IV), being succeeded on the latter
date by Lapérouse.
TOURS (INDRE-ET-LOIRE)
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE TouRS
1 Boulevard Tonnellé

Established: 1842. Area: 5 hectares.
Directors:

1. Margueron (1849-1852)

2. Le Comte de Villiers du Terrage (1852-1857)

3. David Barnsby (1857-1903)

4. Henri Lemoine (1903- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 6 a.m.—sunset; in
winter 7 am.—dark. Source of income: Appropriations from the
city and the Department. Plantations: Systematic (according to
the system of DeCandolle). Arboretum (180 species) ; Fruticetum
ve species). Publication: Catalogue des graines récoltées.

useum: Open free, Thursdays and Sundays from noon until

Note: The Garden is divided into two parts: 1. The scientific
part, comprising the school (nursery), and the collection of plants
of the world. 2. The horticultural part. There are collections of
trees and shrubs, and of annual, biennial, and perennial herbs, all

PAG

open to the public. In addition, there are five gardens in the city
which depend upon this garden for direction and for their supply
of decorative plants: 1. Le Jardin Prebaudes d’Oé (about 5 hec-
tares) : 2. Le parc Mirabeau (114 ha.) : 3. Le parc de la Prefecture
(1% ha.): 4. Le jardin du musée (1 ha.): 5. Several squares
comprising, all together, a total of about one hectare. There are
about 14% hectares of gardens in the city of Tours having a
scientific character, and open free to the public.

VERSAILLES (SEINE-ET-OISE)

JarDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA TRIANON
Established about 1765 by Louis XV. It is said that it was in
this Garden that Bernard de Jussieu, for the first time, arranged
growing plants systematically, according to the natural families.

VILLARD—D’ARENES (HAUTES-ALPES)
JarDIN ALPIN
L’Université de Grenoble, Grenoble

Established: 1899. Area: 1600 sq. meters. Altitude: 1670 me-
ters. Located just outside the village of Villard-d’Areénes.
Note: The purpose of this Garden was to acclimate and breed

forage plants, culinary herbs, and mountain fruits for the advan-

tage of the inhabitants engaged in daily farming. More than 100

kinds of vegetables were cultivated. Abandoned, about 1908.

French West Africa
HANN (DAKAR, SENEGAL)

JARDIN DES PLANTES DE HANN

Germany
BADEN-BADEN

In 1909 Max Leichtlin was maintaining here a private “ botanic
garden.”

218

BERLIN
BoTANISCHER GARTEN UND MUSEUM

Direction des Botanischen Gartens und Museums, Konigin-

Luise-Strasse 6-8, Berlin-Dahlem

Established: 1646. In Dahlem since 1909. Area: 42 hectares.

Directors:

Johann Gottlieb Gleditsch (1744-1786)

Karl Ludwig Willdenow (1801-1812)

Heinrich Friedrich Link (1815-1851)

Alexander Braun (1851-1877)

August Wilhelm Eichler (1878-1887)

. Heinrich Gustav Adolf Engler (1889-1921)

Ludwig Diels (General Director) (1921- )

—
.

ee eS.

Serves as a public park with certain restrictions. Admission is
free on Wednesday, Saturday, Sunday and on official holidays ;
a fee of 25 Pfg. is charged on eee Tuesday, Thursday, and
Friday. The Ween is open from April Ist to Sept. 30th from
a.m. to 2 p.m. on Sunday, and from 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. on Wed-

esday. From Oct. lst to March 31st on the first Sunday in the
art from ae a.m. to 2 p.m., , and each eel from 10 a.m.

gga

ere ann o 26 Mk. for 91-105 persons (4 ae 7 in-
structors ). ane of income: State appropriations. Library:
For the use of the staff, University students, and botanists gen-
erally. 61,000 volumes and pamphlets. Number of periodicals
received, 400. Herbarium: About 4,000,000 specimens. Arbore-
tum and Fruticetum.: Together, about 15,000 labeled plants. Plan-
tations: Geographic, systematic, ecologic, morphologic, genetic,

riodicals published: Botanische Jahrbtcher fur Systematik und
Pflanzengeographie. Established by A. Engler, 1881. About
4-5 issues annually. Editor, L. Diels. Notizblatt des Botanischen
Gartens und Museums zu Berlin-Dahlem. Established 1895.
About 4 issues frre Offered in exchange. Editor, The Di-
rector. Seed List. Courses of instruction are given at the Gar-
den in affiliation with the University of Berlin. The affiliated
“ Botanisches Museum” is an institute of the University of Ber-
lin. Lectures and courses are given for students of that Uni-
versity.

219

BIELEFELD
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STADT BIELEFELD

Director: Gartendirektor Meyerkamp (1936)

BONN A] RE EIN

BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT BONN

Poppelsdorfer Schloss

Established: 1818. Area: 8.5 hectares.
Director: Johannes (Hans) [Theodor Gustav Ernst] Fitting

(1912)

Open to the public Monday, Wednesday, Friday 2-7 p.m.
Sur. ce of income: Governmental appropriations (Staat Pr eussen).
Plantations: Geographic (in summer plants from the conserva-
tories are placed in their proper groups outdoors), systematic,
xerophytes (arranged geographically), medicinal, poisonous, al-
pine, ecological, agricultural, economic, bog and water plants.

BRAUNSBERG
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STAATLICHEN AKADEMIE
Stiftstrasse 4/10

BRAUNSCHWEIG
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER TECHNISCHEN HOoOCHSCHULE

Established: 1824 (resp. 1840). Area: 1.40 hectares.
Directors:
1. F. H. Blasius (1836-1871) 4. G. Gassner (1917-1933)
2. W. Blasius (1871-1912) 5. Jaretzky (1933- )
3. Georg Tischler (1912-1917)

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, except Sundays, 7
(resp. 8)-12; 2-7. Source of income: From national govern-
ment, and the sale of publications, plants, and seeds. Lzbrary:
Combined with the libr ary of the Botanical Institute. Only a few
books and journals are in possession of the Garden alone. Her-
barium: At the Botanical Institute. Arboretum and Fruticetum,
together, comprise about 700 species. Plantations: Sy Sissel
ecologic, alpinum. Species cultivated under glass: 1 Her
baceous plants cultivated out of doors: 2000 species. PEBico:

220

- Seed List. Museum: Only in the Institute of the Tech-
Ache Hochschule. Supply Ma terial: Cultivated phanerogamic

students of the Technische Hochschule.

BREMEN (1)

BoTANISCHER GARTEN

Bremen I

Established: 1905. Area: About 3 hectares.
Director: Georg Bitter (1905-?).

Serves as a public nie Open daily, 7:30-7:30 in winter ;
8-5 in summer. Admission, 1-2 M. Source of income: Private.
The garden belongs to ae family of the founder, F. E. Schulte.
Library: Reference. Herbarium: Small. Plantations: geographic,
economic, ecologic. The garden is laid out from the viewpoint
of plant ge eography, with groups illustrating variation, ee
hybridization, economic plants, weeds, and biological grou Pub-
lications: Contributions, Monographs, Seed List. Loan POUCH BHs
and supply material: Schools of the town and the neighborhood get
seeds of the Garden for their school gardens.

BREMEN (2)
BoTANISCHER GARTEN
Hamburgerstrasse 331

Established: 1923. Area: About 42 hectares.

Director: E. Nussbaumer. Originally a private enterprise. Since
1923 owned by the City of Bremen. Came under the Park
Board in 1937 and is united with the new botanical-zoological
Public Park and Rhododendron Park. Samen-Vergzeichnis.

BRESLAU
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Goppertstrasse 6-8
Established: 1811. Area: 6.5 hectares.
Directors:
1. F. Heyde and Heinrich Friedrich Link (1811-1815)
2. Ludolf Christian Treviranus (1815-1830)

221

3. Christian Gottfried Nees von Esenbeck (1830-1851)

4. Heinrich Robert Goppert (1851-1884)

5. Adolph Engler (1884-1889)

6. Karl Prantl (1889-1893)

7. Ferdinand Pax (1893-1926)

8. Peter Stark (1926-1928)

9, Johan Buder (1928- )

Open free Wednesdays and Saturdays and on the 1st and 2nd
Sundays of the month, 8-12 a.m.; 2-6 p.m. Source of income:
Appropriations by the State. Plantations: Systematic, geographic,
ecologic, economic. Arboretum. Visited by school classes ac-
companied by their teachers. The Garden, the herbarium, and the
botanical library and museum, constitute the Botanical Institute
of the University. Publication: Samen-Verzeichnis.

COLOGNE (SEE KOLN)
DARMSTADT

BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER TECHNISCHEN HOCHSCHULE
Rossdorferstrasse 140

Established: 1814. Area: 43,958 sq. meters.
Directors:

1. J. Eduard Hess (1814-1841)
Georg Fritz Schnittspan (1841-1866)
Eduard Metzler (1866-1867-ad interim)
Heinrich Hanstein (1867-1869)
Leopold Dippel (1869-1896)
Heinrich Schenck (1896-1927)
G. Keyl (1927-1928-ad interim)
Friedrich Oehlkers (1928-1932)
Bruno Huber (1932-1934)

10. Otto Stocker (April, 1934— )

Serves as a public park. Free, daily. Source of imcome:
State appropriations; sale of duplicate plants. Library: About
30,000 volumes. Herbarium: About 40,000 specimens. Planta-
tions: Systematic, geographic, ecologic, economic, morphologic.
Arboretum. Fruticetum. Supplies study material for the Staat-
liche Techniche Hochschule, and serves as field for physiological
investigations.

NO oN oy) ae NS

222

DOBELN
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DES KNABENGYMNASIUMS UND DER
HOHEREN LANDWIRTSCHAFTSSCHULE

Dobeln, Saxony
Established: 1872. Area: 65 acres.

DORTMUND

StTApt BoTANISCHER SCHULGARTEN
Dortmund Brtinninghausen
Established: 1931. Area: 3.53 hectares, plus Arboretum.
Director (Garten und Friedhofsdirektor) : Nose (1931- ).

Serves as a public es Open free daily. Source of income:
Appropriations by the City. Library: Small. Herbarium: 4500
specimens. Plantations: Systematic, morphologic-biologic, eco-
logic. Arboretum of 3.91 hectares. Publication: Das Arboretum
(Guide to the plantations).

DRESDEN
STAATLICHER BOTANISCHER GARTEN DRESDEN
Dresden A 16, Sttibelallee 2

Established: In present location, 1890. Area: 1.5 hectares.
Directors:

1. Ludwig Reichenbach, until 1879

2. Oscar Drude (1879-1921)

3. Franz Neger (1921-1923)

4. Friedrich Tobler (1924— ,)

Open free, daily, 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. in summer; 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.
in winter. Su nday cas , 9-1. Source of income: Governmental
appropriations. Libra y: Approximately 600 volumes and pat
phlets. (That of the affliated Botanical Institute of the Peck ical
University is one of the best in Europe.) Herbarium: Quite small.
(That of the Botanisches Institut der Technischen Hochschule is
very large.) Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic, mor-
phologic, ecologic, historical. Arboretum. Publications: Guide ;
Small Guide; Samen- Verzeichnis. Occasional lectures are given
to school children at the ¢- arden. Study material supplied to State
schools only. Affiliations: The Director of the Garden is also
Director of the Bot cics Institut der Technischen Hochschule,
eee

223

DUISBURG
STADTISCHER BOTANISCHER GARTEN
Schweitzerstrasse 24, Duisburg am Rhein

Director: J. Leibig (1936). Index Seminum.

ERLANGEN
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Schlossgarten 4

Established: 1747. Area: 2.25 hectares.

Directors:

. Casimir Christoph Schmiedel (1747-1763) (Schmidel,
fide Pritzel)

Tunflamm (1765-1769)

Johan Christian Daniel Schreber (1769-1810)

Goldfuss (1810-1818)

Nees von Esenbeck (1818)

Schubert (1818-1824)

Wilhelm Daniel Joseph Koch (1824-1849)

Adelbert Schnizlein (1849-1868)

. Gregor Kraus (1868-1872)

. Max Reess (1872-1901)

. Hans Solereder (1901-1920)

. Peter Claussen (1920-1922)

. Kurt Noack (1922-1930)

14. Julius Schwemmle (1930- )

Open free daily, 8-12, 2-6 weekdays; 8-12 Sundays. Source
of income: Governmental appropriations. Library and Herbarium
at Botanical Institute. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic, genetics,
medicinal. Small Arboretum. Publication: Samentauschliste.

—"

—
SYMNAMERHWN

— rt
Ww Rr

ESSEN
BoTANISCHER GARTEN
Kulshammerweg
Established: 1925. Area: 300 hectares.
Director: Herr Korte (1938).

Open daily, 8 a.m. to dark. Admission, 20 Pfg. Library:
About 500 items. Ferbane Being newly started. Plantations:

224

Systematic, Bey pue ecologic, morphologic. Arboretum, Fru-

ticetum. Publication: Heilpflanzen und Rezepte. Supplies living

study material to local ae and gives talks to classes in’ the
rden.

FRANKFURT AM MAIN (1)

BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER JOHANN WOLFGANG
GorTHE-UNIVERSITAT
Miquelstrasse

Established: 1767. Area: About 6.5 hectares.
Director: Friedrich Laibach (1934—

Serves as a public park. Open daily, 8 a.m. to 5 pm. Source
of income: From the Reich, and appropriations by the city of
Frankfurt. Library and Herbarium: That of the Botanical In-
stitute of thé University. Plantations: Systematic, geographic,
ecologic. Arboretum being developed. Publication: Index Semi-
num. Cf. Frankfurt a.M. (2).

FRANKFURT AM MAIN (2)
STADTISCHER PALMENGARTEN
Miquelstrasse 61

Established: 1868. Area: 60 hectares (since 1938).
Directors:

1. Heinrich Siesmayer (1868-1886)

2. August Siebert (1886-1923)

3. Otto Krauss (1924-1931)

4, Max Bromme (1931- )

Serves as a public park. Open daily until dark. Per diem
admission, M. 0.50; annual admission: per individual, M. 13;
family ca ne M, 25, me urce of income: Entrance fees and city
appropriations. Arboretum (“ Hauptanlage eines Reichsarbore-
tums ict i im patched 5 Plantations: Rock garden, rose garden,
summer flower garden, medicinal and culinary herb garden.
lications: Palmengarten Mitteilungen; Samentauschliste.
erates with the local School Garden and with the Botanic Garden
of the University. Cf. Frankfurt a.M. (1).

225

FRANKFURT AM MAIN (3)
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER Dr. SENCKENBERGISCHEN STIFTUNG
Senckenbergischer Botanischer Garten, Frankfurt a.M.

Established: 1766. Area: About 9000 sq. meters.

Directors:

. Johann Heinrich Baumerth (May 1, 1767—-Nov. 17, 1814)

Friedrich Karl Isermann (acting) (1814-1816)

Johannes Becker (1816-1827)

Ch. E. Neef (Hilfsgartner) (1828-1830)

Georg Fresenius (Hilfsgartner) (1831—Dec. 1, 1866)

Heinrich Ohler (1867—June 21, 1876). Became Founda-

tion Gardener (Stiftsgartner), January 28, 1828.

. Hermann Theodor Geyler (1876-March 22, 1889)

. Wilhelm Jannicke (Lecturer from October 1, 1889; later,
Director until his death, March 20, 1893)

. Martin August Johannes Mobius (1893-1927)

10. Peter Stark (1928-November, 1932)

11. Friedrich Laibach (1933- )

Note: Mobius (Geschichte und Beschreibung des botanischen
Gartens zu Frankfurt a. M. Senkenbergische Naturforsch.
Gesellsch. Bericht. 34: 117-154. 1903) states that the plan of the
botanic garden of the University of Uppsala served Senkenberg as
his model. This plan still exists (says Mobius) in the archives of
the Senkenberg Foundation. Senkenberg said that his “ Hortus
Medicus” should not be an ornamental or commercial, but a
medical garden.

ON AnswnNe

Ke)

Open free, daily in summer, except Sundays. Source of im-
come: The Senckenberg endowment. 1e Herbarium is in con-
nection with the museum of the Senckenbergischen Naturforsch-
ender Gesellschaft. Plantations: Systematic. Publications: Be-
richte der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft
(since 1903. Nos. 1-X appeared under the title, Mitteilungen
aus dem botanischem Garten z. Frankfurt a.M.). Seed List.
Museum: The museum of the Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellschaft.
Loan collections: The Museum has loan collections of herbarium
specimens, dried seeds, alcoholic material, microscopic slides, eco-
nomic plant products, photographs. Study material: Living
material of cultivated phanerogamic, and of cryptogamic plants, is
supplied to public and private schools occasionally when requested.

226

FREIBURG
BoTANISCHER GARTEN UND BoTANISCHES INSTITUT DER GROSS-
HERZOGLICHEN BADISCHEN ALBERT-LuDWIGS UNIVERSITAT
Schanzlestrasse 9/11
Established: About 1605 (?). Area: About one hectare.
Directors:
1. J. L. Baader (1767) (regarded as the real foundér)
2. Karl Julius Perleb (1826-1845)
3. Heinrich Anton de Bary (1860-1867)
4. Friedrich Oltmanns (1907 ?-1931)
5. Friedrich Oehlkers (1932- )
Note: The Institute and present Garden were started in 1913.
The Institute buildings were completed in 1913, and the plant
houses during 1914.

Library: A small library assembled by Perlot, the second Di-
rector. Herbarium: About 4000 species, among them some Abys-
sinian plants collected by ‘Schimper, pele from Australia, and
from the Cape. Arboretum: One t 150 years old; a later
one with trees planted in ae ‘froma gen Paulownia tomentosa.
There is also a Fruticetum. Plantations: sheets (according
to the system of Endlicher) ; economic, medici Museum: A
collection of fruits, oes: drugs, ele: used to aaa lectures.
Publication: Seed Lis

GEKA
BoTANISCHER GARTEN ZU GERA-REUuSS
Botanischer Garten, Gera, Reuss-Schleiz (Thtiringen)

Established: 1896.
Directors: Robert Leube (1895-1909) ; G. Hahn (1909-?).
Serves as a public park. Open daily, on week days. Sources
of income: Endowment; annual appropriations by city. er-
barium: In the botanical museum. Plantations: Local flora of
Gera and vicinity. Museum: May be visited with the permission
of the director.
GIESSEN
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT GIESSEN
Established: 1609. Area: 4 hectares.
Director: Ernst Kuster (1938).
erves as a oe en Open daily, 8 to 12 a.m. and 2 to 5
japan ver asundye O46. 12-4

Cay

EOREMIZ
STADTISCHER BOTANISCHER GARTEN

Director: Max Geissler (1909).

GOTTINGEN
BoTANISCHER GARTEN

Established: 1734. Area: 4 hectares.
Directors:

Johann Wilhelm Albrecht (1734-1735)
Albrecht von Haller (1736-1753)
Johann Gottfried Zinn (1753-1759)
Rudolf August Vogel (1759-1760)
Sigismund August Bittner (1760-1768)
Johann Andreas Murray (1769-1791)
Georg Franz Hoffman (1791-1802)
Heinrich Adolf Schrader (1802-1836)
Friedrich Gottlieb Bartling (1836-1875)
August Griesebach (1875-1879)
Hermann Graf zu Solms-Laubach (1879-1888)
Gustav Albert Peter (1888-1923)
Georg Bitter (1923-1927)

Fritz von Wettstein (1927-1931)
Richard Harder (1932- )

—_
S) BS) LE ON aN eo ge) ES) ae

—
—

a
Pal Gad) I

Open free, daily. Admission to Greenhouses, 50 pfennig.
Source of income: Supported by governmental appropriations.
Herbarium: About 50,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic,
geographic, morphologic, ecologic. Museum is not open to the
public. Affiliation: Universitat Gottingen.

GREIFSWALD

BoraANISCHER GARTEN DER Ernst Moritz ArNnptT UNIVERSITAT
Grimmerstrasse 86/88

Director: Paul Metzner (?-1935); Erich Leick (1936-). Pub-
lication: Samen-Verzeichnis.

228

HALLE
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER Martin Luter UNIVERSITAT
Am Kirchtor 1, Halle (Saale)
Established:
The “ Hortus Medicus,” by Churfiirst Friedrich III (April 11,
1698).
The “Furstengarten” acquired for the University by Chan-
cellor von Hoffmann (September 28, 1787).
The present Garden (1932).
Directors:
Georg Ernst Stahl (1698-1715)
Michael Alberti (1716-1749)
Christian Karl Strumpf (1749-1751)
. Andreas Elias Biichner (1751-1769)
Philipp Caspar Junghans (1770-1797)
Kurt Sprengel (1797-1833
D. F. L. von Schlechtendal (1833-1866)
Anton de Bary (1866-1871)
Gregor Kraus (1872-1898)

10. Georg Klebs (1898-1907)

11. Fritz Noll (1907-1908)

12. George Karsten (1909-1928)

13. Kurt Noack (1930-1931)

14. Wilhelm Troll (1932- )

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Source of income:
Government grant. Herbarium: The Endlicher system. Planta-
tions: Systematic (Engler system). Publication: Seed Exchange
List. Note: Friedrichs-Universitat Halle, founded in 1502, was
united with Wittenberg in 1694, In 1935 it was re-christened
“ Martin Luther Universitit Halle-Wittenberg.”

Be ae eli ea es OI ae

HAMBURG
BoTANISCHER GARTEN
Institut fur allgemeine Botanik, Jungiusstrasse 6, Hamburg 36
Established: 1821. Area: 9.4 hectares.

Directors:
1. Johann Georg Christian Lehmann (1821-1860)

229

2. Heinrich Gustav Reichenbach (1863-1889)

3. Eduard Zacharias (1894-1911)

4. Johannes (Theodor Gustav Ernst) Fitting (1911-1912)
5. Hans Winkler (1912- )

Serves as a iad park. Open free to the public, daily, 7 a.m.
until dark. Source of income: City budget of Hamburg. Li-
bra Root with the Staats-Institut fur alpen Botanik.
Herbarium: About 500,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic,
economic, morphologic, ecologic. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Pub-
lications: Mitteilungen aus dem Institut fur allgemeine Botanik in
Hamburg. Offered in exchange. Seed List (Index Seminum).
Museum: Open daily from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. Living material is
supplied regularly to both public and private schools. For this
purpose there is a nursery of about 5 hectares from which schools
may obtain material free on application. Affiliations: Hamburg
University.

HANN. MUNDEN (SEE MUNDEN)

HEIDELBERG

BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT HEIDELBERG
Tiergartenstrasse
Established: 1593. Area: 3.9224 Hektar.

Directors:
1. Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict Hofmeister (1863-1872)
2. Ernst Hugo Heinrich Pfitzer (1872-1907)
3. Georg Klebs (1907-1918)
4, Ludwig Jost (1918-1934)
5. August Seybold (April, 1934— )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily in summer, 7 a.m. to 6
p.m.; in winter, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Admission to the conserva-
tories: 10 and 5 Pfennig. Source of income: Supported by
Governmental appropriations through the Kultusministerium.
Library: Small. Herbarium: Number of specimens unknown.
Arboretum and Fruticetum. Plantations: Geographic, syste-
matic, biologic-morphologic; medicinal plants, poison plants, hor-
ticultural plants, Alpine, aquatic and swamp plants, heath plants,
cultivated plants. Publications: Guide, “ Fuhrer durch den Bo-
tanischen Garten,” by Ludwig Jost. Verzeichnis von Samereien.
School classes are brought s the Garden py their instructors.
Study material is supplied to schools on request

230

HOHENHEIM BEI STUTTGART
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER LANDWIRTSCHAFTLICHEN
HocHSCHULE

Established: 1829, Area: 4.88 hectares.
Directors: Franz von Fleischer (1837-1878) ; Oskar von Kirchner
1878—?)

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, at all hours. Sources
of income: Annual appropriations by ‘the Tae) the sale of publi-
cations, plants, and seeds. Library: Bibliotek des Botanischen
Institutes. Number of volumes more tha n 3000. Herbarium:
More than 33,000 eee: Plantations: eae ecologic,
economic. Arboretum

INSTERBURG
BoTANISCHER STADTGARDEN
Verwaltung des Botanischen Stadtgartens, Forchestrasse 6,
Insterburg, Ostpreussen.
Established: April 1, 1933. Area: 7.5 hectares.
Director: W. Fritsch (April 1, 1933- a

Serves as a public park. Open daily, 9 to 12 a.m. and 2 to 5
p.m. Admission 0.10 RM on rce of income: City appropria-
tions. Library: Newly established ; about 150 volumes. Planta-
tions: Systematic. Arboretum. Special lectures are given, and
study material and loa’ collections are supplied to school classes.

JENA
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER FRIEDRICH SCHILLER UNIVERSITAT

Established: ?. Area: 2.75 hectares.

Directors:
1. Rolfink 7. Friedrich Siegmund Voigt (?-1850)
2. Schlegel 8. Matthias Jacob Schleiden (1851-1862)
3. Schelhammer 9. Nathan Pringsheim (1864-1870)
4. Schenk 10. Edward Strasburger (1870-1881)
5. Baldinger 11. Ernst Stahl (1881-1919)
6. Batsch ?, Otto Renner (1928- )

Open daily without charge. Source of income: Appropriations
by the State through the University. Herbarium: 15,500 speci-

231

mens. Arboretum and Fruticetwm combined: 2000 species. Plas
tations: Arboretum arranged systematically and ee ea
Herbaceous plants, systematically and ecologically.
MARE Sh OEE
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER TECHNISCHEN HoCHSCHULE

Kaiserstrasse 2, Karlsruhe, Baden
Established: 1880. Area: 1.5 hectares.
Directors:
1. L. Fust (1880-1891)
2. Ludwig Klein (1891-1929)
3. Wilhelm Schwartz (1929- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:
Appropriations of the State. ae Systematic, ecologic,
economic. Arboretum. Publication: A Seed List, discontinued
in 1910 (as per circular of eee nee of October, 1910), to
e again issued yearly after the completion of the new layout
(Neuanlage) of the Garden.

KASSEL
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER STADT KASSEL
Murhardstrasse 19 b I
Director: Hermann Schultz (1938). Seed List.

Ken
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Dusternbrookerweg 17-19

Established: 1st. 1669. Reestablished: 1883-1890. Area: 3.5

hectares.
Directors:
August Wilhelm Eichler (1873—-April, 1878)
2. Adolf Engler (April 5, 1878-Dec. 4, 1884)
3. Johannes Reinke (Dec. 5, 1884-April 1, 1921)
4. Heinrich Schroder (April 1, 1921-Oct. 1, 1922)
5. Georg Tischler (Oct. 1, 1922- )

—

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:
The State of Prussia. Library and Herbarium (about 10,000 spe-

232

cies) same as that of the Botanical Institute of the University.
eis tala Systematic, geographic. Publication: Samenver-
zeichn
KOLN (COLOGNE)
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER HANSESTADT KOLN
Koln-Riehl, Am Botanischen Garten 19

Established: 1st, 1892; 2nd, 1920 (by merger with the former
Garden of 12.5 acres founded in 1912). Area: 29.5 acres.
Directors: 1. Peter Esser (1892-1928); 2. Hermann Sierp
(1928- ). (Dates as given on the questionnaire returned

by the Koln Garden.)

The main part of the Garden is open free daily “ from morning
until dusk.” Conservatories: Week days from 10 to 12 a.m
5 p.m. Sundays, 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. and 3 to 5 p.m. ‘Source of in-
come: Owned and maintained by the City of Cologne. The di-
rector is also director of the Botanical Institute of the University.
Plantations: Systematic, alpine, two ponds, ecological, geographi-
cal, genetical, subtropical economic plants. Arboretum (including
shrubs ). replica of the oldest definitely sogae garden in Ger-
many, after that of Walafrid Strabo (825 A.D.). Under con-
struction a ‘‘ systematic Rosarium.” Proje cted, divisions ie me-
dicinal, culinary, and economic plants. Samen-V erzeichn

Note: There also remains in Koln-Zollstock a ion: an an
older botanic garden (about 2 hectares) where the Botanical Insti-
tute of the University is located. This serves chiefly to supply
the plant material needed for the educational and research work
of the Institute, and for the propagation of the large quantities of
plants supplied to the city schools. From the middle of April to
the middle of September a supply of fresh plants is sent each week
to about 120 schools for class use. Not open to the public.

KONIGSBERG

BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Besselstrasse 6/7

Director: K. Mothes (March 1, 1935- yi

Serves as a public park. Open daily except Sunday. Library:
10,000 volumes. Herbarium: 60,000 specimens. Arboretum

233

Fruticetum. Lectures are given to school ues eu study ma-
terial 1s supplied to schools, Publication: Seed L

KREFELD
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STADT KREFELD-UERDINGEN AM
RHEIN
Gartenamt der Stadt Krefeld, Nordwall Nr. 84

Director: Noell (1936). Plantations: Systematic. Arboretum:
Outside the main garden. About 700 species of conifers. Seed
List.

LEIPZIG
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Linnéstrasse 1, Leipzig C 1

Established: 1st Garden, 1542; 2nd, 1877. Area: 3.1 hectares.
Directors: 1. Johann Hedwig (1789-1799) ; 2. Romanus Adolph
Hedwig (1799-1806) ; 3. Christian Friedrich Schwaegrichen
(1806-1837) ; 4. Gustav Kunze (1837-1851) ; 5. Georg Hein-
rich Mettenius (1852-1866) ; 6. August Schenk (1868-1887) ;
7. Wilhelm Pfeffer (1887-1920) ; 8. Friedrich Czapek (1920-
1921); 9. J. Buder (1921-1922) ; 10. W. Ruhland (1922- ):
Open free, Monday to Saturday, 7am.to6p.m. Source of in-
come: Government appropriations. Plantations: Geographic, eco-
nomic, morphologic, ecologic, systematic. Arboretum.

MARBURG
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT MARBURG
Pilgrimstein 4, Marburg an der Lahn

Established: 1810-1815. Area: 4 hectares.
Directors:

1. Georg Wilhelm Franz Wenderoth (1810-1861)

2. Albert Wigand (1861-1886)

3. Karl Immanuel Eberhard Goebel (1886-1891)

4. Paul Arthur Meyer (1891-1921)

5. Peter Claussen (1922- )

Serves as a public park. Open free all day, week-days; fore-
noons on Sundays. Source of income: The garden is supported

234

by the Prussian State together with the University of Marburg.
Library of 5000 volumes and 15,000 pamphlets is se aa with
that of the Botanical eds Herbarium: The exact number
of specimens is not known. Plantations: Systane. ane ee
economic, ecologic. vee etum. Fruticetum. Number of culti-
vated species, 6500. small museum is free for the use of do-
cents and students. Publication: Verzeichnis der abgebbaren
Samereien. Supplies sae tees for study to local schools on
ii le but does not do so regularly. Affiliation: With the Uni-
versity of Marburg. Veader oth is considered the chief founder
of this Garden. There was an earlier garden laid out in 1787 by
Conrad Moench on the south slope of Augustenruhe mountain
north of Ketzerbach Strasse.

MERSEBURG

ALPENGARTEN ZOESCHEN (FORMERLY NATIONAL ARBORETUM )

Zoeschen bei Merseburg, Sachsen
Established: 1896. Area: 1.5 hectares.
Director: Georg Dieck (1934). In office in 1912.

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Admission on ap-
plication. Library: Small. Her barium: Cryptogams, about 2500;
Phanerogams, about 4000. Plantations: Geographic. Arboretum.
Fruticetum. Publication: Bog and alpine plants. 1900. Living
material supplied to local schools when requested.

MUNCHEN (MUNICH)

BoTANISCHER GARTEN

Mensingerstrasse 13, Munchen 38 (Nymphenburg )

Established: 1st, 1809; 2nd, 1909. Area: 18.706 hectares.

Directors:

. Franz Paula von Schrank (1812-1832)

Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius (1832-1854)

Interregnum? (1855-1856)

Carl Wilhelm von Nageli (1857-1891)

Karl Immanuel Eberhard von Goebel (1891-1930)

Fritz von Wettstein (1931-1934)

Friedrich Carl von Faber (1934— )

ee eee 8 aim. to 8 p.m. Admission 20 Pig. Conserva-
es: 10am. to 1 p.m.and2to7 p.m. 50 Pfg. Museum: Sat-

—

eee

235

urday and Sunday, 4 to 6 p.m. Library: 800 volumes, about 300
pamphlets. Herbarium: 10,000 specimens. Publications: Seed
List, Guides.

Plantations: I. Horticultural Section (Ziergarten) ; Eco-
logical Groups, including Ecological division, Alpine Fees ‘Heath,
Moor, Dune, Pond, Fern-ravine with Rhododendrons, Plant ge-
ography of Bavaria; III. Useful, Medicinal, and Poisonous plants ;
IV. Systematic. Arboretum. Friticetum. Affiliation: Universi-
tat Mtinchen. Note: The Munich Garden is younger than most
other German botanic gardens. This, says Goebel (Fuhrer durch
die Freilandanlagen des Bot. Gartens in Munchen. 1923), is as-
sociated with the fact that it was not until the 19th century that
Munich became the seat of the vba Akademie der Wissen-
ete (1807) and later (1826) of the University. From the

the Botanic Garden was an Pe of the Academy of Sci-
ences. The a garden (Koniglicher Botanischen Garten) had
an area of 5.1 ha. It was laid out by the first director, Prof.
Franz Paula von Schrank, ae was first opened to the public in
1812. It continued for abo OO years, but deteriorated owing
to the encroachment of the ne Nageli suggested its removal,
and this was accomplished by Goebel in 1909-10 (to Nymphenburg
suburb). It was completely reorganized (1911-1914) under
Goebel’s direction.

MUNDEN (HANNOVERSCH MUNDEN)

BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER FORSTLICHEN HOCHSCHULE
Hann. MUNDEN
Mitscherlichstr. 5, Hann. Munden

Us}

The designation is “ Hann. Munden,” abbreviation for “ Han-
noversch Miinden.” Any other, such as “ Hannover-Munden,”
is incorrect and should not be used.

Established: 1868. Area: 3 hectares.
Directors:

1. Bernhard Borggreve (1868-1872)

2. N. J. C. Muller (1872-1901)

3. Moritz Busgen (1901-1920)

4. E. Jahn (1921-1937)

5. Th. Schmucker (1938- )

Open free daily, 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Source of mcome: Govern-
ment appropriations. /Terbarium: A small reference herbarium.

236

Plantations: Systematic, a ecologic. Arboretum. Fru-
ticetum. Publication: Seed L

MUNSTER
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER WESTFALISCHEN WILHELMS-
UNIVERSITAT
Schlossgarten 3, Munster i. W.

Established: 1804. Area: 4.5 hectares.
Directors: Carl Correns (1909-1915); Wilhelm Benecke (1915-
June 30, 1935) ; Walter Mevius (July 1, 1935-

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 7 to 12 a.m. and 4 to
7:30 pm. Source of income: Supported by the Prussian state.
ce ae 200 volumes. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic, medici-
nal (new). Arboretum. Publication: Samenverzeichnis. Lec-
tures to school children on request.

MUNICH (SEE MUNCHEN)

ROSTOCK
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Doberanerstrasse 143

Director: Hermann von Guttenberg (1936). Samenverzeichnis.

SANGERHAUSEN
ROSARIUM DES VEREINS DEUTSCHER ROSENFREUNDE
Sangerhausen, Sachsen

Established: 1903. Area: 10 hectares.
Director: Ewald Gnau (1903-?). Vacant (April, 1938).

Serves as a public park. Open daily, 6 a.m. “till evening.”
Admission: 30 Pfg. Source of income: Annual appropriation by
the city, the county and oT courts, ae fees. Govern-
mental appropriation: 1937, RM 5,000. Library: 75Q volumes and
pamphlets. Herbarium: 500 wild roses. Planiaonee ooo only,
classified systematically- Gece dese about 5000 v es gar-
den roses, 700 varieties wild roses—about 50,000 ait in all.
Publications: Jahrbuch des Vening Deutscher Rosenfreunde ; Die
Rose als Object der Ziichtung, by Dr. H. v. Rathlef, 1937. ‘Spe-
cial lectures are given to school children at the garden when
desired.

237

THARANDT (BEI DRESDEN)
ForRSTBOTANISCHER GARTEN, THARANDT I. SA.
Established: 1811. Area: 13 hectares.

Directors:
1. Reum (1816-1839) 5. Nobbe (1868-1904)
2. Rossmassler (1840-1850) 6. Neger (1905-1920)
3. Stein (1850-1855) 7. Miinch (1921-1933)

4, Willkomm (1855-1868) 8. Bruno Huber (1934— )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 8 am. to 6 p.m.
Source of income: The State. Plantations: Main part systematic ;
geographic groups for North America, Eastern Asia, Caucasus ;
small ecologic groups. Arboretum.

TUBINGEN
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Wilhelmstrasse 5

Established: About 1815. Area: 4 hectares.
Directors:
1. Hermann Vochting (1887-1912)
2. Eugen Otto Willy Ruhland (1919-1922)
3. Ernst Lehmann (1922-

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 7 a.m. to 6 p.m.;
Sundays, ll am. to 5 p.m. Source of income: The State. ie
brary: 500 volumes. Herbarium: Number of specimens “ not
determined.” Plantations: Systematic, geographic, ecologic. Ar-
boretum. Publication: Samenverzeichnis. Supplies living plant
material for study to schools.

WURZBURG
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Klinikstrasse 1
Established: 1782. Area: 1.82 hectares.
Director: H. Burgeff (1938).
Serves as a public park. Source of income: The State. Plan-

tations: Systematic, economic, ecologic, genetic. Publication:
Samenverzeichnis.

238

ZOSCHEN (BEI MERSEBURG)
ALPENGARTEN (See Merseburg)

Gold Coast Colony
ABURI
ABURI BOTANIC GARDENS
Established: 1889. Area: 46 acres.
Under the Department of Agriculture. No separate director.
Serves as a public park. Open free at all times. Source
income: Government funds. Herbarium iis cate to the Reo.

nomic Botanist at another station. Plantations: Blocks of cocoa,
coffee, para rubber, and specimen trees seal ‘shrubs.

Great Britain
ABERDEEN
CRUICKSHANK BoTANIc GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY
The Chanonry, Old Aberdeen, Scotland
Established: 1898. Area: 12 acres.
Directors:
ie eames: Wel art tert
2. W. G. Craib (1920-1933)
3. J. R. Matthews (1934— )
Open free daily, except Sunday. Source of 1 income: Special
Trust. Herbarium: “ Good British Goer ae Muses um; Open

free daily, except Sunday. The Botanical Department of the
University is situated in the Garden.

BIRMINGHAM
BoTANICAL GARDENS

Established: 1829. Administered by the Birmingham Botanical

and Horticultural Society. Curator: Thomas Humphreys

(1929)

BRADFORD
BRADFORD BoTANICAL GARDENS

Botanical Gardens, Lister Park, Bradford, Yorkshire, England
Established: 1903. Area: 2 acres.
Director: Michael Malone (1903- )

Ea)

Serves as a public park; Lister Park, comprising 55 acres, is
open to the public at all hours, free of charge. The nent Gar-
den (2 acres) is part of and in Lister Park. Lister Park also has
a resident Head Gardener. useum and Picture Gallery are also
situated inside the Park. Source of income: Bradford City Parks
Committee. Library: Only a small library. Herbarium: In
Cartwright Hall, the British Flora. Arboretum and Fruticetum.
Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic, ecologic. Mu-
seum: Cartwright Hall in the Park. Open free, 10 a.m. to 5 p.m
Special lectures are given to school children.

BRISTOL
BristoL UNIVERSITY BoTANIC GARDEN

Established: ?. Area: About 3 acres.
Directors: O. V. Darbyshire (1911-1934); Macgregor Skene

(1934—

Open free to the public weekdays, 9 a.m. to 5 pm. Source of
income; Budget of the University. Library and Herbarium: That
of the Department of Botany. Plantations: Systematic. Publica-
tion: Annual Seed List.

CAMBRIDGE
UnNIveErRSITY BOTANIC GARDEN
Bateman Street

Established: 1762 (on present site 1846). Area: 21 acres. An

itional 17 acres adjoining belongs to the University, and is

now (1934) let in allotments, which are available for future
extension.

Director: There is a Director, who is also University Lecturer in
Botany, and a Superintendent, who manages the horticultural
side of the Garden.

Curators: Before the institution of a Directorship in 1920, the
chief official was the Curator, R. I. Lynch.

Open free to the public on all weekdays from 8 a.m. until dusk.
Plant houses open only during the afternoon. The Garden is open .
on Sundays to members of the Senate of the University on pay-
ment of ten shillings a year, and to non-members of the Univer-
sity on payment of £1 a year. The University reserves its private
rights in the Garden by closing it to the public one day in the year.

240

Source ep income: Chiefly University grant. Plantations: Sys-
tematic. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publications: Delectus semi-
num ex horto Cantabrigensis Academiae ad mutuam commuta-
tionem propositorum.

The botanical library, museum, and University Herbarium are
located in, and form part of, the Botanical Department of the Uni-
versity ( Botany School) under the direction of the Professor of
Botany.

Supplies the great bulk of the material used for teaching (ap-
proximately 100,000 specimens per year), and a large proportion
of that used for research in the Botany Schoo

Material of all kinds for study is sold to local schools. The
plant houses consist of eleven houses open to the public. There
are also “pits? and one plant house not open to the public.
In addition to the Bie iatlotis mentioned above there are a Roc
Garden and Bog and Water Gardens. There is a special collection
of Bamboos. The plants in the entire aaa are arranged accord-
ing to the natural system of De Candolle.

Affiliations: The Cambridge Botanic Garden belongs to the Uni-
versity of Cambridge and is a department of the Botany School.
It is governed for the University by the Botanic Garden Syndicate,
see of (1) the Governors of the Botanic Garden (viz. the

e-Chancellor of the University, the Masters of Trinity and St.
ines Colleges, the Provost of King’s College, the Regius Pro-
fessor of Physics, and the Professor of Botany, all ex officio, an
(2) six additional syndics, each appointed for two years, from
among the resident members of the Senate (i.e. the whole body
of Masters of Arts and other higher graduates of the University
having their names on the University Registrar) by Grace (i.e.
resolution of the

The Botanic ene Syndicate meets once a year, when a report

least three times a year to discuss the working and management
of the Garden. .
CHELSEA (LONDON)
CHELSEA Puysic GARDEN
Royal Hospital Road, Chelsea, London, S.W. 3, England
Established: 1673. Area: 3% acres.
Directors (official title “ Curator’) :
1. Richard Pratt (1677-1680)
2. John Watts (1680-1693)
3. Samuel Doody (1693-1695)

241

Isaac Rand (1720)

Philip Miller (1722-1770)
William (?) Forsyth (1771-1784)
John Fairbairn (1784-1814)
William Anderson (1814-1846)
Robert Fortune (1846-1848)

10. Thomas Moore (1848-1887)

11. William Hales (1899-1937)

12. George William Robinson (1937-

From 1887 to 1899 no one occupied the position of Curator, the
Garden being conducted by three laborers. Upon the transfer of
the Garden in 1899, from the Apothecaries Society to the present
trustees, the London Parochial Charities, the late William Hales
was appointed.

Open daily to students and to visitors upon presentation of a

ticket of admission, to be obtained from the Clerk to_the Commit-

Noh ACS) NE SOD Sh

and those of interest historically. Publication: Index
Seminum. Lectures are given at the Garden, and study material,
including flowers, leaves, buds, wild plants, and cultivated
phanerogams and cryptogams, is supplied to the University of
London, Royal College of Science, medical schools, etc., when
requested. Affiliations: The Imperial College of Science, South
Kensington, The University of London, and several Polytechnics.
The laboratory, built in 1902, is chiefly used for research work by
students of the Imperial College of Science.

DURHAM
BorANic GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY
University Science Laboratories

Established: 1925. Area: About one acre.
Director: Benjamin Millard Griffiths.

242

This garden is simply the garden of the Department of Botany,
and is in the grounds of the University Science Laboratories. It
is in no sense an independent institution. It contains the usual
Natural Order beds, together with beds containing marsh plants
growing on land, alba varieties of various plants, and a collection
of varieties of [ris germanica. There is no Director, nor even a
permanent gardener, and it is managed by the head of the Depart-
ment of Botany.

EDINBURGH
RoyaLt Botanic GARDEN
Edinburgh, 4, Scotland

Established: 1670. Area: 60 acres, 3 roods, 5 poles.
Directors (official title, Regius Keeper
James Sutherland (1699-1714)
William Arthur (1715-1716)
Charles Alston (1716-1760)

John Hope (1761-1786)

Daniel Rutherford (1786-1819)
Robert Graham (1820-1845)

. John Hutton Balfour (1845-1880)

. Alexander Dickson (1880-1887)

. William Wright Smith (1922- )

ay
SCONAMAWN

Open free, daily from 9 a.m. on week-days, and from 11 a.m. on
Sundays, until sunset. Plant houses are open from 1 p.m. to 5
p.m. or until sunset if this be earlier. Source of income: One
of three gardens maintained in the state by the United Kingdom.
(The other two are the Royal Gardens at Kew, and the Glasnevin
Garden, Dublin). Library: Reference. Over 20,000 bare se
1e_ leading botanical and_ horticultural periodicals are take
Ferbarium: About 1,500,000 specimens representing the Floras i
the world. pecially rich in Asiatic Floras. Plantations: Arbo-
retum, Woodland Garden, Rock Garden, Rhododendrons, System-
atic (Herbaceous garden and herbaceous border. Bentham and
Hooker, Genera Plantarum). Publications: Royal Botanic Gar-
den, Edinbur gh—a brief descriptive and illustrated account.
Map, Key, Plan and Index to the Royal Botanic Garden. Royal
Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, with Key Plan. Notes from the
Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (published periodically). Seed
re (annually ). Museum: Contains a series of exhibits illustrat-

ing the form and life histories of plants, arranged so as to facili-

243

tate their use in teaching. Open week-days from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.;
on Sundays from 1 p.m. until sunset. Lectures: The Regius
Keeper, from time to time, gives lectures which are open to the
public. Supply material: Specimens for private study are sup-
plied, as far as the resources of the Garden will permit, to visitors
and students who make written application to the Regius Keeper.
Application forms may be obtained at the office of the garden,
Affiliations: For more than a century and a half the offices of
Regius Keeper of the Botanic Garden and Professor of Botany in
the University of Edinburgh have been held by the same person,
and it has become the custom that the students of the University
go to the garden for instruction in botany. Instruction: Specia
instruction in the sciences underlying the practice of horticulture
and forestry is provided for the staff of the garden. The course
of instruction is spread over three years, and consists of lectures
upon, and practical instruction in, the sciences taught. A reading
room and library is also provided for members of the staff taking
this course.

Notes: In 1670 a small area, St. Ann’s yards, south of Holyrood
House was maintained by two physicians, Andrew Balfour and
Robert Sibbald, as a Physic Garden. James Sutherland was ap-
pointed to the “ Care of the Garden.” This was the foundation
of the Royal Botanic Garden of Edinburgh, the real ancestor of
the present Garden, which is (next to Oxford, 1632), the oldest
in Great Britain.

“Tn 1676 the same physicians acquired from the Town Council
of Edinburgh a lease of the Garden of Trinity Hospital and ad-
jacent ground for the purpose of a Physic Garden in addition to
the Garden already existing at Holyrood, and they appointed the
same James Sutherland (16??-1715) to be ‘Intendant’ of this
Garden.”” This has been referred to as the Town’s Botanic Gar-
den. Part of the site is now occupied by the Waverley Station of
the London and North Eastern Railway.

“Tn 1699 the King’s Garden, at Holyrood House, also became a
Physic Garden, so the connection of the Royal Botanic Garden with
the Crown goes back to this period. These gardens were laid out
in formal beds devoted to native and foreign plants as well as
medicinal herbs, arranged systematically. In 1764 both original
gardens were abandoned and combined in a new Garden near Had-
dington Place, Leith Walk. The plants were here arranged after
the then new system of Linnaeus.

244

“Tn 1702 another Botanic Garden was established in Edinburgh
adjacent to the College grounds, “apparently on the site of the
present South College Street. This was the College Garden, and
of it James Sutherland also became custodian.”—Anon. The
Royal Bot. Gdn., Edinburgh, with Key and Plan. Edinburgh,
June, 1912.

In 1761 John Hope became King’s Botanist at Holyrood and
subsequently Professor of Botany and Materia Medica at the
University. He soon secured the separation of this chair into
two and, as Professor of Medicine and Botany, he initiated (1776)
the movement for a new Botanic Garden on the outskirts of the
City west of Leith Walk, combining the collections at Holyrood
and the Town Gardens, and obtained from the Crown a per-
manent endowment for the new Garden. Under Robert Graham
the Garden was transferred to the better site which it now
occupies.

By 1823 the growth of the collection necessitated a larger site
and the Garden was removed to Broompark or Quacaplesink of
14 acres, part of Innerleith property. Adjacent areas were added
in 1865 and 1876. The Arboretum was initiated about 1881.

GLASGOW
CoRPORATION OF GLASGOW BoTaNIc GARDENS
730 Great Western Road, Glasgow W. 2

Established: 1818. (Royal Charter 1817; opened to the public
1819. They became public property in 1891). Area: 47.5
acres.

Directors:

. William Joseph Hooker (1820-1841)

John Hutton Balfour (1841-1845)

Walker-Arnott (1845-1868)

Alexander Dickson (1868-1879)

Isaac Bayley Balfour (1879-1884)

Frederick Orpen Bower (1885-1921)

Hon. Scientific Director (1921-

James Montagu Frank Drummond (1925-Sept. 30, 1930)

John Walton (1930-?)

. William Besant (1938)

—

9 90N

245

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, sunrise to sunset.
Source of income: Local rates. Plantations: Systematic. Publi-
cation: Seed List. Study collections and living material supplied
to schools and to University classes on request. According to a
note in Gardener’s Chronicle for September 25, 1937, the Glasgow
Gardens were installed at the Kelvinside site in 1 30) i Originat-
ing on the grounds of the old University, the collection of plants
... went in 1817 to form ee nucleus of the first Botanic Gar-
dens, which was situated at the west end of Sauchiehall Street. In

a Bill for the acquisition bE the gardens by the Corporation
was passed.”
HOLBORN
(Now part of London)
JoHN GERARD’S GARDEN

The “ botanic garden ” of John Gerard, author of ‘‘ The herball,
or generall historie of plantes. Gathered by John Gerarde, of
London.” Ist ed. 1597. (See South Lambeth.)

Established near the close of the 16th century.

Publication: Catalogus arborum, fruticum ac Deen tam
indigenarum, quam exoticarum, in horto Johannis Gerard
nascentium. London, Hatfield. 1599. 22 p. This is cl to
be the earliest known catalog of any one garden.

1IBHGIEAE,
Hutt Botanic GARDEN

Established: First Garden, June 3, 1812; New Garden, 1877.
Area: First Garden about 6 acres.
Directors:

First Garden, James C. Niven (Curator) (1853-?)

New Garden, Mr. Peake (Superintendent) (1877—?)

Historical Notes: Sheahan’s History of Hull (1866) states that
the first Botanic Garden “ was, we believe, the second institution
of the kind founded by a provincial town in this country ; the first
being that of Liverpool.” One of the promoters was ‘ Watson,
the dendrologist.” For many years the garden “maintained a
high character for scientific excellence, but .. . the botanical
character began gradually to disappear, and some twenty years ago
[ie., about 1846] was all but extinct.” As late as 1866 the col-

246

lection of hardy herbaceous plants numbered above 2000 species
arranged by families in beds, including “one of the largest collec-
tions of alpine plants in the country—numbering nearly 1000 spe-
cies—each plant in a separate pot, neatly named and classified in
their natural orders.” Mr. Niven, the curator, came from Kew,
and during the summer months he delivered three lectures a week
in his capacity as Botanical Lecturer in the Hull School of Medi-
cine. The lectures were given in a lodge just inside the entrance
gate and opposite the curator’s residence.

Mr: 1) Sheppard; M.Sc, A.L.S., of Hull, anda personal
friend of Mr. Peake, Superintendent of the new Garden, has been
good enough to supply, in manuscript form, his personal recollec-
tions of the Hull Garden. The following quotations are from
Mr. Sheppard’s manuscript.

“One of my earliest recollections, which goes back over half a
century, was attending a Fete at the Hull Botanic Gardens. .. .
That was in the declining years of the Botanic Gardens as such,
when the share holders had to adopt various popular means of in-
creasing their income. . . . The Botanic Gardens were originally
on the outskirts of the town, although now well in the center, and
the street leading to them was named after the great botanist Lin-
naeus. . . . Later a plot of land outside Hull as it was then, was
purchased, and known as the Botanic Gardens.” This was the
new Garden, 1877, referred to in the quotation that follows from
the Gardeners’ Chronicle. Nothing now remains of this Garden
except the name “ Botanic Gardens” for the station of the Hull
and Withernsea Railway, the first from the center of the City.
The Garden gradually lost its scientific character and became little
more than an amusement park. Ultimately the site was sold and
on it was built a large boys school, Hymer’s College. All of the
above information, including Mr. Sheppard’s manuscript, was ob-
tained through the good offices of Prof. R. D’O. Good, of the
Department of Botany, University College, Hull.

The Gardeners’ Chronicle for May 12, 1877 (p. 596) states as
follows:

“The town of Hull was one of the first to establish a public
garden for the instruction and recreation of its inhabitants, and
the Hull Botanic Garden has long enjoyed a well earned reputa-

247

tion.” The site became unfavorable owing to the growth of the
City (“smoky atmosphere,” etc.), and “the proprietors” decided
to discontinue the Garden. In 1877 they purchased a new site.
“The capital of the new company is proposed to be £30,000 in
3000 £10 shares.” Besides recreational and horticultural features,
“a goodly extent of ground is to be devoted to botanical purposes.”
A lecture hall, museum, and botanical library were part of the plan.

KEW
RoyaL Boranic GARDENS
Kew, Surrey
Established: 1841. Area: 288 acres.
Directors:

1. Sir William Jackson Hooker (1841-1865)

2. Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker (1865-1885)

3. Sir William Turner Thiselton-Dyer (1885-1905)

4. Lt. Col. Sir David Prain (1905-1922)

5. Sir Arthur William Hill (1922- )

rves as a@ public park, open every day in the year, except
Giri Day. Hours: 10 a.m. to sunset, or 8 p.m. Plant
houses open from 1 to 5 p.m.; Sundays to 6 p.m.; also mornings
on Students’ Days (Tuesdays & Fridays). Charge for admission
1d. (6 d. Students’ Days) ; free on Bank Holidays. Source o
income: Government. Library: Reference, about 44,000 volumes.
Current itera regularly received, approximately 00. Her-
barium: About 5,000,000 specimens. Arboretum and Fruticetum,
together : 7000 species and varieties. pees arranged sys-
tematically. Species and varieties under glass: 13,000. Herba-
ceous plants out of doors: 8000.
Publications:

Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information (Generally known as the
“Kew Bulletin’). Ten numbers issued per year. The price of
the annual volume at the present time (1938) is about 15 shillings,
plus postage.

Official Guides to the Gardens and to the Museums of Economic
Botany and North Gallery; Catalogue of Portraits of Botanists ;
Hand lists of the various classes of plants cultivated at Kew;
Pictorial Postcards.

The above are published by His Majesty’s Stationery Office,

248

and are obtainable from a Office, from the Curator of the
Gardens, and (in the U. S. A.) from the British Library of In-
formation, 270 Madison Avenue, New York, N. Y.

ther publications prepared at Kew include the following:

Hooker's Icones Plantarum. Contains figures with descriptions
of new or rare plants, of which specimens are contained in the
herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Edited by the
Director for the Bentham-Moxon trustees. Each volume contains
100 plates. Issued in four parts. Price, 10s per part. Pub-
lished by Dulau & Co. 29 Dover Street, London, W. 1.

The Botanical Magazine. Quarterly. Edited by the Director
for the Royal Horticultural Society. Price 17/6 per part net;
annual subscription 63/— net. Consists of hand-colored figures
and descriptions of plants raised and flowered in the Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, and other botanical establishments and private
gardens. Published by Bernard Quaritch, Ltd. 11, Grafton St.,
New Bond Street, London, W. 1

Index Kewensis Plantarum Phanerogamarum. Contains the
names of all genera and species of Flowering Plants from the time
of Linnaeus (1753) down to the present day, together with the
names of authors, first place of publication, and geographical
distribution of the plants concerned. Published by the Clarendon
Press, Oxford.

Flora Capensis. Flora of Tropical Africa. Flora of British
India. Flora of West Tropical Africa. The Cultivated Races of
Sorghum,

Museums: The four museums of Economic Botany and _ the
North Gallery (paintings of plants by Miss Marianne North) are
open free daily (except on Christmas Day) from 1 to 5 p.m. or
dusk. Lectures: No public lectures are given to school children
or to the public, and living material for study is not supplied to
schools. Museum duplicates of economic plant products are dis-
tributed free to schools to a limited extent. Instruction is confined
to the courses for the training of ela: gardeners, including sys-
tematic botany, geographical botany, economic botany, and plant
ie nee Research Students (other than staff): About 200 a
yea

249

LIVERPOOL
LiverPooL BoTraNic GARDENS
Liverpool 7
Established: On present site, 1836. Previously on another site,

1802 to 1836. Under Liverpool Parks and Gardens Depart-

ment. Area: 11 acres.
Directors:

1. John Shepherd (1802-1836)

2. Henry Shepherd (1836-1854)

3. Not known (1854-1863)

4. W. Tyerman (1863)

5. John Richardson (July, 1871—Nov. 1896)

6. James G. Guttridge (Nov. 1896—Dec. 1935)

7. Leo G. Godseff (June, 1936- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:
City Rates. Library and Herbarium removed to City Museum
“some years ago.”” Plantations: Systematic. Living study mate-
rial supplied to city schools.

LLANDUDNO
LLANDUDNO PUBLIC GARDENS
Town Hall, Llandudno, Carnarvonshire, North Wales

Established: 1910. Area: Approximately 350 acres.
Governors: Chairman and Pleasure Grounds Committee.
Superintendents:

1. A. C. Axtel (1910-1920)

2. G. Humphreys (1920-1925)

3. W. G. Robertson (1925-1934)

4, William Beresford Pritchard (1934 )

Serves as a public park. Source of income; Local rates. Pub-
lications: Hand Book of Plants grown. Lectures are given at the
Gardens to school children. Study collections are loaned to
schools.

LONDON
RoyaL Botanic Socrety’s GARDENS (Discontinued)

Established: 1838. The Society was granted a Royal Charter in
1839 and took over the site of the gardens the previous year.

250

Area: Nearly 20 acres.

Note: This Garden ceased to exist when the lease of the Gar-
dens in Regent’s Park expired, in April, 1932. Before this the
following information was supplied; it now has historic interest.
Directors: Managed by a Council of Fellows of the Royal Botanic

Society of London. The President of the Society Cae was

The Right Hon. The Viscount Lascelles, K.G.,

Open every week-day to fellows and orders, from 9 a.m. until
sunset ; on Sundays at 9:30 am. Open to the public on Mondays
and Thursdays on payment one one shilling. Sources of income:

Fellows’ subscriptions and en ce fees, and also by Parties,
Tennis, and various minor sources. Library: Reference, 2000
volumes. Over pamphlets. Current periodicals received:

Devoted largely to economic botany, including agriculture
and horticulture. No regular herbarium. Arboretum: Many fine,
rare trees. Plantations: Herbaceous plants arranged in natural
orders in students’ garden; elsewhere arranged for ornament.
Economic, medicinal, and kitchen gardens, and rock garden. Spe-
cies under glass: Varied collection. Publications: Masterl Sum-
mary, ae the Botanical Journal of the Royal Botanic So-
ciety. Issued quarterly; offered in exchange; subscription, 1 shil-
ling. Discontinued. Museum: Open free to all visitors to the
gardens from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Contained important collection of
economic plant products. Lectures: Free public lectures were
given during the summer. Living material, including wild plants,
was supplied to both public and private schools gratuitously, when
requested. Throughout its history this Garden rendered exten-
sive services to students, 600-800 students’ tickets being issued
annually as early as the ’eighties of the last century. Practical
Gardening School: Established, 1897. <A full course of eeftic:
tion was arranged for three years, which aimed to give the pupils
a oa ae insight into all the operations of gardening and horti-
cultu iploma. “Lady gardening students” were first ad-
Hea in 1904 and reached a total of 22 in 1922. The large Con-
servatory, built in 1845, enclosed an area 220 feet long and 75 feet
wide. ‘Total area under glass was about 33,000 square feet. This
is said (Nature 110. 185-187. Aug. 5, 192 2) to be “the first
large iron ya built 4 in England, the palm- -house at Kew being
constructed lat

" NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE
BoTanic GARDEN (KincGs COLLEGE?)

No reply to our questionnaire.

Established: 1621 (By the Earl of Danby).

—

ios)

ies)

Zak
OXFO

OxForRD UNIVERSITY

Department of Botany,

Directors (Professors):

Robert Morison (1669-
)

1683

. Jacob Bobart, Jr. (1683-

1719)
Edward Sandys (1720-
724

Gilbert Trowe (1724-1734)
John Jacob Dill (Dillen,
Dillenius) (1734-1747)

. Humphrey Sibthorp (1747-

1784)
John Sibthorp (1784-1795)
George Williams (1796-
1834) ;
Charles Giles Bridle Dan-
berry (1834-1867)
Marmaduke Alexander
Lawson (1868-1883)

Isaac Bayley Balfour
(1884-1888)
Sidney Howard Vines
(1888-1919)
. Frederick Keeble (1920-
1926)
. Arthur George Tansley

(1927-1937)
. T. G. B. Osborn (1937)

BoTaANiIc GARDEN
Oxford University
Area: 5 acres.

Custodians:

(John Tradescant, Jr., ap-
pointed, but never took office
on account of his death in
1637 or 1638)

Jacob Bobart, Sr. (1632-1679)

Tilleman Bobart?

G. D. Ehret (1750- )

James Benwell (Gardener) (?)

J. Foreman (?-1812)

William Baxter (1813-1851)

William H. Baxter (1851-1887)

W. G. Baker (1888- _)

Paes

Publication: Seed List (One of the first—circa 1685). Open
to the public daily without charge. The first greenhouse in Eng-
land was erected in oe garden in 1734. The tercentenary was
celebrated oe Fake vous bS VA

READING
AGRICULTURAL BoTANIC GARDEN OF READING UNIVERSITY
The University, Reading, England

Established: 1918. Area: 2 acres.
Directors:

1. John Percival (1918-1932), who established the Garden

2. William B. Brierley (1932-

Most of the Garden “is laid out in small plots separated by
grass paths, the remainder being covered by two bird-proof cages,
each of approximately 950 sq. yards in extent.

“The plots contain the chief forage plants and root crops of
Western Europe, together with their wild prototypes. There are
also plots of the commoner medicinal, dye, and oil plants which
can be grown on farms in the British Isles.

“Tn the cages, about two thousand varieties of Wheat; all the
species of Aegilops; and numerous varieties of Barleys and Oats
are grown annually.

“The varieties of Wheat represent all the races and species of
Wheat; these, and the Aegilops species were collected by Pro-
fessor Percival from all parts of the world.

“The garden is of interest to agriculturists, and is invaluable
for supplying material for classes in Agricultural Botany. It also
enables students to study the agricultural plants in various stages
of growth.

“There is a laboratory in the Garden which houses the collec-
tion of dried specimens of the cereals, and affords opportunity for
research on the plants growing in the garden.

“An herbarium of the varieties of Wheat, and species of
Aegilops is kept in the Agricultural Botany Department of the
University.”

Admission free, by arrangement. Source of income: University
funds. Library (of Department of Botany), 1000 vols., 30,000
pamphlets. Herbarium: About 2500 specimens. Plantations:
Economic. Publication: Guide and List of Plants.

293

SOUTH LAMBETH (LONDON)
TRADESCANT’S GARDEN

Established, 1629, by John Tradescant, Senior, as a “ Physic
Garden,” in South Lambeth, London, nearly opposite “ Spring
Lane ” on the east side of the South Lambeth road between Stock-
well and Vauxhall. Lysons (Environs of London, 1: 330) cred-
its this Garden as “ one of the first established in this Kingdom.”
Sir William Watson (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society 46: 160) states that Tradescant’s Garden is, except that
of John Gerard, author of the “ Herbal,” probably the first bo-
tanical garden in England. Watson listed a few of the plants
still surviving in 1749. (See Holborn.)

UPTON (ENVIRONS OF LONDON)
Hortus UPptroNneENsIs

Established: 1762. Area: About 5 acres.

Note: This garden was established by John Fothergill, a noted |
physician in London from 1740 until his death in 1780. It was
considered at the time as one of the most important in England.
The ‘“‘ Green-House”’ contained “‘ upwards of 3400 distinct species
of exotics” (Lettsom, Memoirs of Fothergill, p. 39). In the
open “ about 3000 distinct species of plants and shrubs.” In co-
operation with others Fothergill sent a collector to Africa, and
secured plants “from all parts of the world.’ Many American
trees he secured from the nursery of one Gray, who, with Peter
Collinson, Mark Catesby, and other collectors, had the first nursery
in England that specialized in North American trees and other
plants. Hortus Uptonensis, located about four miles east of the
boundary of the county of London, was gradually abandoned after
the death of Fothergill.

WISLEY
RoyAL HortTICULTURAL SOCIETY'S GARDENS
Wisley, Ripley, Surrey, England

Established: 1904. Area: 60 acres.
Directors (Superintendents) :

1. S. T. Wright (1904-1914)

254

2. Frederick William Keeble (1914-1919)
3. Frederick James Chittenden (1919-1931)
4. R. L. Harrow Ca )

free Poe E are given at the Cae each year. Courses of in-
struction are given daily at the Garden by members of its sta
Note: In 1914 this Garden was transferred from inn ie to Wis-
ley. S. T. Wright was the last Sup’t. at Chiswic

YORK
THe MusrtumM GARDENS
The Yorkshire Museum, York

Established: 1822. Area; 13 acres.
Director: The Keeper of the Museum.

W. E. Collinge (1921- )

Museum and Garden open daily, 9 a.m—5 p.m. Admission, one
shilling. Evenings 6d. Local schools fee Source of income:
Yorkshire Philosophical Society. Library: 25,000 volumes. Her-
barium: approximately 20,000. Plantations not classified. Pub-
lication: Catalog of British Plants in the Herbarium. Occasional
lectures are given to school children. Living plant material sup-
plied to local schools for study.

Greece

ATHENS (MODERN) (1)

Botanic GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY
(BoTANIKON ERGASTERION TOU ETHNIKOU PANEPISTEMIOU)
04 Solon Street

Established: 1835. Area: 5 acres.

Directors:
1. C. Fraas (1835-1848) 4. S. Miliarakis (1893-1917)
2. M. Orphanides (1849-1882) 5. Jean Politis (1918- )
3. Th. Aphentoulis (1883-1892)

255

Source of income: Budget of the University. Library: The
common library of the Department of Botany, Botanic Garden,
and Museum, 6000 volumes. Herbarium: ‘“ Contains all native
plants of Greece and many others.” Plantations: Systematic. Mu-
seum: Open free daily, 10-12 a.m.; 4-7 pie Lectures to school
children are given occasionaly, but no material is supplied to
schools. Note: Theodore Heldreich was see (Ephoros) of
the Garden ee 1851 to 1902.

ATHENS (ANCIENT) (2)
THe BoTANic GARDEN OF ARISTOTLE AND THEOPHRASTUS

Established: About 340 B.C.

It is stated by several historians of general science and of botany,
both ancient and modern, that Aristotle’s garden, where he taught
at Athens, was bequeathed by him to his pupil, Theophrastus. A
careful study of the wills of both Aristotle and Theophrastus fails
to confirm this.

In the Life of Theophrastus (Diogenes Laértius. V. Bohn Ed.
London, 1853. pp. 195-196) it is stated as follows: “ It is said,
too, that he [Theophrastus] had a garden of his own after the
death of Aristotle, by the assistance of Demetrius Phalerius, who
was an intimate friend of his.” This has been interpreted (with
other evidence?) that this garden was bequeathed to Theophrastus
by Aristotle, but Aristotle’s will (Diogenes Laértius. V. Bohn
Ed. pp. 185-186) makes no mention of Theophrastus except to
name him as one of five “ guardians of my children and of eupy:
lis, and the trustees of all the property I leave behind me.” The
will appears to provide that, if Nicanor shall marry Aristotle’s
daughter the trustees shall turn the property over to him. “ But if
anything should happen to Nicanor, which may God forbid, either
before he receives my daughter in ban AnO or after he has mar-
ried her, or before he has any children by her, then any arrange-
ments which he may make by will shall stand. But, if The-
ophrastus, in this case, should choose to take my daughter in mar-
riage, then he is to stand in exactly the same position as Nicanor.”
Laeértius does not say whether or not Theophrastus married the
daughter of Aristotle and thereby acquired any of Aristotle’s
property.

Theophrastus mentions his garden several times in his will and

256

leaves it to such of his friends as “ choose to hold a school” in it.
The Greek text (and Latin translation in parallel columns) of the
wills of Aristotle and of Theophrastus may be found in Scriptorum
Graecorum Bibliotheca. Paris. 1862

Haiti
DAMIEN
(Near Port-au-Prince)
Bureau i Botanique, Service National de la Production Agricole
e Enseignement Rural, Port-au-Prince, Haiti

Director: Frederic Kebreau, Chief, Division of Botany and Plant

Pathology.

Note: Under date of March 6, 1937, we were informed as fol-
lows: “ It is our plan to organize a small botanic garden at Damien,
near Port-au-Prince. We are just assembling information and
making plans, but the botanic garden is not yet established.”

Hong Kong
HONG KONG

Hone Kone Boranic GARDENS
Superintendent, Botanical & Forestry Department, 1 Peak Road
Date opened: June 8, 1864. Area: 16 acres.

Directors:
1. T. G. Donaldson (1861) 5. Harold Green (1920)
2. Charles Ford (1871) 6. G. B. Twemlow, Acting Su-
Ooo.) Winn (19038) perintendent
4. W. J. Tutcher (1910) 7. F. Flippance (1938- )

Serves as a public park. Admission free, at all hours of the
day. Source of income: Practically nil as of 1934. The garden
is supported by governmental appropriations. Library: Approx-
imately 2500 volumes. Herbarium: Approximately 40,000 speci-
mens. Publication: Annual Report of the Botanical & Forestry
Department.

257
Hungary

BUDAPEST
Hortus Botanicus UNIVERSITATIS BUDAPESTINENSIS
.Romanellitutca 25, Budapest VIII

Established: 1771. Area: 4 hectares.
Directors:
1. J. Winterl (1771-1810) 7. F. Linzbauer (1862-1866)
2. P. Kitaibel (1810-1816) 8. L. Juranyi (1866-1897)
3. J. Schuster (1816-1817) 9. Sandor Magocsy-Dietz (1897-
4. C. Haberle (1817-1834) 1928)
5. J. Sadler (1834-1849) 10. J. Tuzson (1928- )
6. J. Gerenday (1849-1862)

Serves as a public park; open week-days 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.; Sun-
days 8 a.m. to 12 noon. Admission 10 fillérs. Source of income:
Donation from the State. Library: 6353 volumes. Herbarium:
300,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, geographic, eco-
nomic, ecologic. A small Arboretum and Fruticetum, Publica-
tion: Index Horti botanici Universitatis Budapestinensis. Mu-
seum: Hours are: 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. week-days, and from 3 to 6 p.m.
on Sundays. Admission by permit of the Director. Lectures for
school children are given. Living material supplied for study pur-
poses to local schools. A ffiliations: With the Institute for system-
atic Botany and Phytogeography, Péter Pazmany University.

DEBRECEN
BoTANIC GARDEN OF STEFAN T1szA UNIVERSITY

Dine cto sdes SOO:

* Note: In 1935-1936 the new Botanic Garden was opened, in-

cluding a systematic-morphologic section, Alpine Garden, Garden-

laboratory, and greenhouses. Publication: Index Seminum. |
SOPRON

BoTANICAL INSTITUT AND GARDEN OF THE RoyAL HUNGARIAN

JosepH UNIversity oF TECHNICAL AND IXCcONOMIC

SCIENCES

Established: 1923. Area: 17 hectares.

Director: Daniel Feher (1938).

258

pen daily. Source of income: Budget of the University.

Library: 2500 volumes, 3000 pamphlets. Herbarium: 6000-7000

specimens. Plantations: Fe aaa geographic. Arboretum.
useum;: Open daily, 8 to 1

SZEGED
BoTraNICAL GARDEN OF THE FRANZ JOSEPH UNIVERSITY
(Egyetemi Ftvészkert)
Baross utca 2.1, Egyetemi Novénytani
Established; 1921. Area: 11.51 hectares.
Director: I. Gyorffy (1938).

Open free to the public daily, 7 to 12 a.m. and 2 to 7
one of imcome: Governmental appropriations. Plantations:
Geographic, economic. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publication:
Index Seminum. Museum (of the Botanical Institute): Open
free to the public the first Sunday of each month, 10 to 12 a.m.
Special lectures to school classes vatse the Garden. $ tudy ma-
terial supplied to schools.

India

BARODA
PUBLIC PARK

Established: 1880. Area: 1200 acres.
Directors (official title, Superintendent, State Gardens) :
1. John M. Henry (1880-1893)
2. Gustav H. Krumbiegel (1893-1908)
3. B. F. Cavanagh (1908-1912)
4. T. R. Kothawala (1912-1932)
5. M. G. Desai (1932- )

Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily, 6 a.m.—
ll p.m. Source of income: State appropriations, and the sale of
plants and seeds. Librar y: Small. Arboretum and Fruticetum
reported as containing “lots of trees and shrubs.” Plantations:
Ornamental and economic. Publications: Manual of Arboricul-
ture and roadside planting ; School ae (small ee in ver-
nacular) ; Seed List. Museum: : Open free daily, except “ half
Sunday.” Loan collections for school use: Baten specimens,
dried seeds, microscopic slides, economic plant products, and photo-
graphs. Note: Laxmi Villas ‘and Makerpura, often referred to as
“botanic gardens,” are only “ Palace Ornamental Gardens” (under
same management as given above).

299

BASSEIN (NEAR BOMBAY) (Discontinued)
BoTANICAL AND AGRICULTURAL STATION, BASSEIN

Established: 1906. Area: 90 acres.
Directors: 1. George Alexander Gammie (1906-1908) ; 2. William
Burns (1908-1912)

Source of income: Annual appropriations by the national gov-
ernment, and sale of publications, plants, and seeds. Library:
Reference only. Plantations: Systematic, economic. Arboretum.
Fruticetum. Publication: Annual Report. Note: This garden
was given up on April 1, 1912, and only a few men retained to keep
the place in order until its future was definitely settled.

BANGALORE
GOVERNMENT BoTANIc GARDENS
Lal-Bagh, Bangalore
Established:.1874. Area: 117 acres.
Directors (Superintendent, Government Gardens in Mysore) :

1. J. Cameron (1874-1908)

2. G. H. Krumbiegel (1908-1915)

3. L. Bishtopanth Badami (1915-1918) (oneaen)

4. H.C. Javaraya (1918-1919) (In charge)

5. G. H. Krumbiegel (1919-1925)

6. H.C. Javaraya (Feb. 9, 1925—-April 15, 1925) (Officiating)
7. G. H. Krumbiegel (April 15, 1925—-July 23, 1925

8. H. C. Javarya (July 23, 1925-Jan. 31, 1928) (Officiating)
9. H. C. Javarya (1928-1932) (Confirmed)

10. M. K. Seetharama chetty (May 23, 1932-June 15, 1932)

(In charge)

11. H. C. Javaraya (June 15, 1932—-Feb. 25, 1935)

12. M. K. Seetharama chetty (Feb. 25, 1935-Nov. 28, 1936)
(Sub-protempore )

13. K. Nanjappa (Nov. 28, 1936-Feb. 12, 1937) (Officiating)

14. M. Narayana Reddy (Feb. 12, 1937-April 15, 1937) (Of-
ficiating )

[See Se Dorasamis Aprile dio. 1937— ) (Officiating)

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 6 am. to 8 p.m.
Source of income: Government of His Highness the Maharaja of

260

Mysore. Library: 700 volumes, about 1000 aa Se Her-
barium: About 3000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, eco-
nomic. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publications: Ree Leaf-
ets. Museum: Open free weekdays, 7 to 12 a.m. and 2 to 5 p.m.
Special lectures are given to school children. Living material

ferred to as “a place of public resort besides being a center of
botanical and horticultural information.”

BOMBAY
VictoriA BoTANIC GARDENS
No reply to our questionnaire

CALCULA
Royat Botanic GARDEN, CALCUTTA
Sibpur, near Calcutta, British India

Established: 1787. Area: 273 acres.

Directors: (Superintendents )

1. Lt. Col. Robert Kyd, Founder (1787-1793)

. William Roxburgh (1794-1814? Gage, l.c., gives 1813)

3. Francis Buchanan (afterwards Sir Buchanan Hamilton)
(1814-16). Fide reply to our Questionnaire. A. T.
Gage (Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. 51: 71-81. 1926) states
that, “ Between 1813 and 1817 H. T. Colebrooke, Francis
Hamilton, Nathaniel Wallich, James Hare, and Thomas
Casey successively held charge of the Garden, until in
the latter year the Court of Directors finally appointed
Wallich.”

Nathaniel Wallich (1817-1846) ; Absent at the Cape (1842-
44)

. William Griffith (Offg.) (1843-1846)
. G. McClelland (Offg.) (1846-1848)
Hugh Falconer (1848-1855)

Thomas Thomson (1855-1861)

. Thomas Anderson (1861-1868)

10. C. B. Clarke (Offg.) (1869-1871)

WON AM

261

11. Sir George King (1871-1897) ; fide A. T. Gage, lc.

12. Sir David Prain (1897-1905)

13. Lieut.-Col. A. T. Gage (1906-1923)

14. C. C. Calder (1923-1938, on leave prefatory to retirement)
15. K. P. Biswas (1938-

Library: There is an up-to-date library of the Botanical Survey
of India in the Indian Museum. The Curator, Industrial Sec-

a. Oxi-
mate number of specimens is about 2,500,000. Present curator,
Mr. K. Biswas, M.A., has charge of the scientific part of the work
and botanical exploration in different parts of the country. Loan-
ing of specimens and exchange of herbarium materials are sys-
tematically carried on with botanists of different institutions all
over the world.

Plantations: Geographical, containing fairly good representatives
of the tropical plants of the world. The total number of trees
and shrubs is about 1500. There is a large number of her-
baceous specimens and grasses which are not counted. There are
several ferneries, orchid houses and plant houses where valuable
exotic palms, orchids and ferns are systematically cultivated.
There is also a large nursery in which horticultural experiments

262

are carried on in a limited manner. A regular supply of plant
and seeds is made to local people interested in horticultural gar-
dening. Considerable exchange relations are carried on with the
different botanic gardens of the world. '

Publications: Scientific publications of the Royal Botanic Gar-
den, Calcutta, as also of the Botanical Survey of India are: 1. The
Annals of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta, consisting of mono-
graphs of families and genera; 2. Shorter accounts of the botany
of the different areas of India are published in the Records of the
Botanical Survey of India; 3. The Annual Reports of the Royal
Botanic Garden, Calcutta, Cinchona Cultivation in Bengal, and
Botanical Survey of India are regularly published at the end of
each year.

There is no arrangement for public lectures but instructions in
arboriculture are given free of charge by the members o
staff to the officers of the Municipalities and Public Works and
other Departments.

Note: The Administrative Head of this Garden is the Govern-

also the Quinine Factory of the Government of Bengal. Under
his charge are also the Lloyd Botanic Garden, Darjeeling, in the
Sikkim Himalayas and a few other Calcutta Gardens. .

oyal Garden is again the headquarters of the Botanical
Survey of India under the Government of India. The Super-
intendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta, is ex-officio Di-
rector, Botanical Survey of India, under whose guidance and
control the botanical explorations of the Indian Empire are carried
on by his staff.

The Industrial Section of the Indian Museum is also under the
Government of India and its control is under the Director, Botani-
cal Survey of India. The Industrial Section of the Indian Mu-
seum is mainly the Museum of economic and applied botanical
specimens.

Kyd advocated “establishing a botanical garden, not for the
purpose of collecting rare plants (although they also have their
uses) as things of mere curiosity or furnishing articles for the
gratification of luxury, but for establishing a stock for disseminat-
ing such articles as may prove beneficial to the inhabitants as well
as to the natives of Great Britain, and which ultimately may tend
to the extension of the national commerce and riches ”—an empha-
sis similar to that made by Sir Joseph Banks for Kew.

263

DARJEELING
Lioyp Botanic GARDEN |
c/o Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta

This Garden is at Darjeeling, Sikkim Himalayas. See Note at
end of Calcutta.
Superintendent: K. P. Biswas (1938- )

rea: 45 acres. Plantations contain a eee of Eastern
Himalayan plants. Attempts are also ma o grow temperate
and alpine species. Herbarium: Rich in Sikkim plants. Library:
At the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. (See Calcutta, Note.)

KIRKEE
GANESHKHIND Fruit ExperIMENT STATION
(GANESHKHIND BOTANICAL GARDEN)
Kirkee, Poona District, Bombay
Established (Re-established) : 1904. Area: 80 acres.
Directors: G. A. Gammie (1904-1908) ; William Burns (1908-
1921); G. S. Cheema (1921- Ns

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, from sunrise to sun-
set. Source of income: Annual appropriations by the national
government; sale of publications, plants, seeds, flowers, bouquets,
“ oree enery,” etc. Library: Reference, small. Plantations: Sys-
tematic, economic. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publication: An-
nual Report. Living material, including wild plants, is supplied to
schools for study. Afiliations: The Station is attached to the
Agricultural College, Poona, which is affiliated with the University
of Bombay.

OOTACAMUND
GOVERNMENT BoTANIC GARDENS
Ootacamund, P. O., the Nilgiris, South India

Established: 1847. Area: About 51 acres.
Directors (Curators): F. H. Butcher (?-19 February, 1936) ;

P. A. Nathan (20 February, 1936- Ve

Serves as a Paes park. Open free daily, sunrise to sunset
Source of income: Government; sale of plant material. Library:
800 volumes, eed and bulletins. Plantations: Systematic ;
ornamental. Publication: Catalog of plants for sale. Supplies
living plant material to schools for study.

264

POONA
Empress BoTANICAL GARDENS
Poona, Bombay

Superintendent: P. S. Kanetthar (1913); N. M. Bhagawat
(1938).

Area: 60.37 acres. Serves as a public park. Open free daily,
from sunrise to sunset. Source of income: Annual grants by the
national government, and the sale of flowers, fruits, plants, seeds.
etc. Plantations: Not formally divided into sections, but a small

a (5.7 acres) is specially devoted to plants of botanical interest.
Pableanon: Annual Report. Educational Work: Demonstrations
in budding, grafting, and other garden operations are given to stu-
dents of the local government station college, and schools, and to
civilians and private cultivators. Study material is supplied, when
requested, to schools and colleges. A ffiliation: Government Agri-
cultural College; Agri-Horticultural Society of Western India.

SAHARANPUR (SEHARUNPUR; SHAHJAHANPUR)
GOVERNMENT BOTANIC GARDENS
Saharanpur, United Provinces, India

Established: 1779, Area: 168 acres.
Directors (or Superintendents):
Under Pre-British Government (1779-1817)
George Govan (1817-1823)
John Forbes Royle (1823-1831)
Hugh Falconer (1831-1842)
William Jameson (1842-1876)
G. F. Luthrie (1876-1887)
William Gollan (1887-1904)
H. M. Leake (1904-1906)
Amos C. Hartless (1906-1919)
10. R. Badgery (1920- )
Serves as a public park. Open free daily, from sunrise to
sunset. Source of imcome: ae 1 appeene ae by the national
bou

Oe Se

government. Library: Reference. 00 volumes and 250
pamphlets. Herbarium: Of ‘garden ieee only. About 1000
specimens. Plantations: Econo rboretum. Fruticetum.

Publications: Annual Report. BerehL ened: 1841. Bulletins (oc-
casional). Note: The gardens were formerly entirely botanical,
subsequently chiefly ee and now partly scientific and
partly commercial. There is a branch garden at Dehra Dun.
Affiliated with School of racers

265

Indochina
HANOI
JARDIN BoTANIQUE ET D’ACCLIMATATION DE HANoi
Ecole Supérieure d’Agriculture et de Sylviculture de 1’Indochine

Established: September 3, 1889. On March 21, 1918 it was given
over, in great part, to the municipality for a public garden, and
the experimental plots to “l’Ecole supérieure d’Agriculture et
de Sylviculture de l’Indochine”’; thus it is now partly just a
public park and partly scientific. Area: 20 hectares in the

September 3, 1889, M. J. Martin

November 8, 1896, M. Ch. G. Lemarie, Agronomical Engineer

November 9, 1901, M. L. Jacquet

December 1, 1907, M. E. Lafitan

March 7, 1910, M. Ch. G. Lemarie, Agronomical Engineer, Di-
rector of Agricultural & Commercial Services of Tonkin

January 1, 1915, M. Breymann, in charge of carrying on busi-
ness during the mobilization of the Director as “ Officier de

Complement.”
April 8, 1938, M. Chaucot
The Garden serves now only as a public park. Admission free

at all times. Source of income: The eee budget. Arbore-
tum: Many of the ee died during the World War. Planta-
tions: No longer any general labelling system. The classification
was formerly systematic. Affiliation: That part of the Garden
given over to l’Ecole Supérieure d’Agriculture et de Sylviculture
for experimental plots is now connected with the Université Indo-
chinoise, of which this school is a par

SAIGON
JARDIN BoTANIQUE ET ZOOLOGIQUE DE SAIGON
Established: 1864, as both a commercial and a scientific institu-
tion. Area: 30 hectares.
Directors:
1. M. Germain (1864-1865) 4. Christian Horace Bénédict
2. L. Pierre (1865-1877) Alfred Moquin-Tandon
3. Corroy 5. J. Martin

266

6. Ed. Brousmiche 12. Robin (1924)

7. Jacquet 13. A. Neveu (1924-1930)
8. E. Haffner (1897-1909) 14. L. Anglés (1930-1932)
9. Paul Morange (1909-1918) 15. H. Balencie (1932-1934)
10. Magen (1919-?) 16. M. Lelarge (1934-1937)
11. Devraigne (1923) 17. L. Feunteun (1937- )

Open free, daily, at all hours. Source of income: Govern-
mental appropriations ; receipts from sale of plants and seeds. Li-
brary: Small; reference only. Herbarium: More than 10,00C
specimens. Arboretum a Trang-Bém (q.v.) : About 2000 species.
Fruticetum: More than 200 species. Plantations: Besides the
garden proper, there are nurseries, propagating beds, and large
experimental plots, which are part of the “ Service Economique.”
Publications: 1. “ Catalogue des plantes existantes au Jardin Bo-
tanique et a la Ferme “experimentale des Mares,” by Corroy.
2. Enumeration des végétaux a |’étude en es (La Cochin-
chine en 1878). 3. General catalogue o ssified plants in the
ae Botanique de Saigon. 4. Catalogue of pee for exchange.

Le Caoutchouc de plantation,” P. Morange. 6. “La culture
i l’Hévea et du Cocotier,” P. Morange. 7. “ Les Travaux secon-
daires d’hydraulique agricole,” J. Robin. 8. “Catalogue des
plantes du Jardin Botanique de Saigon” by Aug. Chevalier.

they demand. Affiliation: Le Jardin Botanique de Saigon is af-
filiated with the Institut Scientifique de I’Indochine.
TRANG-BOM
ARBORETUM DE L’INSTITUT DES RECHERCHES AGRONOMIQUES
ET FORESTIERES DE L’INDOCHINE

Province of Bién-hoa

Ireland (Eire)

CORK
BoTANIC GARDEN OF UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
University College
Established: 1877. Area: over 2 acres.
Directors:
1. Marcus Hartog (1877-1921)

267

2. H. A. Cummins (1921-1932)

3. J. C. Sperrin-Johnson (1932- )

Open to visitors, Monday to Friday, 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.; Saturday,
9 to 12; closed on Sundays. Source of income: The College
budget. Library: “ Several thousand.” Herbarium: “ Man
thousand.” Native and foreign, especially lichens. Plantations:
Systematic, ecologic (rockeries, water and bog gardens), medici-
nal. Arboretum ‘ several acres y Fruticetum (small). Con-
servatories. Publication: Seed Lis

DUBLIN
Trinity CoLLeceE Botanic GARDENS

Shelbourne Road, Ball’s Bridge
Established: 1806. Area: 8 acres.
Directors:
. James Townsend Mackay (1806-1855)
John Bain (1855-1806; 1873-1874)
. Alexander Dickson (1866-1869)
Edward Percival Wright (1869-1873)
Michael Dowd (1874-1876)
John McKenzie (1876)
. Frederick William Moore (1876-1879)
Frederick William Burbridge (1879-1905)
Henry Horatio Dixon (1905— )

CONAMAWNE

Source of income: Trinity College, Dublin, Library: That of
Trinity College. Herbarium: 200,000 specimens. Plantations:
Systematic. Arboretum. Publication: Seed List. Study mate-
rial: Living specimens of both wild and cultivated plants are sup-
plied to schools occasionally when requested.

GLASNEVIN, DUBLIN
THE BoTANIC GARDENS
(Garrai Na Lus)
Glasnevin, Dublin, N.W. 3
Established: 1794. Area: 51 acres.
Directors: (Curator, 1794-1877; Keeper, 1877- )
1. Walter Wade (1794-1825)
2. Samuel Litton (1826-1834)

268

3. Ninian Neven (1834-1838)

4. David Moore (1838-1879)

5. Sir Frederick William Moore (1879-1922)

6. John W. Besant (1922-

Serves as a public bs Open free, daily, from 10 a.m. to 7 p.m.
or dusk; Sundays from 11 a.m. Source of income: Annual vote
of Parliament. ee ary: About 5000 volumes and pamphlets.
Herbarium: Approximately 15,000 specimens, including the “ Au-
gustine Henry” Forestry Herbarium. The main National Her-
barium is under the Department of Education and is included in
the Natural History Department of the National Museum. There
is an Arboretum and a Fruticetum. Plantations: Systematic, Rock
Garden, Rose Garden, Herb Garden. Publications: See
(Liosta Siolta le Malartt) : The Botanic Gardens: Origin, His-
tory, and Development (Reprint from the Dept. of Agr. Journal
33: No. 2, 1936). Does not supply living material for study to
local schools, but only to Colleges and Higher Grade Schools (Na-
tional University, Royal College of Surgeons, and others).

Italy

BOLOGNA
R. Istiruto ED OrtTo BoTANIco DELL’ UNIVERSITA DI BOLOGNA
Via Irnerio 42

Established: 1567. Area: 1 hectare.
Directors:

Ulisse Aldrovandi (1567-1605 )

Gio. Cornelio Uterwer (Uterverius) (1605-1620)
Bartolomeo Ambrosini (1620-1657)
Giacinto Ambrosini (1657-1665 )

Gio. Battista Capponi (1665-1676)
Lelio Trionfetti (1686-1722)

Giuseppe Monti (1722-1760)

Gaetano Monti (1760-1792)

Luigi Rodati (1792-1802)

Filippo Re (1802) (Suddenly resigned)
. Giosue Scannagatta (1803-1815)

. Antonio Santagata penne ae

. Antonio Bertoloni (1817-1

. Giuseppe Bertoloni (1869- eee

_—
SSO 08 a Gy ot Os bo

—
—

mee He
& Ww bd

~ 269

15. Giuseppe Gibelli (1879-1883)
16. Federico Delpino (1884-1893)
17. Oreste Mattirolo (1894-1897)
18. F. Morini (1897-1927)

19. V. Peglione (1927-1929)

20. L. Buscalioni (1929-1936)
21. E. Chiovenda (1937- )

Open to the public eae Source of income: Governmental ap-
propriations. Librar 000 volumes. Two Herbariums: Her-
barium A. Bertoloni, pen Herbarium Caldesi. Plantations: Sys-
tee according to the Engler System. Arboretum. Publica-
tion: “ Malpighia.” Museum: Open free daily. Study collections
are eee to schools. The Garden also supplies living material
for study to schools. Note: Luca Ghini, the great teacher of bot-
any, lectured on simples at Bologna from 1534 to 1544, but, as
Meyer states (Gesch. Bot. 4: 257). “without the help of a garden.”

CAGLIARI
R. Orto Botanico DiI CAGLIARI
Viale Fra’ Ignazio da Laconi, N. 11, Cagliari (Sardinia)

Established: First established in 1765, then completely abandoned.
Giovanni Meloni-Baille, professor of natural history at the Uni-
versity, agitated for its reestablishment in 1851, and his successor
again in 1858, but it was not actually reestablished until 1864
(1868?).

Directors:

Patrizio Gennari (1866-1892)

Domenico Lovisato (acting) (1893-1898)

Fridiano Cavara (1899-1900)

Saverio Belli (1901-1908)

Ermanno Giglio-Tos (acting) (1909)

Flaminio Tassi (acting) (1910)

Leopoldo Nicotra (1911-1914)

Giuseppe Falqui (acting) (1915-1920 e 1922-1924)

. Giuseppe Gola (1921)

Giovanni Negri (1925)

. Giuliano Mameli-Calvino (1926-1929)

Renato Pampanini (1930-

NO gC: BRIS ON SA fare Sd Ne

HH ee Re
NO

270

Plantations: Systematic.
Affiliation: Istituto Botanico della R. Universita.

CAMERINO
Orto BoraNico DELL’ UNIveRsITA
Established: 1825. Area: About 6000 square meters.

Note: At the beginning of the 19th century a simple mountaineer
collected the plants necessary for the botanical classes at the Uni-
versity. In the reign of Leone XII there was instituted the real
botanic garden about 1825. Agostino Reali reorganized the garden
and erected the greenhouses.

Directors:

Vincenzo Ottaviani (1826-1841)
Mariano Gajoni (1841-1850)

. Agostino Reali (1850-1882)

Raniero Reali (1882-1894)

Augusto Napoleone Berlese (1894-1899)
Giovanni Battista De Toni (1899-1901)
Alberico Benedicenti (1901-1903)
Filippo Fodera (1903-1905)

Domenico Filippi (1905-1932)

10. Gennaro Teodoro (1932-1936)

11. Antonio Mazzaron (1936- )

CON AMRWN >

naeus. Arboretum. Publication: Delectus Seminum. In 1938 the
systematic part of the Garden assumed greater importance by the
establishment in the University of a Faculty of Natural and Bio-
logical Science. The Garden is used by the students of pharmacy,
and has a botanical laboratory.

CATANIA
Orto BoTantco UNIVERSITARIO
Via Etnea 397, Catania (Sicily)
Established: 1847.

Directors: Francesco Tornabene (1847-1892); Pasquale Bac-
carini (1892-7); R. Savelli (1936).

271

FERRARA
IsTITUTO ED Orto BoTANICO DELL’ UNIVERSITA
Via Paradiso

Established: 1771. Area: 1/2 hectare.
Directors:
Giuseppe Parolini (1771-1794)
Francesco Maria Giacomini (1795-1801)
Giacomo Andreasi (1802-1803)
. Antonio Campana (1803-1832)
University closed (1803-1815)
Garden attached to Lyceum
Francesco Jachelli (1832-1862)
Domenico Jachelli (1862-1878)
Carlo Massalongo (1878-1918)
Augusto Beguinot (1918-1920)
. Emilio Cavazzani (1920-1922)
. Eugenio Baroni (1922-1930)
. Roberto Savelli (1930-1931)
. Luigi Buscaglioni
j Cn Greece CEA SE)
. Felice Gioelli (1932-

urce of tmcome: Governmental appropriations. Library:
About 1200 volumes. Herbarium: About 500 ema (speci-
ally the flora of Ferrara). Plantations: Systema

Cea a eee
SAMBRWNHOOMNAUAWNE

FLORENCE (FIRENZE) (1)
GIARDINO DEI SEMpLicr (Also, GIARDINO DELLE STALLE)
Via Lamarmora 4
Established: December 1, 1545. (Volpi, G.: Intorno all’ origine
del “ Giardino dei semplici”’ di Firenze. Firenze, 1928. Ed.

Olschki. )

Note: Cosimo I entrusted the foundation of this Garden to Luca
Ghini, who was also the first director of the Garden at Pisa (Sum-
mer 1543). About 1557 it was known as a “ garden of simples in
the vicinity of San Marco.” After a period of neglect it was flour-
ishing again in 1718, under the care of the Botanical Society of
Florence. In 1737 a portion of the Boboli Garden was annexed,

and the old Botanic Garden of San Marco became again a garden
of simples. In 1783 it was transformed into an agricultural
experiment garden. In 1883 the agricultural experiment garden
became again an educational botanic garden, and shortly there-
after the botanical museum of Boboli was moved to the San
Marco building.

Directors:

Giovanni Targioni-Tozzetti (1737-1749)
Saverio Manetti (1749-1782)

Attilio Zuccagni (1782-1806)

Ottaviano Targioni-Tozzetti (1807-1829)
Filippo Parlatore (1842-1877)

Odoardo Beccari (1878-1879)

Teodoro Caruel (1880-1896)

Eugenio Baroni (acting) (1896-1897)
Oreste Mattirolo (1897-1900

. Pasquale Boccarini (1900-1919)

. Gino Bargagli-Petrucci (acting) (1919-1922)
Enrico Carano (1922-1925)

13. Giovanni Negri (1925-

Serves as a public park. Open daily. Source of income: Com-
mune of Florence and the R. University. Library: About 50,000
volumes. Herbarium: About 500,000 sheets. Plantations: Sys-
tematic. Museum: For students only. Affiliation: R. Universita
deal Studi.

—
Se eee ee ee

— —
SS Sel

FLORENCE (FIRENZE) (2)

RR. ARBORETI SPERIMENTALI DI VALLOMBROSA
Vallombrosa, Prov. Firenze

Established: 1869. Area: 9 hectares.
Directors:

1. Bérenger (1869-1885)

2. Giovanni Carlo Siemoni e Vittorio Perona (1886-1912)

3. Lodovico Piccioli (1913-1922)

4, Aldo Pavari (1923- )

Open free on request. Source of income: Appropriations by
the see Library: That of the Regia Stazione Sperimentale di
Selvicoltura. Herbarium: About 1000 specimens. Arboretums:
Two. Fruticetum: About 3000 species of woody plants.

Dis

GENOA

Orto BoTANICO DELLA R. UNIVERSITA DI GENOVA
Corso Dogali 1-B

Established: 1803.

Directors:

. Domenico Viviani (1803-1837)

2. Agostino Sassi (1837-1839, interim)
Giuseppe de Notaris (1839-1872)
Francesco Baglietto (1873-1875, interim)
Federico Delpino (1875-1884

. Francesco Baglietto (1885-1886, interim)
Ottone Penzig (1886-1929)

8. Augusto Béguinot (1929- )

—

NDR

Source og mcome: ae appropriations by the national govern-
ment. Library: Refer only. Number of volumes (“very
large’”’), nee sete Cae periodicals received: 80. Her-
barium: Number of specimens (very large) not known. Planta-
tions: Chiefly systematic. An annex has been recently created for
genetic researches. Publications: There is no official publication,
except Delectus Seminum. lem Oirectar publishes * ‘ Archivio
Botanico per B Sistematica, pT ecee afia, e Genetica,” and “ Ar-
chivio Botani are r.) at his own expense. Mien oon
daily, 9 a.m. 53 aly ree es on botany are given in the mu-
seum oe Sanaa te medicine, pharmacy, and natural science of
the University of Genoa. Living material for study is supplied
eae when requested, to local public and private schools.
Note: The building for the Botanical Museum (including museum,
lecture room, laboratories, library, and residence of the director
was erected on the gr ounds of the Garden it cat as a gift from

ir Thomas Hanbury. It was eae ey the International
Botanical Congress, September Looe, a is officially named
“Tstituto Botanico Hanbury.”

LUCCA
Orto BoTANICO DELL’ UNIVERSITA
Established: 1819.
Directors:

1. Paolo Volpi (1819-1833)
2. Benedetto Puccinelli (1833-1850)

274

3. Attilio Tassi (1850-1860)
4. Cesare Bicchi (1860—?)

Publications: Indices Seminum (1851; 1858)

MESSINA
Orto BoTaNnico
Piazza XX Settembre

Founded: About 1638-1640. Note: Pietro Castelli, the first di-
rector, founded this Garden between 1638 and 1640. It was sup-
pressed and in decay from 1657 to 1886. Antonio Barzi, ap-
pointed professor of botany at Messina in 1879, reestablished the
Garden beginning about 1884.
Directors:

1. Pietro Castelli (1638-1656)

Garden abandoned (1657-1886)

2. Antonio Borzi (1886-1892)

3. Fausto Morini (1892-?)

4. G. E. Mattei (?-?)

5. Leopoldo Nicotra (1909)

MILANO
Orto BoTANIco DI BRERA
Via Brera 18

Established: 1781.
Directors:

1. Fulgenzio Vitman (1781-1800 circa)

2. Pietro Pratesi (c. 1800-1806)

3. Filippo Armano (1806-1817)

4, Pietro Armano (custodian) (1818-1820?)

5. Giuseppe Acerbi (1817-1826)

6. Giuseppe Balsamo-Crivelli (1826-1852)

7. (Various professors of the Lyceum Brera and of the R.

Istituto Superiore Agrario) (1853-1870)

8. Francesco Ardissone (1871—?)

9. Ugo Brizi (1937)

Note: Established by Vitman in affiliation with the Lyceum of
Brera to aid in the teaching of officinal botany. In 1864 it became
affiliated with the R. Istituto Superiore Agrario.

275
MODENA

Recio Istiruto E Orto BoTANICO DELLA R. UNIVERSITA DI
MopENA
Viale Regina Margherita

Established: 1772, by Duke Francesco III d’Este. Area: About
3 hectares.

Directors:

Gaetano Rossi (1772-1775)

Robert Francesco de Laugier (1776-1783)

Guiseppe Maria Savani (1783-1798)

Francesco Maria Savani (1798-1804)

Bonaventura Corti (1805-1809)

Marco Antonio Tamburini (1810-1812)

Bartolomeo Barani (1812-1814)

Filippo Re (1814-1817)

Giovanni de Brignoli de Brunnhoff (1818-1856)

Ettore Celi (1856-1873)

. Giuseppe Manzini (1873-1874)

. Giuseppe Gibelli (1874-1879)

. Giuseppe Manzini (acting) (1879-1880)

. Romualdo Pirotta (1880-1883)

. Antonio Mori (1883-1902)

. Giovanni Battista De Toni (1902-1924)

. Augusto Béguinot (1924-1929)

. Emilio Chiovenda (1929-1935)

. Giorgio Negodi (1935- )
Open free to the public only on Royal Statute Day, and on the

birthdays of the King and Queen of Italy, from 10 a.m. to Oops:

Library: Reference. ont for students in the Institute. Pamph-

lets: About 1400. Current periodicals receive erbarium:

67,000 specimens (18,000 species). Plantations: Systematic. Ar-

boretum: Coniferae, 81 species: other trees, 10 species. Frutt-

; species. Species under glass: 2192. Herbaceous

plants out of doors: 1980. Publication: Delectus Seminum (ir-

regularly since 1818). Museum: A small one, open whenever the

Garden is open. Study collections of herbarium specimens and

dried seeds are loaned to schools.

ati oe
ee eS ON Oa

etl eet etl ee Ol
Oo ON WW MH BB W LD

276

NAPLES
REALE Orto BoTranico DELLA R. UNIVERSITA
Via Fiora

Established: 1810. (1807?) Area: 13 ha.

Directors:

Michele Tenore (1810-1860)

Guglielmo Gasparrini (1861-1866)

Giuseppe Antonio Pasquale (ad interim) (1866-1867)
Vincenzo Cesati (1868-1882)

G. A. Pasquale (1883-1893)

. Federico Delpino (1893-1905 )

Fridiano Cavara (1906-1929)

. Biagio Longo (1929- )

Open free, with a permit, to the public on week days (except
holidays), from 9 a.m. to 11:30 a.m., 3 to 4:30 p.m. Sounrce of
income: State appropriations. Library: Reference only. About

O volumes and 5000 pamphlets; 110 current periodicals re-
ceived. Plantations: Arboretum (the largest section), uae
systematic, geographic, economic, school demonstration plan
Publication: “ Bullettino dell’?Orto Botanico della R. Waves
di Napoli,” established 1898. Offered in exchange. Subscrip-
tion price 150 lire. Herbarium: Tenoreanum, Gussonianum, etc.
Instruction: Regular courses are given in general botany, pharma-
ceutical botany, plant physiology, and medical botany (demonstra-
tions). To the Garden is annexed the “ Stazione Sperimentale per
le Piante Officinali,” founded in 1928. Note: Toward the end of
1662 there existed a pharmaceutical garden (of simples) called
the Montagnolo Garden, in charge of the ee house of SS.
Annunziata. Professor Pe etagna, the predecessor of Michele Te-
nore, kept a small part of the Mt. Olivet janten planted for in-
structional use. The real botanic garden was gece in 1796,
at not actually established until 1809 under M. ore. ac-

ale La Botanica in Italia. Venice. ig95.)

ONAMNAWNSS

PADOVA (PADUA)
Orto Botanico DELLA R. UniversiTA prt Papova
Via Orto Botanico 15
Established: 1545. Area: About 5 acres (20,664 sq. meters).
Claimed to be the first Botanic Garden for didactic purposes.
The Garden was established by a decree of the Senate of the Re-

2/7

public of Venice enacted June 29, 1545, on the proposal of Francis
Bonafede, who first conceived and urged the idea in 1543. Ten
years earlier (1533) the same scholar, Professor of Medicine at
the University of Padua, proposed and secured the establishment
there of the professorship of simples (Lectura Simplicium).
This chair, the first professorship of botany in Europe, was
founded by a decree of the Venetian Senate, and Bonafede was
made the first professor. The Botanic Garden was established
primarily to meet the need which Bonafede felt of illustrative ma-
terial to enrich his lectures.

Directors:

Luigi (Aluigi) Squalermo (called Anguillara) (1546-1561)
Melchiore Guilandino (1561-1589)

Giacom’ Antonio Cortuso (1590-1603)

Prospero Alpini (Alpino) (1603-1616)

Giovanni Prevozio (Prevost) (1616-1631)

Giovanni Rhodio (suddenly resigned) (1631)

Alpino Alpini (1631-1637)

Giovanni Veslingio (Wesling) (1638-1649)

Giorgio Dalla Torre (1649-1681)

Jacopo Pighi (1681-1683)

. Felice Viali (1683-1719)

Giulio Pontedera (1719-1757)

Pietro Arduino (Acting) (1757-1760)

. Giovanni Marsili (1760-1794)

Giuseppe Antonio Bonato (1794-1835)

Roberto De Visiani (1836-1878)

Pier’ Andrea Saccardo (1878-1915)

Augusto Béguinot, acting (March 1, 1916-Oct. 15, 1921)
19. Giuseppe Gola (Oct. 16, 1921-

—
PN STAC SS eA SON AEN Sentilles!

—
—e

el
ON AKKWN

Open free daily. Source of income: The State. Plantations:
Herbaceous plants. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Library: More
than 18,800 v olumes ; 25,000 pamphlets. Founded in 1770 by Gio-
vanni Marsili. Contains one of the largest known collections of
portraits of botanists (more than 600), begun by De Visiani and
continued by Saccardo. Includes Saccardo’s personal aaa
library of 300 volumes and some 7000 pamphlets, and A. Fortt’
personal algological library of 150 eee and 9000 Sera
Herbarium: Initiated at the beginning of the 19th century by Bo-

278

nato. 1. General, more than 100,000 specimens; 2. Dalmatian
flora, 10,000; 3. Venetian flora, more than 100,000 specimens
(3500 species). 4. Cryptogamic, comprising the personal herba-
rium of Saccardo of more than 69,000 specimens and 18,500 spe-
cies; and the perebhal algological Her es of A. Forti ( Verona)
of 100 ,000 specimens and 20,000 spec Affiliation: University
of Padua. Publication: Semina, ee | Bulbi, et Tuberi quae

Note: Bonafede is said to have had a garden of simples at Padua
as early as 1533, which was financed by the Venetian Senate. In-
struction of students began there in 1540. The present Garden is
nearly surrounded by the Alicorno Canal which, since 1575, has
supplied water for irrigation and for some seventeen fountains.

PALERMO (1)
Orto BotaANico DELLA R. UNIVERSITA
Via Lincoln
Established: 1779
Directors:
. Giuseppe Tineo-Ragusa (Porta Carini) (1780-1789)
Giuseppe Tineo-Ragusa (Villa Giulia) (1789-1812)
Vincenzo Tineo (1812-1856)
. Agostino Todaro (1857-1892)
Antonio Borzi (1892-1921)
Luigi Buscalioni (1923-1928)
Luigi Montemartini (1928- )

NAURON >

Note: Saccardo (1. c.) states that in 1779 Eutichio Barone and
Giuseppe Tineo-Ragusa planted a small garden near the fortifica-
tion of Porta-Carini, Palermo, but that the actual botanic garden,
near the Villa Giulia, was not inaugurated until 1789 under the
direction of Tineo-Ragusa. A letter from the present (1938) di-
rector gives 1780 as the beginning date for G. Tineo-Ragusa.

PALERMO (2)
R. GIARDINO COLONIALE “ A. Borzr”
Established: 1913. Area: 3 acres, experimental fields.

An agricultural garden. Address and directors the same as
5-7 for Palermo (1) q.v. Publications: Bollettino. Seed List.

279

PALLANZA
VILLA TARANTO BoTANIC GARDENS
Villa Taranto, Pallanza (Lago Maggiore)

Established: 1931. Area: 200 acres.
Director: Henry R. Cocker (1934— Ne

space for 5000 shrubs; Water Garden. Note: Privately owned
by Capt. N. McEacharn, and still (1937) under construction.
The present intention is to present this garden eventually to the
Italian nation. Work has been greatly hindered by the Italo-
Abyssinian war and resulting “ sanctions.” Present personnel of
40 is only about one-third of what it would be in normal times.
“No plants, seeds, or bulbs may be imported from ‘ sanctionist ’
countries. No British periodicals may be received, including horti-
cultural journals, and foreign seed and plant catalogs” (1937).
There is a training course for gardeners. Publication: Seed List.

PARMA (1)
Orto DEI SEMpLicr (Discontinued)

Established: About 1599.
Directors:

1. Pompilio Tagliaferri (1600 ?-1639)

2. Lorenzo Porta (1639-?

3. Ant. M. Bacicalue (1705-1738)

4, Position vacant (1738-1749)

5. Silvestre A. Ponticelli (1749-1769)

Note: The present Botanic Garden at Parma is the successor of
this earlier “‘ Garden of simples.” See Parma (2).

PARMA (2)
Orto BoTANICO DELLA REGIA UNIVERSITA
Strada Farini 90

Established: 1770, Area: About three acres.
Directors:
1. Giovanni Battista Guatteri (1769-1793)
2. Bartolomeo Barbieri (ad interim) (1793-1795)
3. Diego Baldassare Pascal (1795-1802)
(Closed “ for political reasons,’ 1802-1817)

280

4. Giorgio Jan (1817-1843)

5. Giovanni Passerini (1843—March, 1893)

6. Giovanni Battista De Toni (acting, April-October, 1893)
7. Carlo Avetta (November, 1893-1935)

8. Francesco Lanzoni (in charge, 1935—?)

Open free daily. Source of income: Governmental appropria-

Herbarium: “ Thousands of specimens.” Plantations: Medicinal
plants. Publications: Annual catalog and Notes of research of the
director and personnel. Seed List. Lectures for the students of
pharmacy and veterinary medicine.

PAVIA
Recio Istrruto (Ortro) Botanico “GIovANNI Briosr”
Via S. Epifanio No. 6

Established: About 1700. (Decreed, 1765.) Area: 1% ettaro.
Note: Saccardo says that the Garden of Pavia (Hortus bo-

tanicus ticinensis) did not actually begin until 1774.

Directors

Fulgenzio Vitman (1763-1773)

Valentino Brusati (1774-1776)

Galli (di Varese) (1777) in charge

Giov. Antonio Scopoli (1777-1788)

Domenico Nocca (1788) acting

Valentino Brusati (1788-1796)

Domenico Nocca (1796-1826)

Giuseppe Moretti (1826-1853)

Sante Garovaglio (1853-1882)

Guglielmo Gasparrini (1857-1861)

11. Achille Cattaneo (1882-1883) acting

12. Giovanni Briosi (1883-1919)

13. Gino Pollacci (1919-1920) in charge

14. Luigi Montemartini (1920-1926)

15. Luigi Maffei (1926) acting

16. Gino Pollacei (1927- )

—
O08 OS ae a Ee

Source of income: Appropriation by the State, admission fees,
sale of publications, plants and seeds; laboratory analyses and de-
terminations by the Consorzio Universitario Lombardo. Annual

281

budget for 1934 was 60,000 Lires. Library: Reference only.
About 50,000 volumes, including 350 periodicals. Herbarium:
“Many thousand” specimens. Plantations: ue (after
Eichler) ; geographic, economic, ec ologic, local flora. Publica-
tions: “ Archivio del Laboratorio Crittogamico Italiano” (estab-
lished in 1874). Discontinued. Some back volumes for sale.
“ Atti dell’Istituto Botanico e Laboratorio Crittogamico di Pavia,”
2nd—-4th Series. Museum: Open during the school year. Loan

holic material, microscopic slides, photographs. Study Material:
Living material, including wild plants, are supplied to schools and
laboratories for study; and living “ micotheca ” (many species in
culture) most of which are fungi living on man and mes animals.
Affiliation: Laboratorio Crittogamico Healey now Stazione
Beau aie Agraria, devoted to the study of pure a applied
Crypto
PERUGIA
Istituto E Orto BorANIco DELLA R. UNIVERSITA

Established: 1811. Area: About 1 hectare.
Directors:

1. Domenico Bruschi (1811-1854)

2. Alessandro Bruschi (1854-1884)

3. Andrea Batelli (1885-1896)

4. Osvaldo Kruch (1897-1935)

5. Fabrisio Cortesi (1935- )

Not open to the sae: public. May be oe only on permit
of the director. Source of income: Budget of the R. Universita.
Library: About 3000 oi umes. Herbarium: Agar 4000. speci-
mens. Plantations: Ornamental, systematic. Publications: Studi
di botanica, farmaceutica, sistematica, e di fisiologia vegetale. Mu-
seum: For teaching purposes only. Not open to the public. Af-
et Facolta Agraria della R. Universita degli Studi di

Perugia.

PICCOLO S. BERNARDO (AOSTA)
CuHANOUSIA: GIARDINO Botanico ALPINO DELL’ORDINE
MAURIZIANO
Established: 1897. Area: 2.5 hectares. Altitude: 2200 meters.
Directors: 1. Ab. Pietro Chanoux (1897-1909) ; 2. Lino Vaccari

(1909- NE
Open free daily, 8 am. to 7 p.m. Source of income:. Gran
Mingieters dell’Ordine MauHeiee and the Ministries of Education

282

and pee Library: 200 volumes, 400 pamphlets. Her-
barium: 4000 sheets of albitie plants. Plantations: Systematic,
geographic, oe medicinal. Publications: Annuario della
Chanousia. A small Museum, open free daily, 8 a.m. to 7 p.m.

PISA
REALE Orto BoTANiIco DELLA R. UNiversitA pr PIsa
Via Luca Ghini 1

Established: Summer of 1543 (Lavallée, Chiovenda) ; 1544 (C.
Fedeli, Saint-Lager) ; 1545 or later (Pontedera, DeVisiani) ;
1547 (Saccardo). Area: 3 hectares.

Directors:

Luca Ghini (1543-1554)

Andrea Cesalpino (1554-1558)

Luigi Leoni (1558-1582)

Lorenzo Mazzanga (1582-1583)

Giuseppe Benincasa (o Casabona) (1583-1595)

Polidoro Matteini (1595)

Francesco Malocchi (1596-1614)

Giovanni Rocchi (1614)

. Domenico Vigna (Acting) (1615)

. Jacopo Macolo (?Macaulay) 1615-1617)

. Pancrazio Mazzanga (1617-1625)

Matteo Pandolfini (1626-1630)

Giacinto Maidalchini (1631-1632)

Domenico Vigna (1632-1634)

. Dionisio Veglia (1634-1636)

Claudio Guillermet de Beauregard (called Beriguardi)
(1636-1637)

Giovanni Le Tellier (1637-1641)

. Tommaso Bellucci (1641-1672)

Pietro Nati (1672-1685 )

Michelangelo Tilli (1685-1740)

. Angelo Attilio Tilli (1740-1781)

. Giorgio Santi (1782-1814)

. Gaetano Savi (1814-1842)

Pietro Savi (1842-1871)

. Teodoro Caruel (1871-1880)

SOMNAMNAWONS

—_—
—

a a re
AaRAR

Re ee
OW ON

NW bo
WhO Re

bd bd
aS

283

26. Antonio Mori (Acting) (1880-1881)
27. Giovanni Arcangeli (1881-1915)

8. Biagio Longo (1915-1929)

29. Ugolino Martelli (Acting) (1929-1930)
30. Alberto Chiarugi (1930—

iw)

Open free to the public daily. Source of income: Government,
through the R. Universita di Pisa. Library: About 10,000 items.
Herbarium: About 100,000 sheets. Plantations: Systematic, eco-
logic. Arboretum (including shrubs). Publications: Acta Horti
Pisani (Vol. I, 1930-37; Vol. II, me Index Seminum. Study
material sometimes supplied to school

Historical Note: The first three cee gardens of the world
are Pisa, Padua, and Florence, and it has long been a mooted ques-
tion as to which of the first two is the oldest. M. Lavallée, as
President of the Société Nationale d’Horticulture de France, de-
livered an address on August 16, 1882, which is reported in the
Gardeners’ Chronicle (England), for July 7, 1883. In that ad-
dress he credits the establishment of a botanic garden in Pisa
(“the first botanic garden” he calls it) to the Grand Duke Cosimo
de Medici I, of Florence, and gives the date as 1543.

Mattiolus, in the Preface to his Commentaries, published in 1559,
says that it was the new garden at Padua that inspired Cosimo to
found the garden at Pisa. Pontedera, in his posthumous work
(E pistolae ac dissertationes, DP: Zin iver says that Padua,
founded in 1545, was the first garden, Pisa later (“ Primus hortus
patavinus existit, qui ab anno 1545 principium ducit, pisanum
autem secundum titulus januae superpositus ostendit ”

C. Fedeli (Atti Soc. Tosc. Sct. Nat. proc. verb., p. Xxvul, pp.
8-20. 1918.) states that the Pisa Garden was founded in 1544
“one year before Padua,” but Robert DeVisiani, director of the
Padua garden from 1836 to 1878, and his successor, Pier Andrea
Saccardo, insist on a later date (subsequent to 1545).

The latest careful study of this question is that of Emilio Chio-
venda (Note sulla fondazione degli orti medici di Padova e di Pisa.
Estratto dagh “ Atti dell’VIII Congresso Internazionale di Storia
della Medicina. Roma, Settembre 22-27, 1930.” Pisa, Stab. V.
Lischi & Figh. 1931). He refers to DeVisiani’s assertion that
the Pisa garden could not have been founded in 1544, since it is

284

located on the ruins of the ancient Monastery of St. Vito; that
was not evacuated by the nuns until October 27, 1544, and a
botanic garden could not have been established between that date
and the end of the year. However, Chiovenda points out, “the
convent had annexed a garden before its demolition took place.

. The development of the Garden of Pisa would therefore have
seaitred twice; the first time it was simply formed out of the
garden adjacent to the Convent of St. Vito; the second time it was
formed out of the same garden reorganized after the demolition of
the convent; which work led to the final establishment of the Bo-
tanic Garden of Piza.’’ Cosimo, says Chiovenda, transferred the
Franciscan nuns from the Convent of St. Vito to that of St.
Lorenzo on October 27, 1544 (common indiction). The following
November the Convent was destroyed, during the revolution, and
out of its grounds and those of the already existing Botanic Garden
adjacent to the Convent, a new Arsenal and the new and larger
Botanic Garden were created.

The old garden was the garden which Luca Ghini used for the
purpose of growing the plants he was collecting. The evidence for
this, says Chiovenda, is found in a letter dated Bologna, July 4,
1545, which Ghini addressed to the Steward of the Grand Duke,
Pier Francesco Riccio. During the 12th and 13th of the pre-
ceding month he had, with his herbalist, collected living plants in
the Pistoiesian Alps, ‘many and most beautiful, which I have
planted with great care in the garden at Pisa... . I therefore
pray your excellency that you do me the favor to commission me
to take charge of the beautiful garden in Pisa, as I wish to convert
it... into a garden mich will delight your Excellency and prove
of value to the students.

“Here it is evident,” says Chiovenda, “that two separate and
distinct gardens are treated of: the first is one which, at the mo-
ment when Ghini was writing, was in complete operation, as it was
receiving the plants which he and his herbalist collected in the
summer of 1545; the second garden, which he petitions for in his
letter to develop, was evidently the Botanic Herb Garden which
he alone initiated. Therefore, we are certain that the Botanic
Garden of the University of Medicine already existed June 12-13,
1545, when Ghini was gathering herbs on the Figatese, as recorded
in this letter.”

285

In the same letter Ghini speaks of collecting plants in the Apuane
Alps in 1544 to place in the Pisa garden. From this Chiovenda
infers that the Pisa garden was in existence as early as 1543.

Chiovenda finds the above evidence confirmed by Luigi (Aluigi)
Squalermo (called Anguillara), a herbalist to Ghini, in an “ opin-
ion” (Parere XIV) which he dedicated to Giacomo Antonio
Cortuso, at Padova, May 20, 1560, in which Anguillara writes
that in 1542 he found the spurge, “la Pitiusa” (Euphorbia P1-
thiusa L. ?), on the Black Mountains of Livorno, and that he
brought it for “ Professor Luca” (i.e. Ghini) to Pisa. Therefore
Ghini would appear to have been at Pisa during the summer of
1542 to receive the plants gathered for him by Anguillara. See
Nantes (1), last sentence before “ Directors.” Also Rome (2),
Note; and Venice.

But since Duke Cosimo did not decide on the appointment of
Ghini to Pisa until after Fuchs had refused the position in the be-
ginning of 1543, Chiovenda points out that Ghini could not have been
at Pisa before 1543, and that the date 1542, given by Anguillara, is
a mistake and should be 1543. “ Consequently,” says Chiovenda,
“this would bea proof that in the summer of 1543 Ghini was already
engaged in a Botanic Garden at Pisa, for use at the University.”

Anguillara (says Chiovenda) was the first herbalist for Ghini
at the Botanic Garden of the University of Pisa, and was succeeded
by Simone from St. Momeo. He subsequently became the first
“director ” of the Botanic Garden of Padua (q.v.).

“Thus,” says Chiovenda, ‘we obtain a glimpse behind the
scenes of the establishment of the original Botanic Garden of Pisa,
wherefore we can maintain that the beginning of its construction
took place in the summer of 1543, through the work of Professor
Luca Ghini, assisted by the herbalist, Luigi Anguillara.”

PORTICI
Orto BoTANICO DELLA FAcoLTA DI AGRARIA DELLA
R. UniversitA pi NAPOLI
Ex Palazzo Reale, Portici, presso Napoli
Established: 1872. Area: 2 ha.

Directors:
1. Nicola Pedicino (1872-1877)

286

Orazio Comes (1877-1917)

Camillo Acqua (in charge) (1917-1918)
Francesco De Rosa (in charge) (1918-1919)
Alessandro Trotter (in charge) (1919-1923)
Giuseppe Zodda (in charge) (1923-1924)
Giuseppe Lo Priore (1925-1928)

Alessandro Trotter (in charge) (1928-1932)
Giuseppe Catalano (1933- )

Se tk

Supported by governmental appropriations. Herbarium: 20,-
specimens. Library: 5000 volumes and pamphlets. Pubdlica-
tion: Index Seminum.

ROME (ANCIENT) (1)
GARDEN OF ANTONIUS CASTOR
According to Pliny (Nat. Hist., XX, Chapter 100; XXV,
Chapter 5), Antonius Castor, who lived in Rome in the first
century A.D., had a botanic garden, which seems to have been
the first one in Rome. In Book XXV (Chapter 5) Pliny says
that he had the opportunity of visiting this garden in which
Antonius, though he had passed his hundredth year, “ cultivated
vast numbers of plants with the greatest care.”

ROME (2)
R. Ortro Boranico pELLA R. UniversitA pi RomMA
Via Milano 75

Established: Vatican Garden, 1566; Rome, 1660? (See Note.)
Area: About 10 hectares.

Note: As early as about 1288 there existed at the Vatican a phar-
maceutical garden (not for instruction), planted by Simone Ge-
nuense, physician to Pope Niccolo IV. Also NiccolO V had a
similar garden at the Vatican about 1447, “ filled with all kinds of
herbs.” A true scientific garden for instruction was instituted at
the Vatican about 1566 by Michele Mercati, physician of Clement
VIII, and a pupil of Cesalpino. The Botanic Garden of Rome
was founded at the Vatican, says Saccardo (La Botanica in Italia.
Venezia. 1895. p. 193), under Alexander VIII, about 1660, and
was under the direction of G. B. Trionfetti. In 1870 the garden

287

was relocated at Via Panisperma 89B, Rome. Subsequently, its
address was Via Milano 75.

Directors:

—

BON

_ pe
-= SS ANAM

Michele Mercati (probably under ‘supervision of Andrea
Cesalpino) (1566-1593)

Andrea Bacci (Baccio?) (1593-?)

Castore Durante (?-1600)

Giovanni Feber (supplemented temporarily by Antonio
Nanni) (?-1630)

Pietro Castelli (1630-1638)

Giovanni Benedetto Sinibaldi (1638—?)

Domenico Panarola (1646—?)

Francesco Sinibaldi (1667—?)

Giovanni Battista Trionfetti (1676-1706)

Pietro Assalti (1706—?)

Antonio Volpi (?-?)

Antonio Celestino Cocchi (1726—?)

Cosimo Grilli (1728—?)

. Angelo Marcangeli (?-?)
. Giuseppe De Panicis (?-1747)

F, A. Cinnaneschi (1748-?) (Prof. of theoretical botany)

Francesco Maratta (Maratti) (assisted by Lib. Sabbati)
(1748—-d. 1777)

Giorgio Bonelli (?-1777)

Niccolo Martelli (also Prof. of botany) (1777-1805)

. M. A. Poggioli (Prof. of theoretical botany) (1805-1843)
. Antonio Sebastiani (Director and Professor of practical

botany) (1813?-1820)

. Ernesto Mauri (Director & Professor) (1820-1831)

. Carlo Donarelli (assisted by Giulio Verni) (1831-1851)
. Pietro Sanguinetti (Professor) (1843-1855)

. Francesco Ladelci (Professor) (1855-1870?)

. Ettore Rolli (Professor) (1851 ?-1870?)

Giuseppe De Notaris (1870-1877)
Nicola Pedicino (1877-1883)
Romualdo Pirotta (1884-1928)
Enrico Carano (1928- )

288

Does not serve as a public park, but may be visited with the per-
mission of the director. Source of income: Governmental grant.
Library: That of the Regio Istituto Botanico di Roma. Her-
barium: Of cultivated plants only. Plantations: Systematic, eco-
nomic, ecologic. Publications: Catalogo del R. Orto Botanico di
Roma. (Established 1885.) Index seminum, sporarum, fruc-
tuum. Storia della Botanica in Roma e nel Lazio. The scientific
publications of the garden are published with those of the Regio
Istituto Botanico in the Annali di Botanica. The museum is open
during the same hours, and under the same conditions as the
garden

SALERNO
MEDICINAL PLANT GARDEN OF MATTHAEUS SYLVATICUS
Dating from 1309. Not now in existence

SASSARI
Orto BoTANIco
Via Rizzedder

Established: 1888.
Directors: Fausto Morini (1888-1892) ; Leopoldo Nicotra (1892-

Note: An earlier small botanic garden was completely abandoned

in 1853.
SIENA
Orto BoTranico DELLA R. UNIVERSITA DI SIENA
Via Pietro Andrea Mattioli 2

Established: 1784.

Directors:

Biagio Bartalini (1784-1822)
Giuseppe Giuli (1822-1851)
Giovanni Campani (1851-1860)
Attilio Tassi (?)

Flaminio Tassi (1905-1906)
Biagio Longo (1906-1916)
Agilulfo Preda (1916-1920)
Gino Pollacci (1920-1926)
Alfonso Nannetti (1926-1929)

—

SOO eS Ea oe

289

10. Alberto Chiarugi (1929-1930)

11. Umberto D’Ancona (1930-1934)
12. Mario Aiazzi-Mancini (1934-1935)
13. Arturo Nannizzi (1935-

%”

Note: In 1588 a professorship of ‘“ Simples” was instituted at
the University of Siena by Grand Duke Ferdinand, of Tuscany.
The first professor was Adriano Moreschini (1588-1617). The
seventh professor, Pietro Maria Gabrieli (1669-1705), formed
about 1684 a herbarium of plants collected in the surrounding fields.
The garden of simples was, in time, annexed to the Hospital of S.
Maria della Scala. In 1756 the lectureship of simples was dis-
continued, and three years later there was instituted a course of in-
struction in Natural History, given by Giuseppe Baldassarri, physi-
cian to the Monk superior of Monte Oliveto Maggiore. Baldas-
sarri (1759-1782) had enriched the small Pharmaceutical Garden
of that Monastery. Finally, in 1784, Pietro Leopold, Grand Duke
of Tuscany, decided to establish at Siena a true botanic garden,
and to transform for that purpose, the Orto dei Semplici annexed
to the Hospital of S. Maria della Scala. Biagio Bartalini, who
succeeded Baldassarri, became first ReCOr of the Orto Botanico,
as above indicated.

Source of income: Government. Library: 1200 volumes, 3000
pamphlets. Herbarium: 3000 specimens. Plantations: Ecologic,
officinal plants. Arboretum and Fruticetum. Publications: Seed

e Garden serves for the teaching of pharmaceutical bot-
any to the students of the Faculty of Pharmacy.

TRENTA (GORIZIA)

GrarDINno Botanico ALPINO “ JULIANA”

TRIESTE
Civico Orto BoTaANniIco
Via Carlo de Marchesetti 2
Established: 1828. Area: 8500 square meters.

Note: The Commune of Trieste reestablished this Garden in
1879 to honor the memory of its illustrious citizen, M. Tommasini.

290

Directors:

1. Bartolomeo Biasoletto (1828-1859)

2. (Garden abandoned, 1860-1878)

3. Raimondo Tominz (1879-?)

4. Carlo de Marchesetti, honorary director of the Museum of

Natural History and director of the Botanic Garden, died
April 2, 1926. (Science, 63: 473. May 7, 1926.)

5. Mario Stenta (as of April 2, 1926-1928)

6. Giuseppe Miiller (1928- )

Open daily, 7 to 12 a.m. and 3 to 6 pam. Source of income:
City of Trieste. Library and Herbarium (Erbario Tommasini,
ian at the Museo di Storia Naturale. Plantations: Alpine and
Medicinal plants, ete.

TORINO (TURIN)
k. Orto Boranico DELL’UNIVERSITA DI TorINO
Viale Mattioli N. 31 (al Valentino), Torino (106)

Established: 1729. Area: About 2 ha.
Directors:

Bartolomeo Caccia (1729-1749)

Vitaliano Donati (1749-lost at sea, 1763)
Carlo Allioni (1760-1781) (at first acting director)
Giovanni Pietro Maria Dana (1781-1801)
Giovanni Battista Balbis (1801-1814)
Giovanni Biroli (1815-1817)

Carlo Matteo Capelli (1817-1831)

. Giuseppe Giacinto Moris (1831-1869)

. Giovanni Battista Delponte (1870-1879)

. Giovanni Arcangeli (1879-1883)

. Giuseppe Gibelli (1883-1898)

. Saverio Belli (1898-1900)

. Oreste Mattirolo (1900-1932)

14. Carlo Cappelletti (Nov. 1932- )

Admission by permission of director. Source of income: Gov-
ernmental appropriations. Library: Reference. About 9000 vol-
umes and 6000 pamphlets. Herbarium: About 406,000 specimens.
The “ Arboretum” comprises both trees and shru tbs. Plantations:
Systematic, according to Engler. Publications: Enumeratio Semi-

DOWNDAUNRWONE

ht pk pee
Wd

291

num pro commutatione (Biennial) ; Lavori Eseguiti dal Personale
Scientifico (Biennial). Cronistoria dell’ Orto Botanico della R.
Universita di Torino, 1792-1929; By Oreste Mattirolo. Museum:
Comprises : General Herbarium; ‘Herbarium Pedemontanum: Seed
Collection (about 4000 tubes containing specimens) ; A collection
of Woodcuts; Models of flowers which can be dismembered for
teaching purposes ; Dried specimens of medicinal plants. Museum
open by permission of the Director. Affiliations: The garden is
part of the Royal Botanic Institute of the University of Turin.

URBINO

Orto BoTANICO DELL’UNIVERSITA
Via Bramante 28

Established: 1809.
Directors:
Andrea Marcantini (1828-1832)
Pietro Camici (da Pistoia) (1832-1860)
Antonio Federici (1860-1884)
Dante Badanelli (interim) (1885)
Giovanni Alberto Mammini (1886-1895)
Angelo Agrestini (1895-1912)
Guido Pesci (interim) (1913-1916)
Giacomo Damiani (interim) (1917-1919)
Maria Sambo Cengia (interim) (1920-1923)
10. Cesare Sibilia (interim) (1923

11. Giuseppe Speranzini (interim) (1924-1925)

12. Egidio Barsali (1926-

Note: The Garden was first planted in 1809, as an annex to the
Lyceum, by Giovanni de Brignoli de Brunhoff, then professor of
botany and agriculture, near the convent of St. Francesco. It be-
came affiliated with the University in 1815, especially with the chair
of botany of the school of Pharmacy. (Saccardo.)

Source of income: The University. Library: Included in_the
Unive oe Library. Herbarium: About 5000 specimens. Pub-
lication: Catalogo dei Semi.

VENICE

A Medicinal Plant Garden, dating from 1533, is said to have

been established by Gualtieri on a site given by the Venetian state.

VALLOMBROSA
See Florence (Firenze) (2), page 272

Boh Ie) BS! LON OA re SA) NS) eee

292

VENTIMIGLIA
Hansury BoTraNnic GARDEN
La Mortola, Ventimiglia
Established: 1867. Area: 120 acres.
Directors (Curators) :

1. Gustav Cronemeyer (In office, 1889)

2. Curt Dinter (In office, 1897)

3. Alwin Berger (1914)

4. Joseph Benbow (1914-1923)

5. S. W. McLeod Braggins (1923-1935)

6. Mario Ercoli (1935- )

Open on Monday and Friday afternoons. Admission fee, 9
Lire. Library: Reference only. 4000 volumes. Current period-
icals regularly received, 20. H hate 10,000 specimens.
Plantations: Consist entirely of sub-tropical plants, Bess, shrubs,
and herbs, with a very few species under glass. ere i a large

thaler in South Africa. Also pata creas from carpe
countries, including Australia, New and, Mexico, and
Publications: Alphabetical Catalogue, 1889, Edited by G. Cane
meyer. Systematic Catalogue, 1889. Edited by G. Cronemeyer.
Alphabetical Catalogue, 1897. Edited by C. Dinter. Florula
Mortolensis, 1905. Edited by A. Berger. Hortus Mortolensis,
LOU by Ay ‘Ber erger; La Mortola Garden, 1937, by Lady Hanbury.
Seed List (yearly), since 1883. Museum: Not public. Admis-
sion by letter from Gr. Uff. Cecil Hanbury, M.P. Comprises
woods, seeds, fruits, herbarium specimens, and specimens preserved
in alcohol. Living ‘material for study is supplied to students (but
not to schools) occasionally when requested. 15,000 packages of
seeds is a yearly output. Note: The money received for entrance
fee is given to local charities, foremost among these being the
Ventimiglia hospital.

Jamaica (See British West Indies)

Japan
KASUKABECHO
EXPERIMENTAL GARDEN OF MEDICINAL PLANTS
Kasukabecho, Saitamaken
Established: 1924. Area: 5.6 acres.
Director: T. Kariyone (1924- ).

293

Open free daily except Sunday. Source of imcome: Govern-
ment. Herbarium of medicinal plants only. Plantations: Offici-
nal and non-officinal medical plants; aromatic, and poisonous
plants. Belongs to the Imperial Hygienic Laboratory, Kanda-
Izumicho, Tokyo.

KOBE
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF KOBE
Kobe City Office

Established: A letter of September 18, 1936, from Sakuichi Nishi,
Chief, Department of Industry, states that plans were under
way to establish “a municipal botanical garden.”

KOSHUN
KosHuUN BoTANICAL GARDEN
Koshun, Formosa, Japan

Established: 1902. Area: 576 hectares.
Directors (Curators): Yasusada Tashiro (1902-1910); T. Ina-
mura (1910-1928?) ; Sakujiro Matuura (23 April, 1928- Ve

Serves as a public park. Open free at all times. Source of
income: Government General of Formosa. Plantations: “ The
plants are mostly trees and shrubs.” Study collections and living
material supplied to schools. Publications: Titles supplied in Jap-
anese only in our returned questionnaire.

NAGE)

Tue Kyoto BoTANIC GARDEN
Simogamo

Established (opened): Nov. 10, 1923. Area: 27 hectares.
Directors: 1. K. Koriba (Aug. 18, 1921-Oct. 19, 1929). 2. A.
Kikuchi (Oct. 19, 1929-

Serves as a public park. Open daily, sunrise to sunset. Ad-
mission: 5 sen. Source of income: Endowment income; admis-
ion fees. Library: About 1000 volumes. Herbarium: About
5000 specimens. Plantations: Horticultural, economic, ecologic.
Publications: List of conifers and bamboos planted in the Garden ;
List of flowering trees and shrubs planted in the Garden. A ffilia-
tion: The director is Professor in the Department of Agriculture,
Kyoto Imperial University.

294

NIKKO (TOCHIGI-KEN)
BoTANIC GARDENS OF THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE
Tokyo Imperial University, Tokyo
Director: Takenoshin Nakai (1937).

SAPPORO: (1)
DEPARTMENT OF Botany, FACULTY oF SCIENCE
Hokkaido Imperial University
Director: Y. Yamada (1936). List of Seeds and Spores.
Note: The Dept. of Botany issues a Seed List separately from
that of the Botanic Garden of the Faculty of Agriculture. The
address should not be confused.

SAPFORO <2)
BoTraNnic GARDEN OF THE FacuLty oF AGRICULTURE
Hokkaido Imperial University

Established: 1884. Area: About 32 acres.
Directors: Kingo Miyabe (1884-1927) ; Seiya Ito (1927-1936) ;

Y. Tochinai (1936- Je

Open da aily, April 1 to November 30. Admission, 5 sen.
Source of income: Governmental appropriations. Plantations:
Systematic, ecologic. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publication:
Seed List. Museum: Open same as the Garden. Study material
supplied on request to local schools.

TAIHOKU
TarHoku BoTaNiIc GARDEN
Taihoku, Taiwan (Formosa)

Established: 1897. Area: 42.47 acres.
Directors: Y. Kudo (1930-1932) ; Schinichi Hibino (1932- i

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:

Government. Library: 3500 volumes. Herbarium: 33, speci-
mens. Plantations: ae plants. Arboretum. Publication:
Annual Report; Seed List. A fiiliation: Taihoku Imperial Univer-

sity, and Department a cues y, Government Research Institute,
Taihoku, Taiwan (Formosa

295

LOLSYOr Cl)
Botanic GARDENS OF Tokyo IMPERIAL UNIVERSITY
Koishikawa Ku
Established: 1684. Area: About 45 acres.
Administrators (Kanrt):

1. Doen Kinoshita (1684-1711)

2. Onoji Akutagawa (1711-1721)
Commissioners (Bugyo):

3a. Onoji Akutagawa (1721-1868)

(““ Name inherited ”

3b. Rizaemon Okada (1721-1868)

(“ Name inherited ”’)
Admunistrators (Kanri):

4. Yoshikata Hatakeyama (1868-1871)

5. Naomi Hirose (1871-1873)

6. Motoyoshi Yamashina (1873-1877)

7. Ryokichi Yatabe (1877-1890)

8. Jinzo Matsumura (1890-1897)

Directors (Enché):

9. Jinzo Matsumura (1897-1922)

10. Manabu Miyoshi (1922-1924)

11. Bunzo Hayata (1924-1930)

12. Takenoshin Nakai (1930- )

Open to the public daily (eet Jepeey 1), 6, 7, 8 a.m. to 4,
4:30, 5, 5:30, 6 p.m., according t on. Admission: 10 sen;
child under 7 ee old, free. em of income: Government
(10,000 yen, 1938), entrance fees and sale of plant material.
(Total ile 1937, 40,000 yen.) Library: 50,000 volumes, 15,-
000 pamphlets. H pai eel 200,000 specimens.
Plantations: Herbaceous garden, Water plants, Medical, Eco-
nomic, and Alpine plants. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Conserva-
tories. Publication: Seed exchange list. Living study material
supplied to local schools.

TOLKNOR@)
“ BOTANICAL GARDENS OF THE IMPERIAL HousEHOLD ”
(Imperial Palace Botanic Garden
Shinjuku Yatsuya-Ku

In the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London (Session

1931-32, Part IV, p. 147), it is stated that His Imperial Majesty,

296

the Emperor of Japan, maintains a private botanic garden and lab-
oratory.

In a letter of January, 1934, a correspondent of the author, Mr.
Bunkio Matsuki, reports that he made a careful investigation “ in
regard to a botanic garden in the Imperial Household,” with the
aid of the Imperial Household Librarian, Hon. S. Kitsui, and
found as follows:

“His Majesty, the Emperor of Japan, is an earnest student of
biology and possesses a laboratory in Momijiyama, which is a part
of the private Imperial Palace Garden. As far as the investigation
was made there is no botanic garden in the compound of the Im-
perial Palace. But, in one sense, the whole Momijiyama (which
means ‘ Maple-Mount’) is devoted to all kinds of flowers, and
itself is a botanic garden.”

TORY Oa)
TsumuRA MepictnAL PLANTS GARDEN
Tsumura Laboratory, Senkawa, Jindaimura
Director: Jukyu Cho. Note: Questionnaire not returned. The
claim was made (in 1934) that this was the only medicinal
plant garden in Japan. Publication: Bulletin (No. 1, January,
1931

Java (Netherlands East Indies)

BUITENZORG
’s LANDS PLANTENTUIN
(GOVERNMENT BoTANIC GARDENS)

Established: 1817. Area: 86 hectares (205 acres) at Buitenzorg ;
60 ha. (150 acres) at Tjibodas (Mountain Garden at 4500 feet
elevation). (See Tyjibodas.)

Directors:

1. Caspar Georg Carl Reinwardt (1817-1822)

2. Carl Ludwig Blume (1822-1826)
From 1826-1868 there were no directors, but several non-
botanical superintendents instead.

3. Rudolph Hermann Christian Carl Scheffer (1868-1880)

4. Melchior Treub (1880-1909)

297

5. J. C. Koningsberger (1909-1918)
6. W. M. Docters van Leeuwen (1918-1932)
7. K. W. Dammerman (1932—March, 1936) (Acting)

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 6 am-—6 p.m.
Source of income: Appropriations by the government; income from
the Treub fund, established 1936. Library: Not separated from
the library of the Department of Agriculture. Herbarium: About
500,000 sheets. Publications: Annales du Jardin Botanique de
Buitenzorg. Established 1876; Bulletin du Jard. Bot. de Buiten-

zorg; A Catalog of the plants cultivated at Buitenzorg, Tjibodas,
and Pasar Ikan, as Supplementary Vol. I of the Bulletin (1930) ;

Flora of Buitenzorg (Parts i-vi, 1898-1905) ; Icones Bogorienses
(Vols. 1-4, 1897-1914) ; Seed List. Laboratories: Special ac-
commodations for visiting investigators at Buitenzorg (6 places)
and at Tyjibodas. Plantations: Systematic. ‘‘ As tropical plants
are mainly woody the Garden is enh an Arboretum-Fruti-
cetum.” (See Sumatra.)

LAWANG

The private Garden of Mr. Buijsman (or Buysman), altitude,

1230 meters, no longer exists. Mr. Buijsman died in 1919.

TJIBODAS (NEAR SINDANGLAITJA)
MountTAIN GARDEN TJIBODAS
Address: Buitenzorg

Established: 1862. Area: 60 ha. Open free daily. Elevation,
4500 feet.

This Garden belongs to the Buitenzorg Garden; its assistant
curator is under the direction of the head curator of Buitenzorg.
“Immediately behind this mountain Garden, which is situated on
the N. slope of Mt. Gedeh-Pangerango, stretches the forest clad
slope of this twin volcano. Between the over 9000 feet towering
summits and the mountain Garden, the forest, crater and water-
falls are declared a nature preservation; the forest has been made
passable by numerous paths. Several hundreds of trees have been
numbered, identified and labelled for the convenience of the scien-
tific visitors. Next to this “ jungle-garden ” there is a garden for
ornamental plants (herbs, shrubs and trees). There is a library,
a laboratory which offers places for three investigators, a small
museum of insects, birds and mammals representing the fauna of

298

the mountain and a herbarium representing the local flora. There
is a neighbouring resthouse with 8 beds. The laboratory offers a
dark room and other laboratory requisites. The Garden can be
reached from Buitenzorg in 144 hour by car and a quarter of an
hour walk. Up the mountain there is a small resthouse at 7500
feet with 3 beds called Lebaksaat ; here is also a small library, some
instruments, and further accommodation for scientists studying the
mountain flora. Also on summit of Mt. Pangerango (over 9000
feet) there is a small resthouse.” (See Buitenzorg.)

PASAR IKAN

There is a small coastal garden on the shore near Batavia, under
supervision of the Head Curator of Buitenzorg, administered as
a zoological subdivision of the Buitenzorg Garden, primarily for
marine biological research. ‘‘ The mangrove plants are labeled
and numbered.” (Letter of May 13, 1938, from D. F. Van
Slooten, Curator of Herbarium, Buitenzorg.)

Jugoslavia

BEOGRAD (BELGRADE)
BoTaNicaL INSTITUTE, GARDEN, AND HERBARIUM OF THE
UNIVERSITY
Jevremorac, Botanicka bassta
Director: Ljub. M. Glisié (1935).
Publication: Delectus Seminum.

LIUBLIANA (LAIBACH)
BoTaANICAL GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY
(BoTANICKI VRT UNIVERZE KratyjA ALEKSANDRA
I. v LyuBLJANT)

Established: 1809. Area: 72 ares, 44 sq. meters.
Directors:

Franz Hladnik (1809-1834)

Biatzowsky (1834-1850)

. Andreas Fleischmann (1850-1867)

Konsek (1867-1886)

. Alfons Paulin (1886-1931)

—

299

6. Fran Jesenko (1931-1932)
7. Stjepan Horvatice (1932- )

Open free daily, 9 to 12 noon and 2 to5 pm. Source of in-
come: Appropriations by the State. Library: That of the Botant-
cal Institute (about 3150 volumes). Herbarium: That of the In-
stitute (about 6000 species). Plantations: Systematic, geo-
graphic-ecologic. Publication: Index Seminum.

ZAGREB
BoTANICKI VRT I ZAVOD UNIVERZITETA
(Botanic GARDEN AND INSTITUTE OF THE UNIVERSITY)
Zagreb, Marulic trg 20
Established: 1890. Area: 8 hectares.
Director: Vale Vouk (1915-

Serves as a public park. Open free to the public see except
Saturdays. Source of income: Governmental subvention. Li-
brary: About 5000 volumes. Herbarium: About 120,¢ 000 speci-
mens. Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic. <Arbo-
retum and Fruticetum. Publications: Acta Botanica of the Bo-
tanical Institute. Delectus Seminum.

Latvia

RIGA

BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF LATVIA

(Latvijas UnNIvERSITATES BoTaNISKAIS DArRzs)
Alberta iela 10
Established: 1922. Area: 10 hectares.
Director: Nikolajs Malta (1922—
Open free, Sundays and Wednesdays, 8 a.m. fe 5 p.m. Source

of income: Governmental appropriations. Library: 5000 volumes.
Herbarium: Approximately 120,000 Sees Mairi Sys-
tematic, economic, morphologic. Ar tum. Fruticetum. Pub-

lications: Acta Horti Botanici Universitat Latviensis (Latvijas
Universitates Botaniska Darza Raksti) ; The Fi eae of the
Botanic Garden of the cree Re Latvia (Latvijas Universi-
tates Botaniska Darza augu majas). Seed List (Seka Saraksts ).
Study material supplied to schools.

300

Lithuania
KAUNAS (KOWNO) (1)
BoTaANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF VYTAUTUS THE GREAT

(Vytauto Dipzioyo UNIVERSITETO BoTANIKoS Sopas)
V. D. Un-to Botanikos Sodui

Established: 1923. Area: 40 hectares.
Director: Constantin Regel (1923-

Serves as a public park. ey free,.9 a to 6 p.m
Source of income: In 1937—119,400 Litas and the aay of the
staff from the University. Governmental appropriations. Li-
brary: About 8000 volumes at the Botanic re ea of the Uni-
versity. Herbarium: About 55,000 specimen Arboretum:
About 310 species. Fruticetum: About 380 ariel, Planta-
tions: Systematic, geographic, economic, morphologic, ecologic,
rosarium, etc. Publications: Delectus seminum, Scripta horti Bo-
tanici Universitatis Vytauti Magni. A small museum with about
30 Affiliation: With the University at Kaunas,
which has also three sections of applied botany: a. medicinal
plants; b. plant diseases; c. nursery for trees and shrubs.

KAUNAS (KOWNO) (2)
MepicaL PLANT SECTION oF THE BOTANIC GARDENS OF THE
UNIVERSITY
V. D. Un-to Botanikos Sodui Vaistiniu Augalu Skyrius
Director: Provisor K. Grybauskas (1936).
Publications: Lithuanian Medicinal Plants, Vols. I & II, by K.
Grybauskas. Seed List.

Luxembourg
LUXEMBOURG
The old botanic garden of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
has been abandoned, and the grounds transformed into a public
park. The herbarium of the former garden was transferred to
the Musée National. There is still (1937) the Botanische Ab-
teilung des Grossherzoglichen Instituts.

301

Madagascar
TANANARIVE (ANTANANARIVO)
Parc BoTANIQUE ET ZOOLOGIQUE DE TANANARIVE
Established: 1927. Area: 23 ha

Directors: Frangois (Head Gardener) (1927-1934); P. Boiteau
(Directeur du Jardin Botanique) (1934— DE

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, except Sunday.
Source of income: Government appropriations. Herbarium: 4000
specimens (local flora). Plantations: Ecological (Ombrarium,
Rocailles, Plantes Humides, etc.). Publication: Index Seminum
et Sporarum (Index l’Echanges). Museum: Being reorganized.
Lectures are given to school children and study material is loaned
and given toschools. Greenhouses include an “ aseptic’ house for
growing Rhizoctonia symbionts of indigenous orchids. Note: 830
species cultivated—230 ee flora, 600 foreign, eel
xerophytes from Mexico, U. S. A., So. Africa and Mauriti

Malta

FLORIANA (Suburb of LA VALLETTA)
Tue Botanic GARDEN OF THE RoyAL UNIVERSITY OF MALTA
(Arcotti Botanic GARDEN)

Established: 1675 or 1676, “in the moat of St. Elmo” (at the
northeast extremity of Valetta within the high wall of the
fortifications), under the Order of St. John of Jerusalem, by
Dr. Josephus Zammit, a Maltese physician and Abbot to the
Order. He was professor of botany in the University of Malta.
Not a trace of this garden is left.

In the early 19th century (1805?) under the British Govern-
ment, the Garden was transferred to Floriana, between the inner
and outer fortifications, south of Valetta. In 1804 (1805?) the
professor of botany was P. F. Carolus Hyacinthus (Giacinto),
Carmelita Excalceatus, who planted the ‘“ Maglio,” at the south-
west end of Valetta. About 1855 the Garden was transferred
to another site in Floriana, where the old palace and grounds of
Bailiff Argotti stood. The botanic garden was then allotted
only one-third of an acre, and the rest of the area, including
“the Maglio” (where the monks of St. John played the game

302

“maglio”’) was withdrawn from the control of the professor
of botany. In 1885 the staff of the Garden (one keeper, two
gardeners, one laborer) was transferred from the Public Works
to the Education Department. On February 1, 1892, the bo-
tanic garden was extended to the whole of the Argotti Garden,
designated “ Argotti Botanic Garden” and became a place of
instruction for medical students, not open to the public. (De-
bono, T. Argotti Botanical Gardens and the Flora of Malta.
Jour. Royal Hort. Soc. 27: 564. Dec. 1902.)

Directors:

Guiseppe (Josephus) Zammit (1675=?)

P. F. Carlo Giacinto (Carolus Hyacinthus) (1805)

. Stefano Zerafa (1827)

Giovanni Carlo Grech-Delicata (1859-1870)

Gavino Gulia (1879-1889)

. Francesco Debono (April 22, 1890-?)

5. L. Vella (1937)
Publications: Seed List. Index Plantarum Horti Botamieci,

1806, by Professor Giacinto.

NOMENA

Manchoukuo
HARBIN (CHARBIN)
Boranic GARDENS OF THE MANCHURIAN RESEARCH SOCIETY
Director: I. Fukushima (1937).

PORT ARTHUR (Ryojun)
BoTaNic GARDENS
Director: J. Sato (1937).
Mauritius
PAMPLEMOUSSES
Botanic GARDEN oF PAMPLEMOUSSES
Director of Agriculture, Reduit

Established: 1735. Area: About 130 acres (90 arpents).
Successively known as Jardin “Mon Plaisir,” Jardin des
Plantes, and Jardin Royal.

303

Directors:

1. Le Poivre (17 July, 1767-October, 1772)

2. Jean Nicolas de Céré (1774-May 2, 1810)
. Auguste Céré (1810—-December 3, 1810)

The Island surrendered to the British, December 3, 1810.

John White (1820-1826)
Mr. Burke, Honorary Supervisor.
Charles Telfair, Honorary Supervisor (1826-1829)
J. Newman (1829-1849)
. James Duncan (May 1849-1864)
Charles James Meller (1864-1866)
10. John Horne (ad interim, 1866-August, 1876)
11. John Horne (1876-August, 1893)
12. William Scott (1893-July, 1898)
13. Joseph Vankiersbilck (1898-September, 1903)
14. Paul Koenig (16 September, 1903-1913)
15. Frank Arthur Stockdale (1913-1916)
16. Gilbert Grahame Auchinleck (1916-1917; acting)
17. Harold Augustin Tempany (1917-1929)
18. Donald d’Emmerez de Charmoy (1929-1930)
19, Alexander George Glendon Hill (1930-1932; acting)
0. Gilbert Edwin Bodkin (1932-

COND BR

1S)

Note: On the creation of the Agricultural Department the
Pamplemousses Garden came under the administration of the
rector of the Department, July, 1913, and the scientific work cen-
tered on the study and cultivation of sugar cane, and the scientific
application of manures to increase its productivity. (Bull. Misc.
Information. Kew. Nos. 6 and 7. 1919. Pp. 279-286.)

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 6:30 a.m. to 6 p.m.
Source of income; From General Revenue of the Colony. Li-
brary and Herbarium have been transferred to the Department of
Agriculture and Mauritius Institute. Plantations: Systematic and
economic. Arboretum. Fruticetun.

304

Mexico
CHAPULTEPEC
Jarpin BotAnico DE AcLIMATACION (Discontinued)
Chapultepec, Mexico, D. F.

Established: 1923. Area: 7 hectares.
Director: A. L. Herrera (1923- ).

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 7 to 17 (7 a.m. to 5
p.m.). Source of income: Supported by the Federal Government
and the Sociedad de Estudios Biologicos, Library: More than
2000 books and pamphlets. Herbarium: Approximately 60,000
specimens. Plantations: arranged systematically. Arboretum and
Fruticetum. Publications: Boletin de la Direcci6n de Estudios
Biologicos. Supplies living plants for study to local schools.

‘Unfortunately our botanic garden exists no more. The Di-
rection of Biological Studies was destroyed [discontinued ?] by
the University, and I am in retirement.” (Letter of March 18,
1938, from Prof. A. L. Herrera.)

MEXICO, D. F.

JARDIN BotAnico (See Chapultepec)

SAN JUAN BAUTISTA (OR BAPTISTA)
(Formerly Villa Hermosa)

JARDIN Borantico “ PLutarco Erias Cattes ”
San Juan Bautista, Tabasco

Established: September 1925. Area: “1 Ha. 52 A. 62' 9C.”
Director: Camelo G. Joaquin (January 18, 1926- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Income: Govern-
ment appropriations. Library: The Director’s library, containing
about 1500 books. Herbarium: The Instituto “ Juarez,” contain-
ing about a thousand specimens. Plantations: Systematic, eco-
nomic, ornamental; Arboretum and Fruticetum. Special lectures
given occasionally. Living study material: Fee occasionally
to schools. Affiliated with the Instituto “ Juarez

305

Netherlands

AMSTERDAM
Hortus BoTanicus
Plantage Middenlaan 2

Established: 1682. Area: 4 acres.
Directors: First a Board of Administration. Since 1877, Di-

rectors.

1. Cornelis Antoon Jan Abraham Oudemans (1877-1896)

2. Hugo de Vries (1896-1918)

3. Eduard Verschaffelt (1918-1923)

4. Theodoor Jan Stomps (1923- )

we to the public daily. Admission fl. 0.50 (20c or 25c), but
only fl. 0.25 on sagt ue Wednesdays and Saturday afternoon.
Source of income: Annual appropriations by the municipality.
Annual Budget: (1938): fl. 3035 (without salaries, coal, water,
gas, electricity), and fl. 1700 for the library. The laboratories
also have their own appropriations, fl. 3400. Library: Reference
only. Herbarium: Contains, first, control specimens for the plants
of the garden, then, an almost complete collection of Holland and
several local collections of the Netherlands East Indies and other
regions. Plantations: Systematic, experimental. ublication:
Seed List. Museum: Has a large collection of fungi. one
tion: Regular university courses are given at the garden. Af-
filiations: The garden is a university institution with 2 labora-
tories: a. botany in general; b. plant physiology.

BAARN
BoTANISCHEN TUuIN “ CANTONSPARK” TE BAARN
(CANTONSPARK, BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF
UTRECHT )
Cantonspark, Javalaan 49-51
Established: November 16, 1920. Area: 4 Ha.
Director: August Adriaan Pulle (1920- ).
Serves as a public park two days a week (in summer three).
Admission free, Monday, Wednesday and Thursday 9-12 and
Qs

ource of income: Budget of the State Department of Edu-
cation. (Arts and Sciences.) It is the Property of the State.

University of Utrecht. Herbarium: That of the Botanical Mu-
seum and Herbarium of the University Utrecht. Plantations:

306

Systematic and mixed. Arboretum and Fruticetum. There is a
phytopathological section. Publication: Seed List (Zaadlijst).
Affiliation: The Garden at Baarn is a second botanic garden of the
Rijksuniversiteit, Utrecht; the other smaller garden is in Utrecht.

DELFT
CULTUURTUIN Voor TECHNISCHE GEWASSEN
Poortlandlaan 67

Established: March 15, 1917. Area: 2.5 ha.
Director: Gerrit van Iterson, Jr. (1917- ie

Open free on workdays, 9 to 12 a.m.,2 to 6 p.m. Source of in-
come: Grants from the Government Treasury. Library: Vv
umes, 6000 pamphlets. Herbarium: 17,000 specimens. Planta-
tions: Partly systematic, partly economic. Publications: Seed

GRONINGEN (1)
Hortus BotTanicus GRONINGANUS
Groote Rozenstratte 31

Established: 1642. Area: 1.5 hectares.
Directors:

. Henricus Munting (1642-1654)
Abraham Munting (1658-1683)
Albert Munting (1686-1694)
Rudolphus Eyssonius (1695-1705)
Theodorus Muyckens (1706-1721)
Jacob Hendrik Croeser (1724-1753)
Tiberius Lamberer (1754-1763)
Petrus Camper (1764-1773)
Wynaldus Munniks (1774-1806)

10. Petrus Driessen (1806-1826

. Hermann Christian van Hall (1826-1871)
Petrus de Boer (1871-1890)

. Jan Wilhelm Moll (1890-1917)

ee i ee

aa
nm be

307

14. Johannes Cornelis Schoute (1917-1931)
15. Willem Hendrik Arisz (1931- )

Open daily. Admission 25 cents; Tuesdays 2 to 4 p.m. free.
Source of income: Appropriations from the state. Library; In
the Botanical Laboratory. About 1500 books; 227 periodicals
received. Herbarium: 100,000 specimens. Plantations: Ecologic
and systematic. Publication: Index Seminum. Museum in the
Laboratory, not open to the public. Supplies living study material
to local schools. Affiliation: Belongs to the University of Gron-
ingen. See Groningen (2)

—

GRONINGEN (2)
Hortus BoTaNIcus DE WoLF

Location: Haren (Groningen) Rijksstraatweg
Address: Botanisch Laboratorium, Groote Rozenstraat 31

Established: 1918. Area: 12 hectares, of which 5 hectares are in
culture (1938).
Director: Willem Hendrik Arisz (1918-1931).
Does not serve as a public park. Belongs to the University of
Groningen.
HARTECAMP
CLIFFORD’S GARDEN

George Clifford (1685-1760), a director of the Dutch East
India Company, “ formed a famous botanic garden with museum
and library at Hartecamp,” three miles from Haarlem.

Linnaeus resided with Clifford in 1735. The herbarium was ar-
ranged and written up by Linnaeus under the title, Hortus Clif-
fortianus. 3000 species of this collection (thirteen sheets of which
bear notes in handwriting of Linnaeus) forming the types of this
work are now in the Herbarium of the British Museum. (fide.
British Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Dept. Bot., Exhibition of a selection
from the historical collections. Fifth International Bot. Congress,

1930. London, p. 13.)

310

laboratory and the garden, and a curator for the Garden. (See
also Baarn

WAGENINGEN
ARBORETUM VAN DE LANDBOWHOOGESCHOOL TE WAGENINGEN
(ARBORETUM OF THE STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE)

To avoid all errors address only—Arboretum, Wageningen,
Holland.
Director: J. Jeswiet (1936).
Publications: Mededeelingen van het Arboretum van de Land-
owhoogeschool te Wageningen. (Begun in 1936.) Catalogue
de Graines.

Netherlands East Indies

See Java and Sumatra

New Guinea (British)
RABAUL

RABAUL BoTANIC GARDENS

Established: 1910. “Some plants were introduced to a_ plant
garden in 1906-7, probably at Kokopo; later transferred to —
Rabaul,” on New Britain Island.

Area: 111 hectares, of which 26 hectares are under cultivation.

Directors:

1. Dr. Gehrmann (1910-1914)

2. Howard Newport, acting (1914-1923; 1926-1927)
3. G. Bryce (1923-1926

4. George H. Murray (1928- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily at all hours. Source
of income: Administration of the Mandated Territory of New

uinea, plus a small income from sale of plant materials. Library:
That of the Department of Agriculture. Over 900 books, not
including bound periodicals ae pamphlets. Herbarium: “ 1000
covers.” Plantations: Systematic, economic. Arboretum (‘in
the general sense, but it is aoe peer for systematic work ”’ Fru-
ticefum. Publications: Plant lists, previously SA are have been
discontinued. Museum: Small; open, 8 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.

307

14. Johannes Cornelis Schoute (1917-1931 )
15. Willem Hendrik Arisz (1931- )

Open daily. Admission 25 cents; Tuesdays 2 to 4 p.m. free.
Source of income: Appropriations from the state. Library: In
the Botanical Laboratory. About 1500 books; 227 ae ae
received. Herbarium: 100,000 specimens. Plantations: Ecologi
and systematic. Publication: Index Seminum. Museum in fie
Laboratory, not open to the public. Supplies living study material
to local schools. Affiliation: Belongs to the University of Gron-
ingen. See Groningen (2).

GRONINGEN (2)
Hortus Botanicus DE WoLF

Location: Haren (Groningen) Rijksstraatweg
Address: Botanisch Laboratorium, Groote Rozenstraat 31

Established: 1918. Area: 12 hectares, of which 5 hectares are in
culture (1938).
Director: Willem Hendrik Arisz (1918-1931).

Does not serve as a public park. Belongs to the University of
Groningen.

HARTECAMP
CLIFFORD’S GARDEN

George Clifford (1685-1760), a director of the Dutch East
India Company, “ formed a famous botanic garden with museum
and library at Hartecamp,” three miles from Haarlem.

Linnaeus resided with Clifford in 1735. The herbarium was ar-
ranged and written up by Linnaeus under the title, Hortus Clif-
fortianus. 3000 species of this collection (thirteen sheets of which
bear notes in handwriting of Linnaeus) forming the types of this
work are now in the Herbarium of the British Museum. (Fide.
British Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Dept. Bot., Exhibition of a selection
from the historical collections. Fifth International Bot. Congress,
1930. London, p. 13.)

308

LEIDEN
Hortus Boranicus AcaDEMIcus LuGpUNO-BATAVUS
Hortus Botanicus Nonnensteeg 3
Established: April 13, 1587. Area: 2 hectares.
Directors:
1. G. de Bondt (Bontius) (1587-1593)
Carolus Clusius [Charles de I’Ecluse (l’Escluse)| (1593-
1609

Peter Paaw (1609-1617)

Eberhard Vorstius (Van Voorst) (1617-1624)
Adolphus Vorstius (Van Voorst) (1624-1663)
Florentius (Florentinus) Schuyl (1663-1670)
Arnold Syen (1670-1678

Paul Hermann (1679-1695)

. Petrus Hotton (1695-1709)

. Hermann Boerhaave (1709-1731)

Adrian Van Royen (1731-1754)

David Van Royen (1754-1786)

Sebald Justin Brugmans (1786-1819)

14. Caspar Georg Carl Reinwardt (1819-1845)

15, Willem Hendrik de Vriese (1845-1862)

16. Willem Frederik Reinier Suringar (1862-1893)
17. Jacobus Marinus Janse (1899-1930)

18. Lourens Gerhard Marinus Baas Becking (1930-)

jk,
SOMN ANAL

a pe
adele

Open free, daily, April 1 to October 1, from 9-6; October 1 to
March 31, from 9-4. Sundays in summer, 10-4. October 1 to
March Si not open on Sundays. Sources of income: Endow-
ment ; annual appropriations be national government. ]
In the botanical laborat tory. Plantations: Systematic (following
Eichler), ecologic, pharmaceutic. Arboretum. New plant-houses
in course o Total number of species + 9000.
Publications: Seed List; Communications of the Leiden ee ea
Garden. Affiliation: The State University, Leiden. Note: Al-
phonse Lavallée states that “the first greenhouse ”’ was established
at Leiden in 1599, “ for the protection of some plants introduced
from the Cape of Good Hope, Geraniums, Mesembryanthemums,
etc. It contained, according to Boerhave, nearly 6000 plants.”

Sir William Brereton (Travels in Ho land, London, 1844)
states that this Garden is one of only two things “ memorable”

out the University of Leiden. He describes how Adolphe Van
Voorst gave his lectures in this Garden “ very fluently ” in Latin.

309

“His manner is to take a whole bed, four yards long and one
broad, and to discourse of the nature and quality of every herb
and plant growing therein, which he points out with his staff when
he begins to speak there of.”

Clusius is said to have been the first professor of botany to do
planting in the Leiden garden, which contained more than 1000
species and varieties in September 1594. Of these, one tree, a
Laburnum, still standing in 1935, had a circumference of 16 feet
4 inches at the base and a height of 57 feet.

ROTTERDAM
BoTANICAL SECTION OF THE ZOOLOGICAL GARDEN
Seed List (1937).
URRE CET
Hortus BoTanicus
L. Nieuwstraat 106

Established: End of the 17th or beginning of the 18th century.

Area: 1 hectare.

Directors:

1. Cornelis Adriaan Bergsma (d. 1859)

2. Friedrich Anton Wilhelm Miquel (1861-1871)

3. Nicolaas Willem Pieter Rauwenhoff (1871-1896)

. Frederich August Ferdinand Christian Went Gere?

. Victor Jacob Koningsberger (1934 )

Ope free to the public daily from 9am_—4 or 5 p.m. Source
of income: Annual appropriations by the national government.
Lib ee About 8500 volumes (periodical volumes included), and
about 3000 peeestiets The Library of the Herbarium is com-
bined with that of the Laboratory and garden. Herbarium: The
Herbarium, established by Miquel (1861- “1871), has about 200,000
specimens. It forms a distinct department together with the Bo-
tanical Museum under the directorship of the Professor of Syste-

herbarium receives an independent appropriation from the gOv-
ernment. Publications: Mededeelingen van het Botanisch Mu-
seum en Herbarium. Catalogue des Graines. Plantations: Sys-
tematic, with a small rockery. Spear under glass: 3500.
Herbaceous plants out-of-doors: 1000 species. Affiliations: The
Garden, together with the Botanical epereiory, is a department
of the Rijksuniversiteit, Utrecht. All instruction is given

botanical staff of the University. There is a director for both the

310

laboratory and the garden, and a curator for the Garden. (See
also Baarn

WAGENINGEN
ARBORETUM VAN DE LANDBOWHOOGESCHOOL TE WAGENINGEN
(ARBORETUM OF THE STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE)
To avoid all errors address only—Arboretum, Wageningen,
Holland.
Director: J. Jeswiet (1936).
Publications: Mededeelingen van het Arboretum van de Land-
bowhoogeschool te Wageningen. (Begun in 1936.) Catalogue
d ines.

Netherlands East Indies

See Java and Sumatra

New Guinea (British)

RABAUL
RABAUL BoTANIC GARDENS

Established: 1910. “Some plants were introduced to a plant
garden in 1906-7, probably at Kokopo; later transferred to -
Rabaul,” on New Britain Island.

Area: 111 hectares, of which 26 hectares are under cultivation.

Directors:

1. Dr. Gehrmann (1910-1914)

2. Howard Newport, acting (1914-1923; 1926-1927)
3. G. Bryce (1923-1926)

4. George H. Murray (1928- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily at all hours. Source
of income: Administration of the Mandated Territory of New
Sa ee a small income from sale of plant materials. Library:
That e Department of Agriculture. Over 900 books, not
including eee periodicals and pamphlets. Herbarium: “ 1000
cov Plantations: Systematic, ae ae Arboretum (“in
the nee sense, but it is not use r systematic work”). Fru-
ticetum. Publications: Plant lists, Rie cote published, have been
discontinued. Museum: Small; open, 8 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.

311

New Zealand

CHRISTCHURCH
CHRISTCHURCH BoTANIC GARDENS

Established: 1861. Area: 52 acres.
Directors:

1. T. Barker (1864-1867)

2. J. F. Armstrong (1867-1889)

3. A. Taylor (1889-1907 )
4, J. Dawes (1907-1908)
5
6.

. J. Young (1908-1933)
J. A. McPherson (1933- )
Serves partly as a Be park. Open from sunrise to sunset.
Source of income: By rating areas (10 miles radius from Chief
Post Sanger Library: Approximately 125 volumes and 300

are held among ie wring specimens, and the ae of training is
limited to Eye years. (Both boys and girls are taken on as train-
ees.) There is at present a proposal before the Gov ernment for
the cal oener of this activity.
DUNEDIN
DunEDIN BoTANICAL GARDENS

In 1878 this Garden was brought under the Public Domains Act
of 1860 and placed under the control of a board of seven members.
In 1884 this plan was terminated and the control vested in the
Dunedin City Council. Plantations: Special section for indigenous
plants.

WELLINGTON (1)
BoTANIC GARDEN

Established: 1870 (Nature, Nov. 6, 1919, p. 263).

WELLINGTON (2)
Orari OrEN-AiR NATIVE PLANT MUSEUM
Established about 1930-31 by Dr. L. Cockayne and Mr. J. G.

Mackenzie. Native plants are grouped on an ecological basis.

312
Nigeria
IBADAN
(Botanic GARDENS DISCONTINUED)
Director of Agriculture, Ibadan, Southern Nigeria
The following statement was received on October 30, 1913,
from the Director of Agriculture:

“Tn reply to your circular letter of Ist September 1912, I have
the honor to inform you that the two botanic gardens © Ebute
M ee ” and “ Calabar,” which previously existed in Southern Ni-
geria have been converted into Economic Gardens and are con-

froited from this office. eee) speaking, no Botanic Gardens
now exist in Southern Nigeria

North Africa
ALGER
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITS D’ALGER

Established: 1887. Area: About 3 hectares.
Directors: 1. Louis Trabut (1887-1923) ; 2. René Maire (1923-).

Open every day from 8 to 12 and from 2 to 5 for students and
authorized travelers. Admission free. Source of income: Bud-
get of the University. Library: About 10,000 volumes nan
pamphlets. Herbarium: About 300,000 specimens. Arbore
Inaugurated in 1935. Plantations: Systematic. Publication: sine
dex Seminum.

Norway
AAS

BoTANIc GARDEN OF THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Norge Landbrukshdiskole

BERGEN
Bercens Museums BoranisKE Have
Established: 1897. Area: ‘“ Quite small.”
Directors:
1. Jérgen Brunchorst (1897-1906)
2. Jens Holmboe (1906-1925)
3. Rolf Nordhagen (1925- )

313

Serves as a public park. Open daily from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m
Source of income: Annual appropriations from the state and from
the city. pe dia “ Forschungen aus dem Botanischen Garten
in Bergen.” Notes: “ During the years 1926-1930 the present
director ice eaede in enlarging the Biounee pS aessiae It is
still the only botanic garden in Wester way and contains
about 2500 species of hardy plants eelueaied in the open and
systematically arranged in natural families, but also freely ar-
ranged in rock-grounds, pools, etc.” “As the climate in Bergen
is very mild, a ‘lot of evergreen shrubs, conifers, and perennials

be grown in the open which otherwise do not thrive well in
Sede (Rhododendrons, Azaleas, Ligustrums, Skimmias,
Araucaria araucana, Cryptomeria japonica, Bamboos, Solanum
crispum, Olearia Haastii, Buddleias, Griselinia littoralis, Pernet-

Baileyi, Gentiana Farreri, Trilliums, Kniphofias, Cypripediums,
Tris reticulata, Calochortus albus, Narcissus bulbocodium, etc.)

Courses of lectures are given at the Museum for students of nat-
ural science and archeology.” 1958 Note: The director has added
the following: “ Belongs to the Department of Systematic Botany,
which consists of he Garden, 2. Herbarium she exhibitions
(with public entrance), 3. Rooms for scientific wo

OSLO
UNIVERSITETETS BOTANISKE HAVE
Universitetets Botaniske Museum

Established: 1814. Area: (1938): 136,000 square meters.
Directors:

1. Christen Smith (1814-1816)

2. Jens Rathke (1816-1843)

3. Matthias Numsen Blytt (1843-1862)

4. Frederik Christian Schtibeler (1864-1892)

5. Johan Nordal Fischer Wille (1893-1924)

6. Jens Holmboe (1925- )

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, in summer from 7
a.m.—lO0 p.m. Source of income: Government appropriation. An-
nual Budget (1937-1938) : 38,000 Norwegian crowns (kroner),
excluding fuel and salaries to director, gardeners, and assistant.
Library: About 9000 volumes. Periodicals currently received
about 300. Arboretum and Fruticetum are combined. Number

314

of trees and oy about 1800 (about 500 species). Plantations:
Systematic, geographic, economic. Species under glass
2500. ane plants out of doors: About 4000 “species.
Publications: Jointly by the Garden and the Museum: “ Nyt
agazin for Naturvidenskaberne.” Annual Seed List. Mu-
seum: Erected in 1913. Lectures: No public lectures are given
at the Garden, but students from various schools and the Uni-
versity are given regular instruction and demonstrations. Af-
filiations: The Royal Frederic University, Oslo.

TROMSO

“The Garden of Tromso is not a botanical garden in the strict
sense of the word. It is more particularly a park, wherein, be-
sides ornamental plants, stress is laid upon the planting of in-
digenous timber and bushes. The museum has a botanical sec-
tion, including a herbarium, and specimens of the vegetation of
northern Norway. There is no special director or custos for the
botanical division.” (Fide C. Dons, custos, Div. Nat. Hist.)

Palestine

JERUSALEM
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE HeBrew University MonrtTacur
Lamport MrEMorIAL
P. 0. Box 340
Established: 1932. Area: 344 hectares.
Director: In charge, Dr. Alexander Eig, Dept. of Botany, Hebrew
University. (Deceased, July 30, 1938.)
ource cH imcome: University budget (special apo fund).
Library: volumes ; ate 1200 separata. Herbarium: 140,-
000 Cee Plantat Geographic, ecologic. Rie

University collections of Pale in fruits, vegetables and woods.
Museum of Biblical Botany and Plant-lore. Free admission.

Paraguay
ASUNCION
Jarpin BotANnico

The botanic garden often listed as at Asuncién is located at
Santisima Trinidad, which see. (Fide. Consul General of Par-
aguay at New York.)

SiS

SANTISIMA TRINIDAD
JarpiIn BoTANIco

Director: Juan B. Jiminez (1936). Santisima Trinidad is a
small town about ten kilometers south of Asuncién, along the
Paraguay River. The botanist at the Garden is Teodoro Rojas
(1938).

Publication: Revista del Jardin Botanico y Museo de Historia
Natural. Affiliated with the national university of Paraguay.

Peru

LIMA
Jarpin BoTtANico DE LA FACULDAD DE CIENCIAS

Philippine Islands

MANILA
Tue First anp Now Extinct Botanic GARDEN
Established: Before 1787(?).

Note: E. D. Merrill (Philippine Jour. Sci. 7: 363-369. Dec.
1912) gives evidence that there was a botanic garden in existence
in the city of Manila at the time of the arrival of the Malaspina
Expedition (left Cadiz, Spain, July 30, 1789; arrived in Manila
March 27, 1792). Antonio Pineda was the naturalist of this ex-
pedition and died in June, 1792. James Britten (Biographical
Notes XXX.—L. A. Deschamps and F. Noronha Jour. Bot. 41:
282-285. 1903) states that the Spaniards erected a monument
to their countryman, Dr. Norofia, “in the island of Luzon, near
Manila, on ground belonging to the royal botanic garden which...
Dr. Norofia had done everything in his power to bring into order,
and to stock with many valuable plants.” Since Norofia died in
1787, this is evidence that the botanic garden existed before the
Malaspina Expedition arrived. There is little doubt, says Mer-
rill, that a monument to Pineda was erected in 1792 in what was
at that time the Botanic Garden, in the same tract with the Norofia
monument, “located outside the city of Manila, as the city was
constituted from 1780 to 1800.” As to when and why this gar-

en was abandoned we have no record. The area was, after the

316

American occupation, the site of the experiment station of the
Philippine Bureau of Agriculture.

THE SEeconD Boranic GARDEN (Now a Park)

“In 1858 a Botanical Garden was established in Manila within
the zone of fortifications of the Walled City. Its area was but
about 5 hectares. The first Director was Francisco Ramos, the
second, Zoilo Espejo, the third Inocencio Madrigal, none of them
of any eminence as botanists. In 1873 Domingo Vidal was given
charge of the gardens in addition to his duties as Director of the
Forestry Bureau. On his death in 1878, he was succeeded in
both positions by Sebastian Vidal, who retained the position until
his death in 1889.

“The garden, as such, never amounted to very much due to the
restricted area and unsuitable location. After Vidal’s death no
attempt was made to develop it, but it was maintained as an In-
stitution until the American occupation in 1898. Since 1898...
maintained as a public park.” (Letter from E. D. Merrill.)

Poland
CRAKOW

BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY
(Ocrop BoTANICZNY UNIVERSYTETU JAGIELLONSKIEGO)
Ul. Kopernica 27

Established: 1783. Area: 7 hectares.
Directors:
Joseph August Schultes (1806)
Josef von Rostafinski (1876-1912)
Maryan Raciborski (1912-1917)
Wladyslaw Szafer (1917- )

Serves as a public park. Sie free daily, 8 a.m. to 9
Source of income: Budget of the University. Library: 3000 vol-
umes, about 4000 pamphlets. Herbarium: 100,000 specimens.
Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic, morphologic, eco-
logic. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publica tion: Index Seminum.
Lectures to school children are given occasionally at the Garden.
Study material occasionally supplied to schools.

317

KORNIK
THe KOrRNIK GARDENS AND ARBORETUM
(Or NationaL Founpation, K6rnrx INstTITUTES)
(Ocropy Kd6rNICKIE)
Gardens and Arboretum, Kornik near Poznan

Established: 1926. Area: 52 hectares (130 acres).
Director: Antoine Wroblewski, since 1926.

property, area of 19,661 hectares. The Garden does not receive
annual governmental appropriations. Library: 1270 volumes.
Herbarium: 2000-4000 numbers. Arboretum: 25 hectares. Fru-
ticetum: 5 hectares. Pomological Garden: 14 hectares. Nur-
series: 8 hectares. Publication: Catalogue des Graines d’Arbres
et d’Arbustes. Museum: Museum dendrologicum (not yet open).
The National Foundation of Kérnik Institutes has organized,
on the strength of an Act of Parliament, an Institute for Re-
search in Dendrology and Forestry. This Institute will carry on
scientific research work on all sorts of forest, fruit, park, and
other trees, with regard to their life, structure, anatomy, geograph-
ical distribution, acclimatization, cultivation, and uses of all sorts.
The Institute consists of three sections, viz: Dendrology and
Pomology, with the Gardens and Arboretum; Forest Biology;
Forest Technology. At present the organized sections are Den-
drology and Pomology, with the Gardens and Arboretum.

LWOW (LEOPOL) (1)
BotTaNic GARDEN OF THE JEAN Kasimir UNIVERSITY
(Ocrop Boraniczny, UNiversyTETU JANA KAZIMIERZA)
Established: About 1855.

This Garden (the “old Garden’’), at Ul. Dlugosza 4, is now
(1938) in process of “ slow liquidation and contains only some
greenhouses and a small arboretum.” (See Lwdéw (2).)

318

LWOW (LEOPOL) (2)
Ocrop Flory PorsKiEy (GARDEN oF FLora or PoLanp)
UL. rotm. Dunin-Wasowicza 54
Established: 1907. Area: 3.5 hectares.

Belongs to the State and derives all its income from Cova
ment. The street was formerly called Cetnerowska.
Directors:

1. Teofil Ciesielski (1907-1917)

2. Directorship vacant (1917-1924)

3. St. Kulezynski (1924— )

Open free to the public, 7 am. to 6 pm. Source of income:
University Jean Casimir, and government appropriations. Li-
rary: In Botanical Institute and Library of the University.
Herbarium: About 60,000 specimens. Plantations: Ecologic.
Arboretum and Fruticetum of Polish species only. Publication:
Coavene plantarum in horto cultivatarum (since 1933). Mu-
er organization. Lectures are given to school children
z ae gardlea: Study collections and living material are occasion-
ally supplied to schools. Affiliation: With the Institute of Plant
Morphology and Systematic Botany of the University.

POZNAN (1)
Hortus Botanicus PosNANIENSIS

(Ocr6p Boraniczny PozNAniu)
Dabrowskiego 165, W. Poznan
Director: A. Wodziezko (1936). Selectus Seminum (Wykaz
Nasion).
POZNAN (2)
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE
Matejiki 5, Poznan
Seed List.
WARSAW (WARSZAWA)
Hortus Botanicus UNIveErsITATIS J. PrtsupSKII VARSOVIAE
(Ocrép Botaniczny UNIversyTEeTu J. PrtsupsKIEGo)
Al. Ujazdowskie 6/8
Director: B, Hryniewiecki (1937). Index Seminum.

319

WILNO (1)
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY
Zakret, al Zakretowa 1
Director: Jozef Trzebinsky.
WILNO (2)

Hortus MEDICINALIS UNIVERSITATIS BATOREANAE

(Ocrop Rostin Lexarsxicu U. S. B.)

Institut de Pharmacognosie, Objazdowa 2

Established: 1922. Area: 6 hectares.
Director: Jan Muszynski (1922- Ne

Not open to the general public. Open to students daily, 9 a.m.
to3p.m. Source of income: Budget of the University, 3000 zloty
($600 +) in 1938. Library (in Institute of Pharmacy), 2500

volumes. Herbarium: Nuvo 4000 specimens. Arboretum being
eobiened (1938). Plantations: Medicinal and other economic
plants. Publication: Index Seminum, etc., since 1923, chiefly
seeds of medicinal plants. Museum of Institute of Pharmacy,
open to students only. Supplies living plants for study in loca
schools. Note: “U.S. B.,” in the name, means “ Universytetu
Stefana Batorego”’ (“ University of Stephan Batory,” founder
of the University in 1578).

Portugal

COIMBRA
JARDIM BoTANIco DA UNIVERSIDADE
(Instiruto BorAnico Dr. JéLttIo HENRIQUES)
Instituto Botanico, Faculdade de Ciéncias
Established: 1772 (1773?). Area: 13 acres.
Directors:

1. Domingos Vandelli (1773-1791 )

2. Félix de Avellar Broteo (1791-1811)

3. Anténio José das Neves e Mello (1811-1834)

4. José de Sa Ferreira Santos do Valle (1834-1840)
5. Anténio Rodrigues Vidal (1840-1854; 1858-1872)
6. Henrique do Couto Almeida Valle (1854-1857)

7. Julio Augusto Henriques (1873-—?)

8. Luis Wittnich Carrisso (1937)

9, José Custodio de Morais (1938)

320

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 10 a.m. until sunset.
Source of income: Budget of the State. Library: 22,000 volumes
and pamphlets. Herbarium: 150,000 specimens. Plantations:
Systematic and ecolo ic. Arboretum and Fruticetum. Publica-
tions: Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana; Memorias da Sociedade
Broteriana; Anuario da Sociedade Broteriana; Index Seminum.
Museum: Open free two hours daily. S tudy Pepions are
loaned to the school children and also living material.

LISBOA. (1)
Jarpim BotAnico DA FACULDADE DE CIENCIAS DE LISBOA

Established (Re-established): 1873 (18762). Area: 4 (7?) hee-
tares.
Directors:

1, Joao de Andrade Corvo (1858 [1876?]-1890)

2. Conde de Ficalho (1890-1903)

3. Anténio Xavier Pereira Coutinho (1903-1921)

4. Ruy Telles Palhinha (1921-

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. in
winter; unt p.m. in summer. Museum open, by permit, 11
a.m. to 4 p.m. except Sundays and holidays. Source of income:
The national budget. Library: Approximately 2400 volumes,
1200 pamphlets. Herbarium: About 110,000 specimens. Planta-
tions: Changed, 1938, from systematic to ecologic. Publication:
Delectus Seminum. Supplies study material to schools.

LISBOA (2)
Jarpim COoLoNIAL
Lisboa (Belém)

Established: 1908. Area: 5 hectare

Directors: 1. José Juaquim de Keen (1908-October, 1932) ;
2. Bernardo d’Oliveira Fragateiro (acting during absence of de
Almeida in the Portuguese colonies) ; 3. Bernardo d’Oliveira
Fragateiro (Oct. 1932-

Open free to the public daily, 11 am. to 7 p.m. Source of in-
come: The Portuguese colonies. Library: 1226 items. Her-
barium: approximately 14,000 specimens. Plantations: Economic.
Publication: Memoranda do Jardim Colonial. The Museu Agri-
cola Colonial is in the same building that serves the Garden, but
under another director. School Classes visit the Garden in large
numbers under guidance of a docent. Collections of tropical eco-

321

nomic plants are supplied to agricultural schools; plant products
are supplied by the Museum. The purpose of the Garden is “to
instruct the Calera Students of Agronomy in Colonial Agri-
culture. Affiliation: “ With the Instituto Superior de Agronomia
in pedagogic matters.” The director of the Garden is the professor
of Colonial Cultures in that school.

LISBOA (3)
Jarpim BorAnico pa AJUDA

Ajuda is a suburb about two miles west of Lisbon. After the
earthquake of 1755 this area was converted into a culinary plant
garden and fruit orchard and a temporary royal residence for
King Dom José. After the residence (of wood) was destroyed
by fire Marqués de Pombal, a philanthropist, had the area laid
out as a botanic garden (‘‘a living example of botany”). The
first curator, Domingos Vandelli, was followed by Félix de Avelar
Brotero. At a later period José Maria Grande, Welwitsch,
Andrade Corvo, and the Count of Ficalho attempted to revive the
garden “ but it never again became what it had been under Bro-
tero.” During the last quarter of the 19th century it became the
property of the Royal House and was converted into a “ private
promenade.” Since the proclamation of the Republic it has again
become a public “ Botanic Garden.” Annexed to it is the Institute
of Science (Faculdade de Ciéncias). (Fide: Guia de Portugal
Artistico. Vol. II. Lisbon. 1935.)

Roumania
BUCURE SIT GD)

GRADINA BOTANICA

Gradina Botanica, Universitatea din Bucuresti

Director: M. Vladescu (?—-Nov. 1936); S. St. Radian (1937-

Plantations: Systematic; Rock Garden. Herbarium; Museum ;
Library. Publication: Catalog de Seminte.

322
BUCURESTI (2)

BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE AGRICULTURAL ACADEMY
(Gradina Botanica a Academia de Inalte Studii Agronomice)
Casuta Postala 207
Established: 1856. Area: 3 hectares.

Directors: V. Carnu-Munteanu; M. Brandza; T. Grintescu; Tr.
Savulescu.
Not open to the public. Source of income: Governmental ap-
propriations. Plantations: Systematic. Arboretum. Frutice-
tum,

CERNAUTI (FORMERLY CZERNOWITZ)

GRADINA BoranIca, UNIVERSITATEA REGELE Carov II

(Botanic GARDEN OF THE UNIversItTy “ REGELE Carot II”)
Str. Regele Carol II

Established: 1877. Area: 3 hectares, 68 ares.
Directors:

1. Eduard Tangl (1877-1905)

2. Friedrich Czapek (1905-1910)

3. Karl Linsbauer (1910-1911)

4. Otto Porsch (1912-1918)

5. Mihail Gusuleac (1919- )

Serves as a public park. Open to oe only, Spek May 15-
October 1, 8 to 12 am. and 2 to8p.m. Fee, 2 lei each time, 50
lei for the season. Source of Metis: one Gcarteetron to the
University. Library of Botanical Institute of the University.
About 4565 volumes. H pee About 120,000 specimens.
Plantations: Systematic, morphologic, ecologic, local flora, phylo-
genetic, pharmaceutic, technical. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Pub-
lications: Catalog de Seminte. Bulet. Facult. Sc. Cernauti. Mu-
seum: In the Botanical Institute of the University. Study Mate-
rial: Supplies both His and private schools, when requested,
with all kinds of g plant material for s tudy. geen
Lectures ad Setoums: are given to university students. Botan

excursions are conducted in the garden and in the field iy
members of the sta

323

Cio a)

BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY

(GRADINA BoTANICA, UNIVERSITATEA “ REGELE FERDINAND I[”’)
Str. Regala 26

Established: 1873 (Old Garden, 8 hectares). A new Garden was
organized in 1919.
Area: The new Garden is 18 cad. jug. (cir. 10 hectares).
Directors:
1. A. Kanitz (1873-1897) 4. V. Borbas (1904-1905)
2. J. Istvanffy (1897-1901) 5. St. Gydorffy (1905-1919)
3. A. Richter (1901-1903) 6. Al. Borza (1919- )

Serves as a public park. Open daily from 7 a.m. until dark.
Source of income: State Budget and private incomes for material
expenses of research work, publications, material service of the
Garden and Museum. Library: Library of the Botanical Institute
(7500 volumes). Herbarium: Herbarium of the Botanical Mu-

mens. Arboretum iad Fruticetum are not separate. Plantations:
1. Systematic. 2. a of Roumania Gass aa ecological).
3. Extra-Roumanian Cae and Rock Garden. 4. Morphologic-
biologic groups. 5. Pomological section. 6. FORGING San
7. Officinal plant section. 8. Conservatories. 9. Japanese Gar-

en. 10. Historical garden of Pliny. 11. OncneEr ee
The Garden has also 5 scientific natural reservations in its prop-
erty: Fanate, Suat, Zau, Baile Episcopiei, Tulghes. In 1934 it
came into possession of the Botanical Station Of the Botanical
Garden of Cluj in the Bihor oes in the climatic locality
Stana de Vale. Altitude, 1100 meters. Publications: 1. Buletinul
Gradinu botanice si al Muzeului a dela Universitatea din Chij

in Roumanian and international languages). Vol. I-XVII.
Contains annual rue de Seminte. 2. Flora Romaniae exsic-
cata, projected in 60 parts, XVI centuries have already (1938)

been published. 3. Popular Leaflets. 24 numbers. 4. Contribu-
tions Botaniques de Cluj, Roumanie. Separate reprints. Vol. II
in course. Museum: There is a great Botanic Museum of the
University, open for the people Sunday, 3 to 5 pm. Study collec-
tions to loan to schools; supplies living matter for study to all local
schools.

324

Cie 2)
GRrADINA BoTANICA DE ACADEMIA DE INALTE STUDIA
AGRONOMICE DIN CLuy

Established: About 1900. Area: 0.5 hectare.
Directors: Pater Béla (1900(?)-1920) ; Prodan (1920- Ny,

Open daily, for students only. Source of income: The Agricul-
tural College. Plantations: Systematic and economic.

Scotland (See Great Britain)

South Africa
CAPE TOWN
Care Town Botanic GARDEN

Commissioners appointed May 5, 1848, opened a subscription
list, appointed as gardener a local nurseryman of the name of
Draper, and laid out and planted an area assigned for their use
from the Government Gardens. Governmental appropriations
were meager (£7-10-per month!), and Karl Zeyher, celebrated
botanical collector, appointed 1849, was dismissed the following
year. Dr. Berthold Seeman, who visited the Garden in 1851,
wrote that the Committee had “passed a resolution that their
Botanic Garden could do without a botanist.” Toward the end
of 1891, while the Garden was under Professor MacOwan,
I’.L.S., as Director (1880-1891), Government appropriations be-
ing wholly inadequate, the Commissioners voted to discontinue the
garden as a botanical establishment and treat it as ‘‘ merely a town
pleasaunce of flowers and shady walks.” The change became ef-
fective Jan. 1, 1892. The Kew Bulletin (Jan. 1892) expressed
the hope that at some future time a Botanic Garden might be
established at the Cape under scientific control. See Kirstenbosch.

DURBAN (1)
MounicrepaL BoTaNnitc GARDEN
Durban, Natal
Established: 1849. Area: 48 acres. 4% undeveloped until re-
cently. Part of this area laid out in 1934.

$29

Directors: (official title Curators).

Johnstone (1849-1850)

M. J. McKen (1851-1853; 1860-1872)

Alex. Smith (1853-1854)

Plant (1854-1856)

James Weir (1856-1857)

R. Rogers (1857-1859)

— DeLa Chaumette (1859, 3 mos. only)

A. Moore (1859-1860)

M. J. McKen, second term (1860-1872)

— Keit (1872-1881)

J. Medley Wood (1882-1900) as Curator. In 1900 became
Director of Natal Herbarium and the Municipal Botanic
Garden, which were then combined. In 1913 became
Director of the Natal Herbarium. (See Durban 2.)
11. J. Wylie (1913-1917)

12. H. Rutter (1917-1930)

13. Botanic Gardens came under the direction of the Director
of Parks and Gardens (Director, Mr. P. Robertshaw,
1930-1932).

14. F. W. Thorns (Officer in charge of Botanic Gardens,
1932-?)

15. P. Robertshaw (1936)

Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily from
7:30 a.m. to 6 p.m. Children under ten years of age are not ad-
mitted unless “ accompanied by a competent protector.” Source
of income: Maintained by the Corporation of Durban as a section
of the Parks and Gardens Department. Direct income—nil.
Hees (See Natal Herbarium and Plant Pathological Sta-

tion.) Scientific publications: Natal Plants, Vol. 1 by Wood and
eee Vols. 2-5 by J. Medley Wood. Each vol. of 100 plates
and descriptions. Study material is furnished erally to
public schools when requested. Formerly combined with the

Natal Herbarium, but taken over in 1913 by the Municipality.
(See Durban 2.)

—"

Pe NE ON ae Cos

Fh 00
Sy Ne

DURBAN (2)
Tue Natat HERBARIUM AND PLANT PATHOLOGICAL STATION
Durban, Natal
Established: 1913. Taken over by the Government of the Union
of South Africa in 1913 and given its present name. It is an

326

out station of the Division of Plant Industry, Department of
Agriculture. Was formerly combined with the Botanic Garden.
(See Durban 1.)

Directors: J. Medley Wood (1913-1915); P. A. van der Bijl,
Mycologist-in-charge (1915-1921); H. H. Storey, Mycologist-
in-charge (1922-1928); A. P. D. McClean, Mycologist-in-
charge (1928-— Ne

A collection of many type specimens of species brought together
by Dr. J. Medley Wood is housed here, and is open to the public.
The determination of plants is undertaken for inquirers.
Source of income: Appropriations by the Union of S. Africa

Government. Herbarium: 39,000 foreign, 30,000 South African

specimens. Note: A quarantine greenhouse of modern type has

mitted under local conditions by particular insects. This institu-
tion has a special experimental ground adjacent to the building
and is equipped with insect-proof greenhouses for the study o
plant virus diseases (e.g., streak disease of maize and sugar cane;
bunchy top disease of tomato; leaf-curl disease of tobacco).

GRAHAMSTOWN
Mounicipat Botantc GARDEN
Grahamstown, Cape Province

Established: 1853. Area: 50 acres.
Directors (Curators) :

1. E. J. Alexander (1897 ?-1927 ?)

2. E. Lever (1927 ?-1936)

3. A. W. Maynard (Dec. 1936- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, from sunrise to sun-
set. Source of income: Municipal grants; sale of plants. Li-
brary: Small (in the curator’s office). Plantations: Geographic.
economic. Arboretum. Museum near the Garden. Open free
daily, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Loan collections and living study material
supplied to schools. Affiliation: Rhodes University College.

S27,

KIRSTENBOSCH
NATIONAL BoTANIC GARDENS OF SoUTH AFRICA
(Headquarters) Kirstenbosch, Newlands, C. P.

Includes two gardens, viz: (1) Kirstenbosch; (2) The Karoo
Garden, Whitehill, C. P. (near Matjesfontein). See under White-
hill.

Established: 1913. Area: Including Upper Kirstenbosch Nature
eserve, approximately 1100 acres.
Directors:

1. Henry Harold Welch Pearson (1913-Nov., 1916)

2. Directorship vacant (1917-1918)

3. Robert Harold Compton (March, 1919- Ne

Open free to the public during daylight every day of the year.
Source of income: The funds of Kirstenbosch are derived from:
(1) grants made by the Union Government, the Cape Town Cor-

Botanical Society; (3) sales and miscellaneous. Library: Small
reference. Herbarium: Now being established. Species under
cultivation; Exact number not available, but some thousands, al-
most entirely South African indigenous plants, with some hun-
reds of exotic plants of economic eae nor Affiliation: The
Botanical Society of South Africa, of some 1900 subscribing mem-
bers, was established in 1913 “e Sean to give general and
financial support to the work of Kirstenbosch.” Members of the
Society enjoy special privileges at the Garden. As stated in its
Constitution, it is also the purpose of the Society “To encourage
the inhabitants of South Africa to take an active part in the prog-
ress and development of the National Botanic ace at Kirsten-
bosch, the Karoo Garden at Whitehill, and any other Garden that
may be established by the Trustees of the ake CNaGeE Botanic
dens; and to induce the said inhabitants to appreciate their
responsibilities therein.” Also, “To augment the Government
toward developing, improving, and maintaining fully
eatiebel botanical gardens, laboratories, experimental gardens,
etc., at Kirstenbosch and to make grants to the Trustees in aid
of any Garden referred to in the preceding subsection.” The
director is appointed jointly by the Trustees of the Gardens and
the Council of the University of Cape Town. He is one of the
professors of botany in the Un (See Cape Town.)

328

STELLENBOSCH
Cape Province
Botanic GARDENS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Head: G. C. Nel (1937).

WHITEHILL (Near Matjesfontein, Cape)
Karoo GARDEN

Established: 1921. The land was given to the a of the
National Botanic Gardens by the late J. D. Loga

Area; 20 morgen (= about 40 acres). About “ Natural Re-
serve, and protected from grazing and planting.

Director: R. H. Compton (1921- ). Karoo Garden is under
the same control as Kirstenbosch, viz., National Botanic Gardens
of South Africa. Mail address: Kirstenbosch, Newlands, C. P.,
South Africa.

Open free on week days during work hours. Source of income:
Grant from the Botanical Society of South Africa; donations,
sales. Does not receive Government funds. Library: Small ref-
erence. Herbarium now being established. Plantations: Culti-
vated area divided into sections on a geographical basis, e.g., Little
Karoo, Southwest Africa, Hex River district, ete. Succulent flora
chiefly dealt with, and planted according to districts. See Kirsten-
bosch.

Spain

BARCELONA

Jarpi BotANic DE BARCELONA
Institut Botanic, Carrer de Sant Gervasi 94

Established: 1916, in the public gardens of the Pare de la Ciuta-
della; transferred in 1931 to Montjuic.

Area: 8 hectares.

Director: P. Font Quer (1916- ys

Open every work day with the director’s authorization. Source
of income: Annual appropriations of the Government of the Gen-
eralitat de Catalunya, and from the city. Library (of the saa
Botanic de Barcelona) : 2500 volumes, 500 pamphlets.
rium (of the Tnstitut Botanic) : 212 000 specimens of wean
gams; 14,000 cryptogams. Plantations: Geographic, systematic,
medicinal plants. Publication: Index Seminum. Living material
supplied to schools for study.

329

BLANES
Jarpi Botanic “ Mar 1 Murrra”

Director: Carlos Faust.

MADRID
JARDIN BoTtANIco DE MapriIp
Plaza de Murillo 2

Established: 1755. Area: About 12 hectares.

Directors: Antonio Joseph Cavanilles (1800-?); A. Frederico
Gredilla y Gauns (1934) ; A. Garcia Varela (1936).
Herbarium: About 70,000 specimens. Publication: Catalogus

Seminum.

VALENCIA
JARDIN BotTANICO DE LA UNIVERSIDAD

Established: 1802. Area: 4 hectares.
Directors:

. Vicente Soriano (1802-1804)

. Vicente Alfonso Lorente y Asensi (1804-1813)
. José Pauli (1813-1817)

? (1817-1829)

Joaquin Carrascosa (1829-1843)

José Pizcueta Donday (1843-1863)
Rafael Cisternas Fontsere (1863-1876)
José Arevalo Baca (1876-1890)
Vicente Gonzalez Cavales (1891-1892)
Eduardo Bosca Casanoves (1893-?)

?. F. Beltran (1936)

Open on all working days from sunrise to sunset. Source of
income: Appropriations by the national See and by the
University. Library: Small. Herbarium: About 10,000 speci-
mens. Plantations: Systematic, geographic, local flora, economic.
Arboretum (about 300 species). Fruticetum (about 190 species ).
greta pees Seminum. Museum: Open, free, on work-
ing days, on presentation of permit from the dire ctor. Living
material, neces wild plants, is es to both public and pri-
vate schools occasionally when requeste

WN Re

$2 00 ON Can

330

Straits Settlements

PENANG
WATERFALL GARDENS
(Administered by Botanic Garden, Singapore, q.v.)

SINGAPORE
BoTANIC GARDENS

Established: 1859. Area: 72 acres.
Directors (first three called Superintendents) :
. Lawrence Niven (1859-1875)

2. Henry James Murton (1875-1880)

3. Nathaniel Cantley (1880-1887)

4. Henry Nicholas Ridley (1888-1912)

5. Isaac Henry Burkill (1912-1925)

6. R. E. Holttum (1925-— )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily at all hours. Source
of income: Annual appropriations by national government, and
sale of plants and seeds. Library: Reference only. Herbarium:
Large and representative collection of plants of the Malay Penin-
sula and neighbouring countries. Publications: Gardens’ Bulletin,
established 1913. Issued at irregular intervals. ffered in ex-

ch Seeds leist. Plantations: Systematic, ornamental, eco-
nomic. Arboretum: About 3000 species of trees. (See Penang.)

—

Sumatra (Netherlands East Indies)
(NEAR) MEDAN (DELI)
SIBOLANGIT BoTANIC GARDEN

Established: 1914. Area: 18.3 hectares (plus 131 hectares).
Altitude; 300-525 meters above sea level.
Director (Curator): J. A. Lérzing (July, 1914-1927).

This Garden was planned in 1912 as a center for the study of
Sumatran plant life—a branch establishment of the Buitenzorg
Botanic Garden. A curator’s residence was built in 1915 and in
1916 a rest house, office, and herbarium. “ The surface was
planted with shadow yielding trees, and in 1916 was added a sur-
face of 131 hectares mainly covered by primary forest. The

331

curator made a large herbarium collectién which was sent to
Buitenzorg. Owing to economical depression the curator was
pensioned off in 1925. The Private Deli Planters Society con-
tinued the garden and its curator up to 1927. In 1928 the Garden
was again declared an official establishment of the Buitenzorg
Botanic Garden and the Head Forester of the East-coast of Su-
matra Residency was charged with the supervision. In 1932,
however, owing to another economical depression, no funds could
be made available by the Buitenzorg Botanic Garden. In 1934 the
main part of the Garden, covering 119 hectares, was declared a na-
ture preservation. In 1936 the old Garden was again cleared and
labeled, so that this Garden, which can be reached by car in about
14% hour from Belawan (harbour of Medan), is still alive though

only on a small scale at present.” (See Java: Buitenzorg.)
Sweden
BERGIELUND
See Stockholm (Hortus Bergianus)
GOTEBORG

GOTEBORGS BOTANISKA TRADGARD

Established: 1919 (1916). Area: 11 hectares under cultivation,
37 hectares wild park; very large reserves not yet fenced in.
Director: Carl Skottsberg (July 1, 1919-

brary: Several thousand volumes and pamphlets. No exact figures
available. Herbarium: About 500,000 specimens. Plantations:
Systematic, geographic, ecologic. Arboretum and Fruticetum.
Publications: Acta Horti Gotoburgensis (Meddelanden fran Gote-
borgs botaniska tragard). electus Seminum. Museum:
small exhibition in connection with auditorium. Teachers bring
classes of school children. Living matter supplied to local schools
upon request. Affiliation: University of Goteborg.

HALSINGBORG
BoTaANICAL GARDEN
Established: 1936. Area: 12 acres.

In process of establishment. Specially for the Flora of Skane.

332

' LUND
UNIVERSITETETS BOTANISKA TRADGARD
O. Vallgatan 18

Directors:

1. Frederick Wilhelm Christian Areschoug (1879-1898)

2. Sven Berggren (1898-1902

3. Svante Samuel Murbeck (1902-1924)

4. Vacant (1924-1927)

5. Thore Christian Elias Fries (June 3, 1927—Dec. 31, 1930)

6. Artur Hakansson (1930-1933) (acting)

7. Nils Heribert-Nilsson (March 1, 1934— )
Publication: Index Seminum.

STOCKHOLM
Hortus Boranicus BERGIANUS
Botaniska Tradgarden, Stockholm 50

Established: 1791. Area: 17 acres.
Directors:

1. Olof Swartz (1791-1818)

2. J. E. Wikstrom (1818-1856)

3. Nils Johan Andersson (1856-1879)

4. Veit Brecher Wittrock (1879-1914)

5. Klas Robert Elias Fries (1915)

Library: More than 6000 volumes. Bien enemas
Rock Garden. Herbarium: More than 10,000 s in over
20,000 sheets. Affiliation: School of Hortic Sie ior: Lo-
cated at Freskati, in the north part of Stockholm. Called Bergie-
lund garden by its founder, Peter Jonas Bergius (pron. Bare-

ee who died in 1790, aged 60. He had been a pupil of Lin-

and had built up ie library and herbarium. Wittrock
establigned the Acti Horti Bergiani, published by the Garden.

UPPSALA (1)

UppsALA UNIVERSITETETS BOTANISKA TRADGARD

Botaniska Tradgarden
Established: 1784. Area: 8.5 hectares.
Directors:
1. Carl Pehr Thunberg (1784-1828)
2. Goran (Georg) Wahlenberg (1829-1851)

333

3. Elias Magnus Fries (1851-1863)

4, Johan Erhard Areschoug (1863-1876)

5. Theodor Magnus Fries (1877-1899)

6. Frans Reinhold Kjellman (1899-1907)

7. Hans Oscar Juel (1907-1928)

8. Nils Eberhard Svedelius (1928- )

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of imcome:
Annual appropriations by the National Government and “ own
funds.” Herbarium: baa plants and ferns, 440,000 sheets ;
cryptogams, 820,000 covers. Plantations: Syste matic, economic.
Arboretum. Museum nen free daily. Publications: Symbolae
Botanicae Upsalienses ; Semina Selecta.

UPPSALA (2)
LINNETRADGARDEN (Hortus LINNAEANUS)
Linnégatan 6

Established: 1655; re-established: 1920. Area: 2 hectares.
Directors:

Olaus Johannis Rudbeck (1655-1691), Founder.

Olaus Olai Rudbeck (1691-1740)

Lars Roberg (1740-1742)

Carl Linnaeus (von fae eee d. Jan. 10, 1778.
Carl von Linné, Jr. (1777-1783)

Carl Peter Thunberg ee

Discontinued (1807-1920)

7. Nils Eberhard Svedelius (1920-1930)

8. Carl G. Alm (1931- )

Open free sant April-October, 9 am. to 9 p.m. Museum:
Open daily, 1 p.m. to 3 p.m. Admission 0.50 Swed. crown. Li-
brary: “ The eee Library’; 1200 volumes and pamphlets,
only by Linnaeus or conc ere him and his work. Herbarium:
About 3000 specimens, “partly the old herbarium from the time
of Linnaeus.” Plantations: Systematic se eine to the system of
Linnaeus; trees and shrubs native to Sweden. Publication: De-
lectus Seminum.

Owned and under the direction of the Svenska Linnésallskapet,
a Society founded in 1917 to publish writings by and about Lin-
naeus and his pupils, and to restore and maintain the old Botanic
Garden of the University as it was in the time of Linnaeus.

ONY Ca a SS

334

In 1807, under Thunberg, the new botanic garden of the Uni-
versity [see Uppsala (1)] was finished and all movable plants
were removed from the Linnean garden. The latter was restored
in 1920

. VISBy
Boranic GARDEN oF D. B. W.
(Sallskapet D. B. W.’s Tradgard)
Established: 1855. Area: 71 hectares.
Director: Erik Gustaf Granstrém (April 1, 1900- ys

Serves as a public park. Open free ale 8 aim. to 10 p.m.
Source of income: Contribution from D. B. W.’s Savings Bank.
No library or herbarium. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic. Ar-
boretum. Fruticetuim. sacle anes Sallskapet D. B. W. 1814—-
1914 (containing: Johansson, K. “D. B. W.’s tradgard.” 1914),
received after this publication was in page pr ook Living material
for study supplied occasionally to schools. “ D. B. W.” stands for

“ De Badande Vannerna ” (The Bathing Friends).

Switzerland

BASEL
BOTANISCHER GARTEN
Botanische Anstalt der Universitat, Schonbeinstrasse 6

Established: 1898. Area: 13,600 sq.

Directors: 1. G. Klebs (1898) : iz i "P. W. Schimper (1899-
1901); 3. A. Fischer (1907-1912) ; 4. Gustav Senn (1912-?),
Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:

From city and from the Freiwillige Academische Gesellschaft,

Basel. Library: Both reference and circulating. Publications:

Samenverzeichnis. Affiliation: “ The garden belongs to the bo-

tanical institute of the university.’

BERN (1)
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Altenbergrain 21
Established: 1859-60. Area: 2.5 hectares.
Directors: Ludwig Fischer (1860-1897); Edouard Fischer
(1897-1933) ; W. H. Schopfer (1933-

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 8 to 12 a.m.; 2 to 6
p.m. Source of income: Appropriations from both the Canton and

335

the city of Bern. Library and Herbarium. Plantations: Chiefly
systematic: Alpinum: Useful plants. Publications: Bericht iiber
den botanischen Garten; Samenverzeichnis. Living plant mate-
rial supplied in limited quantity to local schools for study. A ffili-
ation: The Botanical Institute of the University of Bern. —

BERN (2)

ALPENGARTEN SCHYNIGE PLATTE

Botanischer Garten Bern, zuhanden des Alpengartens
Schynige Platte

Established: 1927. Area: 0.83 hectare.

Administrative Management: Prasident des Alpengartens, H.
Itten. For scientific and horticultural consultation: Die Di-
rection des Botanischen Instituts und Gartens, Bern.

Serves as a public park. Open from os middle of June to
October, 7 a.m. to 7 pm. Admission, 50 cents. Source of in-
come: “Subvention from the authorities ~ private persons.’
Library: Small, reference, for students. A s mall reference Her-

ologic. Publication: The administrative Jahresbericht

gartens Schynige Platte. Lectures are given in July od August
for students, teachers, and es Affiliation: The Botanic Gar-
den of the University of

BEX
Jarpin Boranigue (formerly “La Thomasia i)
Institut de Botanique de I’Université de Lausanne

see 1894. Area: 10,000 square meters. Altitude: 1300

aes 1. E. Wilczek (1894-1937) ; 2. F. Cosandey (1937-)

Open free daily, May 1 to September 30. Source of income:
Appropriations by the Canton of Vaud. This is one of two
gardens administered by the Institute of Botany of the University
of Lausanne. See Lausanne.

336

BOURG-SAINT-PIERRE
JARDIN ET LABORATOIRE ALPINS DE LA LINNAEA
La Linnaea, Bourg-Saint-Pierre, Valais

Established: 1889. Altitude: 1700 meters.
Directors:

1. Henri Correvon (1889-1915)

2. Robert Chodat (1915-1934)

3. Fernand Chodat (1934— )

Open to the public daily. Admission 0.25 centimes. Source
of income: Société de l'Université de Geneve. Library: 500 vol-
umes. Herbarium: “ Temporaire.” Plantations: eae
ecologic, arboretum, fruticetum. 2000 apie species. Affiliation:
Administered by the University of Gene

Established by Henry Correvon, ne the patronage of an
international Committee. In 1915 the Société Académique de
l'Université de Geneve became owners of the Garden and ap-
pointed Dr. Robert Chodat director.

FRAUENFELD
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER THURGAUISCHEN KANTONSSCHULE

Established: 1864. Area: 25 ares.
Directors (always the professor of botany in the Kantonsschule) :

1. L. Wolffgang (1864-1872)

2. E. Kollbrunner (1872-1877)

3. G. Stricker (1877-1889)

4. Heinrich Wegelin (1890-1920)

5. August Giinthart (1920- )

Source of income: Supported by the Canton of Thurgau as a
part of the Kantonsschule. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic, n-
ri oe Lessons in botany in the Kantonsschule are given at the

GENEVA
CONSERVATOIRE ET JARDIN BOTANIQUES DE GENEVE
Rue de Lausanne 192, Geneva
Established: 1817. Area: 6-7 ha.
Directors:
1. Augustin-Pyrame de Candolle (1817-1835)
2. Alphonse de Candolle (1835-1849)

337

3. G. Reuter (1849-1872)

4, J. Brun (1874-1879)

5. Jean Muller (arg.) (1879-1896)

6. John Briquet (1896-1931)

7. B. P. G. Hochreutiner (1931- )

Serves as a ae park. Open free, daily, from 7 a.m. to 7
p.m. The ne Garden is open on Thursday and Sunday.
Source of income: Supported by the City and gift of Rockefeller
Foundation. Library: 60,000 volumes. 40,000 pamphlets. Her-
barium: 3,000,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, Alpine
Garden, Geographic, Pharmaceutical Garden. Arboretum and a
Fruticetum. Publications: Candollea; Boissiera; Annual Reports ;
Seed List. Museum: Open free, daily, from 2 p.m. to 5 p.m. ex-
cept Saturday and Sunday. Special lectures given to the schools,
to the public, and the University. Supplies great Heel a of liv-
ing material for study to the local schools. Affiliation: The actual
Director is Professor of Systematic Botany at the University and
Director of the institution called Herbier Boissier there.

Note: The origin of the Jardin Botanique of Geneva dates from
the beginning of the 19th century, and is intimately associated with
the arrival at Geneva of Augustin-Pyrame de Candolle. He had
been professor of botany at Montpellier, and the establishment of
a botanic garden was a tacit condition of his accepting the pro-
fessorship at Geneva.

INTERLAKEN
ALPENGARTEN “ SCHYNIGE PLATTE” (See Bern 2)

LAUSANNE
JarpIn BoTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE DE LAUSANNE
Institut de Botanique de l'Université de Lausanne

Established: 1894. Area: 4000 square meters. Altitude: 500m.
Directors: 1. E. Wilczek (1894-1937) ; 2. F. Cosandey (1937-)
and A. Maillefer (1937), co-directors.

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 8 a.m. to 8 p.m.
Source of income: Appropriations by the Canton of Vaud. Li-
brary: That of the Institut de Botanique, about 20,000 volumes
and pamphlets. Herbarium: About 400,000 specimens. Planta-
tions: Systematic, ecologic. Arboretum and Fruticetum. Mu-
seum: Open free daily. Publication: Graines Offertes en Echange.

338

Classes from schools frequently visit the Garden. Note 1: Plans
have been adopted for moving the Garden to a larger site (about
20,000 square meters). Note 2; The Institut de Botanique also
directs the Alpine Garden at Pont de Nant. (See Bex (Vaud).)

MONTREUX
JARDIN ALPIN “ LA RAMBERTIA ”

PONT DE NANT
JArpiIn Atpin (See Lausanne, p. 338, lines 3 and 4)

Si CROs
JARDIN BoTANIQUE “La DryAbve ”

ZURICH
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT
Pelikanstrasse 30
Established; About 1834. Area: About 4 acres.
Directors:

1. Oswald Heer (1834-1882)

2. Carl Eduard Cramer (1882-1893)

3. Hans Schinz (July 18, 1893—-April 15, 1929)

4. Albert Ulrich Daniker (ad interim, June 1, 1929-1933)

5. Albert Ulrich Daniker (1933-

Open free daily. Source a imcome: Governmental credits.
Library: More than 30,000 items. Her barium: Approximately
1,125,000. Plantations: neni morphologic, ecologic. Pub-
lications: Mitteil ilungen aus dem Botanischen Museum der Uni-
versitat Zurich; Seed List (Verzeichnis im Tausch abgebbarer
Samereien und Frit uchte). Museum: one free daily. Study ma-
terial supplied to local schools on reque

Tanganyika
DAR -ES SALAAM
Dar-ES-SALAAM BOTANICAL GARDEN
Mr. E. H. Helps, Municipal Secretary, The Boma, Dar-es-

Salaam, reports (July, 1938) that this so called “ botanical gar-
den,” of 17 acres, is only “a pleasure ground.”

S09,

Tasmania
HOBART
BoTraNIcAL GARDENS
Established: 1844. Area: 25 acres.
Directors (Superintendents) :

1. F. W. Neuman (1848-1857)

Ze iste es Abbott (1857-1903)

3. Alexander Morton (1903-1908)

4. Robert Hall (1908-1911)

5. John Wardman (1911-?)

The garden is part of the Queens Domain of 640 acres, which
is under the care of the Superintendent of Gardens. Open free
to the public on week days from 7 a.m.—6 p.m.; on Sundays from
2 p.m—6 p.m.

Source of income: ea and the sale of plants and seeds.
Herbarium: Composed: chiefly of Tasmanian and Australian spe-
cies, with a few een Lectures; Public lectures on nature
study and botany. Study material (flowers, leaves, buds, phanero-
gamic and cryptogamic plants) is supplied to schools occasionally
when requested, but local schools do not depend on the garden
for all their materia

LAUNCESTON
Botanic GARDENS
(Fide: Director of Agriculture, Adelaide, Australia)

Tchécoslovaquie (See Czechoslovakia)
Tobago (See British West Indies)
Trinidad (See British West Indies)

Turkey

ISTANBUL
Horrus Botranicus ISTANBULENSIS

(IstanBuL UNIVERSITESI NABATAT BAHGEST)
Biologi Enstitusu, Muftuluk
Established: 1936. Area: About 1.5 hectare.
Director: Alfred Heilbronn (1935-

340

Open daily for students only. Source of income: Government.
Library and Herbarium: Planned but not yet (1938) started.
Plantations: Pharmaceutic, genetic. Publication: Index Seminum
(Tohum Katalogu).

Uganda

ENTEBBE
Botanic GARDENS
Pi Oy Rox 2
Established: 1898. Area: 70-75 acres.
Directors:
1, Alexander Whyte (1898-1902)
2. Morley T. Dawe (1902-1903)
3. Ernest Brown (1903-1907)
4. Robert Fyffe (1907—Apr. 1, 1917)
5. S. Simpson (1917—June, 1929)
6. John Douglas Tothill (June, 1929- |)
During the last few years these beautiful gardens, situated on

lection of tropical plants, trees, and shrubs is now displayed
under gu ea conditions. Source of income: Protectorate Rev-
enue. Supported by Agricultural Dept. funds annually. Library:
About 300 Dee 50-100 pa monies available at the Agricultural
Laboratories, Kampala (Bot. Section). Herbarium: 4000 speci-
mens approximately. No Arboretum, but many fine tree speci-
mens are among the collections. There is a small collection of
fruit trees (tropical). Supplies living material for study to local
schools.
Union of Socialist Soviet Republics *

ALMA ATA (KAZAKHSTAN)
Hortus Botanicus ALMAATENSIS ACADEMIAE SCIENTIARUM
Académie des Sciences, Alma-Ata, Ul. Vinogradova 18

Director: A. J. Milorzorov (1937). R. A. Ermasov (1937).

Note: Located at Lat. 43° 13’ N., Long. 76° 55’ E.; altitude 900
meters. Publication: Index Seminum.

1 The transliteration of Russian words, including the official names of
Russian Gardens, follows faithfully the forms used by our Russian corre-
spondents. Very frequently the form used in the text of a letter would be
different from that on the printed letter-head of the same letter. Any
attempt at uniformity here seemed impractical and relatively unimportant.

341

ASKANIA NORA (UKRAINA)
BoTANIc GARDEN

A filiation: Die All-Ukrainische Akademie der Landwirtshaftlichen
- Wissenschaften, Staats-Steppen Institut. Seed List.

ASHKHABAD (TURKMENISTAN)
Hortus Boranicus TuRCOMANICUS
Director: L. Kuleschov (1937). Affiliation: Turkmenski Bota-
nitscheskij Institut. Publication: Delectus Seminum.
BAKU (1)
Hortus Botanicus BAKUENSIS
Rue Communiste 10, Baku (Baki), A. S. S. R.
Established: 1935. Director: A. A. Grossheim (1935- ).
Affiliation: Sectio Botanica Filiae Azerbaidzhanicae Academiae
Scienciarum, U.S. S. R. Publication: Delectus Seminum.

BAKU (2)

Botanic (EXPERIMENTAL) GARDEN (OPYTNIJ
BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)

BATUM (ADSHARISTAN)

SUBTROPICAL BoTANICAL GARDEN

(Batumsxkij BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)
Makhinjauri, Georgia, U. S. S. R.

BILA ZERKVA (UKRAINA)

BorANic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)

Publication: Delectus Seminum.

CHARKOW (UKRAINA)

Botanic GARDEN (CHARKOWSKIJ BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)
Klotschkowskaja 52

342

DNEPROPETROVSK
Botanic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)

Rue Urizki 10, Dnepropetrovsk, Ukraina

Director: A. Levitska (1937).
Publication: Seed List.

ERIVAN
BoTANIc GARDEN (BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD ARMENIT)
Daschli—Kutscha 49, Armenia, U. S. S. R.

GORKY (FORMERLY NISHNY NOVGOROD)
THE GOROKOVSKY BOTANICAL GARDEN OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY
Established: April 1, 1935. Area: 250 ga. a acres ).
Director: S. 5. Stankov (April 1, 1935-
Open to the public, June 1-October 1, 10 a.m. to 8 pm. Source
of income: Government subsidy and sale of pia and seeds. Li-

brary: 4500 volumes. Herbarium: About 100,000 specimens ;
Aout 4000 types. Plantations: Systematic, dendrological, useful
le

plants (pharmaceutical, technical, edi odder), decorative.
Paik Sketch project Bot. Garden Gork. University ; De-
lectus Seminum (since ). Special lectures are given to school

children; study collections loaned to schools.

GORY-GORKI
BOTANICAL GARDEN OF THE WHITE RuSSIAN AGRICULTURAL
INSTITUTE
Gory-Gorki, Belorussia

Established: 1922. Area: Herbage plants, 3 hectares; Field plot,

1.5 ha.; Dendrological Garden, 8 ha.

Directors:

1. Joseph G. Wasilkov ee (1922-1931)

2. T. N. Godnev (1932-1933

3. N. F. Nikolaev (Nikolajev) (1934— )

Open free re 9 a.m, to 5 p.m,, except “rest days”’ S$ ource
of income: Selling of seed and planting material, and appropria-
tions in the State budget. Library (of the Agricultural Insti-
tute) : about 200,000 volumes. Herbarium: More than 3000 speci-

343

mens. Plantations: Systematic, ieee crops, fibrous, and orna-
oe plants. Publications: Delectus Seminum; in The Annals
O e White Russian Agricultural Geese Lectures and ex-
curstons for school children are organized in summer.
JALTA (CRIMEA)
Mototov Nixita Botanic GARDEN
(Gos. NrxiTAkIJ OpytNiIJ BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD, IMENI
Mototowa )

Director: V. D. Abajev (1937). Publication: Seed List.

KAMIANETZ-PODILSKYJ
Botanic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)
P. O. Box 77, Kamianetz-Podilskyj, Ukraina
Established: 1930. Directors: N. A. Shukowskyj (1937); M
M. Krutzkewicz (1938). Publication: Index Seminum.
KASAN
BoTANICc GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY

(BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD UNIVERSITETA)

KIEV (KIEFF, KIEW) (1)
Botanic GARDEN OF THE BoTANICAL INSTITUTE OF THE
UcRAINIAN ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Rue Vydubetzkaja No. 49, Kiev (Ukraina)
Established: 1838. Area: “22.5 hectares plus 207 hectares.”
Directors:
1. Johannes Th. (Ivan Theodorovich) Schmalhausen (1879-
1894
2. Sergius Gavrilovitch Nawaschin (1895-1914)
3. Alexander Vassilyevich Fomin (1914-1935)
4. N. Ptitzyn (1936-
Serves as a public park. Open daily to the public. Source o

income: Appropriations from the Soviet Ucrainian Government.
Arboretum and Fruticetum: 1500 species. S pecies under glass:
00 um ’ “ Jou

de l'Institut Botanique de l’Académie des Sciences.” Lae ma-
terial for study is supplied for the Kiew University and Institutes.
Herbaria: Herbarium Generale, Herb. Ucrainicum, Herb. Cau-
casicum. Museum: Specimens mounted for public inspection.

344

KIEV (2)
MunicipaL BoTANic GARDENS
(Hortus Boranicus FomiIntanus KiIovIENsIs)
UI. Kominterna 1, Kiev (Ukraina)
Director; N. W. Dubowik (1936).
KIROVSK (FORMERLY CHIBINOGORSK)

Hortus Boranicus Arcro-ALPINUS STATIONIS KOLAENSIS
NomineE Kirovi AKADEMIAE SCIENTIARUM

(BoTaNITscHESKIJ Sap AKADEMII NAUK)
Hortus Botanicus, Kirovsk, Peninsula Kola
Established: 1932. Area: 1200 ha. Director: N. Avrorin (1938).

Note: This Garden was established by the Academy of Sciences,
U.S. S. R., on the initiative of the Kola Expedition, by Academi-
cian A. E. Fersman and the Soviet Party, and economic organiza-
tions of the Murmansk District. It is located in the Chibinsk
Mountains, Kola Peninsula (Murmansk District, Leningrad Re-
gion), north of the Arctic Circle (67° 35’ north latitude), near the
new town of Kirovsk (formerly Chibinogorsk) and the apatite
mines. It is on a moraine on the slope of Mt. Woodyavrchorr
(Vudiavrchorr). Its altitude ranges from 315 to 1060 meters
above mean sea level. It is reported to be the first botanical
garden beyond the Arctic Circle. Herbarium: 10,000 specimens.
Plantations: Systematic, geographic, ecologic. Arboretum. Liv-
ing material and special lectures for schools. Publication: Delec-
tus Seminum.

KUJBYSHEV (KOOIBUSHEFF)
BoTANICAL GARDEN
Ovrag Podpoljschikov, Kujbyshev-19
Established: January 1, 1932. Area: 64 hectares.
Directors: 1. V. J. Smirnov (1932-1933); 2. V. M. Kartashov
(1934-1936) ; 3. M. N. Jashanov (1937- :
Open daily, 10 am. to 5 p.m. Admission: 10-50 copecks.
Source of income: Budget of the State. Library: About 1500
volumes and pamphlets. Herbarium: About specimens.
PIssnon se Systematic, ‘‘ geographic (alpinetum or rockeries),”

345

economic (food, rubber, textile plants, etc.), morphologic-ecologic
(for schools). Arboretum and Fruticetum being established
(1938). Publication: Seed List. Special department for botani-
cal education for school children; collections and living material
for study supplied to local schools. Affiliation: Board of Instruc-
tion ot the Kooibucsheff Re egio

KUJASHIZA (BELORUSSIA)
BoTANIC GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)

LENINGRAD (1)
INSTITUTE AND BOTANIC GARDEN OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
OnGEHE Wise on he
(BoTANICESKI INSTITUT I SAD VsEsoyuUSNoI AKADEMII
AUK
Pessochnaya 2, Leningrad, 22

Established: 1st, about 1713 by Peter the Great as a Druggist’s
Garden. 2nd, 1824, reorganized as the Imperial Botanic Gar-
den. 3rd, 1917, again reorganized as the Main Botanic Garden
of the U. S.S. R. In 1930 the Garden was amalgamated with
the Botanical Museum of the Academy of Sciences and received
its present name. Area: 16 hectares.

Directors:
Friedrich Ernst Ludwig von Fischer (1843-1850)
Karl Anton Meyer (1850-1855)
K. K. Ktister (1855-1857)
Eduard August von Regel ee 1865)
Ernst Rudolph von Trautvetter (1865-1875)
Eduard August von Regel (1875-1892)
Alexander Batalin (1892-1896)
Alexander Fischer de (von) Waldheim (1896-1917)
Boris Lawrentjewitsch Issa¢enko (Issatschenko) (1917-
1930)
10. D. V. Vassiliev (1930-1931)
11. Boris Aleksandrovi¢é Keller (1931-1937)
12. Boris K. Schischkin (1937— )
Serves as a ee park. Open daily, May 1—-October 1, 10 am.—
dusk. Admission to grounds, 25 kop. C onservatories: Open
every day in aie year, 11 am—4 p.m. Admission, 75 kop. Vis-

Be OSE LONE Bek Sn NS le

346

itors forming groups of 20 persons pay 50 kop. each. Extra

charge for guide, 9 roubles. Source of income: Annual appro-

priation by Government. Library: About 100,000 volumes and
; fey é f

in a landscape and partly in a formal style. The plantations are
ron geographo- systematically and economically. Special di-
vision of medicina

Be ne Sovietskaia Botanika (bi-monthly, established
1933). Acta Instituti eee Academiae Scienciarum U. R. S.

; Four Series as fo : I. Flora et ike cp plantae vascu-
lares (est. 1933) ; II. See cryptogamae (est. 1933) ; III. Geo-
otanica (est. 34) ; IV. Botanica experimentalis (est. 1934).
Notulae systematicae ex Herbario (1920-26); Notulae syste-
maticae ex instituto cryptogamico Chega Delectus seminum ;
Blora: U. 3: volumes have appeare

School children (up to 80,000 a year) visiting the plant houses

n groups are given scientifically trained guides who give talks on
aoe biology, ecology, plant geography, and economic plants.
group of “ Young Naturalists” are receiving instruction in bot-
any.” Study collections supplied to schools occasionally; living
material rarely. Affiliation: The Garden is not affiliated with any
university or college.

“For one hundred years the Garden made little progress, but,
during the reign of Alexander the First, F. E. L. Fischer, formerly
in charge of the gardens of Count Al. Rasumoffsky, at Gorenki,
near Moskow, became director. Under Fischer the Garden be-
came a first-class botanical institution.” (Cohn, Ferdinand.
Ueber den botanischen garten in St. Petersburg. Botanische
Zeitung. 18: 138. 1860.)

LENINGRAD (2)
DENDROLOGICAL GARDEN
Forest-Technical Academy, Leningrad 18. Seed List.

MINSK (BELORUSSIA)
BoTaANIc GARDEN OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF WHITE
USSIA
Established: 1930. Area: 98 hectares.
Director: S. P. Mjelnik (1936). Delectus Seminum.
Note: A portion of the Garden is a nature reserve.

347

MOSCOW (1)

BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF Moscow

(BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)
1 Meshchanskaja, 28, Moscow 10

Established: 1707. Area: 6 hectares.

Directors:

Hoffmann (1804-1824)

Maximowicz (1824-1834)

Fisher von Waldheim (1834-1860)

N. J. Kaufmann (1860-1870)

Chistakof (1870-1873)

. Goroshakyn (1873-1900)

Golenkyn (1900-1931)

. K. Meyer and J. Rudakow (1932-1933)

Serge Gabrilovish Navashin (1934-1937)

10. D. A. Synytzkaja (Sinizyna?) (1937- )

Serves as a public park. a Orangery open daily, 9:30-5; “ The
Oe

SOON AM AWN

Park” on even days, 9:3 Admission: Excursionists, 20 COp. ;
individuals, adults, 60 cop., children, 20 cop. Source of imcome:
Government subsidy, admission fees, and sale of plants. Library:

About 10,000 volumes. Herbarium: In the University. No sep-
arate herbarium for the Botanic Garden. Plantations: In “ Den-
dropark,” systematic; Orangery, geographic. Arboretum and a
Fruticetum. Publications: Delectus Seminum; Guide. Lectures
are given at the Garden to school children, and study material is
supplied to schools

MOSCOW (2)

BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
See Moscow (3)

MOSCOW (3)
BoTANIcC GARDEN OF THE TIMIRIASEV ACADEMY OF AGRICULTURE
Timiriasev Academy, Corpus 17, Cathedra Botanica, Moscow 8,

Director: P. M. Zhukovsky (1936). Delectus Seminum.

NIKITA —
GOVERNMENT BOTANICAL GARDEN
See Jalta, p. 343

348

ODESSA
GOVERNMENTAL BoTtaNic GARDEN (GosuD. BOTANITSCHESKYI
Sap)
(Hortus Boranicus UNIVERSITATIS RESPUBLICANAE
DESSANAE )
Proletarskyi Bulwar 87, Odessa, Ukraina
Directors: W. 1. Lipskii (?-1937) ; I. A. Vlassenko (1937- Ns
Seed List.
OMSK
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE Krrov INSTITUTE OF AGRICULTURE
(Omsk BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD. Omskoco SEL’sKO-KHOZIAIST-
VENNOGO INSTITUTA IMENI S. M. Krrova)
Omsk (Siberia), U.S; 3.
Established: 1927. Area: © hectares.
Directors: 1. J. J. Petrov (1927-1932); 2. N. A. Plotnikov

(1932-

Open free daily except holidays. Source of income: Govern-
ment. Library: That of the Institute. Herbarium: About 5000
specimens. Plantation ns: aes Publications: Index Semi-
num (1935-1937); “A aphlet.” Special lectures to school
children. Loan collections ee living material for study supplied
to local schools.

PENZA
Botanic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)
Krasnaja 36, Penza
Director: D. G. Nazarov (1937). Delectus Seminum, quae cu-
ratio arearum reservatarum rei publicae in regione Kujby-
schevensi (Volga media) pro mutua commutatione offert.

PERM
JARDIN BoTANIQUE “ A. HENCKEL”’
L’Université d’Etat, Perm II, Zaimka
Director: E. A. Pavsky (1937). Index Sporarum et Seminum.

RIDDER CALI AT)
Boranic GARDEN (BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)

349

ROSTOV-NA-DON
BoTANIC GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)
Rostov-na-Don, P. O. Box 330
Director: M. Wipirailenko (1937). Seed List.

SHITOMIR (UKRAINA)
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE AGRICULTURAL INSTITUT
Director: J. Litwinov (1936); E. I. Gorenky (1937). Index
Sporarum, Seminum, Fructuum.

SOTSCHI
ARBORETUM AND Forest EXPERIMENT STATION
Chudjakov Park, Sew. Kavk. Kraj (Northern Caucasus)

SVERDLOVSK (EKATERINBURG)
BoTraNic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)
4 Mel’kowska, no. 1, a, Ural
Director: Prof. Kasanski (?-1936). Index Seminum.

TASHKENT

Hortus Botanicus UNIversiTatTis AstAE MEDIAE

Director: W. Isaieff (1930); Th. Russanov (1936). Index
Seminum.
PERS] CeBIT S ly)
StaTE BoTANICAL GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)
Tiflis, Georgia, U. S. S. R. (Caucasus)

Director: Adolph Rolloff (?).

INURL S64)
BoTaNic GARDEN OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD AKADEMII NAUK)

Directors: N. Gogeschwili (1933); N. Busch (1934); D. Sos-
novsky (1937). Publication: Delectus Seminum.

350

TOMSK
BoraNic GARDEN OF THE Tomsk STATE UNIVERSITY
(NAMED AFTER V. V. KuyBysHEV)
Timiriazev’s Prospect, No. 3, Tomsk, Novosibirsk Region

Established: 1885. Area: 115 hectares.
Directors:
joo, WNeiniyloy ("during 3/7 years”);
2. V. V. Sapozhnikov (“during 10 years”’).
3. G. V. Puchinkin (‘‘ for some time past and at present ”’).

The tree nursery serves as a public park. Open free daily, 9
a.m. to m. Source of income: From sale of by-products of
research processes ; sale of conservatory plants. The fixed budget
consists of State appropriations. Library: Combined with that of
the University. Herbarium (of the University and of the Gar-
den) : More than 250,000 specimens. Plantations: Ecologic. Ar-
boretum. Fruticetum. Publications: “The Transactions of the
Botanic Garden were published as ‘ Records’ (Vols. 1-84), and
as ‘Transactions’ of the Tomsk State University (Vols. 85-89).”
Special lectures are given to members of the circle “ Young In-
vestigators, according to Mitchurin’s method.” Loan collections
and living material supplied to schools.

UFA
Hortus Botranicus (BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)

VLADIVOSTOCK (DALNIJ WOSTOK)
BoTANIc GARDEN OF THE B. I. N.
(OTDELENIE GLAWNOGO BOTANITSCHESKOGO SADA)

VOLOGDA

Botanic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD)

VORONESCH
BoTANIC GARDEN (Botan ITSCHESKITJ SAD)

Universitetskaja ul. 5
Established: 1918. Area: 4 hectares.
Directors: 1. B. A. Keller (1918-1931); 2. W. Ph. Vassiliev
(1931- )

Sol

Open free daily. Source of income: State appropriations. No
Library or Herbarium. Plantations: Economic, ecologic. Arbo-
retum. Fruticetum. Publication: Transactions of the Experi-
mental Botanical Station. Delectus Seminum. oe The re-
turned questionnaire gives the official name as, “ Experimental
Botanical Station named after B. A. Keller.” ’ Affiliation: The
Voronesch Agricultural Institute.

WASILJEWO
ARBORETUM OF THE KasAN AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE
(DENDROL. Sad INst. SELSKoGo CHosysAIstwA I LEsowopstwa)

Address: Wasiljewo, Mosk.-Kasansk Shel. Dor. (i.e., on the
Moscow-Kasan Railroad)

WITEBSK (BELORUSSIA)
BoTANic GARDEN OF THE VETERINARY COLLEGE

(BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD VETERINARIYIA INSTITUT)

Woropajewskaja ul.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Arizona
SUPERIOR
Boyce THomMPpsoNn SOUTHWESTERN ARBORETUM, INC.

Established: 1924; First planting, 1924; Officially opened April

6, 1929. Area: 401 acres
Directors: Franklin Jacob ender (1924-1933) ; Frederick Gibson

(Jan. 1, 1934— ye

Note: The purpose of this Arboretum, as stated in its pamphlet,
“ Purpose, History, Dedication”? (Superior, Arizona, July, 1930)
is as follows: “. . . the specific purpose of the institution, as now
conceived, is to bring together and grow, for study and possible
utilization, the plants of sub-arid climates and to publish the re-
sults of such investigations.” There is a special collection of
Cacti. Col. Thompson said: “I have in mind more than mere
botanical propagation. I hope to benefit the State and the South-
west by the addition of new products ... to see if we cannot
make these mesas, hillsides, and canyons far more productive and

352

of more benefit to mankind. ... We will build here the most
beautiful, and at the same time the most useful, garden of its kind
in the world.”

Source of Income: Income from endowment provided by the
founder, Col. William Boyce Thompson. Through Special Usage
Permit trom the WU, 3: iy Forest Service, the total area avail-

able for Arboretum purposes has been increased to 1,760 acres.
The mean jeatra 1S 17 pores about equally divided between
cies -summer and winter.

ough eoaeaniicn with the Forest Service, a nursery is main-
a “fos the growth of plants for erosion control, revegetation
and ornamentation, for use on public lands. Guest house for
visiting scientists; the Thompson residence is available to donors.

California

Executive Office: 1280 Shenandoah Road, San Marino.
Established: 1927. Area: 200 acres.
Director and Founder: Mrs. Susanna Bixby Bryant.

Open Fridays, April, May, and June, 10 a.m. to4 pm. Source
of income: Private smite ent. Library: About 2000 volumes.
Herbarium: 21,000 mounted specimens of plants eee to
California. PiLnnone: erent ecologic. Restricted to Cali-
fornia flora. Museum: Admission only by permit to i obtained
by written request to ae a ar severe building. Publications:
Descriptive pamphlet (19 oe ieee ee papers. Monographs :
Horticultural Series; Botanical Series are “just beginning ”
(1938). Report (Privately en April wlOST.

The announced primary purpose is to provide facilities for
research in plant life by assembling in one accessible locality a
living collection of the different species of plants indigenous to
California that will grow in the Santa Ana Cafion, Orange County,
40 miles East of Los Angeles. Educational work is planned in
cooperation with schools and colleges in their nature study and
botany classes by means of field days at the Ranch.

“The Garden Foundation was legally established in 1934 under
which the properties and endowment were placed in the hands of a

353

self-perpetuating board of five trustees.” The plantings are re-
ported (as of 1938) “to represent over one-half of the kinds of
trees and shrubs of the state,” in addition to the herbaceous plants.

BERKELEY (1)
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

Established: 1891. Area: 5 acres. Discontinued.
Directors: Edward Lee Greene (1891-1895); William Albert
Setchell (1895-?).
BERKELEY (2)
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BOTANICAL GARDEN

Established: July 1, 1934. Area: 60 acres. The first Garden
was established in 1891.
Director: Thomas Harper Goodspeed (Dec. 1, 1934— VE

Open free to the public daily, 9 am-—5 pm. Source of Income:
Budget of University of California and private benefactions.
Library and Herbarium not distinct from those of the Univer-
sity. Plantations: Systematic and morphologic. Himalayan Area.
An Arboretum and Fruticetum under development as of 1936.
Publications: “ Leaflet” series: taxonomic, morphologic, and cul-
tural notes on Garden collections.

EOSPAN GEES Gly)
CALIFORNIA Botanic GARDEN (ABANDONED)
(Formerly) 600 Mandeville Canyon Road, Los Angeles

Established: 1927. Area: 800 acres.
Director: Elmer Drew Merrill (1927-1929).

Note: Owing to the economic depression this Garden was aban-
doned in 1930. The area has been built up as a residential sec-
tion. ‘‘ The only thing that ever came out of our ideal was the
herbarium Dr. Merrill purchased and which was subsequently
presented to the University of California at Los Angeles.”

Publications: Members Bulletin, June, 1928-May, 1929; Book-

let of Information (no date; about 1929) ; eae and His-
torical Material, 1928.

354
SAN FRANCISCO

GOLDEN GATE PARK

There is a collection of plants in Golden Gate Park, and this is
sometimes referred to as a “ botanic garden.” A letter from Miss
Alice Eastwood, Curator, Department of Botany, California Acad-
emy of Sciences, states as follows: “ There are more than 3000
species of plants from all over the world in Golden Gate Park.
However, as none are labelled, Golden Gate Park cannot be con-
sidered to be a real botanic garden. . . . A fund has been left for
a botanic garden but so far nothing has been done.”

SAN MARINO
HUNTINGTON BoTANICAL. GARDEN

Established: 1928. Area: 200 acres.
Superintendent, then Director (Curator): William Hertrich

~ Open free, daily (except Mondays), from 1:15 until 4:30 p.m.
Source of income: Trust Endowment. Library: Approximately
3000 volumes and pamphlets. Plantations: “ Evenly divided into
desert plants and subtropical trees, shrubs, cycads, etc.” Desert
plants, about 15 acres; Ornamentals, about 50 acres ; Economic,
fruit trees, 25 acres; “ Oth yer evr such as the Pa Collection,
Japanese Garden, Rose Cas etc., 15 acres, leaving about 100
acres for future expansion.” Arboretum. Publi cation: “ The
Genus Cereus,” by Dr. E. sea Supplies surplus living
matter to schools.

“The Garden had its beginning as a private Estate owned and

* established by the late Henry E. Huntington in 1905. It grad-

ually developed into an experimental garden with the purpose of
introducing for trial subtropical ornamental and economic plants.
n 1919 it was definitely established as part of a deed of trust in
conjunction with other deeds such as the Founder's Library and
the Art Gallery—all of which are administered by the same Board
of five Trustees.”

399

SANTA BARBARA
BLAKSLEY BoTANic GARDEN
Affiliated with the
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History

Established: 1926. Area: 30 acres. A memorial to Henry
Blaksley, father of the late Anna Dorinda Blaksley Bliss, who
purchased the land and created the initial endowment fund.
Located on Mission Canyon Road.

Directors:

1. Elmer J. Bissell (1926-1936)
2. Maunsell Van Rensselaer (1936—

Purposes: 1. To study the culture of native Californian plants of
ornamental value. 2. To demonstrate the adaptability of these
plants to cultivation by exhibiting them in systematized group-
ings in a landscaped setting. 3. To cooperate with schools, col-
leges, and the general public in furthering a knowledge of the
flora of California.

Source ae income: Interest from endowment, special Seale
tions. Serves as a public park. Open free daily from 8 am

m. ere - Approximately 500 volumes and pamphlets ileal. .

ing with the eae nian flora. Herbarium; Maintained by the

Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. Plantations: Sys-

tematic, ecologic, and geographic. Plant matérial supplied to the

schools of Santa Barbara and to the Santa Barbara State College.

SANTA MONICA
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT
Los ANGELES
405 Hilgard Ave., Los Angeles

Established: 1933. Area: About 25 acres.
Director: Arthur Monrad Johnson (1937- ). No previous
official director.

Open free daily at all hours. Source of income: “ None. For
labor to date we have been SUN upon WPA (Federal Works
Progress Administration) and A (National Youth Admin-
.” Plantations: Not oa classified. Planted to date

500 genera and about 150 families, representing all continents,
New Zealand, and islands of the Pacific. Special groups: Cacti,
aloes, South African Euphorbias

356

Connecticut

HARTFORD
Hartrorp ARBORETUM

Area: 260 acres in Batterson Park, West Hartford.
Park Superintendent: George H. Hollister.

During 1935 a botanical survey was made, with Federal Works
Progress Administration (WPA) labor, to determine what trees,
shrubs, and herbaceous plants were on the site. The appropriation
was $470. In 1936 preliminary plans were being made by a land-
scape architect. During the winter of 1937-38 work was started
with WPA labor, “ clearing the Great Meadow and some excava-
tion was made for the pond. . . . At present (April 22, 1938) the
work is at a standstill.”

A “Memorandum Report,” by Olmsted Brothers (Parks and
Recreation; 21: 353. April, 1938.), states that ‘‘ The scheme is
based upon the conception—outlined by the superintendent .. .
—of a landscape arboretum rather than a purely scientific insti-
tution; that is, an arboretum that will give first consideration to
indigenous plants, and will display these plants in beautiful natural
settings and in their natural associations with other plants.” It is
the intention “to subordinate or adjust the strictly scientific func-
tions to the broader and more popular functions of showing the
values of plants as elements of landscape and as particu-
larly certain typical associations of plants that ... might occur
naturally in any particular environment.”

NEW HAVEN
Marsu BotranicaL GARDEN

Established: 1900. Area: 17 acres.
Directors:

1. James William Toumey (1900-1919)

2. Committee (Henry S. Graves, Chairman) (1920-1926)

3. George Elwood Nichols (1927-

Serves wae Wee as a public park, Admission free, daily.
Source of income: Yale University, general funds. Library: De-
partmental bere 7 the University Department of Botany. Her-
barium: Herbarium of the Department of Botany, including local

SY/

Connecticut collection of about 30,000 sheets. Arboretum: None
has been definitely organized, but several plantings of trees and
shrubs on University grounds are planned along arboretum-
fruticetum lines, while the Yale Nature Preserve (150 acres)
contains an excellent representation of native species. Planta-
tions: Systematic, native plants; educational tulip garden, iris gar-
den, rock garden, and other di splays. Ioana Annual Seed
eee List. Affiliation: With Yale University.

NEW LONDON
CoNNECTICUT ARBORETUM AT CONNECTICUT COLLEGE

Established: 1931. Area: 90 acres.
Director: George Sherman Avery, Jr. (1931- ye

Serves within limits as a public park and is open at all times,
free of charge. Source of income: Appropriations by Connecticut
College and gifts of friends. Herbarium: 6000 specimens. Plan-
tations: Systematic. Publication: Bulletin, published once yearly,
starting 1934.

STORRS
Tue AGRICULTURAL BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE CONNECTICUT
AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE (Discontinued )

Established: 1909. Area: 1 acre.

Director: Albert Francis Blakeslee (1909-1915).

Source of income: Annual appropriations by the college.

Plantations: Systematic, economic, ecologic, arboretum (100 spe-
cies), local flora.

Note: This Garden was founded primarily as an outdoor museum
and laboratory for the Department of Botany of the college. It
supplied study material to the regular college classes and the sum-
mer school. The entire college campus was laid out by a landscape
architect, and a planting plan adopted with reference to future
walks, drives, and buildings, and with the aim of developing the
campus as a scientific arboretum.

We are informed (1936) that after 1915 this Garden underwent
a gradual decline and was abandoned in 1928, when it was assigned
to the Department of Floriculture of the College and used for a
display of herbaceous ornamentals.

358

District of Columbia

WASHINGTON (1)
Unitep States BoTANiIc GARDEN
Established: May 8, 1820. Area: 5 acres. Increased, 1824, to

12.5 acres. The Botanic Garden property also includes 22.58

acres known as Poplar Point Nursery, adjacent to Anacostia

Park, added in 1926,

After about 20 years the Garden was discontinued and the prop-
erty, which had been assigned to the Columbian Institute for botanic
garden purposes, reverted to the Federal Government. Thomas
Jefferson, John Adams, James Madison, and Lafayette were mem-
bers of the Institute and active in promoting the Botanic Garden.

Re-established: May 15, 1850, by Act of Congress, on the pres-
ent site on the Mall. The name “ Botanic Garden” was not offi-
cially applied to the site until August 18, 1856, when the Joint
Committee on the Library was charged by Congress with its ad-
ministration. “... all annual maintenance appropriations, par-
ticularly those providing for the employment of the necessary
personnel of the gardens, have always been suldnionelace to be ex-
pended under the direction of this committee. .

(Superintendents): Directors (Title changed, 1920) :
Wilham D. Brackenridge (Horticulturist) (1842-1852)
. William R. Smith, Gardener (1853-1863 or 64); Supt.

(1863 or 64-1912)

Charles Leslie Reynolds (July 15, 1912-1913)
George W. Hess (December 22, 1913—June 30, 1934)
David Lynn (architect of the Capitol), acting (July 3

1934- )

Note: According to a preliminary Report on the United States
Botanic Garden by the House (of Representatives) Committee
on the Library (73rd Congress, 2nd Session. House Committee
Print. Congressman Kent E. Keller, Chairman; John G. Brad-
ley, Clerk, Washington, 1934), the activities of the Garden in
recent years “have consisted mainly in the purchase, care, and
distribution of growing plants. ... Comparatively speaking,
propagation, experimentation, and kindred activities have been lim-
ited. Another activity of the Garden . . . is the giving away of

ede

nae

)

359

growing plants and cut flowers to members of Congress and
friends... .” This was discontinued by Act of Congress ap-
proved June 30, 1932.

The same Report states that the cost of this Garden has varied
from $5000—$6000 a year (during the first years) to a maximum
of $173,960 in 1930, with a total of $3,511,180 for the entire
period 1842-1934, an average for the 92 years of less than $40,000
a year. This does not include the cost of building and grounds
of the new conservatory in 1927, $1,862,538, which would bring
the average to about $58,500 per year. The new conservatory was
completed January 13, 1933, at a cost of $633,585.

In 1921 Representative Langley introduced a bill (H. R. 2166,
67th Congress, Ist Session) “To increase the area of the United
States Botanic Garden.” Its removal from its old location on the
Mall was necessitated by an Act of Congress locating the General
Grant Memorial (completed about 1920) on the site of the Garden.
The old site (about 12 acres) was between Maryland Avenue (on
the South) and Pennsylvania Avenue (on the North) and the Cap-
itol Grounds and Third St., S.W. This was the main site from
1850 to 1933. The new site lies south of Maryland Avenue.
This is chiefly an educational display garden, as the botanical
research, herbarium, and botanical library are provided for under
other branches of the Federal Government.

WASHINGTON (2)
NATIONAL ARBORETUM

Established: The Congressional Act authorizing the establishment
of this Arboretum was passed March 4, 1927, and became a law
on the signature of President Coolidge.

Area: Total present (1938) area, 397 acres. There is an area of
about 400 acres of federal land which may later be added.

Director: An office with the title, Director, is contemplated; in the
meantime the administrative head will be an Acting Director.
Dr. Frederick V. Coville was Acting Director from the begin-
ning until his death in January, 1937. Mr. B. Y. Morrison was
appointed Acting Director as of October 1, 1937.

Plantations: Up to 1938 no planting has been done except a small

360

nursery. Care has been given to existing native plants on the
property, to soil improvement, and preliminary development of
roads and fences.
WASHINGTON (3)
MepIcINAL AND DruGc PLANT GARDENS

Division of Drug Plants, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept.
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

Mimeographed lists of the plants grown may be obtained on
request.
Florida

COCONUT GROVE
FAIRCHILD TROPICAL GARDEN
(Also MontcoMERY PALMETUM)

Established (Dedicated): March 23, 1938. Area: 83 acres.
Director (Superintendent): K. Dahlberg (1938-

“The only tropical botanical garden open to the public in conti-
nental United States.” Prior to March 23, 1938, Colonel and
Mrs. Robert H. Montgomery acquired and gave to the Board of
Directors (Dr. David Fairchild, President Emeritus; Eleanor F.
Montgomery, President) 83 acres of land “ situated in the City of
Coral Gables adjoining and immediately south of the Matheson
Hammock and Dade County Park, east of Cutter Road. Com-
bined with the Dade County property the land runs to and has a
frontage of one mile on Biscayne Bay.” (Pamphlet, “ Dedica-
tion of the Fairchild Tropical Garden, March 23, 1938,” by Mar-
jory Stoneman Douglas.) The Commissioners of Dade County
“agreed to cooperate by combining as far as practicable, the entire
Matheson Hammock development, comprising several hundred
acres, with the Fairchild acquisition. The Dade County Commis-
sioners are not permitted to spend any money on private property,
consequently the Fairchild Garden donated and deeded to Dade
County 58 acres of land adjoining the Matheson property and the
Commissioners have undertaken to develop the 58 acre tract as
part of the Fairchild Garden. The remaining 25 acres are re-
tained by the Fairchild Garden and will be known as the Mont-
gomery Palmetum of the Fairchild Tropical Garden.”

361

Colonel and Mrs. Montgomery have also donated to the Garden
more than 200 species of palms and flowering trees, with sufficient
funds to plant the trees in 1938; also sufficient funds to build
roads, walls, etc., in the 25 acre tract, “ but funds for proper de-
velopment, necessary buildings, and maintenance have not yet
(1938) been provided.”

Membership: Life, $500; Donors, $250; Fellows, $100; Asso-
ciates, $50; Sustaining, $25; Contributing, $10; Subscribing, $5.

SEBRING
FriortaA BoTANICAL GARDEN AND ARBORETUM
Highlands Hammock State Park

Established: May 14, 1934. Area: More than 1500 acres.
Direction: The Garden is controlled by the Florida Botanical Gar-
den and Arboretum Association. The first president was John
C. Gifford (1934-1936); second president, Abel J. Grout
(1936-1937) ; third president, F. N. K. Bailey (1937- Ny.
The Garden and Arboretum occupy Sections 4 and 33, and Part
of 31 and 32, of the Highlands Hammock State Park.

Source of income: Developmental work has been done b
CCC (Civilian Conservation ee Pik Highlands tee
ne later changed to a new site on Lake Jackson and designated

s SP-10. Library and ae oning Give 4000 ee 1938)
ee been started. Plantations: Azalea Garden (donated by the
Florida Federation of Garden Clubs; Palm Garden; Dahlia Gar-
den; Taxonomic Garden; Nur rsery. Arboretum about $500 trees
and shrubs. A Wood C ollection, including species native to Flor-
ida and others, is being prepared. Publications: 1, Report of the
Florida Botanical Garden and Arboretum. June 1, 1936, by A. C.
Altvater, Project Superintendent, Highlands Camp ‘SP-3, National
Park Service. 2. Report on the Botanical Activities of the Florida

Botanical Garden a Arboretum. June 1, cFar
lin, Wild Life Technician, Highlands Camp SP-3, National Park
Service. 3. U. Department of the Interior: National Park

Service Branch of Planning and State Cooperation, pe
Florida, February 20, 1937. By A. C. Altvater, Project So
intendent, Highlands Camp S P10. This contains a Report by
Dr. Abel J. Grout, then president of the Florida Botanical Gergen
and Arboretum Associ ation. The above ss reports were pub-
lished in mimeograph (or multigraph) form. There is also a
small printed folder, anonymous, entitled, ms iret Boe Gar-
den and Arboretum: A Going Project.”

362
Georgia

LIBERTY COUNTY
Botanic GARDEN oF Louis LEContTE (DISCONTINUED)
Established: About 1810 (?)

Note: “ Years ago Georgia could boast several small botanic
gardens. Mr. Louis LeConte had a delightful small botanic
garden about his home in Liberty County.”

MAXEY
LinpsEyY Puysic GARDEN (DISCONTINUED)
Established: About 1810 (7).

Note: “ Coeval with the LeConte garden [in Liberty County,
Genta Dr. Lindsey Durham, of Maxey, Ga., maintained a
physic garden on his plantation and from this garden procured a
large part of the materia medica for his practice.” (Garden Gate-

ways. Pub. by Garden Club of Georgia, Atlanta. 4: 1. Sept.
1917. Citation for this and the preceding quotation.)

Idaho
MOSCOW

CHARLES Huston SHATTUCK ARBORETUM
School of Forestry, University of Idaho

Established: 1909. Area: “ 15-20 acres.”
Directors:
1. Charles H. Shattuck (1909-1917)
2. Francis G. Miller (1917-1934)
3. Richard E. McArdle (1934-1935)
4. Dwight S. Jeffers (1935- )

Serves as a public park. Open free at all times. Source of in-
come: Appropriations by the State of Idaho. Herbariwm: About
1000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic. Reports more than
9000 specimens under cultivation. Affiliated with the University
of Idaho

363
Illinois

CHICAGO (1)
Dune Forest GARDENS (ABANDONED)
Dune Forest Company, 77 West Washington St., Chicago

Established: 1927. Area: 100 acres.
Director (In charge): Paul Carpenter Standley, of the Field Mu-

seum, Chicago. (1928-1930)

Note: About 1927 The Dune Forest Company subdivided a
piece of wooded and hilly property in the sand dune region of
northern Indiana, adjacent to the Indiana Dunes State Park. It
was the plan of the Forest Dune Company to “improve” 100
acres, and to leave the balance in its natural condition. During
the world-wide economic depression the property was lost to the
owners, and apparently the project, which started out with so much
promise, has been abandoned.

CHICAGO (2)
(Botanic GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO)
Department of Botany, University of Chicago

An Associated Press dispatch, in 1934 announced that the Uni-
versity of Chicago had “ set aside a tract of land for the establish-
ment of a botanic garden at some future date.” Official informa-
tion received from the University Department of Botany, states
that the University ‘has no botanic garden properly so-called,
nor do we term the experimental plots a botanic garden.”

JOLIET
Pi_tcHER ARBORETUM
Established: 1920. Area: 327 acres.

Administered by the Park Superintendent under the direction
of the Board of Park Commissioners, Joliet. Open free daily at
all hours. Source of income: Tax budget of the city. This area,
formerly the estate of H. N. Higginbotham, was purchased by
Mr. Robert Pilcher and given to the city to administer as a public
arboretum.

364
LISLE

Morton ARBORETUM
Lisle, Du Page County

Established: Development begun, Fall, 1921; Founded, December
14, 1922. Administration Building in memory of Mr. Joy
Morton, founder, completed November, 1935. Area: 735 acres.

Director (Superintendent): C. E. Godshalk (1921- Ni

Admission: Free, daily, from sunrise to sunset. Source of in-

rton,

founder. Library: 2000 volumes. Herbarium: 10,000 specimens.

The Arboretum (with Fruticetum) is situated on State Highway

in Du Page County, approximately 25 miles west of the

Chicag ‘ Loop, 1 mile north of Lisle, and 3 miles south of Glen

Ellyn Plantations: Systematic, geographic, horticultural. ae

for landscape effect are chiefly along the boundaries of the O-

retum and borders of streams, lalkes, and drives. In the forestry
plantings are large groups of trees valuable for forestry purpose

whose economic and practical value is being tested. Puphcanen:

Bulletin of Popular Information. Seed Exchange List.

Indiana

HUNTINGTON
Lortw BoTaANic GARDEN AND ARBORETUM
Huntington College

Founded: Fall of 1935. Dedicated: June 12, 1937. Area: Gar-
den, 3.5 acres; Arboretum, 40 acres.
Director: Fred Aron Loew (1937- ye

Open free daily. Plantations: Largely systematic, with more
than 450 species. It is planned to devote one section entirely to
native grasses. Arboretum now well wooded with many of the
trees and shrubs native to the region. “ Others will be planted
until it is complete. . . . The development of this garden and arbo-
retum which is the only project of its kind in the state, is the work
of Fred A. Loew, now professor of botany, and has been named
after him.” (Sctence 86: 99. 30 July, 1937.) The dedication
address was given by Dr. Ernst A. Bessey, professor of botany,
Michigan State College, and from 1911 to 1914 director of the
Beal Botanic Garden, East Lansing.

365

INDIANAPOLIS (1)
HotiipAy Botanic GARDEN AND ARBORETUM
General Superintendent, Department of Public Parks

Note: The following information was supplied under date of
March 22, 1937, by Mr. A. C. Sallee, Gen’l. Supt.

“ Several years ago the late John H. Holliday, founder of the
Indianapolis News, presented his country estate, consisting of some
80 acres, to the City of Indianapolis to be used for a public park.
On account of the unprecedented business depression during the
past few years and the uncertainty of raising taxes, this tract has
not been developed as a city park. Recently Mr. Willard N. Clut te,
the Indiana Nature Study Club, and members of the Indianapolis
Council of Garden Clubs, which organization has cooperated with
the Park Board in a campaign of city beautification, have agreed
that the Holliday estate would be the ideal site for a botanic Boe
and arboretum

A landscape architect has been employed to assist in the develop-
ment of this garden. It is planned to perfect a strong citizen or-

endowment fund, and the employment of a “ Botany Director.”

The following information was supplied under date of May 4,
1938, by Mr. A. C. Sallee.

The Holliday botanic garden and arboretum is still under de-
velopment and will not be open to the public until the latter part
of 1939. As planned, the garden will contain a collection of rare,
curious, and otherwise interesting plants that will survive the win-
ter in this climate; a conservatory, various special collections of
herbs and wildflowers, as well as sand, water, bog, and rock plants,
a library of books on botany and gardening, a reading room, and
an auditorium for garden meetings, lectures, etc.

uite a few rare specimens have been eee from the
Butler botanic gardens to Holliday this spring and a large planting
program is being outlined for the fall of 1938. Dr. Willard N.
Clute & Butler University has been employed in an advisory
capaci

INDIANAPOLIS (2)
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF BUTLER UNIVERSITY
Butler University, Indianapolis, Indiana

Established: 1928. Area: 15 acres.
Director: Willard N. Clute (1928— )

Serves as a public park. Open free every day, all day. Source

366

of income: Funds appropriated by the University. Library: About
3000 volumes available at the University Library. Herbarium:
40,000 specimens. Plantations: Largely systematic. There is an
Arboretum, a Fruticetum, a Herbaceous garden, Sand garden, Na-
tive Wildflower garden, Rock garden, and Water garden. S pecial
lectures are given to school children at the garden, also to clubs,
garden societies, and eeu public. Study material is supplied to
local schools on applicatio

MICHIGAN CITY
INTERNATIONAL FRIENDSHIP GARDENS
Chamber of Commerce Building

Established: May 28, 1934. Area: 100 acres.
Director: J. V. Stauffer, Executive Director (1934- iy

Located on U. S. Highway No. 12, one and one-half miles east
of Michigan City.

Serves as a public park. Open daily, May to December. Ad-
ults, 25 cents; children, 10 c ae Described as a “ scientific and
philanthropic ” garden. Sour ae income: Endowment funds.
Library: Proposed but not yet "(193 8) started. Herbarium: 1000
specimens. Arboretum. Fruticetuwm proposed. Publications: Ad-
ministrative only. Special lectures and study material given to
school children. On the letterhead the following features are
listed: “ Many acres of gardens; Botanical Garden Fug scutaee
Gardens, Arboretum, Scientific and Experimental Gatieas Trees
of Centuries, Special Zoo,

MUNCIE
ARBORETUM OF BALL STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE

Established: 1918. Area: 18 acres.

Director:
In charge of the head of the science department. O. B. Christy
(1918-

The grounds adjoin the college campus; they are used by stu-
dents of the college and the demonstration school and pupils of the
city schools. Planting of spring flowers began in 1919. The area
is reported to contain “a good representation of all the herbaceous
and woody plants of Indiana” which will grow under local condi-
tions. The arrangement is systematic. Herbarium: 1000-1200
specimens.

367

Iowa
AMES
Iowa STATE COLLEGE ARBORETUM

Established: 1934. Area: Arboretum, 70 acres; Herbaceous
Garden, 5 acres.

Not yet open to visitors. Being developed by the Federal Civil-
ian Conservation Corps (CCC). Source of income: Taxes.

GRINNELL
BoTANIC GARDEN OF GRINNELL COLLEGE

Established: 1908. Area: 1% acres.
Director: Henry Shoemaker Conard (1908— Ne

The Garden was established by subscription of funds, the sub-
scriptions closing December 31, 1908, payable within three years.
The sum now set aside as a special endowment for the garden is
$1630.00. Some additional funds are supplied by the botany de-
partment in return for materials used by the department. A con-
siderable amount of work in the garden is done as class exercises
by students of horticulture. The first plantings were in 1909,
with 14 species. In 1910 about 100 more were added. Since that
time the number has fluctuated greatly.

The Garden is administered by the Professor of Botany of Grin-
nell College. The College Laboratories contain herbaria of about
20,000 sheets. No seed list or other publications are issued, but
seeds and plants are gladly supplied when possible.

McGREGOR
IowA MemorraL ARBORETUM ASSOCIATION
Florence S. Chapin, Secy.-Treas.,
2306 Uplands Drive, Cedar Rapids, lowa
Established: 1932. Area: 20 acres.

Open free at all times. Source of income: Contributions. Mu-
seum: Building built in 1936. Publications: In preparation, Re-
ports on the botany, geology, and history of the region.

368

Kentucky

LEXINGTON (1)
Kentucky Botanic GARDEN
Lexington
Established: 1927. Area: About 7 acres.
Directors: A joint committee from the Lexington Garden Club
and the University of Kentucky. Prof. N. R. Elliott, Chair-
man, Miss Mary L. Didlake, Sec. and Treas.

LEXINGTON (2)
BoTANic GARDEN OF TRANSYLVANIA University (Abandoned)

Louisiana
NEW ORLEANS

ARBORETUM
In 1934 plans were initiated in New Orleans for the develop-
ment of an Arboretum as a part of the City Park extension. Much
preliminary work has been done on the site by W.P.A. (U. S.
Works Progress Administration) labor. The New Orleans Acad-
emy of Sciences, in cooperation with several scientific and civic or-
ganizations of the city, has been interested in furthering the project.

Maine
THOMASTON
KNox ARBORETUM
R. F. D. No. 1

Established: 1908. Area: 100 acres.
Director: Norman Wallace Lermond (1908- Ji

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Source of income:

369

Public contributions. Library: 500 volumes; 700 pamphlets.
This is the Knox Academy Library. Herbarium: Approximately
800 specimens. Plantations: Systematic. Publications: Lists of
trees and shrubs, two having been issued by the van to ee
(1934). Museum: Finished (1937) by State of Maine: $15,00
expended by Governor and Council. Affiliation: oe by the
Knox Academy of Arts and Sciences, Thomaston.

Maryland
BALTIMORE
BoTANIc GARDEN OF THE are Hopkins UNIVERSITY

Established: 1909. Area: 2 acre
Director: Duncan Starr Johnson *(1909-Feb. 18, 1937).
Plantations: 1. Morphologic-ecologic; 2. Structure and ecology of

reproductive organs; 3. Systematic; 4. Useful and ornamental

shrubs.

COLLEGE PARK

UnIversity oF MaryLAND ARBORETUM AND BoTANICAL GARDEN

Established: 1933. Area: 30 acres.
Director: A. S. Thurston (1937).

Open free daily. Source of income: Taxation.
According to Robert Pyle (Amer. Assoc. of Nurserymen: Re-
pore of the Comm. on Botanical Gardens and Arboretums, July,
37), the movement for this arboretum was initiated by Maryland
baat who have six men on the Arboretum Committee; the
ollege has eight men.

Massachusetts
CAMBRIDGE
BotANIC GARDEN OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY
Botanic Garden, Garden Street, Cambridge
Established: 1807. Area: 7 acres.
Directors (or Chief Administrative Officers) :
1. William Dandridge Peck (1807-1822)
(Vacant 1823-1824)
2. Thomas Nuttall, Curator (1825-1834)
3. Asa Gray (Professor in Charge) (1842-1873)

370

Charles Sprague Sargent, first Director (1873-1879)
George Lincoln Goodale, Director (1879-1909)
Oakes Ames, Director (1909-1922)

Stephen F. Hamblin, Director (1923-1930)

Robert H. Woodworth, Curator (1930-1935)

Elmer D. Merrill, Supervisor (1935— )

2 Se ee

Source of income: A small endowment, $78,491.68, and gifts.
Previously it received some aid from Harvard College in compen-
sation for illustrative material supplied. Library: The Garden
has on its premises, and of easy access, the Library of the Gray
Herbarium, amounting to about 39,600 volumes and pamphlets.
Herbarium: The Gray Herbarium, of Harvard University (about
950,000 sheets). Plantations; Systematic. Arboretum and Fru-
ticetum: (Harvard University, of which the Botanic Garden is a
small part, has all of these well developed at the Arnold Arbo-
retum, Jamaica Plain, g.v.). The chief function of the Botanic
Garden is to supply illustrative material for class use. Affiliation:
Formerly a separate Department of Harvard University. In 1928
it was made a part of the Department of Botany of the University ;
it is now one of the nine separately endowed units under the
general supervision of the Administrator of Botanical Collections,

t
lishment in . Much amplification of its work is impossible
because of limited space and limited income. Note: For Atkins
Institution, Soledad, Cuba, see under Cuba, Soledad.

JAMAICA PLAIN
ARNOLD ARBORETUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY

Established: 1872. The principal collections of trees and shrubs
were not planted until 1886. Area: 265 acres.

Directors: Charles Sprague Sargent (1872-1927) ; Elmer D. Mer-
rill (1937- ).

Supervisors: Oakes Ames (1927-1935) ; Elmer D. Merrill (1936).

Note: The Arnold Arboretum owes its origin to Mr. James
Arnold, a merchant of New Bedford who died in 1868, leaving
to the trustees of his estate $100,000 to be devoted to the advance-
ment of agriculture or horticulture. The trustees assigned the in-

371

itial endowment to Harvard University provided that a part of the
Bussey farm, already owned by the University, be set aside as the
site of an arboretum, and that such an institution be established.
This was accomplished in 1872. Ten years later arrangements
were consummated with the City of Boston whereby the property
was deeded to the city and then leased by the Arboretum for $1.00
per year for a term of 999 years, with provision for renewal for
another 999 years. Under this arrangement the Arboretum be-
came a part of the Boston park system and the City of Boston
became responsible for the construction and maintenance of boun-
dary fences, drives, walks, and benches, granted certain water
rights, and provided for police protection.

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from ae to sun-
set. Source of income: Interest from enclowment ($2,964,548.84) ;
special contributions. Library: out 43,500 bound volumes ;
12,100 pamphlets; 17,850 photographs. a erbarium: About 500,-
000 specimens, representing the HO plants (only) of the world;
Carpological collection 8400; od collection 4000. Conser va-
tories: As the arboretum includes ear woody plants, hardy in the
climate of Jamaica Plain (near Boston), there are no plant houses
except those necessary for propagation work and research in plant
pathology and pocuc Bev In part systematic, in part
for landscape effec

1. Arboretum. ae by the authorities (in 1934) to contain
the largest number of species of woody plants assembled in any
one place in America. (More than 6500 species and varieties of
trees, shrubs, and vines representing about 339 genera.)

2. Fruticetum. The Shrub Collection “is arranged in beds ten
feet wide, with a total length of 7765 feet, and separated by grass
covered paths five feet wide. In these beds the shrubs are planted
in a single row and in botanical sequence, all the species of a
genus being thus brought together. In this collection only those
genera are included in which all the species are shrubs, while those
genera which contain trees and shrubs, like Cornus, Syringa, Vi-
burnum, Rhamnus, Rhus, Evonymus, Rhododendron, etc., are
planted in other parts of the Arboretum and as near as possible
to the other genera of their natural families.

“The object of this special Shrub Collection is to enable stu-
dents, landscape-gardeners, and nurserymen to compare readily
the different shrubs which are available for planting in the North-

372

ern States; to make the collection as valuable as possible for this
purpose only well-known hardy shrubs are included in it. Less
hardy and all imperfectly known shrubs will be found in more
sheltered and less conspicuous positions, where supplementary col-
lections of most of the prominent genera of shrubs are main-
tained.”

3. Crataegus collection. “ About 1300 species, forms, and va-
rieties of this genus are now represented in this collection. The
plants were nearly all produced at the Arboretum, from seeds
carefully gathered from the individual trees which served as the
types from which the species were described. The plants are in
square beds, and several individuals of each species are planted
together ; then as these grow they are reduced to one or two plants
of each variety. Diagrams of each bed are kept on cards, and
the name, history, position, and final distribution of each indi-
vidual are recorded.”

4. Pinetum, containing the pines and other Gymnosperms.

5. Special features: In addition to the beautifully landscaped
grounds and very large collections of hardy woody plants, several
features are worthy of special note. These include Hemlock Hill,
a beautiful natural group of the native hemlock (Tsuga canaden-
Sis), a great lilac collection, containing in excess of 400 named
species and varieties, vast collections of azaleas, attractive mass
plantings of rhododendrons and laurel, extensive plantings of ori-
ental cherries and crab apples, and the remarkable Larz Anderson
collection of dwarfed Japanese trees, the latter presented in 1937.

Publications: Shaw, G. R., The Pines of Mexico. Bosten. 1909.
—Rehder, Alfred, The Bradley Bibliography; a guide to the
literature of woody plants published before the beginning of the
twentieth century. 5 vol. Cambridge. 1911-18—Sargent, C.
S., Plantae Wilsonianae; an enumeration of the woody plants
collected in western China. 3 vol. Cambridge. 1911-17.—
Shaw, G. R., The Genus Pinus. Cambridge. 1914—Tucker,
Ethelyn M., Catalogue of the Library of the Arnold Arboretum.
3 vol. Cambridge. 1914-33.—Wilson, E. H., The Cherries
of Japan. Cambridge. 1916—Wilson, E. H., The Conifers
and Taxads of Japan. Cambridge. 1916.—Wilson, E H., and
Rehder, Alfred, A Monograph of Azaleas. Cambridge, 1921—

373

Leavitt, R. G., The Forest Trees of New England. Jamaica
Plain. 1933. Merrill, E. D., and Walker, E. H., Bibliography
of Eastern Asiatic Botany. Baltimore. 1938—McKelvey,
Susan D., Yuccas of the Southwestern United States. Jamaica
Plain. 1938. Bulletin of Popular Information. Issued dur-
ing spring, summer and autumn, about 15 numbers per year.
$1.00 per year.—Journal of the Arnold Arboretum. Quarterly.
$4.00 per year.—Contributions from the Arnold Arboretum.
Issued at irregular intervals. A Guide to the Arnold Arboretum
(with map). Jamaica Plain. 1934.
Note: See also Cuba: Soledad (Atkins Institution of the Arnold
Arboretum).
LEXINGTON
Tue Lexincton (Mass.) Botanic GARDEN, INC.
93 Hancock St.

Established: 1930 (Incorporated, 1932). Area: 12 acres.
Director: Stephen Francis Hamblin (1930-

Admission free daily. Source of income: Bequests and gifts.
Plantations: Wholly for herbaceous plants. Engler and Prantl
system. Specializing on North American species and rock garden
plants. Publications: Seed Exchange List; Bulletin; Lexington
Leaflets.

NORTHAMPTON
Botanic GARDEN OF SMITH COLLEGE

Established: 1893. Area: About 4 acres for the Herbaceous
Garden; the Arboretum and Fruticetum include the College
Campus of 120 acres, and the woods adjoining.

Directors: William Francis Ganong (1894-1932).

Since 1932 there has been no official with the title of director,
but the Garden hasbeen under the management of the Botanical
Department of the College, Dr. Wayne E. Manning, Chairman
GLOSS).

Open free, daily, to the public. Library: That of the Depart-
ment of Botany. Specially rich in books on the history of botany

and botanical education. Herbarium: About 27,000 sheets.

Plantations: See Hardy Herbaceous Plants, 1000. <Ar-

boretum: 350 species. Species under glass, 1400. Fruticetum:

550 species.

374

SOUTH HADLEY
CiarRA LeicH Dwicut BoTranic GARDEN
Mount Holyoke College, South Hadley

Established: 1878. Area: 10 acres, garden and arboretum.
Directors:

1. Lydia White Shattuck (1878-1887)

2. Henrietta Edgecomb Hooker (1887-1900)

3. Asa Stephen Kinney (1900- ) ;

Open free, daily, except Sundays, 9 am. to 5 p.m. Source of
income: Income from endowment and College. Herbarium: Over
8000 specimens, representing nearly 1600 genera. Plantations:
Herbaceous garden. Arboretum (about 150 species of trees and
shrubs). eee under glass: 300. Herbaceous plants out-of-
doors: 125 specie

SOU PH SUDBURY
GARDEN IN THE Woops

Established: 1932. Area: 30 acres.
Director (owner): Will C. Curtis (1932- ).

Always open to the public | free. Guides free for garden clubs

and classes. Described as a “ Wil ower Sanctuary and Botani-
cal Garden,” comprising woodland, are hills and valleys, with
a brook and ponds, and open bogs. aymond Road, 20 miles

from Boston. The owner is bringing one: all the native plants
hardy at this place, and carrying on experiments with their propa-
gation and cultivation. ae lectures and bureau of public in-
formation on wild flowers. Specialty in ee forms of wil
flowers, and alpines of ee United Sta

WALTHAM
Botanic GARDEN oF MippLEsEx UNIVERSITY,
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY

An Associated Press dispatch of June 15, 1928, announced that
this college was developing its then newly acquired campus at
Waltham as a botanic garden. ‘ More than an acre will be cul-
tivated for botanical study ” from the medical point of view. As
of April 8, 1938, “ We have temporarily halted our activities in
the development of . . . the large plot of ground on the campus

375

of Middlesex University which we hope in the future to develop
for botanical purposes for the study of pharmaceutical prep-
arations.”
WELLESLEY
ALEXANDRA BoTANIC GARDEN AND HUNNEWELL ARBORETUM OF
WELLESLEY COLLEGE

Established: 1923. Area: 24 acres. 20 additional acres for ge-
netics, ecology, and horticulture.

Directors: Margaret Clay Ferguson (1923-1932) ; Helen Isabel
Davis (1932- )

Open free, daily. Source of income: Endowment, $60,000.
In ie Wellesley College maintains the large trees (pruning,
spraying, etc.), walks, electric lights, and water supply. He rbar-
tum; More than 85,000 specimens.

Michigan
ANN ARBOR (1)
BOTANICAL GARDENS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

Established: 1914. Area: 51 acres.
Directors: Henry Allan Gleason (1915—February, 1919) ; Harley
Harris Bartlett (1919- Ye

Source of income: Budget of the University of Michi
Plantations: The more notable features of the outdoor bathe
are an extensive wild rose collection, a large collection of species
and varieties of Prunus, and a great many of the varied introduc-
tions of the Office oH Foreign Plant Introduction of the U. S.
Department of Agric

The School of Pony ‘of the University maintains its us
eries at the Gardens. The greenhouse collections are (193
chiefly remarkable for the large cactus collection. The ane
of the Garden provide for bringing into flower, for identification
and study, many plants which are collected by various university
expeditions.

Affiliation: The Botanical Gardens constitute an independent
department of the College of Literature, Science, and the Arts.
Facilities for scientific investigation are offered to all Departments

the University, and have been utilized, not only by the Depart-
ment of Botany, but also by the School of Forestry and Conserva-

376

tion, the School of Pharmacy, and the Department of Zoology.
Historical Notes: Dr. H. H. Bartlett has kindly supplied the fol-
lowing historical information:

The earliest intimation that there was to be a Botanical Garden
dates from the reorganization of the University in Ann Arbor
just a hundred years ago, when Asa Gray, the first professor to
be appointed, made a plan for the development of the campus,
which showed the eastern half of the original forty acres as
“The Botanical Garden.” Gray was sent to Europe to buy books,
and because of his appointment at Harvard he never returned to
Ann Arbor, and this plan remained unrealized.

A small Botanical Garden on the campus was ultimately estab-
lished by Volney Morgan Spalding, professor of botany, 1885-
1904. The first notice of it in the University Calendar appears
in the volume for 1901-1902. It was under the direction of
Julius Otto Schlotterbeck, then Assistant Professor of Pharma-
cognosy and Botany in the School of Pharmacy, and occupied an
area in front of and extending to the westward of the General
Library. The only recognizable trace of it that now remains is
a tree of Fraxinus Ornus near the northwest corner of the Library.

The space on the campus for the Garden was too small. The
City of Ann Arbor owned thirty acres of land along the Huron
River which it was willing to use as the nucleus of a new Botanical
Garden. Additions were made to it by gifts to the University
from Dr. Walter H. Nichols and his wife and from Professor
F. C. Newcombe of the Department of Botany.

The development of the Huron River site was begun in 1906,
and in the Calendar for 1906-1907 Assistant Professor George
Plumer Burns, of the Department of Botany, is listed as Di-
rector of the Botanical Gardens. This position he held from
1907 to 1910, being succeeded by Charles H. Otis as “ Curator of
the Botanic Garden and Arboretum” (1910-1912). The De-
partment of Botany continued the administration until 1915, The
land was hilly and although admirably suited for permanent dis-
play plantings of woody species and for landscape effects, it of-
fered no sufficient flat area for a large greenhouse plant and ex-
perimental fields, in which the Department of Botany was espe-
cially interested.

377

The University therefore purchased, in 1914, the initial twenty
acres of the present site to the west of Packard Road on the line
between Ann Arbor and Pittsfield townships. The botanists trans-
ferred to the Packard Road site in 1915, leaving the land along
the river subsequently known as the “ Nichols Arboretum” to
be administered by the Department of Landscape Design. This
arrangement is still (December, 1936) in effect. Dr. Henry Al-
lan Gleason was the first Director of the Botanical Gardens on
the Packard Road site.

ANN ARBOR (2)
Tue Nicuots ARBORETUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

Established: 1907. Area: About 90 acres.
Directors:
As University Botanic Garden and Arboretum.
1. George Plumer Burns (Botanic Garden) (1907-1910)
2. Charles Herbert Otis (Curator, 1910-1912); Acting Di-
rector (1912-1913)
3. Henry Allan Gleason (1913-1919)
As Nichols Arboretum.
4, Aubrey Tealdi (1919-1934)
5. Harlow O. Whittemore (1934— )

Open free to the public at all times. Source of income: Uni-
versity of Michigan budget (State of Michigan funds). Lzbrary:
Same as that of Department of Landscape Design; about 5000
volumes. radiate No herbarium separate from that of the
Department of Botany. Plantations: ped east cock ic, geo-
graphic. Bae Te Nichols Arboretum Bullet Sonics and
shrubs hardy in southern Michigan. tale ae plant mate-
rial to schools for study on request. Plans have been made to in-
crease the area to 160 acres. Note: The itera Garden and Ar-
boretum were combined until 1915 when the Botanic Garden was
moved to a new site better adapted to its work.

BATTLE CREEK
LEILA ARBORETUM
City Hall, Battle Creek

Established: 1922. Area: 80 acres.
Director: Commissioner of Parks, Buildings, and Grounds.

378

Open free from sunrise to sunset. Source of income: City ap-
propriations. Plantations: Systematic. Lectures are given to
school children in the Kingman Museum of Natural History, lo-
cated in the Arboretum. Study collections loaned to schools.

EAST LANSING
Brat Boranic GARDEN
Michigan State College, East Lansing

Established: 1877. Area: Slightly more than 3 acres.
Directors:

1. William James Beal (1877-1910)

2. Ernst Athearn Bessey (1911-1914)

3. Henry Townsend Darlington (1915-1930)

4. H. L. H. Chapman (Superintendent) (1931- )

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Source of income:
Appropriations from Michigan State College. No separate ap-
propriations. Library: The Library of the Botany Department.
Herbarium: About 90,000 specimens, belonging to the Depart-
ment of Botany. Plantations: Systematic, economic, local flora.
Conservatories: A small range. Publications: Seed Exchange List
(annually). Lectures are given to school children at the garden
on request. Living material supplied for study to local schools
occasionally. erhaps the greatest service that the Garden does
is as an acclimatization experiment station

HILLSDALE
SLAYTON ARBORETUM AND BoTANICAL GARDEN
Hillsdale College
Established: 1922. Area: 91 acres.
Director: Bertram Alpha Barber (1922- iP
erves as a public park, open free daily. Source of income:
Partly Hillsdale College but mostly private ie Supplies
living plant material for study to local schools
BY ISS ya Vals a |
SCIENCE GARDENS
Michigan State Normal College |
Established: 1904. Area: One acre
Directors: W. H. Scherzer (1904— 1919) ; John Milton Hover
(1919- a

379

Open ee aes Source oi income: State ge ee
Herbarium: 000 specimens. Arboretum of native trees.
Fruticetum a ie more common ornamentals. Pin ee are
arranged systematically, and are intended primarily to serve as
teaching collections for botany classes. Publication: Flora of
Washtenaw County, by B. A. Walpole. Special lectures are given
to school children, and study collections are loaned “to training
schools only.” Affiliation: Michigan State Normal College.

Minnesota

LAKE CITY
UNDERWOOD ARBORETUM AND STATE GAME REFUGE

. Established: January 1, 1931. A memorial to J. M. Underwood.
Area: 500 acres.
Director: R. D. Underwood. Open free, daily.

MINNEAPOLIS (1)

Tue MeEpbIcINAL PLANT GARDEN OF THE COLLEGE OF PHARMACY,
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Established: 1892-93 by Dean Frederick J. Wulling. Area: 3
acres.
Director: Frederick John Wulling (1892- Ve

Open free to public inspection. High school classes, women’s
clubs, and other organizations are frequent visitors. Source of
income: Garden prod e tat

talis. The expenses of the Garden are carried by the general Col-
lege of Pharmacy Budget. The Garden is not supported by any
special governmental appropriation, but about 49.5 per cent of the
Pharmacy Budget, out of which the Garden is maintained, comes
from the State of Minnesota. Library: The departmental library
of the College of Pharmacy contains about 4000 volumes, and all
of the pharmacy periodicals of this country and the important ones
of other countries. The students in pharmacy have access to all
of the library facilities of the University. Herbarium: About 5000
specimens, but the students in pharmacy have access to a her-
barium and other facilities of the Department of Botany, College
of Science, Literature and Arts. Plantations: Largely systematic.

380

MINNEAPOLIS (2)
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA BOTANIC GARDEN

Area: 3 acres. Administered by the Department of Botany
chiefly as a source of study material.

NORTHFIELD
CARLETON COLLEGE ARBORETUM

Established: 1926. Area: 350 acres.
Superintendent: D. B. Stewart (1937).
Open free daily. Source of income: Gifts.

ST. CLOUD
STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE

A letter of December 26, 1934 from the Department of Biology,
State Teachers College, St. Cloud, states as follows:

“Our State Teachers College has acquired about a square mile
of islands in the Mississippi river near the College. In addition
we own one hundred and twenty acres which formerly was a gran-
ite quarry. We would like very much to establish (1) a botanical
garden and tree plantings on the quarry site and (2) an arboretum
on the islands.”

“ More than 25,000 evergreen seedlings have been obtained from
the state nurseries and placed in transplant rows.” (Letter of
September 4, 1938 from W. C. Croxton.)

Missouri
ST..LOUIS
Missourt BoTANICAL GARDEN
Established: The grounds locally known as “ Shaw’s Gardens,”

were opened to thé public in 1859, but its formal opening as a

botanical institution took place upon the organization of the

trust, in the fall of 1889. Founded by Henry Shaw, of St.

Louis, who gave the original building and planted grounds, and

the initial endowment.

Area: City Garden, 75 acres; Arboretum, Gray Summit, Mo.

(near St. Louis), 1600 acres.

381

Directors: William Trelease (1889-1912) ; George Thomas Moore
(1912-

Open free, daily except New Year’s and Christmas; on week-
days from 8 a.m. to one-half hour after sunset; Sundays from 10
a.m. to sunset. Source of income: Endowment, about $5, 000,000.
Annual Budget : | grcantmelt $150,000. Library: Chiefly refer-
ence, with a limited circulation. Total number of volumes about
oy 000; number of pamphlets nearly 79,000; manuscripts, 339.
Number of periodicals regularly received, 1400. Herbarium:
About 1,254,000 specimens. Plantations: In St. Louis, iris, rose,
medicinal plant, formal and water gardens. At the arboretum (at
Gray Summit), pinetum, native wild flower plantations, azalea-
rhododendron garden, flowering crab, cherry, and apple orchards.
Species under glass: 6500. Herbaceous plants out of doors: 7500.
Publications:

Missouri Botanical Garden Bulletin, established Jan. 1913.
Monthly. Subscription $1.00 a year. Not a scientific publication,
but “devoted almost exclusively to informing the people of St.
Louis and vicinity what can be seen and learned at the Missouri
Botanical Garden.” Contains the annual report of the Director.

Annals of the Missouri Botanic Garden. Established March,
1934. Quarterly. Subscription $6.00 a volume.

The Annals and the Bulletin together take the place of the An-
nual Report (1890-1912). The Twenty-third Annual Report
(1912) marked the close of that publication.

Museum: Henry Shaw Museum, containing relics pertaining to
the life of Henry Shaw and the history of the founding of the
Garden.

Lecture Courses: Course for amateur gardeners, and an advanced
course on gardening and allied subjects. January-April. Lec-
tures on gardening and allied subjects are delivered by members
of the staff before various organizations, outside the Garden.

Affiliations: Washington University, St. Louis, Mo. The Director
of the Garden is “ Engelmann Professor of Botany” in the
Shaw School of Botany of Washington University.

School for Gardeners: There is a provision for six garden ap-
prenticeships which provides for three years’ training in general
horticulture, forestry, and other subjects. The students work
full time in the Garden under the heads of the various depart-
ments.

382

New Jersey

TRENTON
Pack MemorrAL ArzBoretuM (Washington Crossing State Park)
State Forester, Dept. of Conservation & Development, State House
Annex, Trenton, N. J.

Established: May 19, 1932. Area: 10 acres.
Direction: N. J. State Board of Conservation & Development.
Director: C. P. Wilber (1938).

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of incom
State appropriations. There is an Arboretum. Plantations: ott
graphic and morphologic.

New York

BROOKLYN (1)
Brooktyn Botanic GARDEN
1000 Washington Avenue

Established: 1910 (Authorized December 10, 1909). Area: 50
acres.

Director: Charles Stuart Gager (July 1, 1910- i
Serves as a public park. lie free, daily. Sources of income:

Private funds and New York City Tax Budget Appropriation.

Endowment: $1,354,000.

Membership: Seven (7) classes, as follows:

Benefactor (on payment of $100,000 or more)
Patron (on payment of $25,000 or more)

Donor (on payment of $10,000 or more)

Permanent member (on payment of $2,500 or more)
Life member (on payment of $500 or more)
Sustaining member ($25 a year)

Annual member ($10 a year)

Library: Reference. 19,800 volumes and 16,600 pamphlets. Cur-
rent periodicals received, more than 1000. Herbarium: About
150,000 specimens, including Phanerogams and Cryptogams.

Plantations: Systematic, Ecologic, Horticultural, Special Gardens
(Rose Garden, Rock Garden, Japanese Garden, Local Flora,
Wall Garden, Water Gardens, Children’s Garden, Shakespeare

383

Garden, Medicinal Plant Garden, Culinary Herb Garden.)
Publications: Ecology, quarterly ; Genetics, bi-monthly ; Contribu-

tions, irregular; Memoirs, irregular; Record, quarterly (in-

cludes Educational Prospectus, Seed Exchange List, and Annual

Report) ; Leaflets, bi-monthly.

Lectures and Classes: Lectures are given to adults and children
in addition to courses of instruction and supervision of research
for advanced students. In 1938 the ea at visiting classes
from schools was 51,214; at regular Botan arden classes,
51,154. Classes for blind children were ead eer Radio talks
on the Botanic Garden and on botany and horticulture are given
in cooperation with the Radio Garden Club and otherwise; 33
broadcasts in 1938. Study collections and lecture texts with lan-
tern slides to loan to schools. Living material for study was sup-
ae in 1938 to 3762 teachers for the instruction of more than

BROOKLYN (2)
Hunt Horticutturar Anp BoranicaL GarpEN (Discontinued)
(Called also The Brooklyn Hunt Botanical Garden)

Incorporated: April 9, 1855.

Note: Three city blocks east of Fifth Avenue, Brooklyn and
between 57th and 60th Streets, and $87,000 were given by Thomas
Hunt, William C. Langley, and Henry A. Kent. The movement
was started by The Brooklyn Horticultural Society incorporated
in April, 1854. The plan was abandoned within one year, but
no reason for the failure has apparently been left on record. The
site 1s now completely covered with buildings. The land was
deeded back to the original three donors.

384

BROOKLYN (3)
PARMENTIER’S GARDEN (Discontinued)

Established: October, 1825. Area: 23 acres.

Note: The site was ‘‘ between the Jamaica and Flatbush roads,”
on the outskirts of what was then the City of Brooklyn. It was
near the present Brooklyn Terminus of the Long Island R. R.
It is recorded (Records, U. S. Catholic Historical Society, p. 440,
December, 1904) by Thomas F. Meehan, that the “black beech
tree” (Fagus sylvatica var. purpurea?) was first introduced into
America through Parmentier’s Garden. Here were grown 396
kinds of ornamental and forest trees and ornamental shrubs.

Established by André Parmentier.

BUFFALO (1)
BuFFALO BOTANIC GARDEN
(SouTH Park BoTaNic GARDEN)
Lackawanna, New York

Established: 1894. Area: 155 acres.
Directors:

1. John F. Cowell (1894-1915)

2. Henry Elbers (1915-1919)

3. Leo Elbers (1919-1922)

4. John Grezinger (Feb. 1922—May 1922)

5. Charles Bartholomy (1922-1926)

6. Patrick W. Scanlon (1926- )

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, at all hours. Source
of income: Annual appropriations by the City of Buffalo. Li-

Plantations: Systematic. Arboretum (500 species), Fruticetum
O species). Museum: Open free, daily, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
Affiliation: The first director was professor of forestry in the Uni-
versity of Buffalo.
BUFFALO (2)

BotANIc GARDEN OF BUFFALO City HOSPITAL
462 Grider Street. Seed List

385
CORNWALL-ON-THE-HUDSON

Tue Brack Rock ForREST

Established: 1927. Area: 3137.68 acres.
Director: Henry Harrington Tryon (1927- )

“A private holding organized and equipped as a forest labora-
tory for detailed, intensive research work in problems of funda-
mental and applied Silviculture, Forest Management and Mensura-
tion, Tree Nutrition, and Site Evaluation.” Source of imcome:
Ex xpenses are met in part by the owner, in part by the sale of forest
products. en free daily; campfires and automobiles are pro-
hibited. Publications: The Black Rock Forest Bulletins (estab-
lished 1930, usually annually). The Black Rock Forest Papers
(established 1935, usually semiannually).

FLUSHING
LINNAEAN Botanic GARDEN (Discontinued)

Established: 1737. Area: At first 8 acres; later, 80 ac
Proprietors: Robert Prince (1737- ); William She Ca)

William Robert Prince ( ?-1869).

Note: This garden was primarily a nursery. The name “ Lin-
naean Botanic Garden ” was not given it until 1793. The garden,
from its beginning to its end, was for 130 years conducted by one
family—through five generations. Here, it is said, were planted
the first tulips, the first Lombardy poplars, and the first Mahonia
in America. This appears to have been the first “ botanic garden ”
on Long Island. Discontinued about 1870.

GILBOA
(Fossir PLant Botanic GARDEN)
The Director, State Museum, Albany, New York
Established: 1927. Area: 8&0 sq. ft.

Gilboa Fossil Trees. This is a roadside exhibit of specimens
of fossil tree stumps near the spot where they were taken from
the rocks at Gilboa, in the Catskill Mountains, Schoharie County,
New York State. The group is just within a fence and can be
plainly seen from passing automobiles. A large-lettered label
can easily be read from a car standing in the road. The stumps

386

are set in a cement base thick enough to be unaffected by
the action of frost. The fossil forests of Gilboa are of Upper
Devonian age.

This exhibit was installed by the New York State Museum
(Albany, N. Y.) through the cooperation of the New York City
Board of Water Supply in the spring of 1927. According to a
statement of the Museum, “ These Gilboa trees in general must
have resembled the tree ferns of the tropics today, and also of
the ancient Carboniferous and Upper Devonian Times. They
do not, however, belong to this group, but were higher types—
seed ferns [Pteridosperms].”

“The greatest interest in these forests is that they are the
oldest known to science.” (See Lester Park; Saratoga Springs.)

ITHACA
CoRNELL UNIVERSITY ARBORETUM
Cornell University
Established: 1934. Area: 500 acres.
Directors: Under the direction of an arboretum committee of the
faculty.

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Source of income:
The initial planting was done by CCC (Civilian Conservation
ee of the National Recovery ‘Adnaiaieeratones

1935. The cost of maintenance is met by annual ae eee
to Cornell University. Herbarium and Museum: f 193
steps had ge taken toward the development of a cee: ium ae
museum apart from those already in oe at the University.
During 1936. “ much planting was don

LACKAWANNA (SEE BUFFALO (1))

LESTER PARK (NEAR SARATOGA SPRINGS)
Fossin Borantc GARDEN
New York State Department of Conservation, Albany
In 1914 the New York State Museum received from Willard
Lester, Esq., a deed of gift of about 3 acres of land in the town-
ship of Greenfield, two miles west of Saratoga Springs, N. Y.
This area includes the widely known “ Cryptozoon Ledge,’ and

387

is set apart as a public park to be preserved and protected by the
State because of its paleobotanical interest. A notice of this gift,
and a brief geological and paleobotanical description of the area
was given by Dr. John M. Clarke, Director of the New York
State Museum, in Science 40: 884. 18 D 1914, under the title,
“A fossil botanical garden.” On January 1, 1927, Lester Park
was transferred from the State Museum to the Department of
Conservation, in connection with the reorganization of the New
York State government. (See also Gilboa, p. 385; Saratoga
Springs, p. 390.)
NEW YORK CITY (1)
Excin Botanic GARDEN (DISCONTINUED)

Established: 1801, by Dr. David Hosack. Area: 20 acres.

This Garden was established “as a repository of native plants,
and as subservient to medicine, agriculture, and the arts.” The
land was purchased by Hosack from “ the Corporation of the City
of New York,” for $4,807.36, and in the first edition of his
“Catalog of Plants Contained in the Botanic Garden at Elgin”
(New York, 1806), he reports that the greater part of the area
was then in cultivation. He states further that “ A primary ob-
ject of attention in this establishment will be to collect and culti-
vate the native plants of this country, especially such as possess
medicinal properties, or are otherwise useful.” Also to introduce
similar kinds of plants from different parts of the world to as-
certain which ones might be successfully naturalized. The plan-
tations were in part systematic illustrating the “natural orders ”
according to both Linnaeus and Jussieu.

On January 3, 1811 Hosack conveyed the Botanic Garden with
its conservatory and all other appurtenances to the State of New
York for the sum of $74,268.75. The plants and tools were, in
1810, appraised by a Committee that included the botanist Pursh,
as worth $12,635.74% cents. The Regents of the State placed the
Garden in the control of the College of Physicians and Surgeons.
When this college became part of Columbia University (1814) the
University took over the ownership and management. Subse-
quently 16 city lots at 48th St. and Fifth Ave. were sold to the
Collegiate Dutch Reformed Church for $80,000 and about 1900

388

the block between 47th and 48th Sts. was sold for about $3,000,000.
The Garden became neglected for lack of funds and was gradually
given up. The land between 48th and 51st Streets, from Fifth
to Sixth Avenue was leased in 1929 to John D. Rockefeller, Jr., at
a rental of $3,000,000 a year, and is now the site of Rockefeller
Center. Of 513,575 sq. ft. (nearly 12 acres) of the area of the
Rockefeller Center, 445,600 sq. ft. were in the area of the Elgin
Botanic Garden. “Gardens of the Nations,” illustrating types
of gardens characteristic of different countries, are now (1938)
maintained on the roof of the central building of Rockefeller
Center.
NEW YORK CITY (2)
THe New York BoranicaL GARDEN
Fordham Branch P. O., New York, N. Y.

Established: 1895 (Chartered, April, 1891). Area: 260 acres.
Directors:

1. Nathaniel Lord Britton (1895-1929)

2. Elmer Drew Merrill (1930-1935)

3. Marshall Avery Howe (1935-1936)

4. Henry Allan Gleason (Acting) (1936-1938)

5. William Jacob Robbins (1938- )

Serves as a public park. Open free every day in the year.

Sources of income: Endowment, annual appropriations by the City
of New York, private subscriptions, membership dues.

Membership: Eight (8) classes, as follows:

TEM eIICUOL ee (Ns oo aie os a single contribution $25,000
DUO. hours Siew eas se single contribution :
Bellow: tot Gates. eis... single contribution 1,000
Wemperion lite ny 4:5... ... single contribution 250
Fellowship Member ....... annual fee 100
Sustaining Member ........ annual fee fA.)
antial Wietber ... 44 6s. annual fee 10
Garden Club Membership ..annual fee 20

Library: Reference. 46,000 volumes and many thousand pam-
phlets. Current periodicals received: Approximately 1000. Her-
barium: More than 1,900,000 specimens from all parts of the
world, illustrating the entire plant kingdom. Important collection
of more than 7000 fossil plants. Plantations: Extensive collec-

389

tions of hardy and ornamental plants with large Arboretum, Frutt-
cetum and natural hemlock forest, Thompson aaa Rock
Garden, Rose Garden, ae ae pools, Perennial Border
nual Borders, displaying i in many varieties of setae eilarse
greenhouses with cone cheMaNG chslsy of tropical plants, flower
shows throughout winter and spring.
Publications:
Journal. Established 1900. Monthly. $1.00 a year.
Mycologia. Established 1909. Bi-monthly. Subscription

North American Flora. Established 1907. Issued in parts at
irregular intervals. Planned to be complete in 34 volumes. 86
parts now issued (July, 1938). Sold only by subscription.

Addisonia. Established 1916. Semi-annual. Devoted to col-
ored plates and descriptions. Subscription $10.00 a volume (2
years).

Brittonia. Established 1931. Issued irregularly. Subscrip-
tion, $5.00 a volume.

Memoirs. Established 1900. Issued irregularly. Subscription
to members of the Garden $1.50 a volume; to others $3.00.

Seed Exchange List. Annually.

Museum: Open free, daily, from 10 a.m. to 4: 30 pm. Lec-
tures: Special lectures are given to school children at the garden,
but not at schools. Education: School for professional gardeners,
classes in botany and practical gardening ; docentry for classes from
the public schools and groups of adults. Free public lectures
throughout the year. Affiliation: Columbia University.

PORTAGEVILLE
LETCHWORTH PARK ARBORETUM

Established: Park, 1907. Arboretum, 1912. Area: About 1000

acres.
Director (Advisor): George B. Sudworth (1912-1927).

Occupies a strip of land extending for three miles along both
banks of the Genesee River, given to the State of New York in
1907 by William Pryor Letchworth. A museum and library
building was erected in 1912-1913. “ The object in establishing
the Arboretum was primarily to promote the study of tree growth
under varying conditions of soil temperature, exposure, etc. Also

390

to serve in helping to educate the public to the great importance
of forestry work.”
POUGHKEEPSIE
Dutcuess County BoranicAL GARDEN

Established: 1920. Area: 4 acres.
Director: Edith Adelaide ae (1920- ye

Open free to the public. Plantations: Ecological. Popularly
known as the “ Dutchess County Ecological Laboratory.” The
pee of the native plants of Dee County are grown here

some 28 ecological associations (out of a total of 30 in Dutchess
Coe, Source of income (in part): In 1922-1923 the De-
partment of Botany was granted the income from the Elizabeth
Drinker Storer Fund for seven years. Affiliation: Vassar College.

SARATOGA SPRINGS
PETRIFIED SEA GARDENS
(Formerly called Ritchie Park)
Route 29, West of Saratoga Springs
Established: 1933. Area: 30 acres.

Note: About one-half mile south of Lester Park on the Green-
field road, privately owned by Mr. Robert R. Ritchie, Saratoga
Springs, New York. This entire area is all underlain by “ Cryp-
tozoon reefs,” formed by three different species of this calcareous
alga. The display is said to be finer than the ledge in Lester Park.
More than six acres have been cleared so as to display the fossil
remains. “The finest thing of the kind in the world.”

Open to the public; admission 35 cents. Guides. A natural
limestone ledge, 500 feet long, has been developed as a rock garden.
Lily pools. ‘Our future project includes conservation of the
natural beauty of the park, testing plant material for hardiness,
and a ‘bird haven.’” (See also Lester Park and Gilboa.)

YONKERS
Boyce THompson Institute ARBORETUM
1086 North Broadway
Established: 1925. Area: 300 acres.
Director: William Crocker (1925—

Admission only by permit. Publications by the Institute: Con-
tributions (1925); Professional Papers (1925) ; Reprints.

391
North Carolina

CHAPEL HILL
THE COKER ARBORETUM
Established: 1902. Area: 5 acres. There is also a greenhouse
and propagation ground of about 2 acres at another place on
the campus.
Director: William Chambers Coker (1902- Ne

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:
University of North Carolina. The Arboretum is administered
as eee of the Department of Botany of the University. Library:

hat of the University. Herbarium: Largest in the South.
ree 74,000 sheets. Medicinal Plant Garden.

HICKORY
Tue Hickory ARBORETUM
G. F. Ivey, Hickory, North Carolina
Established: 1933. Area: 9 acres.
Director: G. F. Ivey (1933- Ne
Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income:
Private funds. Plantations: Not definitely classified.

Ohio
CINCINNATI (1)
Mr. Atry Forest ARBORETUM
c/o Board of Park Commissioners, 2005 Gilbert Avenue

Established: 1931. Area: 1304 acres.
Director: Under control of Cincinnati Board of Park Com-

missioners.

The Arboretum is a part of the public park. Open free daily.
Source of income: General Park appropriations and private dona-
tions, Plantations: Systematic,

392

CINCINNATI (INDIAN HILL) (2)
STANLEY M. Rowe ARBORETUM
R. KR: No: |, Stations“ M #
Established: 1929, Area: 100 acres.
This Arboretum is a private estate. It does not serve as a pub-
lic park, but is open free at any time to those interested. Source

of income: Private funds. Library: Small. Fruticetum: Shrubs
not segregated.

CLEVELAND
Tue HotpeN ARBORETUM
The Cleveland Museum of Natural History, 2717 Euclid Avenue
Established: December, 1930. Area: 100 acres.
Directors: Under supervision of the Museum.
Source of income: None at present. Future income from me-
morial fund. There have been a few private gifts. Library:

specimens. Publication: “ Significance of the Holden
Arboretum.”

COLUMBUS
BoTaNic GARDEN OF THE OuIo STATE UNIVERSITY
Department of Botany, The University
Established: 1930. Area: 12 acres.
Director: Edgar Nelson Transeau (1930- Me
rce of income: University funds. a erbarium (of the De-

parent of Botany of the University) : 65,000 specimens. Planta-
ons; Demonstration, experimental, and plant breeding plots.

NEWARK
Dawes ARBORETUM
Established: June, 1919, by Beman G. Dawes. Area: 350 acres.

In Licking County near Newark.

Source of income: Endowment. Note: “ Outstanding figures
of government, industry, a and sport circles have planted
some of the Arboretum’s 800 trees, which represent all the varie-
ties that thrive in the a meer zone, including descendants of
such famous and historical trees as the Charter Oak and the Logan
Elm.”

393

OBERLIN
OBERLIN COLLEGE ARBORETUM
Established: 1914. Area: 95 acres.
Charles M. Hall (deceased 1914) bequeathed to the College the
land and an endowment fund.
TOLEDO
The Director, Toledo Zoological Society, Walbridge Park

Note: In the Museum News, April 15, 1936, it is reported that
the Toledo Zoological Society has under construction a natural
science development, comprising a Museum of Natural and Social
Science, and a Botanic Garden with conservatories. Our letter
of inquiry with questionnaire remains unanswered.

WOOSTER

WoostER ARBORETUM

Established: 1908. Area: 70 acres.

Administered by Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station, Division
of Forestry.

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Library.

Oklahoma (See page 406)
Oregon
PORTLAND (1)

Hoyt Park ARBORETUM

Established: 1928. Area: 140 acres.
Director: C. P. Keyser, Superintendent of Parks.

Open free daily. Source of income: Taxes. Established by
the City Council through the influence of the Committee on For-
estry of the Chamber of Commerce of Portland.

RORMEANIE) 72)
WIND River ARBORETUM
See Carson, Washington

394

Pennsylvania
BETHLEHEM
ARBORETUM OF LEHIGH UNIVERSITY

Established: 1916. Area: 11 acres.
Directors: 1. H. S. Drinker (1916-1922) ; 2. N. M. oe (1922-
1929) ; 3. A. Litzenberger (Superintendent) (192 \y

Open free, by appointment, 9 am—4 p.m. Source of imcome:
Budget of Lehigh University. Plantations: Geographic.
HAVERFORD
HAVERFORD COLLEGE ARBORETUM
Established: 1833. Area: 212 acres.

Open free daily. Source of income: The College. Publication:
Report of Campus Club.

MARSHALLTON
MARSHALLTON ARBORETUM (DISCONTINUED)

In 1773 Humphrey Marshall, cousin of John Bartram, began
the foundation of an Arboretum in Marshallton (then called
Bradford), Penn. (See Philadelphia: Bartram’s Garden, p. 395.)

MEDIA
PAINTERS’ ARBORETUM (DISCONTINUED)
Established: About 1825. Discontinued “‘ sometime in the ’seven-
ties.” Area: About 4 acre
Location: Middletown TS Wncties Delaware County, Pennsylvania
—three miles from Media.
Founders: Jacob and Minshall Painter (brothers).

Note: H. S. Connard (Proc. Delaware County Institute of Sci-
ence 7: No. 1. 1-14. May, 1914) stated that as late as 1898
the site of this Garden contained “one of the richest and rarest
collections of trees and shrubs in this vicinity.” He gives a par-
tial list of them (as of 1898), comprising eighty genera and about
117 species, including the Cutter-dock (Petasites), Sequoia gi-
gantea, Cedar of Lebanon, and Gordonia (Franklinia). A de-
scription of the ecology of this area is given by T. Chalkley Palmer

395

in The Westonian, Vol. 30, No. 4, Autumn, 1929. In this article
Mr. Palmer records the fact that this area, part of a tract of some
800 acres or more, was, in 1929, in the ownership of Mr. John J.
Tyler, of Germantown (Philadelphia), a nephew of the Painter
brothers. As of 1936 Mr. Gerard Ronon, of Philadelphia, was
Trustee of the property. Our questionnaire was not returned.

MERION
ARBORETUM OF THE BARNES FOUNDATION
Merion, Montgomery Co.

Established: 1923. Area: 11 acres.
Director: Mrs. A. C. Barnes (1923- Ve

aaa ee request, free. Source of income: Barnes Founda-
tion. See article by Frank A. Schrepfer, The Arboretum of the
Barnes Focedaion (Landscape Architecture 25: 21-26. Oct.

1935.) Library: 225 volumes. Plantations: Systematic and hor-
ticultural. Lectures to school children from time to time.

PHILADELPHIA
AWBURY ARBORETUM
Germantown, Philadelphia
Established: 1918. Area: 65 a
Directors: Arthur W. Cowell (1919-1935) ; Howard S. Kneedler,
Jr. (1935-
Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from sunrise to

bd
sunset. Source of income: Endowment fund and subscriptions.
Fruticetum: Shrubs not segregate

BARTRAM’S GARDEN

Founded 1728 (some writers give 1731), by John Bartram, on
the banks of the Schuylkill River, at what is now 54th St. and East-
wick Ave., Philadelphia. Often referred to as the first botanic
garden in the Colonies. It was continued by William Bartram, son
of John, after the latter’s death, but discontinued and abandoned
about the end of the 18th century. In 1891 the site was acquired
by the City of Philadelphia, and in 1923 was placed under the
Fairmount Park Commission to be administered as a_ historic

396

monument. It is a special interest of the John Bartram Associa-
tion, a private organization.

ea area: 36 acres. Bartram’s original garden about 8 acres.
pen free daily. Several trees still standing are believed to have
been planted by John Bartram, including a Ginkgo biloba, consid-
ered by Harshberger as the first Ginkgo to be Sea in America,
since it is larger than the one in Woodland eee ( Philadel-
phia) which Charles S. Sargent considered the oldes

BoTANIc GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia

Established: 1892. Area: Over 4 acres.

Directors: John Muirhead Macfarlane (1895-1920) ; Rodney
Howard True (1920-July 1, 1937); Jacob Richard Schramm
(July 1, 1937- ).

Open free to the public daily from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Source of
income: Endowment of and annual University grant.
Library: More than 10,300 "volumes, 20,000 pamphlets (as of
1938). Herbarium: More than 200, 000 sheets. Plantations: Sys-
tematic and general. me bues about 10,000 specimens annually to
local schools for study

DaRLINGTON’s ARBORETUM (DISCONTINUED)

Established: About 1850. Laid out as part of the public park
of Westchester, Pennsylvania, by William Darlington.

Evans’s ARBORETUM (DISCONTINUED)
Established: 1828, near Bryn Mawr by John Evans.

HeEMiLock ARBORETUM
Care of Charles F. Jenkins, Mt. Airy, Philadelphia, Pa.

Established: 1931. Area: 5% acres.
Director (and owner): Charles F. Jenkins.

Does not serve as a public park, but is open free to the public.
Source of income: Privately endowed. Library: Small. Planta-
tions: Systematic and geographic. any contains over 150 speci-
mens of Tsugas, including nine species and over forty varieties.
Publications: Quarterly Bulletin, Gas April, July and Oct.)

397

MARSHALL’s GARDEN (DISCONTINUED)
Established: 1773, at West Bradford, Pennsylvania, by Humphry
Marshall, a cousin of John Bartram. Some of the trees are
still standing (1937) but the garden, as such, has been aban-
doned. (See Philadelphia: Bartram’s Garden, p. 395.

Morris ARBORETUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia
Established: Oct., 1932. Area: 160 acres.
Director: Rodney Howard True (1932- Ve
Does not serve as a public park. ees free. Hours: 1-5

onomy of woody plants. Fruticetum: Shrubs not segregated.
Plantations: Mainly systematic with attention to soil diversity.
Publications: Quarterly Bulletin of Associates, illustrated (in 3rd
year). Scientific monograph series, Vol. I. Conway Zirkle, Be-
ginnings of Plant Hybridization. 1935. Lectures on horticul-
tural subjects free to the public. Study material supplied to
schools in limited quantity. Affiliated with University of Penn-

There are a number of graduate fellowships for students in
botany working for advanced degrees. A stipend of $1200 ac-
companies each appointment.

The property comprises two estates: “Compton” (about 90
acres), at Germantown and Hillcrest Avenues, Chestnut Hill
(Philadelphia), and “ Bloomfield”? (70 acres), in Montgomery
County, across the City line from “‘ Compton.”

RosrtcRUCIAN GARDEN (DisconTINUED Axsout 1800)
Located on the lower Wissahickon River, previous to the
American Revolution (early 18th Century). Contained medicinal
herbs used by the Rosicrucian (Red Cross) fraternity.

Wirtt’s BoTANIc GARDEN (DISCONTINUED)

Established: 1708, by Christopher Witt at Germantown, now a
suburb of Philadelphia.

398
READING

BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE READING PusLic MusEUM AND
ART GALLERY

Established: 1926. Area: 29 acres, on Wyomissing River.
Director: Levi Walter Mengel (1926—

Sobrie of income: tiaeet of Reading School District. eee
500 volumes. Herbarium: About 6000 specimens, chiefly plants
of Eastern United States. Plantations: Systematic, geographic,
economic, “ Bird paradise,” with feeding Hea Greenhouse of
economic plants for school classes. Museum: Free daily, 10 a

5 p.m.; Sundays, 2-5 p.m. Special cee “ school children.

SELINGSGROVE

Botanic GARDEN OF SUSQUEHANNA UNIVERSITY

Announcement was made by letter of Feb. 11, 1921, that a
Botanic Garden was about to be established at Susquehanna
University. No reply to our questionnaire of 1938

SWARTHMORE

ARTHUR Hoyt Scotr HorticuLtrurAL FOUNDATION

Swarthmore College

Established: 1929. Area: 250 acres.
Director: John Caspar Wister (1930- ye

Serves as a public park. Open free at all times. Source of
imcome: Endowment, Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Founda-
tion. Library: The botanical and horticultural books in the Col-
lege Library. Herbarium: That of the Botanical Department of
the College. Fruticetum, but shrubs not segregated. Plantations:
Systematic and geographic. Publications: A preliminary report
and occasional small pamphlets about flowering plants. ation:

en is affiliated with Swarthmore College, Swarthmore,
Pa. The chief emphasis of the Scott Foundation is upon collec-
tions of living plants suitable a se nee culture by the average
gardener in the climate of this ar

TYLER ARBORETUM (PAINTERS’ ARBORETUM)
(See Media)

399

WESTTOWN
WESTTOWN SCHOOL ARBORETUM
Westtown
Established: 1906. Area: 20 a
Directors: Alfred Z. Haines (1906-1909) ; Albert L. Baily, Jr.
(1921- Ve
Open free daily. Source of income: Donations. Library: The

School library consists of about 200 volumes on botany. Her-
barium: Approximately 3000 es aaa The Arboretum is re-

stricted to “ arborescent natural specie There is no fruticetum.
Plantations: Systematic. Shrubs Aa US ease? varieties of
trees, while present in some numbers, are not the main interest of

the project. P This on account of limited area and fends Conifers
about 140 (including 27 species of Pinus). Deciduous trees, about
350. Publications: None. There is no scientific nor special edu-
cational program beyond the elementary botany courses of the
Westtown (preparatory) School.

South Carolina

BROOKGREEN
BROOKGREEN GARDENS INCORPORATED
New York Office: 1 East 89th St.
Established (Incorporated): July 13, 1931. Area: Total, 4000
acres; Formal Garden, about 44 acres.
Director (Horticulturist in charge): Frank G. Tarbox, Jr.

Open free daily, 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.

This Garden is situated along the Waccamaw River, Georgetown
County, near Charleston, S. C., between the River and State high-
way route 17. It is described as “a free public museum of natural
history,’ for the preservation of the flora and fauna of the south-
east. It is privately owned, and administered by a board of seven
Trustees, of which Mr. Archer M. Huntington is president. It
has an endowment of over one million dollars. The original plant-
ing was done about 1800 or earlier by Joshua Ward, of Charleston.
In 1932 curved cement walks were constructed to represent the
wings of a butterfly. Within these curves are the plants, labeled
with names and blooming seasons. “ They may be considered as
floral open-air museum cases, just as the whole garden within the

400

walls must be treated as an open-air museum of native plants of the
southeast and of the history of American sculpture.” At first the
garden was intended to contain the sculpture of Anna Hyatt Hunt-
ington. It now contains a Museum of Small Sculpture (bronzes),
in addition to the sculpture (by American sculptors) outdoors.
There is a small zoological station near the entrance to the Gardens,
and the grounds serve as a bird sanctuary. Publications: Catalogs
and illustrated folders. The Brookgreen post office is now (1938)
located in the old residence on the grounds.

CHARLESTON
Tuomas WALTER’S BoTANICAL GARDEN (DISCONTINUED)

Established by Thomas Walter in the second half of the 18th
century on the banks of the Santee River, north of Charleston.
Upon his death the Garden was abandoned; nothing remains now
except Walter’s grave, marked by a broken marble slab. Walter
was the author of Flora Caroliniana (1788). Dr. John K. Small
refers to this publication as “the first manual of the plants of a
more or less definite geographic area,” and to the Garden as “ the
first . . . in the southeastern corner of the American colonies.”
(Small, John Kunkel. Manual of the Southeastern Flora. 1x.
1933; Jour. N. Y. Bot. Jour. 36: 166-167. 1935.)

COLUMBIA
UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA ARBORETUM

Established: 1938. Area: About 6 acres.
Director: Edward Caleb Coker (1938- D:

Open free daily, 9 a.m. to7 p.m. Source of income: Budget of
the University of South Carolina. Plantations: Confined to native
trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants of South Carolina. A Pros-
pectus was issued in 1936 and, about the same time, an undated
folder in which it is pointed out that while the gardens at Brook-
green (q. i 2 gi ive the aes regions their arboretum, the gardens
in Columbia “will have a growth range that extends from the
aa eats a North Carolina to the deltas of the Mississippi.”

401

‘Tennessee

KNOXVILLE
A. F, SANForD ARBORETUM
En OF Box 197
Established: 1930. Area: 20 acres.
Open free daily. Source of income: Maintained by owner per-
sonally. Plantations: Systematic. Publications: Occasional cata-

logues and planting list. Affiliations: Gacy of Tennessee
botanical department cooperates unofficially.

MADISON
MapiIson CoLLEGE ARBORETUM
Established: 1930. Area: 80 acres.
Director: aes Bralliar (1930— ).

Sie as a “‘semi-public park.” Open free at all times.
Dee of income: Budget of Madison College. mae A
nucleu one now being started. Plantations: Systema f-
bias. ecieen "Cole (formerly Nashville recctaen Nor-
mal Institute) is owned and operated by Nashville Agricultural
Normal Institute Incorporated

Texas
AUSTIN
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY

A tract of land of 500 acres on the Colorado River near Austin
belonging to the University was set aside to be developed in whole
or part, as a botanic garden. “ Activities nil for past seven or
eight years.” (Fide personal letters.)

FORT WORTH
Fort WortH Botanic GARDEN
c/o Fort Worth Park Department, Rotary Park
Established: 1933. Area: 35 acres.
Directors: Board of Park Commissioners.

Open free at all times. Source of income: The City refunds
taxes on Park properties for up-keep. Plantations include Arbo-

402

retum, Water Gardens, Rose Garden, Arid and Native Wild
Flower Gardens, and Nature Trails. Library: In the making
(about 500 volumes and pamphlets in 1935). Herbarium: 8500
specimens mounted and classified. A large part of the Coan
just a little more than one year old (a Government Project), w

built by relief labor. Special lectures are given to school care
at the Garden. Living material is supplied to eo schools for
study. The Garden operates the Fort Worth Garden Center in
the Horticultural Building. Affiliation: Fort Worth Public
Schools; Fort Worth Garden Club.

HOUSTON
Houston BotTANICAL GARDEN

Established: 1925. Area: 15 acres.

Administered by City Park Department. Open free, daily. Mu-
seum open daily except Monday. Herbarium: About 4000
sheets.

Washington
CARSON
Winp RiveER ARBORETUM
424 U.S. Court House, Portland, Oregon

Established: 1912. Area: 9 acres.

Administered by U. S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Serv-

land, Oregon, in Columbia National Forest. Plantations: About
2000 trees, over 150 species of Coniferae. Publication: Reports
of Progress (mimeographed) 1932, 1937. The Arboretum was
eebicted under the direction of the District Forester; the field
officer chiefly responsible for it until 1924 was Dr. J. V. Hofmann.
It 1 since been administered by the Pacific Northwest Forest and

ange Experiment Station of which Mr. Thornton T. Munger has
been Director since 1924.

SEATTLE Gh)
MEDICINAL PLANT GARDEN
College of Pharmacy, University of Washington
Established: 1910. Area: Approximately 5 acres.

Directors:

1. A. H. Dewey (1910-1912)

403

2. Earl Platt (1913-1914)

3. Arthur W. Linton (1914-1920)

4. James Thomson (1920-Nov. 1922)
5. Ludwig Metzger (1922- )

Open free daily to the public. Source of imcome: State ap-
propriations. Library: 75 volumes. Plantations: Systematic, eco-
nomic. Publication: Seed List. Living material for study sup-
plied to schools on request.

SEATTLE (2)
WASHINGTON ARBORETUM AND BOTANICAL GARDEN

Department of Forestry, University of Washington

Established: December 16, 1935. Area: 260 acres.

Director: Hugo Winkenwerder (1935-

Serves as a public park. In 1935 the area, Washington Park,
adjacent to the Campus of the State University of Washington,
was set aside as a botanic garden and arboretum by the Seattle
Park Board. It is to be “a state-wide institution under per-
petual supervision of the University of Washington.

Source of income: On December 16, 1935, a WPA (U.S. Works
Progress Administration) Project, jointly sponsored by the
University of Washington and the Park Department of the City
of Seattle, was put into operation. This provides for $166,629
of Federal Funds, and $129,660 additional in services and ma-
terials contributed by the University and the City. This project
was closed July 8, 1936, because the funds allotted were ex-
hausted.

The Arboretum Foundation, “a non-profit corporation,” has been
formed “to assist in and foster the development of Washing-
ton’s Arboretum and Botanical Garden.’ Membership in the
Foundation is in five classes, as follows:

UNSSOGIALE: scene Annual dues $ 2.00
IRCA EYO Or a an oo 0 y : 5.00
GUIVennen Nose cee 4 i. 10.00

‘

% : 25.00
Bessie: ease tae One payment of $500.00 or more

404

Plantations: Systematic; Ecological; Special.
Publications: The Arboretum Bulletin. Vol. I, No. 1, December.

1936; Seed “List.

“By June 30, 1938, there will have been expended in develop-
ment a sum slightly exceeding one million dollars. The work has
been carried on largely through WPA projects with contributions
from the sponsors, the University and the City of Seattle, and
a number of gifts. . . . Two greenhouses and a nursery of nine
acres are in full Reeattot . .. Some 2500 species and varieties
of trees, shrubs, and herbs, and half a million bulbs have been
planted.” (Letter of April 15, 1938, from the Director.)

West Virginia
WHEELING
OGLEBAY ARBORETUM
Oglebay Park

Established: 1938. Area: 100 acres.
Director: A. B. Brooks (Park Naturalist), (1938- Me

Note: This Park was originally called Waddington Farm. The
planting of the Arboretum was begun during the spring of 1938.

Wisconsin

MADISON (1)
UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN ARBORETUM AND WILD Lire REFUGE

Established: April, 1932. Area: 900 acres.
Executive Director: G. Wm. Longenecker (1932- iy

- Serves as a public park only in very small part. Admission
free. Source of income: Gifts. sO apple from the
State. Library: University Library. Herbarium: University
Herbarium (approximately 120,000 Sacer Plantations:
Systematic, geographic, ecologic. ‘Some acreage has been set aside
for Family, Genus, and Species groupings, but most of the plant-
ings will be in the nature of natural groupings. Some of the eco-
logical types being preserved and g¢stablished are: Balsam, Black
Spruce; Hard Maple, Beech; Hemlock Ravine; Jack Pine; Ju-
niper Hillside; Wisconsin Oak Woods; Marsh; Wisconsin Prai-
ries, Prairie Margin; Red Pine, White Pine; Tamarack Bog;

405

Aquatic Garden; etc. Lectures are given to school children at the
Garden. Note: In the development of the Arboretum natural sur-
faces are being left undisturbed, except in some places where it is
absolutely necessary to change them for service or safety. An
item in Science for March 5, 1937, p. 236, states that the Alumni

the continuation of the work now being done by Professor Aldo
Leopold on game management and land-waste problems in con-
nection with the university arboretum.

“Fourteen acres of lagoons with controlled water levels for
shore bird studies have been finished. The shores of these lagoons
are made in the form of flat benches at different water levels.
These benches were covered with different types and mixtures of
materials such as peat, marl, sand, clay, and gravel.

“Three prairie nurseries have been planted in the prairie area
and several acres have been seeded to prairie material by the seed
spot method. Over fifty tons of prairie plants have been planted
in the prairie area this past year.

“A series of game bird food plots were planted and observed
again this year, in order to get first hand information regarding
the food habits of upland game birds.

“Since the first of January, 1937, 56,300 trees and shrubs and
19,200 evergreens have been planted.”

MADISON (2)
WISCONSIN PHARMACEUTICAL GARDEN
Department of Pharmacy, University of Wisconsin
Established: 1913. Area: 38 acres.
Director: Edward Kremers (1913-1935); W. O. Richtmann, In
Charge (1937) ; Arthur H. Uhl (1938- yi

ource of income: State appropriations. (None, 1932-1936;
Serieilly nesoree 1937.) Supplies study material to local schools.

RIPON
BoTANIC GARDEN OF RIPON COLLEGE
Plans for the establishment of this Garden were announced in
1928. Dr. James F. Groves, of the Botany Department of the
College, was chosen Director. Initial planting in the spring of
1928

406

Uruguay
MONTEVIDEO
JARDIN BoTANICO DEL PRADO
Avenida Reyes 1155 y 1179

This Garden is under the Municipal Park Department.
Established: 1908. Area: 15 hectares,

Directors; 1, Carlos Racine (1908-1917) ; 2. Luis Guillot (1917-

1924) ; 3. Wilhelm Gustav Herter (1924— ).

Serves as a public park. Open free at all times. Source of
income: The city budget. Library: 3000 volumes. Herbarium:
6000 specimens. Plantations: Geographic, ecologic. Arboretum
systematically arranged. Publication: Index Seminum Horti
Montevidensis. Museum open free during working hours,

Venezuela
CARACAS
Jarpin BotANico
Administered by the National Government.

Wales

See Great Britain

Windward Islands
See British West Indies

Yugoslavia (See Jugoslavia)

ADDENDUM

Oklahoma

TULSA
“The 23-acre estate of Mr. and Mrs. White Phillips, at 2727
Rockford Road, Tulsa, Oklahoma, has been offered by the owners
to the city as an art and Indian culture museum and _ botanical
garden . . . to be administered by the city park board and to
contain plants indigenous to the Southwest.” (Museum News

16:1 and 3. Oct. 15, 1938.)

OFFICERS OF THE see OF TRUSTEES _

CHAIRM

EDWARD C., SBE UAE
First. Vice-Presivew: SECOND VicE-PRESIDENT
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN. VAN SINDEREN

THIRD. VICE-PRESIDENT
cee CHARLES PRATT
Ma ees TREASURER S) A
- EDWIN P. MAYNARD FRANCIS T. CHRISTY

BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE
MISS HILDA LOINES, Chairman
WALTER H

N
W. E JAMES G. McDONALD, Ex as
MRS. pe WIS W. FRANCIS EDWIN P. MAYNARD
LFRED E. MUDGE
EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD
Tae PRESIDENT, THE BrooKtyN INSTITUTE oF ARTS AND SCIENCES
JAMES G. McDONALD, L

THE FoLLowInG OFFICIALS OF THE Cre OF ‘New ¥.
THE HE COMPTROLLER
S)

AYOR
THE COMMISSIONER o PARK

ae eee NEO EATON.

1P.—All ons who are di and main

erning membe rship| may
Nic Garden. 1000 Washington
ephone, Prospect
pees free se ae the spupte dae from 8 a.m. until dusk;

E Botanic GA
on 1 Sundays aad "Holida ys are is Oo
Se noulepard and near

< ‘The street eabacee to the Laboratory Building is at 1000 Washington Avenue,
senate Cia Stree :
d others in studying the Lae the services of a
or ee gids of t ee Botanic
(0) rs 0 cents per p angem
le by aa ee of Public ie action oe tet ate hear
sof less than errant Its will be conducted. os
ay ees: Broadway (B.M.T.). Say to Prospect Park
to Eastern Parkway-Brooklyn Museum $ nN;

venue ; tien turn right.

ee Me

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
PUBLICATIONS

bes of the Garden. To o oe 00 a year. SC iredint tes in 59 count
oo eee July, 1918. Published irregularly. cae in
47 countries
Volum eL Dedication Papers: 33 scientific ke ees at the dedication
of the tees building. 1917. 521 pages. $3.50, plu
Volum a The vegetation of Long Island. ag 7 aan vegetation of
Montauk: CAG tudy of grassland and forest. By Norman Taylor, June 11, 1923.
108 pages. $1. 00, plus postage.
Volume IIT. Vegetation of Mount Desert Island, Maine, and its environ-
ment. By Habrington Moore and Norman Taylor. 1927, 151 pages. $1.60.
CONTRIBUTIONS. ees 1911. Papers originally published in
periodicals, reissued as “ separa without cHenee of paging. 25 num con-
stitute one volume. 25 cents Hens $5.00 a volume. Circulates in 34 countri
No. 79. The sad ae and iis ancl by hot water, with notes on ak
eae 12 page
Inerane of riesuhie to loose and covered smuts in Markton oat
ee y pag 1938
No. 81. eens “of resistance to jones and covered smuis in oat hybrids.
10 eae rae
o. 82. Culture ie inoculation studies on races of the loose and. covered
smuts of ak 13 pa 1938.
No. 83. ie of the Galapagos and Cocos Islands. 31 pages. 1938.
No. 84. Influence of the growth of the host on oat smut development. 24
pages. 1938.
LEAFLETS. Established, April 10, 1913. Published weekly or biweekly
during April, May, June, September, and October. ee purpose of the Leaflets

bcc aN plant life for teachers and others. Free to members of the
ers, fifty cents a series. a poghes: 5 cents each. Circu-
lates in 28 counties Temporarily discontinued since
UIDES to the cone eny buildings, and grounds. es based upon cost
of publication. Issued as numbers of the Recorp; see abov:

coe No. 5. The a Garden. 28 illustrations. ee 35 cents. By mail,
40 c

Si 0. 6. Pee potted trees (Hachinoki). 11 illustrations. Price, 35
cents. a ak 40 c

Guide No. 7. ee story of our eS Tes ae geclogy ue oe Brooklyn
Botanic Garden. 22 illustrations. Pr rice, 35 c By mail, 4

Guide No. 8. The story of fossil plants. e teenies a a6 cents, By
mail, 40 cents.

SEED er ae Seminum) Sg ae December, 1914. Since 1925
issued each year in the ary number of the Recorp. Circulation includes 160
botanic ia ne ae suet cations located in 40 countries

OGY. Established, January, 1920. Published quarterly in cooperation
with aoe Nees Society or AMERICA. Subscription, $4.00 a year. Cuirculates
in 48 ¢

oe pied, Janey, 1916. Bimonthly. Subscription, we a
year. Neuiaes in 37 countr

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD

VOL. XXVII OCTOBER, 1938 NO. 4

PROSPECTUS

OF COURSES, LECTURES, AND OTHER EDUCATIONAL
. ADVANTAGES OFFERED TO MEMBERS AND TO
THE GENERAL PUBLIC

1938-1939

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY
AT PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTE: A
BY THE mre hides oF he Ree SCIENCES
ROOKLYN, N,

Entered as second-class matter in the post-office at Lancaster, Pa., under act of August 24, 1912.

ye ge ie. Agioas*

+ Until July 31, 1938

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
Scientific, Educational, and Administrative Officers

SCIENTIFIC AND EDUCATIONAL

The Staff
C. STUART GAGER, Ph.D., Sc.D., Pd.D., Director

MONTAGUE FREE, Certificate, Royal Boca Gardens pe Horticulturist
ARTHUR HARMOUNT GRAVES, Ph.D., Curator of P.

c Instruction

ALFRED GUNDERSEN, Docteur de PUniversite (Paris), sa of Plants
IA E. JORDAN, B.S., Libraria
M. REED

er.
.B., Assistant Curator of
Epenine Taetraicis tion

Other Officers
MARY eee Honorary Curator of Japanese Gardening and ue Art
AROLD A. CAPARN, Consulting Landscape Architec

RALPH CURTISS BENEDICT, Ph.D., Resident Investigator (Ferns)
RALPH H. CHENEY, Sc.D., Resident Investigator (Economic Plants)

EMILIE PERPALL C HICHESTER, Library Assistant
CHARLES F. D

SUNES:; Assistant in Woody Plants
WILLIAM H. DURKIN, Curatorial Gee
LSIE TWEMLOW HAMMOND, M.A., Instructor
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, A.M., Ph.D., ee Beton
MINER,* A.B.,
MARGARET BURDICK PUTZ, Gibran “Assiston
M. RUSK, A.M., Instru

yet y a
L. GORDON UTTER, M.S., Ph.D., Research Assistant
HILDA VILKOMERSON, A.M., Curatorial Assistant

LOUIS BUHLE, Photographer —
MAUD H. PURDY, Artist

ADMINISTRATIVE
DANIEL C. DOWNS, Secretary and “AchouHnante
MAUDE E. VORIS, Assistant Secretary
NORMA STOFFEL BANTA, Office Assistant

MARIE-LOUISE HUBBARD, ee M., Secretary to Hid Dicetor
GERTRUDE W. MERRILL,+ AB as ae
FRANK STOLL, Eee tiie Cus

HELEN a BENNETT, S sendarer es
LAURA M. BREWSTER, Stenographe
CONSTANCE PURVES EL SON, B.A, Sencgrathes
* On leave of absence, October 1, 1937, to October 1, 1938.

INFORMATION CONCERNING MEMBERSHIP

The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences is organized in
three main departments: 1. The Department of Education. 2.
The Museums. 3. The Botanic Garden.

Any of the following seven classes of membership may be taken
out through the Botanic Garden:

[Pee wintl al lett W Clieeiaws 2... <:a/shace en coe $ 10
faq SUE MME ISI D ae eee are Lec 25
ae bite minenn eter cok ee ae 500
4, Permanent member ................. 2,500
Spe | DYehalese tte, sy 5 ee ee ee 10,000
(Oy VER arose Ah ee eel ee 25,000
Hi VESSOUESEVCOS. 2) ie 100,000

Sustaining members are annual members with full privileges in
Departments one to three. Membership in classes two to seven
carries full privileges in Departments one to three.

Further information concerning membership may be had by
addressing The Director, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn,

or by personal conference by appointment. Telephone,

Prospect 9-6173.

nN wn

(ee)

S00

—"
=

—
iss)

PRIVILEGES OF MEMBERSHIP

Free admission to the buildings and grounds at all times.

Cards of admission for self and friends to all exhibitions and
openings preceding the admission of the general public, and
to receptions.

Services of docent (by appointment), for self and party (of
not less than six), when visiting the Garden.

. Admission of member and one guest to field trips and other

scientific meetings under Garden auspices, at the Garden or
elsewhere.

. Free tuition in most courses of instruction; in other courses a

liberal discount from the fee charged to non-members,

. Invitations for self and friends to spring and fall “ Flower

ays,” and to the Annual Spring Inspection.
Copies of Garden publications, as follows:
a. Recorp (including the ANNUAL Report).
b. GuivEs (to the Plantations and Collections).
c. Leariets (of popular information).
d. CONTRIBUTIONS (on request. Technical papers).

. Announcement Cards (Post Card Bulletins) concerning plants

in flower and other items of interest.
Privileges of the Library and of the Herbarium.

. Expert advice on the choice and care of ornamental trees,

shrubs, and herbaceous plants, indoors and out; on plant-
ing the home grounds; the care of lawns; and the treatment
of plants affected by insect and fungous pests.

. Determination of botanical specimens

Participation in the periodical distribution of surplus plant
material and seeds, in accordance with special announce-
ments sent to members from time to time.

ili
OUT-OF-TOWN MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES

In accordance with a cooperative arrangement with a number of
other institutions and organizations, Brooklyn Botanic Garden
members, when visiting other cities, may, on presentation of their
Botanic Garden membership card at the office of the cooperating
museum or organization, be accorded, without charge, the same
privileges as are enjoyed by the members of that institution, in-
cluding admission to exhibits and lectures, and invitation to social
events. This does not include being enrolled on the mailing list
for publications, and does not include free admission to the Phila-
delphia and Boston spring Flower Shows.

In reciprocation, the members of the cooperating units, when
visiting the Metropolitan district of Greater New York, will be
accorded full membership privileges at the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden.

The cooperating units are as fol

—

OWS:

Academy of Natural Sciences, Sec Pa.
Berkshire Museum, aa held,
oston Society of Natural ie y; en Mass.
uffalo Museum of Selene Buffalo
California Academy of Sciences, oh Heanewen
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.
erates ston Museum, Charleston, S.
Everhart Museum of Natural cee Science and Art, Scranton, Pa.
Fairbanks Museum of Natural Science, St. pea Vt.
Field Museum of Natural History Bre ann
os Angeles Museum, Los Maeeles Cal
Massachusetts Horticultural Society, ee Mass.
Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo,
Newark Museum, Newark,
New York State Museum, iste. INT, oY
Peabody Museum of Archz Sa and Ethnology, asi Mass.
Pennsylvania Horticultural Soc Philadelphia,
Philadelphia Commercial co * Philadel phia, Pa.
Southwest Museum, Los Angeles, California.

REGULATIONS CONCERNING PHOTOGRAPHING,
PAINTING, AND: SKETCHING
1. No permit is required for photographing with a hand camera,
or for sketching or painting without an easel on the Grounds or in

the Conservatories.

2. Sketching and painting with an easel and the use of a camera
with tripod are not allowed in the Japanese Garden, the Rose Gar-
den, the Local Flora Section (Native Wild Flower Garden), nor
the Conservatories at any time without a permit. No permits are
given for use after 12 o’clock noon on Sundays and holidays.

3. Artists, and the public in general, may not bring into the
Botanic Garden chairs, stools, or anything to sit in or on.

4. Holders of permits must not set up tripod cameras nor
easels in such a way as to involve injury to living plants or
lawns, nor to cause an obstruction to traffic on congested paths
or walks.

5. Application for permits should be made at the office of the
Director, Laboratory Building, Room 301, or by mail (1000
Washington Avenue), or by telephone (PRospect 9-6173).

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD

VOL. XXVII OCTOBER, 1938 No. 4

PROSPECTUS: 1938-1939

ElISt ORSCOURSES OPRPER ED
Date of First
Meeting Page
Fall Courses, 1938

Wild ee and Ferns of the New York Region ......Sept. 17 410
Everg ee ton Know? “EMeMml sie! 42 aa aces eee Sept. 21 410
Re SGU Smee ee oa ee Pee eae Sept. 21 411
alee baceOuss sel amtsty ss ucts <2 Shee ee ed oe sttcnayeuan dens ote oh Sept. 27 411
Mreesuand «Shrubs in Winter 3.0.2 soe ey coe Sete eetsietoe ee Oct. 1 410
Walks and Talks in the Botanic Garden ............205 Oct. 4 411
Fall Nature Study and Gardening (for Children) ....... Octiaa 15-417
Galvan fOr eGalceneusiaidecia so si-ag se we ope scene ee Oct. 25 411
Plants in the Home: How to Grow Them .............. Nov. 2 410
W inter Ruta 1939
OMt hee ERO picsiay tips ee ee Bk he BY See Jan. 21 412
ee ee (Cor Giildren) yy 2h: duces soeee eee Jane 9 212417
Spring Courses,
SPriNseeNiatu ner Study. Peatekes kivoeas, tte slg cee eget Feb. 7 415
Synvertaver AC piteta leon nt NWN /Coy cl ke We ge ener ere I RN eT he Feb. 8 413
Spring Nature Study and Gardening (for Children) ....March 4 417
Plant-Animal Links in the Chain of Life ............... March 8 413
Walks and Talks in the Botanic Garden ..............-. April 11 411
Ornamental Shrubs: ee COUESE ac vatican ee ee eee pntls V2 413
Spaincwlenbaceousw Plants ecco Yet awe ae aber ce whan April 12 414
Trees and Shrubs in ae and. Summer~... (20.05.2604 April 15 412
Outdoor Garden Course (for Children) ................ April 29 417
Wild Flowers and Ferns of the New York Region ...... April 29 412
Garden@=blantssancdeHlowers, ohn: Peach ec basen tie: May 3 412
TET ACS esha) O Wie ater wa ee nce Se cs sous. Sly she oermens May 3 413
Full we Cour ses, 1938 1939
(GEN Chi GS mmr ert ee eRe ele ahs. sed ai wane lay ote ein ae teeny oS Sept. 20 416
Gel aa INL eee ti oes ag seta alte Sek OO Ae ae ree Das See Ee
Elements of Horticulture .......... 0. cc cec gener eee nye Sept. 28 415

408

Date of First
Meeting Page
Trees and Shrubs of Greater New York ........0....... Oct. 1 416
(afeenhouse Work <secv. edness Moe ewe bes ae Oct. 11 415
SUE? ache eer orn ge ee oe ee toh ces or oe Oct. 13 415
Course for Student Nurses

General Botany with Special Reference to Medicinal

GIVES Gectossc et ance ees ah pee an ana caine eave Panes aie aia aoe anaes ——— 417
Investigation
Research in Mycology and Plant Pathology ............. —_——— 418
Research mm forest Fatolsey95.00.ii52csd cee ev eweeeede —__—_— 418
Research in the Structure of Flowers ...............0... —___—— 418
Research in the Systematic Botany of the Flowering
OMICS: <a. adceas ne Ged cates cutee ee ears cen ne eae ets ———— 418

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The Brooklyn Botanic Garden offers courses of

botany, gardening, horticulture, and nature study
tunity for research, as follows:

instruction in
; also oppor-

A. For members and the general public (“ A” courses, p. 409)
B. For teachers (“B” courses, p. 414)
C. For children (‘C” courses, p. 416)
D. Other courses of a special nature (“ D” courses, p. 417)
IX. Investigation (p. 417)
dlny course may be withdrawn when less than ten persons apply
for registration and no course will be given for less than six per-
sons. Since registration in many of the courses is restricted to a
fixed number on account of the limited space available in the green-
houses, and for other reasons, those desiring to attend are urged
to send in their application for enrollment, with entrance fee, to
the Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, several days in advance
of the first exercise. This avoids delay at the beginning of the
first exercise, ensures a place in the course, and enables t
structor to provide adequate material for the class.
Enrollment.—Persons are requested not to register in any
course unless they are reasonably confident that they can attend
the sessions of the class regularly and throughout.

—

le in-

This is espe-
cially important where the number to be enrolled is limited. To
register and not attend may ¢

eprive someone else of the privilege

409

of attending. With the exceptions noted below, no registrations
will be accepted for separate class exercises.

Equipment available for the courses:

Three classrooms, two laboratory rooms, and three Instructional
Greenhouses; the Children’s Garden, occupying about 34 of an acre
and divided into 150 plots for instruction in gardening; at the
north end of the Children’s Garden, the Children’s Building, for
conferences, and for the storage of tools, seeds, special collections,
etc.; the Auditorium, on the ground floor, capable of seating 570
persons, and equipped with a motion-picture machine and _ stere-
opticon, and electric current, gas, and running water for experi-
ments connected with lectures.

In addition to these accommodations, the dried plant specimens
in the herbarium, the living plants in the conservatories and planta-
tions, and the various types of gardens, are readily accessible ;
and children’s library, which contain <

bab)

while the main library

comprehensive collection of publications on every phase of garden-
ing and plant life, may be consulted freely at any time.

A. Courses for Members and the General Public

Although the following courses are designed especially for
Members of the Botanic Garden, they are open (unless otherwise
specified) to any one who has a general interest in plants. “Teach-
ers are welcome. Starred courses (*) are open also for credit to
students of Long Island University, and are described in the cur-
rent Long Island University catalog. In harmony with an agree-
ment entered into in the spring of 1935, the Botanic Garden, upon
recommendation of the Chairman of the Biology Department of
Long Island University, offers a course scholarship to one student
of the University.

Unless otherwise specified, all ‘A’ courses are free to meim-
bers,+ but the individual class exercises are open only to those who
register for the entire course. Of others a fee is required, as in-
dicated. In courses where plants are raised, these become the
property of the class members.

+ For information concerning membership in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden

consult pages i-iil.

410

FALL CourRSES

Al. Plants in the Home: How to Grow Them.—Five talks
with demonstrations. This course deals wit

—

1 the principles to be
followed in raising plants, and in maintaining them in a healthy,
vigorous condition in the home. Practice in potting,
making cuttings, ete. The members of the class have the privilege
of keeping the plants they have raised. On account of restricted
space in the greenhouse, this class imust be limited to 40 persons.
Registration according to the order of application. Fee to non-
members, $6 (including laboratory fee); to members, $1 labora-
tory fee. Wednesdays, 11 a.n., November 2 to November 30.

Mr. Free.

mixing soils,

*A5. Trees and Shrubs in Winter.—Ten outdoor lessons, in
the parks and woodlands of Greater New York, on the character-
istics of Our common trees and shrubs, both native and cultivated,
emphasizing their distinguishing features in the winter condition.

jar

The habits, requirements as to soil, etc., and the use of various
species in landscape art are also discussed. Fee, $5. Saturdays,
2:30 p.m., October 1 to December 3. The first session will be held
at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

Dr. Graves and Miss Vilkomerson.

A10. Evergreens: How to Know Them.—Ten sessions, out-
doors so far as weather permits, for a study of the Botanic Gar-
den’s collection of conifers and other evergreens, their habits,
uses, and cultivation. Beginning with native conifers, Western
and Old World species are studied, including pines, cedars, hem-
locks, spruces, firs, yews, cryptomeria, umbrella pine, cypresses,
and broad-leaved evergreens. Class members are given small
specimens for identification, and seeds of certain species. Fee, $5.
Wednesdays, 10:45 a.m. to 12 noon. September 21 to November
30 (omitting October 12). Dr. Gundersen and Mr. Doney.

A13. Wild Flowers and Ferns of the New York Region.—
Six sessions. How to know the common plants of woods
and roadsides, including identification of fruits and seeds. Fee,
$3. Saturdays, 2:30 p.m., September 17 to October 22. First
meeting at the Botanic Garden. Miss Rusk.

411

A24. Beginning Course in Fall Greenhouse Work.—Five
sessions on potting, plant propagation, bulb culture, etc. (Not of-
fered in 1938.) Miss Dorward.

*A31. Ornamental Shrubs.—Eight sessions, held outdoors
in the Botanic Garden, to study the common species and varieties
of cultivated shrubs, emphasizing those desirable for planting out
on the home grounds. Fall flowers and fruits of ornamental
shrubs and small trees, also evergreen shrubs, are considered.
This is a continuation of the spring course A30. Fee, $4.
Wednesdays, 11:00 a.m., September 21 to November 16 (omitting
October 12). Mr. Doney.

A40. Botany for Gardeners.—Itight lectures and discussions
on fundamental processes in plant life as applied to gardening and
horticulture. Designed especially for those interested in amateur
gardening. fec, $4. Tuesdays, 11 a.m., October 25 to Decem-
ber 20 (omitting November 8). Dr. sSvenson:

A42. General Botany.—Saime as course Bl. Fee to mem-
bers, $5; to non-members, $10. Miss Rusk.

A43. Genetics—Same as course B17. Fee to members, $5;

to non-members, $10. Miss Rusk.

A44, Walks and Talks in the Botanic Garden.—A course
designed especially for Members of the Garden and their friends,
re general plan of the

—

to enable them to become acquainted with t
Garden and the nature of the various special gardens, as well as
other features of general interest. No fee. Tuesdays, 4 p.m.,
October 4 and 18, 1938 and April 11, 25, May 16, and June 6, 1939.

Dr. Graves.

A45. Fall Herbaceous Plants.—F our sessions, for the study
of fall-flowering garden plants on the grounds of the Botanic
Garden. This is a continuation of A39, but either course may
be taken separately. Fee, $2. Tuesdays, 4:00 to 5:15 p.m.
September 27 to October 18. Dr. Gundersen.

412
WINTER COURSE

A22. Trips to the Tropics.—Iour guided tours through the
Conservatories of the Botanic Garden, with informal, non-techni-
cal talks on interesting plants.

1. Foods from far-off lands.
2. Desert gardens.
3. Orchids and pond weeds.
4, Plants of prey.

No fee. Saturday afternoons at 2:00. January 21, 28, February
4,18. Class limited to twenty.
Dr. Graves and Miss Vilkomerson.

SPRING COURSES

*A9. Trees and Shrubs in Spring and Summer.—Ten out-
door lessons in the parks and woodlands of Greater New York.
Sinular to A5, except that the different species are studied in their
spring and summer conditions. Iee, $5. Saturdays, 2:30 p.m.,
April 15 to June 17. Dr. Graves and Miss Vilkomerson.

All. Wild Flowers and Ferns of the New York Region.—
Six sessions, in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden and in the wood-
lands near the City, for field identification of flowers and ferns

—

of spring and early summer. Fee, $3. Saturdays, 2:30 p.m,
April 29 te June 3. First meeting at the Botanic Garden.
Miss Rusk.

A20. Garden Plants and Flowers.—.\ course of lectures dis-
cussing the cultivation, propagation, and landscape uses of special
groups, illustrated with lantern slides and living plants, with ac-
companying tours in the Botanic Garden. Where possible, propa-
gative material will be distributed to class members. A limited
number of bearded iris plants will be available for distribution to
those taking the course. To derive the most benefit from the
course, one should have a knowledge of the elements of gardening
equivalent to that presented in courses Al or A25. The following
dates have been chosen to accord with the time when the particu-
lar plant group is at its best in the Garden.

413

@rnamentalrees: 3 = May 3 i liris:: Se eee na May 24
SIE CS els oe ree May 10 Ornamental Shrubs ..May 31
idienbaceous PerennialsMViay 7 >~ JROSeS: Gedo hee q sume June 7

Fee, $5; single exercises, $1. Wednesdays in May and June,
4:00 p.m. Mr. Free, Dr. Gundersen, Dr. Reed, Mr. Doney.

A25. Spring Garden Work.—A course planned to help those
interested in working in their own gardens. The lessons are as
follows: making cuttings of herbaceous perennials; sowing seed,
and pricking out seedlings; outdoor demonstration of spring gar-
den work. Lectures will include planning and care of the herba-
ceous border, care of shrubs and the lawn. Class limited to 30
persons. Fee to non-members $7 (including laboratory fee); to
members, $2 laboratory fee. Wednesdays, 10:30 a.m., February &
to March 22 (omitting March 15).

Miss Shaw and Miss Dorward.

*A30. Ornamental Shrubs: Spring Course—vTen outdoor
meetings on the grounds of the Botanic Garden. The principal
flowering shrubs and small trees are considered at their times
of flowering, emphasis being placed on their uses in landscape
work, their cultivation, and distinguishing characters. Jee, $5.

Wednesdays, 11:00 a.m., April 12 to June 14. Mr. Doney.

A32. Families of Flowering Plants.—Ten outdoor sessions
in the Botanic Garden. This course takes up chiefly the structure
of flowers and their possible lines of evolution; and the character-
istics of important families of flowering plants. (Not offered in
if Dr. Gundersen.

A37. Lilacs in Flower.—Five outdoor lessons in the Garden.
The unusually comprehensive collection affords opportunity for
the study of about twenty species and a large number of the finest
varieties of lilacs. In the last lessons, culture and propagation are
studied. Cuttings, which become the property of those taking the
course, are prepared for rooting. Fee, $2.50. Four Wednesdays
and one Monday, 10:45 a.m. to 12 noon, May 3, 10, 15, 17, and
June 7. Dr. Gundersen and Mr. Free.

A38. Plant-Animal Links in the Chain of Life——Three il-
lustrated lectures on the divergent but interdependent evolution

414

of the two great lines of life: (1) Water plants and water animals.

(2) Land plants and cold-blooded animals. ) Flowering plants
and warm-blooded animals. No fee. Wednesdays, 4 p.m., March
&, 15, and 22. Dr. Gundersen.

A39. Spring Herbaceous Plants.—Ten outdoor lessons in
the Garden, to study the characteristics of the principal perennials
and annuals, including rock garden plants, as they come into flower.
These include members of the Pink , Buttercup, Poppy, Mustard,

Saxifrage, Rose, Pea, Primrose, Mint, Figwort, Composite, Lily,
Amaryllis, and other plant families. Small specimens for press-
ing, and occasional propagative material, are given to class mem-
bers. Fee, $5. Wednesdays, 10:45 a.m. to 12 noon, April 12 to
June 14. Dr. Gundersen.

B. Courses for Teachers

These courses have been accepted by the Board of Education of
New York City for “in-service credit,” one credit being granted
for each 15 hours (with the exception of “ B8, Plant Culture ’’).
Through an agreement with Long Island University, undergradu-
ate credit for certain courses will be allowed toward fulfilling the
requirements for a university degree, provided the admission re-
quirements at the University and the laboratory requirements have
been fulfilled. Such courses are starred (*). By special arrange-
ment with the institution concerned, these credits have also been
used as undergraduate credits in other colleges and universities.
Nature materials used in the courses, and plants raised become the
property of the student.

Members of the Garden are entitled to a 50 per cent. discount
from the regular fee for all “B” courses; from other persons
the indicated fee is required. Long Island University students
desirous of electing any of these or of the “A” courses should
notify Dean Tristram W. Metcalfe or Dr. Ralph H. Cheney, who
will give the candidate a card entitling him to admission to the
course. The student should present this card at the beginning of
the first session of the course.

Bl. General Botany.—A one-year course not organized as an
undergraduate college course in preparation for advanced courses,

415

but to give a survey of the plant kingdom as a matter of general
information and culture. Thirty two-hour sessions on the life
activities of plants, and the structures that make these activities
possible. Discussions are supplemented by individual study of
plants and plant parts—living, whenever possible. In addition to
the higher (seed) plants, representatives of the main groups of
lower plants are studied: bacteria, algae, fungi, lichens, mosses,
and ferns. Four credits. Fee, $10. Wednesdays, 4-6 p.m., be-
ginning September 21. Miss Rusk.

B2. Spring Nature Study.—A thirty-hour course in fifteen
two-hour sessions. This course is based on the New York City
Syllabus in Nature Study. Miss Farida Wiley, of the American
Museum of Natural History, will conduct a field lesson on bird
study on a date to be announced. Two credits. Fee, $10. Tues-
days, 4-6 p.m., beginning February 7. Miss Hammond.

B3. Elements of Horticulture.—Thirty sessions. For teach-
ers only. Lessons in potting and general care of house plants;
methods of plant propagation, including the planting of bulbs;
making cuttings (soft wood, and leaf); sowing seeds; preparing
for the outdoor garden. Most of this work is carried on in the
greenhouses. Emphasis will be laid on problems of a practical
nature. Two credits. Fee, $10. Wednesdays, 4 p.m., beginning
September 28. Miss Shaw and Miss Dorward.

B7. Greenhouse Work.—Thirty sessions, throughout the vear.
For teachers only. A continuation of Elements of Horticulture
and open to students who have taken that course. Further study
of plant propagation methods; arrangement of plants in hanging
baskets, window boxes, dishes, etc.; special culture of certain house
plants and = winter-flowering greenhouse plants. Two credits.
Fee, $10. Tuesdays, 4 p.m., beginning October 11.

Miss Dorward.

B8. Plant Culture.—A course of twenty weeks duration for
those who have completed Elements of Horticulture and Green-
house Work. No Board of Education credits are given for this
course. (a). Section A is for those who have already taken B8.
(b). Section B is for students who have never taken B8, and
consists of a series of lectures on plant operations in the outdoor

416

garden, as well as greenhouse work. Jee, $10. Thursdays, 4
p.m., beginning October 13. Miss Shaw and Miss Dorward.

B10. Flowering Plants: Field and Laboratory Study.—
Thirty two-hour sessions on becoming acquainted with species of
wild flowering plants, including weeds. (Not given in 1938-39.)

Miss Rusk

*B13-14. Trees and Shrubs of Greater New York.—Twenty
two-hour sessions. A course of outdoor lessons in the parks and
woodlands of Greater New York, the principal object being to
rain a ready acquaintance with the common trees and shrubs of
he eastern United States, which are wel

le g

=
a

represented in this re-
gion, The species are considered in systematic order, in both
winter and summer conditions, and the features pointed out by
which they may most easily be recognized. Two credits. Fee,
$10. Saturdays, 2:30 p.m., October 1 to December 3; and April
15 to June 17, 1939. Dr. Graves and Miss Vilkomerson.

B17. Genetics—— Thirty class meetings and fifteen two-hour
laboratory periods throughout the year. An introductory course
in heredity and variation, including discussion of Mendelian prin-
ciples, the physical basis of heredity, sex linkage, factor linkage,
factor interaction, and quantitative inheritance. Laboratory work
on plant material and Drosophila. Prerequisite: an elementary
course in botany. Tour credits. Fee, $10. Tuesdays, 4 p.m.,
beginning September 20; and Fridays, 4 p.m., beginning October
Zi Miss Rusk.

C. Children’s Courses

More than thirty separate courses are given Saturday mornings
for boys and girls from eight to nineteen years old in the spring,
fall, and winter.

The children are grouped according to age and experience.
For example, under I (below), twelve separate courses are given;
under II, four separate courses; under III, fourteen. Under IV,
the Outdoor Garden, 200 children are working from late April to
mid-September. This does not represent one course, but many
courses combined under one heading, “ ‘The Outdoor Garden.”

Miss Shaw and Assistants.

—

417

I. The Fall Course takes up nature study on the grounds;
plant propagation in the greenhouses, using stem and leaf cuttings ;
ulbs and corms; making of terrariums and dish gardens. En-
rollment limited to 175 children. Fee, ten cents. Saturday morn-
ings, 9-11:15, October 15 to December 17.

II. Winter Course.—Children who have shown unusual
ability are chosen from the fall group for early winter work.
Group limited to 50. No fee. Saturday mornings, 9-11:15, Jan-
uary 21 to February 18.

III. Spring Course—Nature study and preparation for the
outdoor garden, including studies of seed germination, seed sowing
in the greenhouse, and the making of garden plans. All candidates
for the outdoor garden must be in spring classes. Enrollment
limited to 200. Fee, ten cents. Saturday mornings, 9-11:15,
March 4 to April 15.

IV. Outdoor Garden Course.—The outdoor garden is open
throughout the summer season, and time is arranged to fit in with
children’s vacation schedules. No child is assigned an outdoor
garden who has not had the spring preparatory work. Group lim-
ited to 200 children. Fee, twenty-five or thirty-five cents depend-
ing on the size of the garden. The garden session begins April 29.

D. Course for Student Nurses

D1. General Botany with Special Reference to Medicinal
Plants.—A course of 10 spring and 10 fall lectures, demonstra-
tions, and field trips for student nurses. Arranged in cooperation
with various hospitals. The general principles governing the life
of plants, as well as the use and care of flowers and potted plants
in the sick room, will be considered. Special attention will be paid
to the outdoor identification of officinal plants. Hours to be ar-
ranged. No fee. Dr. Graves.

E. Investigation
1. Graduate Work for University Credit

By the terms of a cooperative agreement between New York
University and the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, properly qualified

418

graduate students may arrange to carry on independent investiga-
tions in botany at the Garden under the direction of members of
the Garden Staff, who are also officers of instruction in the Grad-
uate School of the University. The advantages of the library,
laboratories, herbarium, and collections of living plants at the
Garden are freely at the disposal of students registered at New
York University for such work. Such properly enrolled graduate
students are charged no additional fees by the Garden. Research
in the following fields may be undertaken :

K6. Research in Mycology and Plant Pathology. Dr. Reed.
K8. Research in Forest Pathology. De Gtaves,
E9. Research in the Structure of Flowers. Dr. Gundersen.

E10. Research in the Systematic Botany of the Flowering
Plants. Dr. Svenson.

2. Independent Investigation
The facilities of the laboratories, conservatories, library, and
herbarium are available to qualified investigators who wish to
carry on independent researches in their chosen field of botany.
is meant those who have obtained the

By “ qualified investigators ”’
doctor’s degree or have completed most of the requirements for
the doctorate. The laboratories are open for such use only during
the hours when the Laboratory Building is regularly open, viz.
9 aim.—5 p.m. Mondays to Fridays; 9-12 a.m. Saturdays, except
on holidays when the building is closed. There is a charge of
$25 per year, payable to the Botanic Garden.
COOPERATION WITH LOCAL SCHOOLS

The Brooklyn Botanic Garden aims to cooperate in every prac-
ticable way with the public and private schools of Greater New
York in all matters pertaining to the study of plants and closely
related subjects. The purpose of the Garden in this connection
is to supplement and enrich the school work in the way of instruc-
tion, demonstration methods, study material, ete., which otherwise
would not be available.

419

Geography classes, as well as classes in nature study and botany,
find the collection of useful plants in the Economic Plant House,
the Local Flora Section, the Japanese Garden, and also the Merid-
ian Panel, the Armillary Sphere, and the Labeled Boulders, valu-
able adjuncts to their class work. Arrangements may be made by
teachers of geography to have their classes study these collections
under guidance. Illustrated lectures at the Garden for geography

_—

classes may also be arranged.

To visiting college classes in geology and physiography t
tanic Garden offers interesting material for a study of glaciation.
Notable features are a portion of the Harbor Hill terminal moraine
(Boulder Hill), the morainal pond (the “ Lake”), the labelled
glacial boulders, and the Flatbush outwash plain. See Guide No.
Te ECR LOIN) oy our Boulders: Glacial Geology of the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden.

—

1e Bo-

Talks at Elementary Schools.—The principals of public or
private elementary schools may arrange to have talks given at the
schools on various topics related to plant life, such as school gar-
dens and garden work with children, tree planting, the conservation
of wild flowers, Arbor Day, etc. If an illustrated lecture is de-
sired, the lantern and operator must be provided by the school,
but slides will be furnished by the Botanic Garden. Address the
Curator of Elementary Instruction for a list of talks and for ap-
pomntments.

Talks at Secondary Schools and Colleges.—Informal illus-
trated talks on various subjects of an advanced botanical nature
are always gladly given at Secondary Schools and Colleges by
members of the staff. Arrangements for such talks should be
made with the Curator of Public Instruction.

School Classes at the Garden.—Public or private schools
both elementary and secondary, may arrange for classes to come
to the Botanic Garden for illustrated lectures by a member of
the Garden staff, or for guided tours through the conservatories
and outdoor plantations. Such lectures, conservatory trips, and
outdoor trips are planned for correlation with the New York City
school syllabi in nature study, biology, and geography.

420

Visiting classes must be accompanied by their teachers, and
notice of such visits should be sent at least one week in advance.
Blank forms for this purpose are provided by the Garden. Lists
of talks and trips offered will be sent on request: for Junior High
and Elementary Schools address the Curator of Elementary In-
struction; for High Schools, the Curator of Public Instruction.

The Garden equipment, including plant material, lecture rooms,
lantern, and slides, is at the disposal of teachers who desire to
instruct their own classes at the Garden. Arrangements must be
made in advance, so that such work will not conflict with other
classes and lectures. For High School and College classes address
the Curator of Public Instruction. For Junior High and Ele-
mentary School classes address the Curator of Elementary In-
struction.

The principal of any Elementary or High School in Brooklyn
may arrange also for a series of six lessons on plant culture to be

—

given to a class during the fall or spring. A small fee is charged
to cover the cost of the materials used. The plants raised become
the property of the pupils. The lessons are adapted for pupils
above the third grade.

Special classes for the blind may be arranged. A week’s
ye

—

notice is asked so that plant material in sufficient amount may
ready.

Seeds for School and Home Planting.—Penny packets of
seeds are put up by the Botanic Garden for children’s use. In the
early spring, lists of these seeds, order blanks for teachers and
pupils, and other information may be secured on application to the
Curator of Elementary Instruction.

Demonstration Experiments.—Teachers may arrange to

have various physiological experiments or demonstrations con-
ducted at the Garden for the benefit of their classes. Communica-
tions in regard to these matters should be addressed to the Curator
of Public Instruction.

Loan Sets of Lantern Slides.—Sets of lantern slides have
been prepared for loan to the schools. Fach set is accompanied
by a short lecture text of explanatory nature. In all cases these
sets must be called for by a responsible school messenger and _ re-

421

turned promptly in good condition. Address, by mail or tele-
phone, Mr. Frank Stoll. The subjects now available are as fol-
lows. Other sets are in preparation.

1. Plant Life 4. Fall Wild Flowers
2. Spring Wild Flowers 5. Forestry
3. Common Trees 6. Conservation of Native Plants

Study and Loan Material for Elementary Schools.—To the
extent of its facilities, the Botanic Garden will provide, on request,
various plants and materials for nature study. As far as pos-
sible this material will continue to be supplied gratis to elementary
schools in case one or more of their teachers are members of reg-
ular Botanic Garden classes. Requests from Elementary Schools
should be made to Miss Elsie T. Hammond, and material should
be called for at the Information Booth on the ground floor.

Study and Loan Material for High Schools, Junior High
Schools, and Colleges

Available at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1938-1939

The Botanic Garden is able to supply various plants and plant
parts for study; certain protozoa; sterilized nutrient agar; and also
material and mounts for exhibit purposes. When containers are
necessary, as in the case of agar, algae, and protozoa, they must
be furnished by the school.

In the past, the Garden has offered this service gratis, but both
on account of the increasing demand and because of the decrease
in appropriations, it has become necessary to make a small charge
for the material supplied or loaned. A Price List of the various
materials furnished will be mailed on request.

Requests should be made by mail or telephone (PRospect
9-6173), at least one day in advance, to Dr. Elizabeth Marcy, and
the material should be called for at Room 204. All exhibit ma-
terial, and other items starred (*) will be mailed if the school pays
postage.

LIVING MATERIAL—PLANTS
Algae: 1. Spirogyra, *Pleurocoeccus, Vaucheria, Desmids, Oscil-
latoria. 2. *Spirogyra conjugating—preserved ieee

422

Bacteria: 3. *Slant cultures of &. coli, B. subtilis, Pseudomonas
radicicola, Sarcina flava.

Fungi: Plus and minus strains of bread mold (Rhizopus nigri-
cans). 4. *Spores for inoculation. 5. Cultures of each strain,
6, Petri dish inoculated with both strains showing lines of zygo-
spores.

Liverworts:

Thallus only—7. Marchantia. 8. Conocepha

Thallus with gemmae cups—9. Marchantia. 10. Lunularia.
Mosses: 11. Protonema. 12. Felt. 13. Felt with capsules.
Ferns: 14. Prothallia. 15. Fern fronds with spores

—_

ull.

various spe-
cles.

Angios per WHS.
Plants: For photosynthesis experiments. 16, Tradescantia.
17. Green geranium. 18. Silver geranium.
With fleshy leaves: 19. Bryophyllum. 20. Sedum.
Sensitive: 21. Mimosa pudica.
Leaves: 22. Sedum, Sansevieria, Coffee, and others. 23. Bryo-
phyllum—for plant propagation.
Stems: 24. *Pwigs to show opposite and alternate leaf arrange-
ment, thorns, terminal buds, etc., 9-12”.
Cuttings: (Unrooted or rooted). 25. Tradescantia. 26. Bego-
nia. 27. Geranium. 28. Coleus.
Material for the study of genetics:
*Sorghum seeds for growing F, seedlings showing Men-
delian ratios:
Red and green seedling color (3:1)—seeds for parents
and F,.
Normal and albino seedlings—lethal factor (3:1).
30. *Pea seeds of tall and dwarf strains.
31. Seedlings of any of the above.

LIVING MATERIAL

ANIMALS

JIL. UlTUTeS O E aramoecia ugiena.
32. Cult iP , Eugl

33. Drosophila—wild type, white, sepia, vestigial.
STERILIZED AGAR

34. Petri dishes, test tubes, or flasks, sent in clean and dry, one

423

week in advance, will be filled with sterile nutrient agar, or witl
potato dextrose agar for the study of bacteria and molds.

SPECIMENS AND MOUNTS FOR EXHIBIT
Illustrating the principles of genetics:
Pea seeds illustrating a dihybrid ratio (wrinkled, smooth, yel-
low, green). 35. In vials. 36. Riker mount.
37. Jimson weed (Datura)—mount to show F, segregation of
spiny and smooth pods.
Corn showing monohybrid and dihybrid ratios:
38. Ears of parents and F,—seed of F, in vial—un-
mounted.
39. Same mounted in glass covered display case
40, F, ears in glass tubes—for counting kernels.
41. Sorghum—Hybrid vigor—Riker mount of parents and F,.
42. Sorghum—Inheritance of seed color—Riker mount.

43. Oat ian inheritance of hull color—Riker mount.
44, Snapdragon—Inheritance of flower color—Riker mount.
Economic plants: 45. Bundles of cereal grains (barle

rye, sorghum, wheat).
Fungi and plant diseases: 46. Bracket fungi ted.
Leaves showing leaf s

y, oats, rice,

—

y0t diseases ate mildews, and others).
47, Unmounted. 48. Mounts covered with cellophane
49, Riker mount—specimens of six diseases.
Mosses and Ferns: Mounts covered with cellophane.
50. Life history of a moss plant—Polytrichum commune.

A bd
ANGIOS pe Pres

51. Riker mount showing leaf modifications.
52. Fruits of trees, flowering plants, weeds, lotus pods—loose
53. Riker mount to show methods of seed dispersal.

LIBRARY
The rapidly growing library of the Garden comprises at present
about 20,000 volumes and about 17,000 pamphlets. This is not
a circulating library, but is open free for consultation to all per-
sons daily (except Sundays and holidays) from 9 a.m. until 5 p.m.
(Saturdays, 9 to 12). More than 1,000 periodicals and serial

424

publications devoted to botany and closely related subjects are
regularly received. These include the transactions of scientific
societies from all quarters of the globe ; the bulletins, monographs,
reports, and other publications of various departments of the
United States Government, as well as those of foreign govern-
ments, and of all state agricultural experiment stations and agri-
cultural colleges; the publications of research laboratories, uni-
versities, botanic gardens, and other scientific institutions of the
world, as well as the files of independent journals devoted to the
various phases of plant life. The library is specially rich in pub-
lications of foreign countries and has a growing collection of
incunabula and other pre-Linnean works,

Bibhographical assistance is rendered to readers by members of
the Library staff

—

An annotated list of the incunabula, pre-Linnaean works, old
herbals and other rare or historically important books in the Li-
brary was published as the July, 1935, number of the Botanic
Garden Recorp. Copies are for sale at 40 cents each.

BUREAU OF PUBLIC INFORMATION

Consultation and advice, and the facilities of the library and
herbarium are freely at the service of members of the Botanic
Garden and (to a limited extent) of others with special problems
relating to plants or plant products, especially in the following
subjects :

1. Plant diseases and determination (naming) of fungi.

2. Plant geography and ecology.

3. Determination of flowering plants.

4. The growing of cultivated plants and their arrangement; also
their adaptation to soils, climate, and other factors.

5. The care of trees, shrubs, and lawns, and general gardening

problems.

Inquiries should be directed to the Curator of Public Instruc-
tion, preferably by letter.

Determination of Specimens.—I{ the identification of plants
is desired, the material submitted should include flowers, and fruit

425

when obtainable. Identification of a single leaf is often impos-
sible. For identification of plant diseases, representative portions
of the part diseased should be sent.

DOCENTRY

To assist members and others in studying the collections, the
services of a docent may be obtained. Arrangements should be
made by application to the Curator of Public Instruction one week
in advance. No parties of less than six adults will be conducted.
This service is free of charge to members and accompanying
friends; to others there is a charge of 50 cents per person. For
information concerning membership in the Botanic Garden see
pages i-i11 of this PROSPECTUS.

EXTRA-MURAL LECTURES

The Botanic Garden does not officially schedule members of its
personnel for lectures or talks outside the Botanic Garden, except
for lectures on the Garden itself or some aspect of its work. In
such cases no fee is charged beyond traveling expenses.

Several members of the personnel are available for lectures to
garden clubs and other organizations on topics of general horti-

cultural or botanical interest. A list of lecturers, with lecture
topics and the fee charged, may be had by addressing the Curator
of Public Instruction.

MEETINGS OF OUTSIDE ORGANIZATIONS

The Brooklyn Botanic Garden is glad to welcome outside or-
ganizations wishing to hold meetings at the Garden, provided the
general purpose of the organization is closely allied to that of the
Botanic Garden (e.g., Botanical Groups, Garden Clubs, Nature
Study Clubs, Conservation organizations, etc.), or that the specific

purpose of the meeting is of mutual interest and advantage to
the organization and the Botanic Garden. Meetings must always
be arranged for in advance. A folder giving full details, and an
application blank may be had by addressing The Custodian.

INDEX TO VOLUME XXVII

a Discourse of Sallets, 100
ene for Room "330,

Acetaria,
Acoustic
se

Admission, Free, 15
Adult a 71
Cour 60
Alba a hrs rG., 44
American feu nue ial, 97
1 Soc . Collection, 95
Horticuitural Soe y, Sl
Xock Garden Soc aa 81
dinorhophatis Rivi ort, BO
Fal; Yoneo, 60
fOener Ho spital Service, 30
sera Sates 13, 58
Classes and Lectures, 59
etree ares 59

ae Emil, 74
edict, Ra I ph C.,
3 oe and Gifts,

to ue ae ase Garden,
Fo of, Preceding p. 11
Bird Li 6s
Blind, Woik fo or the

24
Blue Rid € Graduate’ ee 72
Board of “Educa

Ri}
World: Materials
or a History, 2nd edition, 15
Bo a Society of ae 26
67

Boy Sco t Examinations,
enn Pau 44
srennan, Bernard P., 68
Brooklyn B a Garden

Publica-
s Report on, 133
ollege roe dus,

Bureau “of er cien 68

Caffeine and Coffee Pharmacology,
58

Carroll, Michalena, 31, te
Cheney, Ralph

58, 99
Chestnut Breeding W orl k in 1937, 44

Children’s sarden, 7
City, The | ete Garden and_ the,
Preceding

City-wide Cc 73

Classes, see pl
and ae Attendance at, 59
Outdoc

Cocos Isla anc ta

Coffee Ph ee iy Caffeine and,
8

Conifer

aus Vv ‘on,

Conservato
ey nda -

eee aeen a Teachers, 73

eas and Memoirs, 134

ery an id, 36

a 98

PV. 33
Mecanel ‘and, 79
rato sone Report of the, 73
Cut iGae Me and Mrs. Suydam, 29
Eee ea Mrs. Henry J.,
Delectus saat aes "1937, 1
eee of Education Coe
ea Wi ith the, 68
s Window Tablet

’

DeVr

eee The aa of,
55

Director, Report of the, 11

Doney, C. I, 75

Downs, Daniel C.,

Ecology, 1 33
E oe House, Repair of the, 25
Plai 58
E cation, Adult, 19
Board of, >
eae
— pete with the Department

Blementary, 20
19

sant Wes . Ernest Frederick, 60

Plemoxtars Instruction for 1937,
Xeport of the Curator of, 70

i i ocharis, 57
Endowment Increment Plan, 35
Esson, James G., 63

4
Farmingdale Iris Garden, 41
Federated Garden Clubs of New
York tate,
Fern Wor :
Here eee for 1937, Report of
the,
ps Conducted, 1937, 130
F Pecan
tatement for 1937, 101

Flower Days, 63
,_ The International,
s, 55

Free, Wgne ne 31, 81

C. Stuart, 36
Cie. EERE
b of America, 81

tbs,
Gates, Guards at the, 16
The Need of Suitable Entrance, 14
Genetics,
Gift, Anonymo us, 32
Gifts Received During 1937, 104
Gillies, G.
Girls Co pa
Memberships, 32
Graduate Students and Independent
Investigators Enrolled During
1937, 44

High School

Gr raves, Arthu Pia ra 44° 70
Guards at the "Gat
Cannan Alfred, wes,

art, Mrs. Ronald, 60

selene and Distribution, 87
r 1937, Report of the Curator of

A 1e,

Material Borrowed for Study, 86
Loaned, 86

Horticultural Section,
Ho

78
rticulturist for 1937, Report of
1

Income, Diminished, 33
Tae aation, Bureau of, 68
In ter nation al ane Show

Ex-

Collections, 76
rden, Farmingdale 41
ee Soft Rot of the, 42

Thrips Control, 43

Japanese Beetles, 80
Jones, Helen Swift, 100
Jordan, William E., 95

Kings Sees Hospital, 61

wo Avenue ae for Con-
tag Mnee 29

ras Be ee

Signs, 77

Labels and

eaflets, 69, 134
Lectures, Attendance at Classes and,

iar 22, 105
or 1937, Report on the, 88

eee Report on the, 95
Lilacs, 7
Lincoln, Mrs. Roy M., 60
Loan Lectures,
Loans, Interlibrary, 92
Local Flora Section, 16, 85

a bara 32

ce
—

\
Ma
Ma
N
\

ccna and oe Garden, 79
Members, Lis 15%

N ee me 1p, 3
Infor ere
ing p. 11
s ivileges of, Preceding p. 11, 407

ummary of, 14
Wente -shiy »s, Girls
High Scl
Memoirs,
Merchants
28

ee ate eevee W.,
Miner, "Franc Se 31
Moss Ravine, V7 ee.

Preced-

ms
Concerning,

Commercial

ool, 32
Goreinecons and,
Association Ne ew

100

N ephrole pis, 97
Nurses-in- ene
Training Classe

Course for, Ol
1. OO)

Organizations
Ga es 1937,
Overlook

Meeting at
131

Parks, Department of, 25
Park versus Botanic Garden, 13

428

Pathology, Forest, 44

a
Personnel, 78
Pictosaphie Work, 132
Plantations,
Plant Distr ibution,
Plantings,
ie a Senne Relating to Living,

Seed and, 80

P on Philip H., 60
Preparation and Distribution of Ma-
>)

erial, 72
Pe Funds, Tax Budget and, 34
Pre sa — 219 ehts Hospital, 61
, 1938 —1939,

a
U

OO.
the Botanic Garden
-rsonnel During 1937, 113
Public Education 1¢
Instructi tion for 1937, Report of the
oe ie of, 58

Lec
The vee den and the, 13
he People and the, 15
Publicity, 66

sere reas Club, 29
oe s by ¢ Botanic eS Per-
onnel cae ing 1937,
ea Bre soklyn oe on

jan

en,

3¢
Reed, George M.,
Report of the
Garden, 1937,
Annual, 11
Research, 7
+ 1937, Reports on, 36
Yes at Investigator (Economic
Pie ants) for 1937, en of the

pans for 1937,
Rose ‘Ars

Garder 28
3ronze Statue for the, 33

36, 41
’ Brooklyn Botanic
Twenty-Seventh

Report of the,

a eae Sa oF
s Hospital,
Scholarship, 24
School a , 96
St tatistic of, 62
Science see Sciscitation, 19

Seed one pages Distribution, 80
Exchange, 7

Seeds Offered in Exchange, List of,
Shaw,

Smut ut

Ellen Eddy, 20, 73
Development, Influence of the
Growth of the Host on, 36

Investigations, Sorghum 40
smuts, Physiologic Races of the

die 1 Cultures of the Oat, 39
Studies ¢ on the Thee > of Re-
sistance of hae Hybr ids to

se and Cove
ou nvestigations, 40
Spring Inspection, 91
Sry, “Con aes 100
State pay of Applied
ture on Long Island, 41
Street Nun ze
Svenson, Henry
Sys ee “Botany, 55, 57
78

Agricul-

a. 26
Ke, 5/

Sec
“a ect at are and
Giv the Bota anic
eee Be ace During 19306,

Tax « Budget and Private ge 34

eachers, Consultations, with,
The S 73

Thorsen, Oswald, 31

Villey, S. R., 63

Trustees, Officers of the Board of,
135

Utter, Gordon L., 39, 43

Victoria, Department — of
Parks,

Bs Sa
30

W . nber So oe 31

ite,
Waren “Ausiary 30, 136
Works Progress Administr ation, 26,
78
World’s Fair, 1999, en in
the New York,

Yale, Rare Woods Sent to, 67

BROOKLYN
BOTANIC GARDEN

RECORD

EDITED BY

C. STUART GAGER

AND THE
SERVICE OF
THE CITY

VOLUME XXVII
1938

UBLISHED QUARTERLY
AT PRINCE AND LEMON STREETS, LANCASTER, PA.
BY THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
OOKLYN, N. Y¥

ee
LANCASTER PRESS, INC., LANCASTER, PA.

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXVII

No. 1, JANUARY

Delectus Seminum, Brooklyn 1937 (List of Seeds Offered in Exchange)

No. 2, APRIL

The Botanic Garden and the City .............. 00065 Preceding
Information ee Membership .......02..000.0% Preceding
Privileges of Membership ........... 000 cece cece eee Preceding
Forms of Bequest to ne Brooklyn Botanic Garden ..... Preceding

page
page

Y page

page

Twenty-Sev enth Annual Report of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1937 .

ReepontseonmResearch for 1997... cya 6 See eae hunni
Report of the Curator of Public [nstructiona.ak. ain ee
Report of the Curator of Elementary Instruction ............

Report of the Curator of Plants
RVEportmomathemMOnticulturist: sa: .cacs aties purse ey anette
Reportor the Curator of the Herbaridi: «<i... ¢i2ee een ae
Hee nontroimttiie (ei RAENES shins ys G.0 dees x aiee oo mal oi avs ache ede ee ee anes
Sfatistical eepottons the: Labrary ac <.dc4«'s.445isyae pees
Report of the Resident Investigator (Ferns) .....c0sevevsess
Report of the Resident Investigator (Economic Plants) ......
ReportvOusther mic SeGretary wi ce dn ed~s swigsdw ns eon
Financial Statement for 1937 2.0.0.0... cee eee ees
Axe UCGet VA CCOUIMES:..sii- 55 a sanded vain ee. hot eee ee

2. Private Funds Accounts ..........ccueeee ee ee re reeeee

3. Summary of Total Maintenance Budget for 1937 ......
GittseReceived Dunne: 19SZ 4.6 sssscce autre nace it banaue aeaeeeeenenen ene
Publications by the Botanic Garden Personnel During 1937 ...
Talks, Lectures, Addresses, and Papers Given During 1937 ....
Radio Talks by the Botanic Garden Personnel During 1937 ....
hive dai ps nCOnuGted =. 2.5 a444s0yee nies sent ie eee
Organizations Meeting at the aie 1937 ak Se oe
Reportectaisnotostapiic VWiOLk siqeartdackand gece aly oy eee
Report on Brooklyn Botanic ae Publications ............
Officers of the Board of Trustees .......... 0.0. ee eee eee
Members of the Board ........... 00 cc cee eas
Wotan Ss eA iscia eye 2 eh oie 4 achiedn decease aus ag sae gid eke Bes
TES ERO TMIVE De GS ee aise con dek 2h Seg dan as tue Gann ee eetan ese. 1s Se
SiiminaiyeGre Vein benship : a< sagyies Peer ook adi aede cai eo

No. 3, Jury

see

3otanic Gardens of the World: Materials for a History, 2d edition ...

iil

No. 4, OcroBer

DSSS OID” ase caspian, ots we ware ancien ete UN tals parare ain Dasiadidaceres
Information Concerning MCMC ISMIT a4 « wiuaute on based nddteeets
Privileses of Membership saiccshest nu ya vouadaw nae heii nitieciaas
Out-of-Town Membership Privileges ..........cc.c cece ceeeeeees
Regulations Concerning Photographing, Painting, and Sketching
List of Courses Offered ....5...s00000c0000s succeed evacucuccwns
OUbSes 00 POSIPOCHION : yc. es awk 0 neu ean da eines cues
Cooperation with Local Schools ...... 0.0... ccc ccc cc cc ccueceeceue
LEAE ah aap iets teee eae etap ie pacreade ei ba ees daenitaciee
Bijreauor Public Intormahon «2.4.dicdicuscaieesdacdwwiteanicaee sess
RO roe bree castes apace diel iia tye cuidncw eur evwaioes
Extra-mural Lectures ........0c.cccccceeccuceccceuevacuneesaucs

The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and. Sciences

OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

CHAIRMA
EDWARD C. BLUM
First VicE-PRESIDENT SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN VAN SINDEREN

THirD ViIcE-PRESIDENT
SUMNER FORD
ASURER SECRETARY
EDWIN P. MAYNARD JOHN H. DENBIGH
BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE
MISS HILDA LOINES, Chairman

PHILIP A. BENSON WALTER HAMMITT

EDWARD C. BLUM, Ex officio WILLIAM T. HUNTER

MRS. WILLIAM H. CARY DAVID H. LANMAN

WALTER H. CRITTENDEN JAMES G. McDONALD, Ex officio
MRS. LEWIS W. FRANCIS EDWIN P. MAYNARD

ALFRED E. MUDGE
EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD
THE Presipent, THE Brookiyn INSTITUTE oF ARTS AND SCIENCES
MES G. McDONALD, LL.D
THE FOLLOWING OFFICIALS OF THE City or NEw YorK
THE MAYOR THE COMPTROLLER
THE COMMISSIONER OF PARKS

CENER INFORMATION

MeEmMBERSHIP.—AI] s who are interested in the objects and DUALS
of the Brooklyn Botanic Gren are eligible to membership. Members enjoy spe-
cial privileges. Annual Membership, $10 yearly; Sustaining Membership, $25
yearly; Life Membership, $500. Full information con ing membership may
be had by addressing The Director, Brooklyn Botanic Ganon. 1000 Washington
Avenue, de INES Telephone, Pisce 9-6173.

Tue Botanic GARDEN is open free to ae buble daily from § a.m. until dusk;
on Gandeye and ‘Holidays it is open at

EntraNnces.—On Flatbush Avenue, near Empire Boulevard and near Mt.
Prospect Reservoir ; on Washington venti ue of Eastern Parkway and near
aie Boulevard; on Eastern Parkway, of the Museum Building.

street Soe to the Laboratory Ane is at 1000 Washington Avenue,
apnocite oe

OP ieiakok and others in studying the collections the services of a
docent may 2 obtained. This service is ee of charge to members of the Beanie

Garden; to others there is a charge of ents per person. Arrangements must
be made by pone eae to the Curator of Public ions at least one day in
advance. op s of less than six adults will be con

To H THE GARDEN take Broadway (B.M.T.) iboay to Prospect Park
Station ; Tether ough Subway to Eastern Parkway-Brooklyn Museum Station;
Flatbush i eae trolley to Empire Boulevard; Franklin sien Lorimer Street,
or Tompkins Avenue trolley to Washingt n Ave enue; St. s Place trolley to.
Sterling Place and Washi feted eee ees Street is Wand erbilt Avenue
trolley to Picsbect Park Plaza and Union Street. By AuToMosBiLe from points

m Long Island take Eastern Parkway west Ser turn left at Senne Avenue ;
from Manhattan, take Man hattan Bridge, follow Flatbush Avenue Extension and
Flatbush Avenue to Eastern Parkway, turn left following Parkway to Washington
Avenue; then turn Sen

‘BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
; PUBLICATIONS

RECO Established, analy, 1912, An annie tare eeHoaical issued
Hunter) (i9i2- 1928) ; mthly (1929-1932) ;. quarterly (1933-). Contains,
among other things, the Anal Re eport of the director and heads of departments,
special reports, announcements of courses of instruction, seed list, guides, miscel-

laneous papers, and notes concerning Garden progress and events. Free to mem- _

bers of the Garden. To others $1.00 a year. Circulates in 39 countries.
ge USS Established, J uly, 1918. Published irvegularly, Circulates in
47 countries
Volum cue Dedication Papers: 33 sGeanne Sea presented at the dedication
of the laboratory building. 1917. 521 pages. $3.50, plu
on Volume II. The vegetation of Long Island. ae a as of
he pnoiaue A study of es and forest. By Neriae Taylor, June 11, 1923.
108 pages. $1.00, plus €.
Volume III. Veesiaton of Mouine Desert Island, Maine, and its environ-
ment. By: Barca ington Moore and Norman Taylor. 1927, 151 pages. $1.60. |
CONTRIBUTIONS. Established, 1911. Papers originally Pubisted in
periodicals, reissued as “separates” without change of pagin . 25 numbers con-
stitute e one volume. 25 cents each, $5.00 a volume. Circulates in 34 ee fea.

The ae aes: and us ee by hot ‘water, ‘with notes on other o oe

mae NO 79,
ass 12 page ey
No. I nteriane a “pate: to loose and covered smuts in Markton oat
hybrids. y pag 1938.
No. 81. Inheritance iy resistance to thee and covered. smuts in oat hybrids.
10 ae 1937.
82. Culture es inoculation studies on races of Be: fie and covered
smuts a oats. 13 pag 1938.
ee No. 83." Pianaopnika of the Galapoace and Coens Tigh 31 pages. 1938.
‘ No. 84. Influence of the growth of the host on oat smut development. 24
pages. 1938.
LEAFLETS. Established, April 10, 1913. Published weekly or biweekly
during April, May, June, September, and October. The pu impose of the
is primarily to give seas concerning flowering and other plant activities
o be seen in the Garden near the date of issue, and to give S bontlats corey
information about cents life for teachers and others. Free to members of the
Garden. To others, fifty cents a series. Single flares 5 cents each. Circu-
au in 28 countries. TeRORECy discontinued since 193
UID o the collecones rene and grounds. Price based upon cost
of aplication: devete s numbers of the REcorp; see above
o ue No. °. The Rock ities 28 illustrations. Price, 35 cents. By mail, |
cen : :
‘ es ie No. 6. ge potted | es (Hachinoki). 11 illustrations. Price; 35
cents. = ae

story *of. our boulders: Glacial al geology of of the Brooklyn sabes

Guid -
: Botanic inn 22 illustrations. Price, 35 cents.
Guide: uu es &. The story of fossil pls: 8 ilastratons. oa a cents. By |
40° cent

SEED LIST. (Deloss Seminum) Established, December, 1914. Since 1925
issued each year in the January number of the RECORD Ci rculation includes 160
botanic gardens and institutions ieeited'| in 40 countries.

ECOLOGY. Established, January, 1920. Published quarterly in cooperation
eee the Ses Society OF AMERICA. Subscription, $4.00 a year. Cee
in 48 coun

cae ee Established, ee 1916. eine Goer cae $6.00 a
year. Circulates in 37 count

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Brooklyn Botanic Garden record."

See other formats